PROSPER Complete PDF

Petroleum Experts
User Manual
IPM
PROSPER
Version 11.5
January 2010
PROSPER
IPM - Single Well Model OVERVIEW
by Petroleum Experts Limited
PROSPER is a well performance, design and optimisation program which is part of the
Integrated Production Modelling Toolkit (IPM). This tool is the industry standard well
modelling with the major operators worldwide.
PROSPER is designed to allow the building of reliable and consistent well models, with the
ability to address each aspect of well bore modelling VIZ, PVT (fluid characterisation), VLP
correlations (for calculation of flow-line and tubing pressure loss) and IPR (reservoir inflow).
PROSPER provides unique matching features, which tune PVT, multiphase flow
correlations and IPR to match measured field data, allowing a consistent well model to be
built prior to use in prediction (sensitivities or artificial lift design). PROSPER enables
detailed surface pipeline performance and design: Flow Regimes, pipeline stability, Slug
Size andFrequency
APPLICATIONS
Design and optimise well completions including multi-lateral, multilayer and horizontal wells
Design and optimise tubing and pipeline sizes
Design, diagnose and optimise Gas lifted, Hydraulic pumps and ESP wells
Generate lift curves for use in simulators
Calculate pressure losses in wells, flow lines and across chokes
Predict flowing temperatures in wells and pipelines
Monitor well performance to rapidly identify wells requiring remedial action
Calculate total skin and determine breakdown (damage, deviation or
partial penetration)
Unique black oil model for retrograde condensate fluids, accounting
for liquid dropout in the wellbore
Allocate production between wells
3
Copyright Notice
The copyright in this manual and the associated computer program are the property of Petroleum Experts
Ltd. All rights reserved. Both, this manual and the computer program have been provided pursuant to a
Licence Agreement containing restriction of use.
No part of this manual may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated
into any language, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical or otherwise, or
disclose to third parties without prior written consent from Petroleum Experts Ltd., Petex House, 10 Logie
Mill, Edinburgh, EH7 4HG, Scotland, UK.
Petroleum Experts Ltd. All rights reserved.
IPM Suite, GAP, PROSPER, MBAL, PVTP, REVEAL, RESOLVE, IFM, ModelCatalogue and OpenServer are
trademarks of Petroleum Experts Ltd.
Microsoft (Windows), Windows (2000) and Windows (XP) are registered trademarks of the Microsoft
Corporation
The software described in this manual is furnished under a licence agreement. The software may be used or
copied only in accordance with the terms of the agreement. It is against the law to copy the software on any
medium except as specifically allowed in the license agreement. No part of this documentation may be
reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording, or information storage and retrieval systems for any purpose other than the purchaser's personal
use, unless express written consent has been given by Petroleum Experts Limited.
Address:
Petroleum Experts Limited

Petex House
10 Logie Mill
Edinburgh, Scotland
EH7 4HG
Tel : (44 131) 474 7030

Fax : (44 131) 474 7031
email: edinburgh@petex.com
Internet: www.petex.com
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited

I PROSPER
Table of Contents
0
Chapter 1 Technical Overview 2

1 Fluid modelling
...................................................................................................................................
options 2
2 Inflows...................................................................................................................................
and Sand Control options 4
3 Well bore
...................................................................................................................................
and Pipeline hydraulics 6
4 Artificial
...................................................................................................................................
lift systems 7
5 Flow assurance
................................................................................................................................... 8
Advanced Therm..........................................................................................................................................................
al Models 8
General Flow Assurance
..........................................................................................................................................................
Features 8
6 What's ...................................................................................................................................
New 9
7 Examples
...................................................................................................................................
Guide 34
Chapter 2 User Guide 39

1 Introduction
................................................................................................................................... 39
Using PROSPER.......................................................................................................................................................... 39
PROSPER and ..........................................................................................................................................................
System s Analysis 42
About PROSPER
......................................................................................................................................................... 44
Exam ples .......................................................................................................................................................... 46
2 File Management
................................................................................................................................... 47
PROSPER Files.......................................................................................................................................................... 47
PVT Data (*.PVT)
......................................................................................................................................................... 47
Input Data (*.SIN)
......................................................................................................................................................... 48
Analysis Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
(*.ANL) 48
Output Data .........................................................................................................................................................
(*.OUT) 48
Creating a .........................................................................................................................................................
New File 49
Opening an.........................................................................................................................................................
Existing File 49
Saving a File
......................................................................................................................................................... 49
Copying a File
......................................................................................................................................................... 50
Preferences .......................................................................................................................................................... 50
Main Screen ......................................................................................................................................................... 50
File ......................................................................................................................................................... 52
Plot ......................................................................................................................................................... 53
User Applications
......................................................................................................................................................... 55
Limits ......................................................................................................................................................... 56
Units ......................................................................................................................................................... 58
Equipment ......................................................................................................................................................... 59
VPC ......................................................................................................................................................... 59
Softw are Key ..........................................................................................................................................................
Maintenance 60
FileList .......................................................................................................................................................... 63
Evaluate OpenServer
..........................................................................................................................................................
Statem ent 64
User Correlations
.......................................................................................................................................................... 66
Printer Setup .......................................................................................................................................................... 67
Preparing to.........................................................................................................................................................
Print 67
Selecting and
.........................................................................................................................................................
configuring a Printer 68
Printing Export
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 68
Contents II
Selecting an
.........................................................................................................................................................
Exported Data to Print 70
Word Processing..........................................................................................................................................................
in PROSPER 70
Clipboard Com ..........................................................................................................................................................
m and 71
Com m and Buttons
.......................................................................................................................................................... 71
3 Data Input
...................................................................................................................................
- General 73
PROSPER Main..........................................................................................................................................................
Menu 73
File ......................................................................................................................................................... 74
Options ......................................................................................................................................................... 74
PVT ......................................................................................................................................................... 74
System ......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Matching ......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Calculation......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Design ......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Output ......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Wizard ......................................................................................................................................................... 76
Units ......................................................................................................................................................... 76
Help ......................................................................................................................................................... 76
Options - Options..........................................................................................................................................................
Selection 76
Fluid Description
......................................................................................................................................................... 77
Fluid Type ......................................................................................................................................... 78
Method ......................................................................................................................................... 78
Equation of State.........................................................................................................................................
Setup 78
Separator ......................................................................................................................................... 79
Emulsions ......................................................................................................................................... 79
Hydrates ......................................................................................................................................... 79
Water Viscosity ......................................................................................................................................... 79
Water Vapour ......................................................................................................................................... 80
Viscosity model ......................................................................................................................................... 80
Well ......................................................................................................................................................... 80
Flow Type ......................................................................................................................................... 80
Well Type ......................................................................................................................................... 80
Artificial Lift
......................................................................................................................................................... 81
Method ......................................................................................................................................... 81
Type ......................................................................................................................................... 82
Calculation.........................................................................................................................................................
Type 83
Predict ......................................................................................................................................... 83
Model ......................................................................................................................................... 84
Calculation ......................................................................................................................................... 85
Output ......................................................................................................................................... 86
Steam Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 86
Well Completion
......................................................................................................................................................... 86
Type ......................................................................................................................................... 86
Sand Control ......................................................................................................................................... 86
Reservoir ......................................................................................................................................................... 86
Type ......................................................................................................................................... 86
Gas Coning ......................................................................................................................................... 87
User Information
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Comments 87
Options - Perforating
..........................................................................................................................................................
Gun DataBase 87
Options - Tubing ..........................................................................................................................................................
DataBase 90
Options - Casing ..........................................................................................................................................................
DataBase 91
Options - Pipe..........................................................................................................................................................
Schedule 91
4 PVT Data
...................................................................................................................................
Input 92
Introduction .......................................................................................................................................................... 92
January, 2010 PROSPER Manual

III PROSPER
Black Oil - Oil and

..........................................................................................................................................................
Water 94
Input Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 94
Tables ......................................................................................................................................................... 96
Match Data......................................................................................................................................................... 97
Regression......................................................................................................................................................... 98
Match ......................................................................................................................................... 99
Match All ................................................................................................................................... 99
Parameters ................................................................................................................................... 99
View ing the Match ...................................................................................................................................
Parameters 99
Matching FVF above ...................................................................................................................................
Bubble Point 100
Correlations......................................................................................................................................................... 100
Calculate ......................................................................................................................................................... 101
Calculating PVT.........................................................................................................................................
Data 101
Displaying the Calculated.........................................................................................................................................
Data on the screen 102
Plotting the Calculated .........................................................................................................................................
Data 103
Saving PVT tables .........................................................................................................................................
from Calculated Data 104
Save the .........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 104
Open ......................................................................................................................................................... 104
Composition ......................................................................................................................................................... 105
Emulsions......................................................................................................................................................... 106
Emulsions ......................................................................................................................................... 106
Non-New .........................................................................................................................................................
tonian Fluid 109
Pow er Fluid.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 111
Hydrates .........................................................................................................................................................
Formation table 113
Black Oil - Dry..........................................................................................................................................................
And Wet Gas 114
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 114
Black Oil - Retrograde
..........................................................................................................................................................
Condensate 116
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 116
Calculations......................................................................................................................................................... 117
Export .......................................................................................................................................................... 117
Equation Of State
..........................................................................................................................................................
- All Fluids 118
EOS Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Setup 120
EOS PVT.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 124
Importing Matched .........................................................................................................................................
EoS 126
Using the.........................................................................................................................................................
EoS 126
Generate PVT properties ......................................................................................................................................... 126
Phase Envelope......................................................................................................................................... 129
Target GOR ......................................................................................................................................... 131
5 Equipment
...................................................................................................................................
Data Input 132
Predicting Pressure
..........................................................................................................................................................
Only 132
Deviation .........................................................................................................................................................
Survey 133
Filter ......................................................................................................................................... 136
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................................... 139
Dow nhole.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment 143
Temperature .........................................................................................................................................................
Survey 145
Pipe Schedule
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Equipment 146
Predicting Pressure
..........................................................................................................................................................
and Tem perature 150
Rough Approximation
......................................................................................................................................................... 150
Deviation Survey......................................................................................................................................... 151
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 151
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 151
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 152
Average Heat Capacities ......................................................................................................................................... 152
Enthalpy Balance
......................................................................................................................................................... 153
Contents IV

Temperature Data ......................................................................................................................................... 158
Drilling and Completion
......................................................................................................................................... 159
Lithology ......................................................................................................................................... 161
Databases ......................................................................................................................................... 162
Improved .........................................................................................................................................................
Approximation 164
Temperature Data ......................................................................................................................................... 166
6 IPR Data
...................................................................................................................................
Input 168
IPR Single Well ..........................................................................................................................................................
Data 169
The Main .........................................................................................................................................................
Data Entry Screen 169
Section Buttons
......................................................................................................................................................... 170
Action Buttons
......................................................................................................................................................... 170
Model Selection
.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen 172
Data Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen 173
IPR Models for ..........................................................................................................................................................
Oil and Water Wells 175
P.I. Entry ......................................................................................................................................................... 176
Vogel ......................................................................................................................................................... 176
Composite......................................................................................................................................................... 176
Darcy ......................................................................................................................................................... 177
Fetkovich......................................................................................................................................................... 177
Multi-rate .........................................................................................................................................................
Fetkovich 177
Jones ......................................................................................................................................................... 177
Multi-rate .........................................................................................................................................................
Jones 178
Transient......................................................................................................................................................... 178
Hydraulically
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fractured Well 179
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - No Flow Boundaries 179
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - Constant Pressure Upper Boundary 181
Multi-Layer .........................................................................................................................................................
Inflow 181
External Entry
......................................................................................................................................................... 183
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
w ell - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore 184
Multi-Layer .........................................................................................................................................................
- dP Loss in Wellbore 188
SkinAide ......................................................................................................................................................... 191
Dual Porosity
......................................................................................................................................................... 191
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well w ith Transverse Vertical Fractures 191
Thermally.........................................................................................................................................................
Induced Fracture Model 192
Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 192
Data Entry ......................................................................................................................................... 193
Relative Permeability
.........................................................................................................................................................
Curves 194
Test Data ......................................................................................................................................... 195
Plot ......................................................................................................................................... 196
Relative Permeability .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation Details 197
Coning Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 198
IPR for Gas and ..........................................................................................................................................................
Retrograde Condensate 199
Jones ......................................................................................................................................................... 199
Forchheimer ......................................................................................................................................................... 200
Back Pressure
......................................................................................................................................................... 200
C and n ......................................................................................................................................................... 200
Multi-rate .........................................................................................................................................................
C and n 201
Multi-rate .........................................................................................................................................................
Jones 202

V PROSPER
External Entry
......................................................................................................................................................... 202
Petroleum.........................................................................................................................................................
Experts 202
Hydraulically
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fractured Well 204
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - No-Flow Boundaries 204
Multi-layer.........................................................................................................................................................
Inflow 205
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore 205
Dual Porosity
......................................................................................................................................................... 205
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well w ith Transverse Vertical Fractures 205
Multi-Layer .........................................................................................................................................................
- dP Loss in Wellbore 205
Modified Isochronal
.........................................................................................................................................................
Inflow Model 205
Forchheimer .........................................................................................................................................................
w ith Pseudo Pressure 207
Multirate Forchheimer
.........................................................................................................................................................
w ith Pseudo Pressure 207
Skin Models .......................................................................................................................................................... 208
Mechanical/Geometrical
.........................................................................................................................................................
Skin 208
Deviation/Partial
.........................................................................................................................................................
Penetration Skin 213
Sand Options.......................................................................................................................................................... 214
Sand Failure......................................................................................................................................................... 214
Sand Control.........................................................................................................................................................
Options 215
Gravel Packed Completion
......................................................................................................................................... 217
Pre-Packed Screen .........................................................................................................................................
completion 220
Wire-Wrapped Screen .........................................................................................................................................
Completion 224
Slotted Liner Completion
......................................................................................................................................... 228
Other IPR-related
..........................................................................................................................................................
features 232
Gravel Pack .........................................................................................................................................................
Completion Velocities 232
Viscosity Modelling
.......................................................................................................................................................... 233
Com paction ..........................................................................................................................................................
Perm eability Reduction 235
Injection Wells .......................................................................................................................................................... 236
SkinAide .......................................................................................................................................................... 237
SkinAide Theoretical
.........................................................................................................................................................
Background 237
Position of the producing
.........................................................................................................................................
interval w ith respect to reservoir geometry 237
Interference betw .........................................................................................................................................
een perforations and the damaged zone 238
The Crushed Zone ......................................................................................................................................... 239
Perforation tunnel .........................................................................................................................................
w hich penetrates the formation 239
Perforation tunnel .........................................................................................................................................
through the casing and cement 240
Annulus betw een .........................................................................................................................................
Casing and Screen 240
Hemispherical Flow .........................................................................................................................................
Model 241
Using SkinAide
......................................................................................................................................................... 242
Flow Model ......................................................................................................................................... 242
Skin Model ......................................................................................................................................... 243
Perforation Data......................................................................................................................................... 243
Geometry ......................................................................................................................................... 244
Petrophysics ......................................................................................................................................... 245
Damaged Zone ......................................................................................................................................... 246
Cased Hole ......................................................................................................................................... 247
Crushed Zone ......................................................................................................................................... 247
Perforations ......................................................................................................................................... 249
SPOT: Shell Perforating
..........................................................................................................................................................
Optim isation Tool 256
Introduction.........................................................................................................................................................
to SPOT 256
Gun System .........................................................................................................................................................
databases 258
Gun ......................................................................................................................................... 263
Spot Perforation.........................................................................................................................................
Calculations 265
SPOT: Model .........................................................................................................................................................
inputs 267
SPOT: Model inputs .........................................................................................................................................
- Options 269
- Layers 277
Contents VI
SPOT: Model inputs ...................................................................................................................................

- Rel Perm Data 282
- Mud Invasion 286
- Old Gun 295
- Log Data 297
- Generate Log Data 301
- Perforation Cutoff 301
- Perforation Depth 302
- Completion 303
- Gravel Pack 305
SPOT: Model
.........................................................................................................................................................
Results 306
SPOT: Model Results .........................................................................................................................................
- Layer Results 307
SPOT: Model Results .........................................................................................................................................
- Log Results 308
Multi-Lateral..........................................................................................................................................................
Interface 309
Netw ork Interface
......................................................................................................................................................... 309
Motivation ......................................................................................................................................... 309
Interface Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 309
Netw ork Window ................................................................................................................................... 311
The Navigator Window ................................................................................................................................... 313
Toolbar Details ................................................................................................................................... 314
Netw ork Manipulation ................................................................................................................................... 315
Menu Details ................................................................................................................................... 316
Visualisation Screens ................................................................................................................................... 319
Data Entry......................................................................................................................................................... 321
Overview ......................................................................................................................................... 321
Tie-point and Junction.........................................................................................................................................
Data 321
Tubing Data ......................................................................................................................................... 321
Completion Data......................................................................................................................................... 322
Reservoir Data ......................................................................................................................................... 322
Example of.........................................................................................................................................................
How to Set Up a Simple System 323
Introduction ......................................................................................................................................... 323
Place the Nodes.........................................................................................................................................
in the Netw ork Window 324
Connect the Nodes ......................................................................................................................................... 324
Enter the Data ......................................................................................................................................... 324
Visualise / Calculate ......................................................................................................................................... 326
7 Artificial
...................................................................................................................................
Lift Data Input 326
Continuous Gas ..........................................................................................................................................................
Lift Input Data 326
Fixed Depth.........................................................................................................................................................
Of Injection 327
Optimum Depth
.........................................................................................................................................................
of Injection 328
Valve Depth.........................................................................................................................................................
Specified 329
Gas Lift (Safety
.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment) 330
Gas Lift (Allow
.........................................................................................................................................................
injection in Pipe Line above w ellhead) 332
Interm ittent ..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift 334
ESP Input Data .......................................................................................................................................................... 334
HSP Input Data .......................................................................................................................................................... 336
Progressive ..........................................................................................................................................................
Cavity Pum ps 337
Coiled Tubing ..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift 338
Diluent Injection
.......................................................................................................................................................... 340
Jet Pum ps .......................................................................................................................................................... 341
Multiphase Pum ..........................................................................................................................................................
ps 342
Sucker Rod Pum ..........................................................................................................................................................
ps 342
8 Matching
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 343
VLP/IPR Match
..........................................................................................................................................................
and Quality Check 345
VLP Matching
......................................................................................................................................................... 349

VII PROSPER
VLP Correlation .........................................................................................................................................

Applications 351
IPR Matching
......................................................................................................................................................... 352
Gradient Matching
.......................................................................................................................................................... 355
Surface Pipe..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching 357
Correlation Com
..........................................................................................................................................................
parison 358
QuickLook for..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift 364
Input ......................................................................................................................................................... 364
Performing.........................................................................................................................................................
the QuickLook Calculation 368
QuickLook for..........................................................................................................................................................
ESP 371
Input ......................................................................................................................................................... 371
Performing.........................................................................................................................................................
QuickLook for..........................................................................................................................................................
HSP 375
Input ......................................................................................................................................................... 376
Performing.........................................................................................................................................................
Tubing Param ..........................................................................................................................................................
eters 380
Pipeline Param
..........................................................................................................................................................
eters 380
Correlation Thresholds
.......................................................................................................................................................... 380
9 Calculation
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 380
Inflow (IPR) .......................................................................................................................................................... 381
System (Ipr +..........................................................................................................................................................
Vlp) 386
Left - Hand.........................................................................................................................................................
Intersection for VLP/IPR curves 388
Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
Variables Screen 389
Sensitivity Combinations
.........................................................................................................................................
Screen 391
Calculation.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen 392
Gradient (Traverse)
.......................................................................................................................................................... 402
Options ......................................................................................................................................................... 405
Maximum Grain Diameter ......................................................................................................................................... 405
Erosional Velocity .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation for Sand Laden Fluids 408
Gradient (Traverse)-Modified
.........................................................................................................................................
Turner Equation 410
Pigging ......................................................................................................................................... 412
Note on HSP......................................................................................................................................................... 412
VLP (Tubing ..........................................................................................................................................................
Curves) 413
VLP (Tubing)
.........................................................................................................................................................
Curves - 3 Variables 413
VLP (Tubing)
.........................................................................................................................................................
Curves - 4 Variables 418
VLP (Tubing)
.........................................................................................................................................................
- Multi Variables 422
Choke Perform ..........................................................................................................................................................
ance 422
Generate for..........................................................................................................................................................
GAP 425
Bottom Hole ..........................................................................................................................................................
Pressure from Wellhead Pressure 425
References ......................................................................................................................................................... 427
Note on Enthalpy
..........................................................................................................................................................
Balance Model 427
Reset Results .......................................................................................................................................................... 428
10 Design
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 429
Continuous Gas..........................................................................................................................................................
Lift Design 430
Menu Options
......................................................................................................................................................... 430
New Well......................................................................................................................................................... 431
Setting Up the Design .........................................................................................................................................
Problem 432
Gas Lift Valve Selection
......................................................................................................................................... 437
Performing the Design .........................................................................................................................................
(New Well) 438
Existing Mandrels
.........................................................................................................................................................
Design 443
Setting Up the Design .........................................................................................................................................
Problem 444
Defining the Depths .........................................................................................................................................
of Existing Mandrels 444
Gas Lift Valve Selection
......................................................................................................................................... 446
Performing the Design .........................................................................................................................................
(Existing Mandrels) 446
Contents VIII
Valve Spacing ......................................................................................................................................... 450

Designing w ith Tubing .........................................................................................................................................
Sensitive Valves 450
Spacing Procedure .........................................................................................................................................
for Tubing Sensitive Valves 451
Proportional Valves ......................................................................................................................................... 452
Gas Lift Adjustments
......................................................................................................................................................... 455
Gaslift Valve
.........................................................................................................................................................
Performance 459
Valve Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Clearinghouse (VPC) 459
Interm ittent ..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift 460
Electrical Subm ..........................................................................................................................................................
ersible Pum p Design 464
ESP Calculate
......................................................................................................................................................... 466
Checking Suitability .........................................................................................................................................
of Separator Efficiency 468
ESP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
(Pump, Motor and Cable Selection) 469
Checking the Pump .........................................................................................................................................
Design 471
Hydraulic Pum ..........................................................................................................................................................
p Design 472
HSP Calculate
......................................................................................................................................................... 474
HSP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
(Pump and Turbine Selection) 475
Checking the Pump/Turbine
.........................................................................................................................................
Design 477
Progressive ..........................................................................................................................................................
Cavity Pum p Design 478
PCP Calculate
......................................................................................................................................................... 479
PCP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
(Pump and Rod Selection) 481
Coiled Tubing ..........................................................................................................................................................
GasLift Design 482
Jet Pum p Design.......................................................................................................................................................... 484
Jet Pump .........................................................................................................................................................
Calculate 485
Jet Pump .........................................................................................................................................................
Design (Pump Selection) 487
Sucker Rod Pum ..........................................................................................................................................................
p Design 488
Background ......................................................................................................................................................... 488
Design Sucker
.........................................................................................................................................................
Rod Pump 491
Enter Design Parameters ......................................................................................................................................... 492
Perform Design ......................................................................................................................................... 493
Rod Sensitivity ......................................................................................................................................... 494
Artificial Lift ..........................................................................................................................................................
Database 496
Gas Lift Valve
.........................................................................................................................................................
Database 497
Adding a New Valve ......................................................................................................................................... 498
ESP Database......................................................................................................................................................... 499
Pump Database ......................................................................................................................................... 499
Adding a New Pump ................................................................................................................................... 501
Motor Database......................................................................................................................................... 503
Adding a New Motor ................................................................................................................................... 504
Cables Database ......................................................................................................................................... 505
Adding a New Cable ................................................................................................................................... 505
HSP Database......................................................................................................................................................... 506
Pumps Database......................................................................................................................................... 506
Adding a New Pump ......................................................................................................................................... 507
Turbines Database ......................................................................................................................................... 507
Adding a New Turbine ......................................................................................................................................... 508
PCP Database......................................................................................................................................................... 509
Pumps Database......................................................................................................................................... 509
Adding a New Pump ................................................................................................................................... 511
Sucker Rods Database ......................................................................................................................................... 512
Adding a New Sucker ...................................................................................................................................
Rod 513
Jet Pumps.........................................................................................................................................................
Database 514
Pumps Database......................................................................................................................................... 514
Adding a New Pump ................................................................................................................................... 515
MultiPhase .........................................................................................................................................................
Pumps Database 515

IX PROSPER
Pumps Database......................................................................................................................................... 516

Adding a New Pump ......................................................................................................................................... 517
Sucker Rod
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pump 518
Pump database ......................................................................................................................................... 518
Adding a New Pump ................................................................................................................................... 519
Sucker Rods Database ......................................................................................................................................... 519
Adding a New Sucker ...................................................................................................................................
Rod 520
11 Output
................................................................................................................................... 521
Report .......................................................................................................................................................... 522
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reporting System 522
Reports ......................................................................................................................................................... 522
Export .......................................................................................................................................................... 537
Export Setup
......................................................................................................................................................... 537
Plot .......................................................................................................................................................... 539
Plot Command
.........................................................................................................................................................
Summary 540
12 Units................................................................................................................................... 543
Units Sum m ary.......................................................................................................................................................... 543
Unit Systems
......................................................................................................................................................... 544
Changing.........................................................................................................................................................
Unit Systems for some variables 545
Changing.........................................................................................................................................................
the Units 546
Validation.........................................................................................................................................................
Limits 547
Units Details .......................................................................................................................................................... 547
Units Reset .......................................................................................................................................................... 548
Units Save .......................................................................................................................................................... 548
13 Wizard
................................................................................................................................... 548
Running the ..........................................................................................................................................................
Wizard 548
Creating/Editing
..........................................................................................................................................................
a Wizard 549
Notes of OS
.........................................................................................................................................................
strings 550
Wizard examples
......................................................................................................................................................... 551
14 Help ................................................................................................................................... 551
Finding Inform..........................................................................................................................................................
ation in Help 552
Use the Search
.........................................................................................................................................................
feature in Help 552
Use the Help
.........................................................................................................................................................
Index 552
Context Sensitive
.........................................................................................................................................................
Help 552
Accessing Help.......................................................................................................................................................... 552
Help Through
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Menu 552
Getting Help
.........................................................................................................................................................
Using the Mouse 552
Getting Help
.........................................................................................................................................................
Using the Keyboard 553
To Minimise
.........................................................................................................................................................
Help 553
Flow Correlations
.......................................................................................................................................................... 553
Open Server.......................................................................................................................................................... 553
Help About PROSPER
.......................................................................................................................................................... 553
Web Options.......................................................................................................................................................... 554
15 Appendix
................................................................................................................................... 555
A - References .......................................................................................................................................................... 555
PVT Calculations
......................................................................................................................................................... 555
CO2 Injection ......................................................................................................................................... 556
PVT Separator Pressure ......................................................................................................................................... 556
IPR Calculations
......................................................................................................................................................... 558
Multiphase .........................................................................................................................................................
Flow Calculations 559
Temperature .........................................................................................................................................................
Calculations 560
Artificial Lift
.........................................................................................................................................................
Design 561
Contents X
B - Equations.......................................................................................................................................................... 562
Black Oil Model
.........................................................................................................................................................
for Condensate 562
Mass Balance Calculations
......................................................................................................................................... 562
Using the mass .........................................................................................................................................
balance results to define Condensate Model 565
Estimation of CGRmin ......................................................................................................................................... 567
Multiphase .........................................................................................................................................................
Pseudo Pressure 568
Temperature.........................................................................................................................................................
Models 570
Rough Approximation .........................................................................................................................................
Temperature Model 571
Overall Heat Transfer ...................................................................................................................................
Coefficient 572
Enthalpy Balance ......................................................................................................................................... 573
Default Thermal...................................................................................................................................
Properties Database 579
Choke Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 580
Multi-Phase.........................................................................................................................................................
Flow Correlations 581
C - Dietz Shape ..........................................................................................................................................................
Factors 582
D - File Form ats
.......................................................................................................................................................... 584
Introduction
......................................................................................................................................................... 584
External PVT
.........................................................................................................................................................
Tables 584
Lift Curves......................................................................................................................................................... 586
IPR ......................................................................................................................................................... 587
ESP PUMPS ......................................................................................................................................................... 588
ESP MOTORS ......................................................................................................................................................... 589
ESP CABLES ......................................................................................................................................................... 590
HSP PUMPS ......................................................................................................................................................... 591
HSP TURBINES
......................................................................................................................................................... 592
E - Glossary .......................................................................................................................................................... 593
F - Im porting..........................................................................................................................................................
Data from Text Files 600
Chapter 3 Examples Guide 606

1 Prosper
...................................................................................................................................
Tutorials 606
Tutorial 00: Integrated
..........................................................................................................................................................
Oil Well Model 608
Objectives......................................................................................................................................................... 608
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 609
General Approach
......................................................................................................................................................... 609
Available .........................................................................................................................................................
Data & Information 609
PVT Data from the .........................................................................................................................................
lab 611
Well Equipment Data .........................................................................................................................................
(Tubing etc) 612
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Data 614
Multi-Rate Well Test .........................................................................................................................................
Data 615
Model Construction:
.........................................................................................................................................................
Step by Step Procedure 615
Well Test .........................................................................................................................................................
Analysis: Step by Step 630
Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
Runs 649
Tutorial 01: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a dry and w et gas producer 654
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 655
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 655
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 655
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 655
Dow n hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 656
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 656
Average Heat Capacities......................................................................................................................................... 656
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 657
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 657
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 658

XI PROSPER
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 658

Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 659
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 660
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 660
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 662
Dow n Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 662
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 663
Average Heat Capacities ................................................................................................................................... 664
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 665
Saving the PROSPER ...................................................................................................................................
file 668
Relation (IPR) 668
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate 672
Well Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation 676
Lift Curve generation .........................................................................................................................................
for other applications 682
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 682
Steps ................................................................................................................................... 683
Data Entry For Lift ...................................................................................................................................
Lift Curve generation ................................................................................................................................... 686
Lift Curve Inspection ................................................................................................................................... 687
Lift Curve Export ................................................................................................................................... 688
..........................................................................................................................................................
a naturally flow ing oil w ell 691
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 691
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 692
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 692
Gradient 693
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 693
Step by Step......................................................................................................................................................... 694
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 694
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 695
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 696
Description 697
file 705
Relation (IPR) 706
w ell flow rate 709
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 718
Steps ................................................................................................................................... 719
..........................................................................................................................................................
an oil w ell w ith black oil PVT m atching 726
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 726
Contents XII
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 727
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 727
Gradient 728
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 729
Step by Step......................................................................................................................................................... 729
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 730
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 730
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 734
Description 735
file 743
Relation (IPR) 743
w ell flow rate 747
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 755
Steps ................................................................................................................................... 756
..........................................................................................................................................................
an horizontal oil w ell 763
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 764
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 764
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 764
Gradient 765
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 766
Step by Step......................................................................................................................................................... 767
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 767
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 768
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 772
Description 772
file 780
Relation (IPR) 780
Sensitivity on w .........................................................................................................................................
ell length and w ater cut 784

XIII PROSPER

..........................................................................................................................................................
a m ultilateral Dry Gas Producer 788
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 789
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 789
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 790
Gradient 791
Multilateral.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 792
Step by Step......................................................................................................................................................... 794
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 794
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 795
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 798
Description 799
file 806
Multilateral IPR Input .........................................................................................................................................
section 806
w ell flow rate and inspecting the detailled results 824
..........................................................................................................................................................
a slanted oil w ell 830
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 830
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 831
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 831
Gradient 832
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 833
Step by Step......................................................................................................................................................... 833
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 833
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 834
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 835
Description 836
Relation (IPR) 843
w ell flow rate 848
..........................................................................................................................................................
a gas w ell w ith connected pipeline 852
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 852
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 853
Step by Step......................................................................................................................................................... 853
..........................................................................................................................................................
a w ater injection w ell 857
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 857
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 858
Contents XIV
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 858
Gradient 859
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 860
Step by Step......................................................................................................................................................... 860
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 860
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 861
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 862
Description 862
Relation (IPR) 870
w ell injection flow rate 874
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 878
Steps ................................................................................................................................... 879
..........................................................................................................................................................
a gas injection w ell 886
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 887
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 887
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 887
Gradient 888
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 889
Step by Step......................................................................................................................................................... 890
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 890
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 891
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 891
Description 892
Relation (IPR) 897
for gas injectors 904
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 904
Steps ................................................................................................................................... 905

XV PROSPER

..........................................................................................................................................................
a steam injection w ell 912
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 912
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 913
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 913
Gradient 914
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 914
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 915
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 915
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 916
Description 917
IPR Data ......................................................................................................................................... 922
..........................................................................................................................................................
an oil w ell w ith gravel pack 930
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Statement Of The Problem 930
Gravel Pack.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 930
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 931
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 931
Relation (IPR) 932
w ell flow rate 935
..........................................................................................................................................................
a frac and packed w ell 939
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
Frac & Pack.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 939
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 940
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 940
Relation (IPR) 941
w ell flow rate 946
..........................................................................................................................................................
a w ell w ith Pre-Packed Screen 950
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pre-packed .........................................................................................................................................................
Screen Data 950
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 951
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 951
Relation (IPR) 952
w ell flow rate 954
..........................................................................................................................................................
a w ell w ith slotted liners 958
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
Slotted Liner
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 958
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 959
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 959
Relation (IPR) 960
w ell flow rate 962
..........................................................................................................................................................
a w ell w ith Wire Wrapped Screen 966
Pre-requisite
.........................................................................................................................................................
Wire Wrapped
.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen Data 966
Step by Step
......................................................................................................................................................... 967
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 967
Relation (IPR) 968
w ell flow rate 969
Tutorial 17: Fully
..........................................................................................................................................................
com postional w ell m odel for retrograde condenssate 973
Contents XVI
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 973
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 974
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 975
Gradient 975
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 976
Step by Step......................................................................................................................................................... 977
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 977
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 979
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 981
Description 981
file 989
Relation (IPR) 989
w ell flow rate 993
Tutorial 18: Fully
..........................................................................................................................................................
com postional CO2 injection w ell 997
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 997
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 998
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 998
Gradient 999
Reservoir .........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 1000
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 1001
System Options......................................................................................................................................... 1001
PVT data Input......................................................................................................................................... 1003
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 1005
Description 1005
Relation (IPR) 1011
Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate 1015
Tutorial 19: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching a dry gas w ell test 1019
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1019
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
data 1020
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 1020
Open the PROSPER .........................................................................................................................................
file 1020
Resetting any previous.........................................................................................................................................
VLP matching 1021
Matching - VLP.........................................................................................................................................
/IPR Quality Check 1022
Well Test Data...................................................................................................................................
Entry 1023
Estimate the U-value ................................................................................................................................... 1024
Correlation Comparison................................................................................................................................... 1025

XVII PROSPER
VLP matching................................................................................................................................... 1028

VLP / IPR matching ................................................................................................................................... 1030
Performing Sensitivity...................................................................................................................................
runs 1032
Tutorial 20: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching a naturally flow ing oil w ell test 1037
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1037
PVT Lab.........................................................................................................................................................
data & Well Test data 1038
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 1039
Open the PROSPER .........................................................................................................................................
file 1039
VLP matching 1039
PVT matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1040
Matching - VLP.........................................................................................................................................
Well Test Data...................................................................................................................................
Entry 1045
VLP matching................................................................................................................................... 1051
VLP / IPR matching ................................................................................................................................... 1052
runs 1058
Tutorial 21: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching a w ater injection w ell test 1063
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1063
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
data 1063
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 1064
Open the PROSPER .........................................................................................................................................
file 1064
VLP matching 1064
PVT matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1065
Matching - VLP.........................................................................................................................................
Well Test Data...................................................................................................................................
Entry 1067
VLP matching................................................................................................................................... 1071
VLP / IPR matching ................................................................................................................................... 1073
runs 1076
Tutorial 22: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching a gas injection w ell test 1080
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1080
PVT Lab.........................................................................................................................................................
data & Well Test data 1081
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 1081
Open the PROSPER .........................................................................................................................................
file 1082
VLP matching 1082
PVT matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1083
Matching - VLP.........................................................................................................................................
Well Test Data...................................................................................................................................
Entry 1084
VLP matching................................................................................................................................... 1088
VLP / IPR matching ................................................................................................................................... 1090
runs 1091
Tutorial 23: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Continuous Gas Lift Design 1094
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 1095
Input Data.........................................................................................................................................................
For Continuous GL design 1095
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1095
Reservoir Data.........................................................................................................................................
for GL design 1095
Equipment Data......................................................................................................................................... 1095
Gas Lift design.........................................................................................................................................
parameters 1095
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1097
Defining the options ......................................................................................................................................... 1097
Contents XVIII
Description of the .........................................................................................................................................

gas lift PVT 1098
IPR 1099
Gas Lift Design Conditions 1101
Performing the.........................................................................................................................................
gas lift design 1104
Transferring the .........................................................................................................................................
valve depths 1107
System Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
for a gas-lifted w ell 1108
Tutorial 24: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Interm ittent Gas Lift design 1112
Introduction
.........................................................................................................................................................
to intermittent Gas Lift 1112
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
of the problem 1113
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1114
Setting up the PROSPER
.........................................................................................................................................
model 1114
Design of the intermittent
.........................................................................................................................................
gas lift 1125
Constant Surface .........................................................................................................................................
Closing Pressure design 1126
OptiFlow Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................
Valve Design method 1129
Tutorial 25: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Coiled Tubing Gas Lift Design 1130
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 1131
Input Data.........................................................................................................................................................
For Continuous GL design w ith Coiled Tubing 1131
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1131
Reservoir Data.........................................................................................................................................
for GL design 1131
Equipment Data......................................................................................................................................... 1132
Coiled Tubing Gas .........................................................................................................................................
Lift design parameters 1132
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1133
Gas lift PVT and .........................................................................................................................................
CT Data 1134
IPR 1135
CT Gas Lift Design Conditions 1136
Performing the.........................................................................................................................................
CT gas lift design 1138
Fixing the CT injection
.........................................................................................................................................
depth 1140
for a CT gas-lifted w ell 1141
Tutorial 26: ..........................................................................................................................................................
ESP Design 1145
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 1145
Input Data.........................................................................................................................................................
For ESP design 1145
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1145
Reservoir Data.........................................................................................................................................
for ESP design 1146
Equipment Data......................................................................................................................................... 1146
ESP design parameters......................................................................................................................................... 1146
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1147
w ell dow n hole equipment 1148
IPR 1148
ESP Design Conditions 1150
Performing the.........................................................................................................................................
ESP design 1151
for an ESP-lifted w ell 1155
Notes on system .........................................................................................................................................
plot (VLP+IPR) for ESP-lifted w ells 1161
Tutorial 27: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Design of an Hydraulic Dow nhole Pum p for an oil w ell 1165
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 1165
Input Data.........................................................................................................................................................
For HSP design 1166
Produced Fluid.........................................................................................................................................
& Pow er Fluid PVT Data 1166
Reservoir Data.........................................................................................................................................
for HSP design 1166
Equipment Data......................................................................................................................................... 1166
HSP design parameters......................................................................................................................................... 1166
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1167
Produced Fluid.........................................................................................................................................
& Pow er Fluid PVT Data 1168

XIX PROSPER

w ell dow n hole equipment 1169
IPR 1170
HSP Design ......................................................................................................................................... 1172
Tutorial 28: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Sucker Rod Pum p Design 1177
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 1178
Input Data.........................................................................................................................................................
for SRP-Design 1178
Fluid Properties......................................................................................................................................... 1178
Equipment Data......................................................................................................................................... 1178
Dow nhole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 1178
Geothermal Gradient ................................................................................................................................... 1179
Average Heat...................................................................................................................................
Capacities 1179
Relation 1179
SRP-Design parameters ......................................................................................................................................... 1179
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step SRP design 1180
Options ......................................................................................................................................... 1181
PVT Data: Input.........................................................................................................................................
& Matching 1181
System Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1185
SRP Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1189
Data 1191
SRP Design ......................................................................................................................................... 1196
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
sensitivities w ith a SRP-lifted w ell model 1199
Tutorial 29: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Progressive Cavity Pum p (PCP) Design 1201
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 1201
Adding a.........................................................................................................................................................
PCP to the pump database 1202
Adding a.........................................................................................................................................................
Sucker Rod to the database 1204
Input Data.........................................................................................................................................................
for PCP-Design 1206
Fluid Properties......................................................................................................................................... 1206
Well Equipment.........................................................................................................................................
Data 1206
Geothermal Gradient ................................................................................................................................... 1207
Average Heat...................................................................................................................................
Capacities 1207
Relation 1207
PCP-Design parameters ......................................................................................................................................... 1208
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1208
PROSPER Well.........................................................................................................................................
model set-up 1208
PCP Design procedure ......................................................................................................................................... 1217
PCP sensitivity .........................................................................................................................................
calculation 1219
Tutorial 30: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Modelling Diluent Injection into an oil w ell 1224
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 1224
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1225
Produced Fluid.........................................................................................................................................
& Diluent PVT 1225
Well Equipment.........................................................................................................................................
Data 1226
Data 1227
Diluent Injection.........................................................................................................................................
Data 1227
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1227
PROSPER Well.........................................................................................................................................
model set-up 1227
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sensitivites 1238
Tutorial 31: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Modelling Multiphase Pum p w ith PROSPER 1242
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
of the Problem 1242
Model Set .........................................................................................................................................................
Up 1243
Contents XX
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sensitivies 1249
Tutorial 32: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting a gas lifted w ell 1253
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1253
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1254
PROSPER w ell.........................................................................................................................................
model 1254
Well test results .........................................................................................................................................
for Quicklook 1254
Gas Lift Valves.........................................................................................................................................
Data 1255
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step Procedure 1255
Tutorial 33: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting an ESP-lifted w ell 1267
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1267
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1268
Strategy......................................................................................................................................................... 1268
Phase 1: Build .........................................................................................................................................
a PROSPER model 1268
Phase 2: Collect .........................................................................................................................................
and analyse w ell test data 1268
Phase 3: Analyse .........................................................................................................................................
and match test to w ell model 1270
Phase 4: Use model .........................................................................................................................................
to run w hat-if scenarios 1274
Tutorial 34: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting an HSP-lifted w ell 1278
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1278
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1278
Strategy......................................................................................................................................................... 1279
Phase 1: Build .........................................................................................................................................
a PROSPER model 1279
Phase 2: Collect .........................................................................................................................................
and analyse w ell test data 1279
Phase 3: Analyse .........................................................................................................................................
and match test to w ell model 1280
Tutorial 35: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting a SRP-lifted w ell 1287
Tutorial 36: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Flow assurance calculations 1288
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1289
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1289
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1296
Tutorial 37: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Pipeline Only Modelling & m atching 1317
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1318
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1318
Fluid PVT data ......................................................................................................................................... 1318
Pipeline Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1318
Flow test results ......................................................................................................................................... 1319
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1320
PROSPER Model .........................................................................................................................................
Setup 1320
Pipe Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Matching 1329
Sensitivity runs......................................................................................................................................... 1336
Tutorial 38: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Full enthalpy balance tutorial 1342
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1342
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1343
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1343
Equipment Data......................................................................................................................................... 1343
Temperature Data ................................................................................................................................... 1344
...................................................................................................................................
Data 1344
Lithology ................................................................................................................................... 1345
Databases for...................................................................................................................................
thermal properties 1345
Reservoir Data......................................................................................................................................... 1345
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step procedure 1346
PROSPER Model .........................................................................................................................................
Setup 1346
System Calculation ......................................................................................................................................... 1360

XXI PROSPER
Tutorial 39: ..........................................................................................................................................................

Im proved Approxim ation 1363
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1363
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1364
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1364
Equipment Data......................................................................................................................................... 1364
Temperature Data ................................................................................................................................... 1365
Reservoir Data......................................................................................................................................... 1365
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step procedure 1366
PROSPER Model .........................................................................................................................................
Setup 1366
System Calculation ......................................................................................................................................... 1376
Tutorial 40: ..........................................................................................................................................................
SPOT tutorial 1379
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1379
PVT Input .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1380
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 1380
Deviation survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1380
Dow n Hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1380
Gradient 1381
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1381
Reservoir .........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 1381
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 1384
System Options......................................................................................................................................... 1384
PVT data Input......................................................................................................................................... 1385
Saving the PROSPER .........................................................................................................................................
file 1386
Description 1386
Average Heat...................................................................................................................................
Capacities 1391
file 1394
Relation (IPR) 1394
Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate 1408
Comparison of .........................................................................................................................................
different Gun Systems 1412
Inspection of SPOT .........................................................................................................................................
results at log- scale 1416
Tutorial 41: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Multi-Zones Com pletion using m ultilayer IPR 1426
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
of the problem 1426
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1427
Modelling.........................................................................................................................................................
Strategy 1429
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step Procedure 1429
Tutorial 42: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Multi-Zones Com pletion using m ultilateral IPR 1444
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
of the problem 1444
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1444
Modelling.........................................................................................................................................................
Strategy 1446
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step Procedure 1447
Tutorial 43: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Jet Pum p Design 1478
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of the Problem 1479
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1479
Jet Pump.........................................................................................................................................................
Design Strategy 1481
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step Procedure to design a jet pump 1481
Contents XXII
Tutorial 44: ..........................................................................................................................................................

Black oil Condensate Model Validation in PROSPER 1495

Chapter
1
Technical Overview 2
1 Technical Overview
This technical overview contains a summary list of the major technical capabilities of
PROSPER. The capabilities can be divided in the following disciplines:
Fluid modelling (PVT)
Inflow (IPR) and sand control options
Well bore and pipeline hydraulics (VLP)
Artificial lift options
Flow assurance and advanced thermal options
What's New
Examples Guide
1.1 Fluid modelling options

PROSPER offers both existing fluid modelling options.
Fluid can be modelled with the traditional "black oil" approach or a fully
compositional approach.
PROSPER offers black oil models for:

dry and wet gas
oil and water (heavy oil, "black oil", volatile oils, ...)
retrograde condensate
For all types of fluids, the user can:

use existing black oil correlations
calibrate and validate lab measurements against black oil correlations
use PVT look-up tables over the expected operating pressure and temperature
conditions.
Beside the black oil models, the two majors Equation Of State models used in the oil
industry (Peng-Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong) are implemented in PROSPER
allowing fully compositional modelling.
Users can embed their own proprietary EOS models into PROSPER via Dynamic Link
Library. The format of the DLL can be provided at request.
Hydrate and wax calculations can be performed with compositional fluid models.
When using black oil models, hydrate curves can be imported from any other
application like PVTp, the thermodynamics package developed by Petroleum Experts.
There is a flag that can be activated whenever calculated operating conditions falls

3 PROSPER
within the hydrates formation region.
PROSPER can model steam injection and steam production. A steam table calculator is
available.
Further options in PROSPER are:
Non-Newtonian fluids,
DLL for proprietary fluid viscosity model for Non-Newtonian fluids
Emulsion models
Back to Overview
PROSPER Manual January, 2010

1.2 Inflows and Sand Control options

More than two dozens of inflow / combination of inflow models exist in PROSPER that
can be selected for different configurations:
straight open or cased hole

slanted well
partially perforated well
horizontal well (with and without friction loss)
horizontal well with transverse vertical fracture
multi-zone completions for stacked reservoirs with possible cross-flow and
pressure loss between the zones
multi-lateral well and smart well
well of any geometry like snaky or U-shaped wells
Hydraulically fractured well
Well in dual-porosity reservoirs (naturally fractured)
water and gas injection wells
water injector with thermally induced fractures
External entry with User-entered IPR look-up tables
Various skin models are currently available:

Locke Skin model
MacLeod Skin model
Karakas & Tariq
Cinco-Ley and Martig-Bronz (I & II)
Wong-Clifford
SkinAide (Elf)
SPOT (Shell)
A DLL template exists that allow User to import proprietary IPR and skin models
into PROSPER.
The following sand control options are available in PROSPER:

Gravel Pack
Pre-Packed screen,
Wire-wrapped screen and
Slotted liners
Further inflow-related models available in PROSPER are:

Mobility correction using relative permeability
Vogel correction
Permeability reduction due to rock compaction
Maximum drawdown before onset of sand failure
Advanced perforation modelling capabilities with integrated tubing / casing
and gun system databases

5 PROSPER
Gas coning with matching

analytical coning model for water, gas and gas + water for horizontal wells
(see horizontal well with dP friction)
Back to Overview

1.3 Well bore and Pipeline hydraulics

Nearly two dozens of multiphase correlations are available to the PROSPER user. The
flexible architecture of the software gives any User the opportunity to add any number of
proprietary multiphase correlations via DLL. The format of the DLL can be provided at
request.
Internal research have led to the development of a series of very successful multiphase
correlations that have become benchmark in the industry today. In particular when
compared to actual measurements, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation has given
excellent results in a wide range of situations: vertical well, horizontal well, deviated well,
large diameter well,oil wells, gas and retrograde condensate wells, ..
When calculating the pressure drop in a well bore or a pipeline, PROSPER offers the
option to switch from one starting multiphase correlation to another one depending upon
the well or pipe inclination.
PROSPER can handle any combination of flow paths: annular flow only, tubular flow only,
simultaneous annular and tubular flow, sequences of tubular and annular flow or
sequences of mixed flow and tubular or annular flow.
Back to Overview

7 PROSPER
1.4 Artificial lift systems

The following artificial lift options are available in PROSPER:
Continuous gas lift
Intermittent gas lift
Coiled Tubing gas lift
Electrical Submersible Pumps (ESP)
Hydraulic Downhole Pumps (HSP) with Commingled Annular Supply
Hydraulic Downhole Pumps (HSP) with Commingled Tubing Supply
Hydraulic Downhole Pumps (HSP) with Closed Loop Supply
Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCP) with Sucker Rod Drive
Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCP) with Down Hole Motor Drive
Diluent Injection (Annular Injection - Tubing Production)
Diluent Injection (Tubing Injection - Annular Production)
Jet Pump (Annular Injection - Tubing Production)
Jet Pump (Tubing Injection - Annular Production)
Multiphase Pumps (Framo Pumps)
Back to Overview

1.5 Flow assurance
Advanced thermal models and miscellaneous options are available in PROSPER for flow
assurance features studies.
1.5.1 Advanced Thermal Models
For advanced thermal modelling, the user can select the Enthalpy balance model or the
improved approximation.
The enthalpy balance is a rigorous thermal model that accounts for convection, radiation
and conduction. Joule-Thompson effects are accounted for.
Another advanced thermal model is the "improved approximation" which is also a full
enthalpy balance model with the following difference when compared with the enthalpy
balance:
In the improved approximation, the heat term is calculated with a variable User-entered
overall heat transfer coefficient whereas the heat transfer coefficient in the full enthalpy
balance model is calculated internally.
1.5.2 General Flow Assurance Features

Beside the advanced thermal models, the following options are available in PROSPER
for flow assurance studies:
hydrate and wax appearance prediction models
Solid Transportation models
Erosional velocity calculation with clean fluid or sand laden fluid
Liquid loading calculations
Pigging calculation: pigged slug length, pigged slug volume, pigged slug
production time and pigged slug residency time
Taitel-Dukler flow regime map along pipeline length with severe-slugging
region (with and without Barnea criteria)
Detailed output for slug and bubble calculations: mean slug length, mean
bubble length, slug frequency, Slug and bubble surge factor, ...
Back to Overview

9 PROSPER
1.6 What's New

This is a list of enhancements to Prosper for each new Version
released.
Version 11.5
This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2010 official release.
Improved CO2 modeling
PVT Modeling Condensed Water Vapour with Retrograde Condensate

Condensed water vapour can be modeled with gas retrograde
condensate fluid
HSP
Addition of Pump Speed Method (Entered or Calculated) in
Quicklook, Gradient and VLP calculations. It is now possible to
use the program to calculate the pump/turbine speed in order
to operate the pump at the highest efficiency
ESP pump database

Complete CENTRILIFT Pump Database implemented
Artificial Lift Gas lift Quicklook

Added the possibility to enter DeRating parameters for
Thornhill/Craver to correct the dP through the orifice for
actual performance
ESP VLP/IPR matching

The VLP/IPR matching for ESP allows to enter the pump
intake and discharge pressures as inputs. These data can
then be passed over to the Quicklook for detailed analysis of
the pump performance
Reset results
An option to erase the results of any calculation previously
performed has been added
Gradient Summary Chart

Calculations In the Tubing Correlation and Pipeline Correlation Comparison
a Summary section allows to user to compare the pressure
drops and the components of the pressure drops of the
selected multiphase flow correlations and mechanistic
models

Solids Plot
Critical Transport velocities plot is now available after running
any calculation by accessing the Options button
Export option in PVT section
In the main PVT section an export facility has been added to
allow the used to export input (Input Data, Match data tables,
Tables) and output (correlation parameters,m PVT
calculations)
Export/Import option in IPR External Entry

Export/Import
The External Entry IPR can be exported/imported from the
IPR section
Clip to Copy and Paste data in PVT section

The Clip buttons in the PVT Match Data and Tables sections
allow now to copy and paste data from/to the Clipboard to
facilitate data import/export
Improved IPR Validation Error Messages
More information are reported when a validation error is
triggered
IPR test data enhancement

Program Interface In the IPR plot Test Data it is now possible to enter a date
stamp and a comment for each entered test
File Overwrite check

Possibility to switch on/off a confirmation message when an
existing file is overwritten
New OS Commands:
PROSPER.PVT.IMPORT Import PVTP file in
PVT Tables or Match sections
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.VLPIPR Perform the VLP/IPR
Matching VLP/IPR Command
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTCALC Adjust Calculate -
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTCALC(i) - for test i (if i=0 then
does all tests)
OpenServer PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTPI Adjust PI -
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTPI(i) - for test i (if i=0 then does
all tests)
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTPRES Adjust Pres -
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTPRES(i) - for test i (if i=0 then
does all tests)
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTRESET Reset Adjust
Data & Results - PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTRESET(type,
i) - for test i (if i=0 then does all tests) type=1 Reset Amended

11 PROSPER
PI =2 Reset Amended PRES =3 Calculated FBHP =4 Heat

Transfer Coefficient =5 Calculated Results =6 Reset ALL
PROSPER.MENU.FILE.OPEN Menu
Command - File Open
PROSPER.MENU.FILE.SAVEAS Menu
Command - File Save As
PROSPER.MENU.ANL.RESET Menu
Command - Calculation - Reset Results
Miscellaneous Improved OLGAS licensing
Version 11.0
SPOT(Shell Perforation Optimisation Tool) is an IPR calculator

developed originally by Shell.
Its main unique features are:-
Modelling of different perforating guns selected from a guns
database covering all the major vendors.
Corrects gun test data such as DoP (Depth of
penetrationG and EHD (Entry Hole Diameter) to reservoir
conditions.
Log data can be used to model vertical differences in
reservoir parameters such as permeability, porosity and
rock strength.
Model to predict sanding.
Several invasion models.
Models reperforation jobs/workovers.
This has been implemented in PROSPER as a new IPR model.
Inflow
The correction of test DoP and EHD to reservoir conditions is
also available for existing PROSPER IPR models.
Sand Control
Previously the only option for sand control in Prosper was Gravel
Pack. The following options have now been added
Pre Packed Screen
Wire Wrapped Screen
Slotted Liner
Both the Darcy and Non-Darcy effects are modelled for the
screen/liner and any material between the formation and screen/
liner
Sand Production (Failure)
Sand Production can be caused by increasing stress near the
well bore resulting from reservoir depletion. The economic

impact of the result is significant both in terms of completion

costs (implementing sand control) and the number of
development wells (because of the lower productivity associated
with sand control). Prediction of the maximum possible
drawdown before sand production can therefore be important in
field development.
The aim of this model is to calculate the drawdown at which
sand production can be expected. Stress can be estimated
either
From depth and reservoir pressure
From a specified stress
From specified stress gradients and depths
From assumptions if no stress data available
Inflow MultiLayer Models
Automatic transfer of model from Prosper to GAP
Pseudo Pressure table per layer for Gas/Condensate models
Increases accuracy in cases when layer PVT properties
are significantly different
Ability to sensitize on Layer PVT properties in System
calculation
Following new variables are available :
Perforating Gun (SPOT)
Tubing Description
Casing Description
Sensitivity Injection Fluid Temperature
Multi Layer PVT Parameters
Sensitivity Data Export

Sensitivity Generate Options
Perforating Gun Database
Provided by Shell as part of SPOT
Updated and verified by PE in conjunction with the
manufacturers
1) Baker
2) DYNA
3) ETA
4) Halliburton
Databases 5) Schlumberger
6) Owen
7) INNICOR
8) Titan
9) GeoDynamics
10) CCP
Tubing Database
Available for the following manufacturers

13 PROSPER
1) Benoit Machine
2) FiberGlass Systems
3) Grant Prideco
4) Halliburton Energy Services
5) Hunting Energy Services
6) JFE Steel
7) Metal One Corp
8) Tenaris Hydril
9) TPS Technitube Rohrenwerke
10) VAM
Casing Database
Available for the following manufacturers
1) Centron International Inc.
2) Dalmine Spa
3) Equivalent S.A.
4) FiberGlass Systems
5) Frank's International
6) GB Connections
7) Grant Prideco (Atlas Bradford)
8) HSC Corp
9) Hunting Energy Services
10) Hydril
11) JFE Steel / Hunting Oilfield
12) Mannesmann
13) Nippon Steel Corp
14) NKK Corp
15) Sidera S.A.I.C.
16) Smith FiberGlass products Inc.
17) Star FiberGlass Systems
18) Tenaris
19) TPS Technitube Rohrenwerke
20) Tubular FiberGlass Corp
21) VAM
22) XL Systems Inc.
Pipe Schedule
Access to the tubing and casing database will also be available from
the equipment date entry screens
Rigorous modelling of CO2 Injection when combined with
EoS
Lumping-DeLumping large compositions
PVT Paired large and small(lumped) compositions with same
Section phase behaviour and surface properties
Sour Gas Modelling
Originally created to model CO2 rich compositions.

Now improved and extended to other similar mixtures CO2,

H2S, C1 etc
Egbogah Viscosity Correlation
Bergman-Sutton Viscosity Correlation
Al Marhoun Correlation for Pb, Rs, Bo and Viscosity
Injection of Non-Newtonian Fluids (Polymers etc)
Interpolation warnings for Bg
Estimated Heat Transfer Coefficient options
We can now transfer the estimated U value (or average of
estimated U values) directly into the geothermal gradient
Estimation of Reservoir Parameters from Match Point data
Many users have used the VLP/IPR Matching section and its
easy access to the Inflow section to adjust reservoir
VLP / IPR parameters in order to find a solution that corresponded to the
Matching measured data in the VLP Match record. Thus they were able
to track changes in Reservoir Pressure and P.I. Improvements
in IPM6 meant that this process had become slightly more long
winded. This can now be done automatically in Prosper in
IPM7
o Estimation of Reservoir Pressure
o Estimation of PI from (Only if IPR PI method selected)
Multi Variable SYSTEM & VLP commands
Mass and Molar Rate Entry
Independent of separation process
Lift Mass Rates available for Black Oil & EOS models
Curves Molar Rate only for EOS
Eclipse
Generation of files compatible with E300
Molecular weight & Water Molar Fraction as sensitivity
variables
Intermittent Gas Lift Design
Spacing Line Design Methodology
Stability Criteria for Gas Lift
Lift Gas Gradient available on gradient calculation screens
Valve Performance Clearinghouse
VPC in Gas Lift Design & QuickLook
VPC Options in Preferences
Artificial
Hydraulic Submersible Pump
Lift
Improved sensitivity modelling
Automatic step size reduction.
Electrical Submersible Pump
Addition of complete Centrilift Pump & Motor catalogue
Automatic step size reduction.
SRP
Calculation of Stroke Size from Liquid Rate improved

15 PROSPER
Improved error reporting & database export.

New OS Commands
ANL.SYM.CALC Perform the System Sensitivity
Calculation (Multi Variables)
ANL.SYM.GENRATES Generate Rates for the System
Sensitivity Calculation (Multi Variables)
ANL.SYM.EXPORT Export Lift Curves Generated by the
System Sensitivity Command (Multi Variables)
ANL.VLM.CALC Perform the VLP (Multi Variable)
Sensitivity Command
ANL.VLM.GENRATES Generate Rates for the VLP (Multi
Variable) Sensitivity Command
ANL.VLM.EXPORT Export Lift Curves Generated by the
OpenServer VLP (Multi Variable) Sensitivity Command
ANL.GLI.CALC Perform the Intermittent Gas lift
Design
New OS Functions
ANL.NODES.MSD Returns The Measured Depth Of The
ith Node (PROSPER.ANL.NODES.MSD[i])
ANL.NODES.TVD Returns The True Vertical Depth Of
The ith Node (PROSPER.ANL.NODES.TVD[i])
HSP.SETTURB Set the Design HSP Turbine for a
given Turbine,Blade setting PROSPER.HSP.SETTURB
(Turbine,Blade))
Evaluation Button on Open Server Screen

WHPtoBHP to include surface equipment
Hydro3P flow correlation updated
Hydro Choke Model updated
Improved handling of OLGAS licences
Miscellaneous Improved Flow Correlation Information
Plots in Deviation Survey
Plotting Improvements
Tubing and Pipe drawings Improved
Free Format number option
Version 10.0
Steam Model in PVT to enable modelling of Steam Injector Wells

Additional Artificial Lift Method to enable the design and modelling of wells produced using Sucker

Rod Pumps
The Enthalpy Balance Temperature Model now has the same calculation options as the Improved
Approximation Temperature Model (including Choke Performance calculations)
Allow Solution Node at first node for system calculation in Improved Approximation/Enthalpy
Balance models.
ESP modelling (not Design) available for Improved Approximation and Enthalpy Balance
temperature models
Target GOR calculator and extended options
Improvements in phase behaviour calculation for compositions rich in sour gases (CO2 and H2S)
Increase size of PVT Match tables.
Add Impurities to Retrograde Condensate Black Oil model.
Improved error handling and reporting
Calculate the flow velocity across the completion as a function of open perforations, frac pack
properties and formation properties. (Casing Velocity (Vc) & Screen Velocity (Vs) calculated in
Gravel Pack Section)
Add Beta Factor in the gravel pack pressure drop prediction. (Calculated or Entered) (See Gravel
Pack)
IPR Sensitivity Calculations now available from IPR Section.
Pressure dependent permeability
IPR Test Points - this section has now been rewritten and enhanced to separate it from the multi-
rate test point input data. Test points are now displayed on all relevant screens/plots
It is now possible to change the port size and recalculate output parameters in the GasLift Design
Calculation Screen
Enable de-rating of Thornhill-Craver flow rates in GasLift Design
Real GasLift Valve Response Modelling
Add IPR button to GasLift Design screens to enable easy modification of Inflow model during
GasLift Design
Allow Choke Performance calculations in the Prosper Enthalpy Balance Model
Addition of a Choke Performance Plot in the Choke Performance section.
New lift curve formats are available for CMG reservoir simulators IMEX and GEM.
Generate for GAP has been enhanced for Naturally flowing and ESP wells to allow up to ten
manifold pressures as input
OLGA 2-phase and 3-phase correlations are now available directly from Petroleum Experts. Please
contact us for details of cost and installation.
Data Entry for Temperature Gradients in Enthalpy Balance model was been rewritten, including the
addition of the Geothermal Gradient to the model.
Injected Fluid Temperature is now available as a sensitivity variable
Heat Transfer Coefficients as sensitivity variables
Ability to put in reservoir pressure in VLP/IPR matching screen that corresponds with each test.
Add "date" field to well test table so the Match Point Comment column can be used for actual
comments.
VLP MAtching for ESPs
QuickLook from VLP/IPR Matching
IPR/VLP plot - include well test date info for test point info entered
Make left hand intersection (for gas coning) available. (This is already automatically done if
coning flag is set)

17 PROSPER
Preferences Section
It is now possible to display the Users Comments on the main screen instead of the Program and
Contact details.
User preference to allow the user to set the file name and path displayed/hidden.
The User can specify default roughness for tubings and pipelines.
New OpenServer Generate Rate commands for INF, SYS, SY4, VL3 & VL4
New OpenServer Commands PROSPER.ANL.JET.DESIGN
New OpenServer Function to detect Matched PVT (PROSPER.PVT.MATCHED)
Open server command that would be equivalent to clicking on the Clear button in the sensitivity
variables section.
OS command to implement API RP43 Calculation ( calculate perforation length & diameter)
Open-server variables and command to enter a MD in the deviation survey section, and calculate its
corresponding TVD.
OS Command to do Deviation Survey Filtering
Reset, transfer and calculate angle OS command for Deviation Survey Filter
Implement PROSPER.ANL.SPD.CAL(v1,v2,v3) and PROSPER.ANL.SP4.CALC(v1,v2,v3,v4)
Addition of Sensitivity Summary Export in the 4 Variable System Sensitivity Analysis

Section.
Allow the entry of up to 2 Gauge Depths to VLP calculation screen. Pressures are then calculated
at these depths and displayed and reported. The calculated pressures are also included in exported
TPD files for integration into IFM
New variable available "Gas Fraction At Pump Intake" in ESP design calculations screen
Remove MacLeod as an option for Horizontal Well Models
Warn user if a lift Curve table contains invalid variables for any particular given format. (Warning is
at file creation time)
Increase size of PVT Match Tables
Add Impurities to Retrograde Condensate Section (Black Oil PVT Model only)
Version 9.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 2005 official release.
PVT Enhancements
Equation of State
The objective of the following improvements is to enhance the compositional modelling
capabilities of Prosper:
PVT modelling with EoS available for Injector wells
Enhanced Optimisation
Common EoS options throughout IPM Suite
Path dependent variables (volumetric properties like GOR, FVF, CGR) can be
calculated using three different methods leading to standard conditions:
Straight flash to stock tank conditions
Flash through a train of up to 10 separators
Using individual separator stage or full plant K-values
Enhanced plots of generated fluid properties

FVF calculations with Volume Shift validated for mass balance
Inflow Enhancements
Modified Isochronal IPR model
This IPR model utilises the modified isochronal well test, which consists of repeated shut-in
periods of equal duration as the flowing periods. The IPR model is based on the back-pressure
equation.
Modelling perforation diameter and length varying rock hardness
The API RP43 can be used to calculate the perforations characteristics
Inflow calculation Improvements
Display calculated inflow model PI on the IPR plots
Use of the Perforation Efficiency in all the skin models
Determines the number of open perforations. It is applied to shot density in a similar
manner to gravel pack calculations
On-screen Help with gravel pack data for given gravel sizes
Enabled appropriate Inflow models for given well configuration
Coning Calculation - the length interval has been decreased
Inflow Calculation - the GOR can be entered and sensitised upon
Outflow Enhancements
Gas Condensate Plots
Oil as well as Gas can be plotted on the X-axis
Lift Curves Improvements
Export Options saved to file
More data in comments
User configurable data added to file
System Calculation
4 Variable System Command is available
Export Lift Curves option is available
VLP Matching procedure has been improved
Simultaneous injection of Oil and Water
Flow Modelling Enhancements

Pipeline Calculations
Slug Characteristics
Surge factors for gas and liquid in the bubble and slug are calculated to describe the
slug characteristics of the flow
Pigging Calculations
Calculations to determine the pigging characteristics of the flow
Modelling Pressure and temperature drops across fittings
dP and dT can be calculated for a very wide variety of fittings by using equivalent
lengths. Tabulated L/D values for each fitting type are used to calculate an appropriate K Value for
each different type of fitting and configuration
Artificial Lift Enhancements

Jet Pumps
Modelling of existing Jet Pump installations
PVT modelling of the Power Fluid
Possibility to store the pump models in the Artificial Lift Database
Exporting lift curves to simulators
Design of new Jet Pump installations
Diluent Injection

19 PROSPER
Modelling of Diluent injection in the wellbore

PVT modelling of the Injection Fluid
Possibility to sensitise on injection depth and rate
FRAMO Pumps
Modelling of Multiphase pipeline booster pumps
Wizards
This feature guides the User in setting up models and performing certain tasks following a pre-
defined sequence.
A few wizard examples are available when installing PROSPER. These examples are step-by-step
guides to build typical models, like naturally flowing wells, ESP, etc.
However, the User can create his own wizards to performed given tasks. This option is particularly
useful when repetitive calculations are to be performed on well models.
The Wizard is based on a VB script. The script consists of a series of VB commands using
OpenServer strings to set the values of the input parameters or to call up the appropriate data entry
screen , perform calculations, and retrieve or plot results.
OpenServer Enhancements
New Commands
The following capabilities have been implemented:
PVT Match and Match All
4 Variable System Calculation command
Estimate U Value in VLP /IPR Matching Command
Export of lift curves from VLP and System calculations
HSP design - System Calculation command
Perform Coiled Tubing and Jet Pump Design
Menu commands to open the input, calculation and plot screens
Evaluation Dialog
This option can be used to test OpenServer Commands without building VB applications. The
basic OS actions (DoSet, DoGet and DoCmd) can also be used to quickly initialise and resetting the
data
Open Server Help
Command List
Variable List
Function List
Miscellaneous Enhancements
Deviation Survey Filter
This feature allow to enter up to 1000 points from deviation survey tables and determines a
minimum number of deviation points that best fits them
Calculate Torque for ESP wells
The Shaft Torque is calculates during the phase of ESP design
Version 8.0

Online PROSPER in GAP

PROSPER flow modelling is now available in GAP.
It can be used to model pipelines and wells.
It can be used directly as an online calculator or offline to generate lift curves (to speed GAP
network calculations)
Lift Curves
Data stored in GAP
Data stored in external PROSPER file.
PROSPER online
Data stored in GAP
Can be imported from an existing PROSPER file
Calculation Detail
Calculations can be viewed with the precision and detail of PROSPER Gradient screen
Implicit access to all flow and fluid modelling technology in PROSPER
Advanced Flow Correlations (e.g... Petroleum Experts, GRE, Hydro 3 Phase)
Flow Correlation Matching
Choke Modelling
Fluid modelling and matching (especially Condensate)
Enthalpy Balance calculations for rigorous pressure and temperature modelling. Implicitly
includes Joule-Thomson effects
Artificial Lift options
Gas Lift (Standard and Coiled Tubing)
Electrical Submersible Pumps (ESPs)
Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCPs)
PVT Enhancements
Equation Of State
Goal for these improvements is complete compatibility to ensure that results obtained in
PVTP can be reproduced exactly.
Omega A, Omega B can be entered
Choice of Peng-Robinson or Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Parameter Estimation (Fill In Table)
New Composition Export to PVTP
Improved Composition Import from PVTP (including Reservoir Temperature)
True Critical Point calculation included as part of Phase Envelope Calculation.
This helps speed improvements due to quicker phase detection.
Improve calculation speed without compromising results
Optimise - None - 2 - 3 times faster } Raw PVT
Optimise - Low - 10 - 20 times faster } Calculation
Optimise - Medium - 30 - 80 times faster } Speed Improvement
PROSPER Example System Sensitivity on 3 tubing sizes
Original - 3+ hours
None - 95 minutes
Low - 12 minutes
Medium - 2 minutes 40 seconds
Allow more calculation flexibility for Equation of State models
Target GOR
User enters initial composition
Target GORs are entered as sensitivity variables
Program iterates from original composition to a composition with specified GOR
New composition saved as a result for display and/or reporting

21 PROSPER
Black Oil
PVT Lookup Tables
Increased size
(Number of Temperature Tables (10 -> 50 )
Number of Pressure Entries ( 15 -> 100 )
Generate Option
PVT properties for all phases are available in table
User responsibility to ensure material balance is preserved
Standard Conditions Warning
User is notified when there is no entry in the table at standard conditions.
Common cause of problems due to interpolation errors.
Convergence Pressure Method removed.
EoS model improvements (and faster computers) make this redundant
Flow Modelling Enhancements

Norsk Hydro Three Phase Correlation (Hydro3P)
Solves the steady state momentum equations for three-phase gas/oil/water pipe flow computing
pressure drop, water and oil hold-up and oil droplet fraction in the gas. Also models oil-in-water
phase and water-in-oil phase. Initial comparisons very favourable. Reasonably fast and very
robust. Works for a wide range of conditions for all fluid types. Very fast for two-phase system.
Much slower for three-phase systems.
Modified Turner Equation For Liquid Loading

Used to determine unstable flow regions in Gas or Condensate wells with liquid production. Has
been found to be not necessarily reliable. The original Turner Constant was 20.4. It has been
found (using Petroleum Experts 4) that 2.04 gives much more reliable results in a wide range of
examples. This constant can be changed by the user.
Erosional Velocity Calculations With Sand Production

Implementation of a ConocoPhillips paper (An Alternative to API14E Erosional Velocity Limits for
Sand Laden Fluids) which challenges API14E (the industry standard) on the basis that it can be
very conservative for clean service and is not applicable for conditions where corrosion or sand
are present. It proposes a simple alternative approach that has been verified by a comparison
with several multi-phase flow loop tests that cover a broad range of liquid-gas ratios and sand
concentrations.
Step Size
This feature allows the user to specify the default step size used in Flow Modelling calculations
Artificial Lift Enhancements

Rewrite database
One database for all artificial lift types
Completely redesigned interface
Booster Pumps
ESPs in pipeline.
Implement Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCPs)
HSP & PCP Lift Curves for GAP
Gaslift
Allow injection in pipeline (above wellhead)
Allow a valve at the design depth of injection (as well as an orifice as at present)
Gaslift Adjustments
Provides additional calculations for testing gas lift designs under operating conditions.
Surface casing pressures when restarting production are presented in addition to input

parameters needed for setting up automatic well controllers

Coiled Tubing Gaslift
Can already be achieved in PROSPER using annular flow but requires manual set up by user
New input options to make problem set-up automatic
Description via ID and Thickness makes sensitivity analysis more flexible
Enthalpy Balance Model Enhancements

Convection in mud between casings
Selectable the the user
Sea Velocity gradients
As an addition to the Sea Temperature Gradient
Correlation Comparison
Implemented for both Tubing and PipeLine
Extra variables in gradient display
Enthalpy (gas, oil, water)
Conductivity (gas, oil, water)
Specific Heat Capacity (gas, oil, water)
Fix outside casing temperature at time t=0
Diffusivity equation only valid for t > 0.5 days
Casing Conductivity user selectable
Previously was a fixed value
Inflow Performance Enhancements

Simple MultiLayer
Increased number of Layers ( from 5 to 50)
MultiLayer With dP Loss
New Layer Models
Fractured Well
Horizontal Well
Increased number of layers (from 20 to 50 layers)
Gas and Condensate Implemented
Improved IPR DLL
Add a skin model to internal reservoir model
Proper validation of user data
Access to internal model data
Ability to deny access to unauthorised users
Non-Newtonian Fluid Modelling

New Model
Implement Model based on drilling fluid models developed by Total. This will enable foams in
heavy oils to be modelled more accurately. However, it should be noted that this model does
not estimate the apparent viscosity of the emulsion with water. Research on another program
(REVEAL) is ongoing on this subject.
Calculate Equivalent Apparent Viscosity
Oil and Gas viscosities both set equal to Apparent Viscosity
Implemented in reservoir by calculating an equivalent pipe radius
User DLL
User DLL option allows user to test internal models within PROSPER via the usual DLL
interface.
Will allow the user to model viscosity of all phases (if required)
Benefits of testing and implementing engineering technology and research without having to
design and maintain the testbed

23 PROSPER
Import DLL
Allows user to import from any file (binary or ascii) if they know the precise format.
Can be used for legacy applications with proprietary format.
Import from a report output of another application
Can be done without any input from Petroleum Experts (avoids confidentiality conflicts)
Integrates seamlessly with File Open option.
User file type just becomes another available file type to read
Can be used in batch mode to convert many files and automatically creates PROSPER input
files
Uses OpenServer strings to push the data from user DLL to PROSPER.
Choke DLL Improvements

Allow more user data per DLL
Saving and recalling user data to file
Redesign Choke Performance screen to allow use with user defined choke DLL
Lift Curves
Additional Formats
ChevronTexaco CHEARS
ExxonMobil EMPOWER
VIP Format Update
Previously if one specified GOR then rates were Oil and if one specified GLR rates where
Liquid
Now, it is possible to mix and match Gas Fraction Types and Rate Types
General Point
Please keep us informed of changes in format - we like to respond as quickly as possible to
keep users up-to-date
Documentation of lift curve format should be as comprehensive as possible. Quite often, the
only documentation is an example file. It can be quite difficult to extrapolate from one
example to a complete solution. The following points are quite useful to note.
Specify all possible Gas Fraction Types (GOR, GLR OGR etc)
Specify all possible Water Fraction Types (WC, WGR, WOR etc)
Rate Types ( Oil, Liquid Gas)
Artificial lift types (don't forget pumps)
All fluid Types (oil, gas and condensate)
Unit types for all variables and unit sets as well (Field, SI, LAB)
Producers and Injectors
Variable Combinations - what is valid and what is invalid
Left Hand Intersection in SYSTEM Calculation

Normally VLP/IPR intersections that occur when the tubing pressures are declining (on the LHS) are
considered to represent unstable flow and are usually ignored.
When Gas Coning occurs however the GOR is changing constantly for different rates and it is
possible to have two solutions and for the LHS intersection to represent stable flow
Add option to allow user to select which intersection to use
Miscellaneous
Units Popup
Right-clicking on units field on screen shows user all available units for the variable and its
current selection and allows the user to change this current selection.
Extended and Improved Data Validation
MultiLateral - set end points for curve calculations
OpenServer - NEWFILE & SHUTDOWN commands

Export - data formatting improvements

Plot Legend - data content improvements
Version 7.5
Make Prosper more accessible to other IPM Tools

Much work has been done restructuring PROSPER so that all the single-well technology and
engineering can be readily utilised by other programs in the IPM suite.The results of this radical
restructuring are not obvious or available at present but will be incorporated in the next versions of
GAP and MBAL
Model Annulus and Tubing Production
A model has been Implemented for production through the tubing and annulus at the same time and
also a variable flow path i.e. fluid can flow in either the tubing or the annulus or both and this can vary
in different segments of the well
Vlp/Ipr Matching Improvements
Ability to perform a Correlation Comparison for each test point. Data is automatically transferred from
the test point straight to the Correlation Comparison screens.
VLP/IPR plot has been enhanced to provide a VLP curve for each test point for a selection of flow
correlations.
Estimating U values in VLP/IPR matching section from entered Tubing Head Pressures in the Rough
Approximation Temperature Model
Pipe Matching Improvements
Ability to perform a Pipeline Correlation Comparison for each test point. Data is automatically
transferred from the test point straight to the Pipeline Correlation Comparison screens.
Multi-Lateral - Improvements Model
Calculation Dialog Screen Improvements.
Multi Layer (Layer-by Layer ) response calculated and plotted.
PVT Section
Water Vapour Condensation Correlation for Gas Wells
Water Viscosity Variation with Pressure
Boiling Temperature column in EOS model.
Parachor column in EOS model (for Surface Tension Calculations).
Editable EOS Component Name instead of number
Miscellaneous
New variables displayed in Gradient Calculations.
Oil Viscosity
Water Viscosity
Liquid Density
Total mass Flow Rate
Oil mass Flow Rate
Gas Mass Flow Rate
Water Mass Flow Rate
Oil Formation Volume Factor
Gas Formation Volume Factor
Water Formation Volume Factor
Water Holdup
Slip Water Velocity
Superficial Water Velocity
Cumulative Liquid Volume

25 PROSPER
Cumulative Water Volume

Cumulative Oil Volume
Cumulative Gas Volume
Cumulative Liquid Holdup
Cumulative Water Holdup
Tubing Flow Rate
Annulus Flow Rate
New layout options in Gradient Calculations
Depth Calculator in Equipment Deviation Survey screen
Improved errror checking in IPR section subDialog screens
Improvments in annulus configuration management (Enthalpy Balance)
Improvements in Drilling section error reporting
Improvements to TPD file generation for ESP wells
File List - browser for viewing /summarising PROSPER files.
Standing correction to Vogel in IPR calculations.
Version 7.0
32-bit
Improved memory management.
Long File and Directory name.
Results Management.
Implementaion of Open Server

Open Data/Function Server implemented the same as GAP and MBAL
MultiLateral
Model has been enhanced and extended
Models all fluid types (oil, Gas and Retrograde Condensate)
Models Producers and Injectors
Can be used in conjuction with artificially lifted wells (Gaslift, ESP and HSP)
Enthalpy Balance Temperature Prediction
Complete rewrite of enthalpy balance temperature prediction method to allow more flexibility and
accuracy.
Account for air and sea velocities.
Improved Completion fluid handling.
Can specify cement and casing conductivity
Account for temperature gradient in the sea.
Improved Rough Approximation Temperature Model
Specify heat transfer coefficient by depth and pipe section
Define a temperature gradient for the sea
Can make use of Joule-Thomson coefficient
Constrained Calculation with Enthalpy Balance
Determine pressure and temperature profile for the entire well from the wellhead pressure and bottom
hole temperature
Thermal Fracturing
Model the combined effects of temperature, stress and fluid mechanics to predict the inflow behaviour
of injection wells
New Correlation (Petroleum Experts 4)

Advanced mechanistic model for any angled wells (including dowhill flow) suitable for any fluid
(including Retrograde Condensate)
Solids Transport
Predicting maximum grain size that can be transported. Based on a model from the BP MUltiphase
Design Manual
Hydrates Flagging
User entered table describing pressure-temperature regions where hydrates formation is likely. The
program will then highlight areas with a potential for Hydrates Formation.
Miscellaneous
User can specify default Units System (on Preferences Screen).
Version 6.0
INFLOW
New Interface
Implemented for all fluids.
Completely redesigned to ease user input and to integrate with the external, user-written IPR model
enhancement (see below)
MultiLateral/MultiLayer Inflow Model
Based on a model produced by BP Amoco Ltd.
Deviated Well Model
Based on a model produced by Wong and Clifford (BP)
Dual Porosity Model
Assumptions: For naturally fractured reservoirs where the matrix (formation) porosity is greater than
the fracture porosity and the matrix permeability is much smaller than the fracture permeabilty, but
not negligible.
Source: See References
Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fracture(s) Model
Assumptions
1. Circular fractures.
2. Well goes through centre i.e. no shape factor implemented.
3. Fractures are equally spaced - so if there is just one it is in the centre.
User IPR Model DLL
Allows the user to develop their own inflow model(s) and implement it within PROSPER in a similar
fashion to flow correlations. The user-developed model can encompass every element of an inflow
description including the reservoir model and every component of the skin or can simply be any
particular element. Please contact us for details on how to implement this for the specific application
Dietz Shape Factor Calculator
Implemented for 'Darcy-like' models in all fluids.
Assumptions: Calculation is for vertical wells rectangular reservoirs.
Gas Coning
Implemented for oil. Modifies solution GOR by multiplying it by a weighting factor greater than 1,
which is a positive function of the liquid rate. The output is a total, or produced, GOR. This model

27 PROSPER
has been implemented with the facility of matching/tuning to real test data
Assumptions: High permeability reservoirs.
Source: See References.
EQUIPMENT
More Pipeline nodes
Reverse x,y coordinate system for pipeline data entry
Rate Multiplier Per Node
Option to "disable" Surface Equipment
FLOW MODELLING
Complex Terrain Flow Correlation
Slug modelling
Correlation Threshold Angles
Erosional Velocity (C Factor) calculation.
Flow Regime Plots
More detailed data displayed during Gradient calculations
Phase Densities, inter-phase IFTs, slug and bubble properties
ARTIFICIAL LIFT
Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pumps (or HSPs)
Design
System Sensitivity and Lift Curve Generation
QuickLook diagnostic
Pump and Turbine Database management
MISCELLANEOUS
Preferences
All options relating to the customisation of an individual installation of the program have been
gathered together in one location.
This option can be found on the File menu and has four sections (tabs)for ease of use. These are
Screen
File
Plot
User Applications
Welcome Screen
This screen is displayed immediately the program is started and is destroyed as soon as the main
screen appears. There can be a significant time difference in some cases between these two events
and this screen will assure the user that the prgram has indeed started. The reason for the time
difference could be any of the following
1) Program Installation - The program could be on a remote network drive and network traffic would
affect access time.
2) Software Key - a network installation could slow access to the key is the network is busy.
3) Last file loaded - if one automatically reloads the last file on program startup,then the file size and
location(remote network) could make a difference
New import format for PVTP file
The new format exported from the PVTP program includes more details (Volume Shift flag and the
separators included in the analysis.)
Screen Design
Redesign of many data screens. More consistency between data screens, navigation, and flexibility
of screen size (see Preferences-> Screen)

Version 5.1
Changes to EOS model

The method of calculating GOR and FVF has been enhanced to take account of the fluids path back
to surface. Up to 5 separator stages can be defined. The fluid is flashed through any defined stages
to find the resultant gas/oil mixture in the accumulator/stock tank. If no stages are defined a single
flash to ambient conditions is performed.
WHP to BHP
Method for calculating flowing bottom hole pressure from the wellhead pressure for a large number of
points.
VLP Matching
Ability to allow or disallow the plotting of labels. Added ability to export and report from this screen.
Output more information to reports
Miscellaneous
The following bug fixes/ improvements.
Errors in files when saving long labels from downhole/surface equipment.
Sensible choice for file prefix when saving files.
Improved error checking in relative permeability screen in IPR section.
Scaling problems on status screen IPR plot when changing units have been fixed.
General updates to Status Screen
Errors transferring surface equipment details when changing from Pressure only to Pressure and
temperature prediction have been corrected.
Improved legend for Gaslift Design Plot
Improved legends for plots generally for consistency.
Improved handling of multi rate input data in IPR section.
Load correlation DLLs automatically from run directory.
Fixed errors in PVT matching reports
Fixed errors for water injectors reporting marginal amount of oil
Improved depth error checking in equipment section
Fixed bug in gradient calculation section (not setting Top Node Pressure and Rate correctly)
Insert a check for Choke Model selected when reading files.
Fixed EOS calculation initialisation problems.
Added feature to output 4 variable MBV (lift curve ) files
ESPs - allow user to select location of database files
Sensitivity analysis - improved error checking in variable selection
Status screen error for PVT Condensate display (wrong unit for CGR/WGR)
System Plot - wrong label for Gas Rate has been corrected.
IPR - improved calculation of combined Total GOR for multi layer IPRs
Gray Correlation - advise of unsuitability for use in Pressure and Temperature predictions
PVT Matching - ability to transfer data from Tables and import data from PVT Program
PVT Tables - ability to import data from Matching Section.

29 PROSPER
Version 5.0
Report Generator
The reporting interface gives complete control over how the reports are formatted and what
information is utilised to make up the report. This is facilitated by the use of report templates which
can be edited to suit the users's own requirements. One can choose to use the default report
templates provided with the system or can choose to create its own slightly different versions of these
reports. The selected templates can then be used to generate the actual reports which can be sent to
a variety of places (printer, file or screen).
Flexible Importing
This facility is designed to let the user import tabular data from a wide variety of files and databases
via ODBC. A filter 'template' is configured visually and can be saved to disk for future use. It can also
be distributed easily to other users.
User Choke Model DLL

Allows the user to develop their own choke model and implement it within PROSPER in a similar
fashion to flow correlations
New Choke Model (from ELF)

A model based on Perkin's (SPE 206333) approach along with discharge coefficients determined by
the author (Stephane Rastoin of ELF Aquitaine at TUALP)
Pipe Correlation Comparison

A technique for comparing pipeline flow correlations against observed data similar to the existing
Correlation Comparison for tubing correlations
QuickLook for ESP

A diagnostic technique for analysing ESP lifted systems to determine if the pump is performing as
expected and to trouble shoot for potential problems
Inipath
A option to allow users to run PROSPER from one network copy whilst maintaining their own
configurations in private copies of PROSPER.INI
New Gaslift Design Options
New Emulsion Viscosity Modelling Options
Generate TPD files for GAP

Extended lift curve format to allow modelling of ESP systems in GAP
Expanded EOS Import Format

Allows user to import all the data that is normally generated by Petroleum Experts EOS model. The
file format is flexible to allow for multiple compositions and the results obtained for each composition.
This allows the possibility in the future to generate sensitivities for several compositions. (e.g. EOS-
based lift curves)

Gradient Test Data

Allows output of consistent test data on all gradient plots in PROSPER
ESP Database Handling Improved

Database information regarding current pump, motor and cable in use is stored on file to enable
distribution of files easily between users
Water Injector As Specific Well Type

Allows easy setup an minimal PVT data entry to handle this well type.
Variable Solution Node

Allow solution node at sandface, wellhead or manifold
Injection Model For Temperature Improved (Rough Approximation Model)
Improved Equipment Data Entry

Many problems for users are caused by incorrect entry of equipment data. Improving error detection
in this area helps to reduce support requirements and improves usability of the program
Pipeline Calculation Only

Simplify setup (especially for equipment) in order to model pipeline flow
New Tubing Correlation (Petroleum Experts 3)
Plot Annotations
Version 4.5
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated in
PROSPER since the May 1995 release.
Black Oil PVT

Added new Pressure-Volume-Temperature Correlations for Gulf of Mexico Crude Oils due to
Petrosky et al (SPE26644)
Added new Viscosity Correlations for Gulf of Mexico Crude Oils due to Petrosky et al (
SPE29268)
Allow modelling of emulsion viscosity corrections for OIL-WATER mixtures.
Improved matching for heavy oils.
Equation of State PVT from external DLL

Added a new interface to give user's the ability to program their own equation of state PVT
model and link it to PROSPER.
FLASH.DLL routines updated to closely follow PVT Package calculations. This has resulted
in improved viscosity, liquid densities and phase detection. Stability has improved for low molecular
weight liquids and gas.

31 PROSPER
ESP's
Emulsion PVT applied to ESP head, power (and consequently) efficiency corrections.
Intake gas fraction sensitivity plot (Dunbar plot).
Tubing automatically terminated at pump depth.
Database report improved.
Inflow Performance
Multi-layer - Upgraded for injection wells.
GAP and MBAL links. IPR points are transferred directly to GAP or saved in a file for MBAL.
SkinAide - new IPR model from ELF
Gaslift Design
Optional checks for rate conformance with IPR during design.
Expanded design options and additional logic for valve closing pressures.
Improved dome pressure temperature correction above 1200 psi.
Design plot shows unloading fluid gradients, actual surface injection pressure and production
rates.
Database report improved.
File handling
Significant reduction in all file sizes due to implementation of file compression techniques.
Improved error handling in low space (disk nearly full) situations.
Speed up file reading/writing..
Error Checking
Improved the checking of equipment entry
Units
Revised to include validation option on main Units screen.
New options added to allow user selection of precision of display,
Reports
Screen reporting more flexible
Font handling problems (with regards to font size) fixed. Printer fonts are now entered as
point sizes instead of relative size units. This avoids the need to adjust printer font sizes when
changing printers
Batch
Automatic Batch generation of tubing curves(VLP) and inflow curves(IPR) via improved
interface with GAP

ProdMan ( Production Manager)

Provision of visual field modelling with automatic access to PROSPER and capability for
batch mode operation for certain calculations.
(GAP without the modelling and optimisation features)
Calculation / Generate for GAP

Rate logic improved for high rate producers and injectors.
Calculation / System
User selection of sensitivity values on plots.
Calculation / Gradient
Plots can now be made for the entire system including both well and pipeline. Extended
range of plot variables available.
Miscellaneous
Plot results in multirate IPR's.
Reset buttons in sensitivity variable selection screen
Screen appearance has been improved to improve layout and readability.
IPR MultiLayer report
Separate units available for Anisotropy, PumpWearFactor, TimeToSurface and Volume
Allow selection of curves to plot in VLP
Store and report Depth Of Injection in gradient sensitivty analysis
Fluid Flow Correlation Parameters report added
Last file loading option
Previous files loading option.
Version 4.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated in
PROSPER since the May 1994 release.
General
UNIX versions have been shipped for HP 9000 and IBM RISC. Other platforms can be
supported on request.
New program installation procedure build program icon and group automatically.
Stackable keys now supported.
Black Oil PVT

Black oil PVT now handles 100% CO2. (Accuracy verified against measured data)
Composition estimation from Black Oil properties. Estimated composition now used for
calculation of thermodynamic properties (enthalpy, entropy) for choke calculations etc. This improves
the accuracy of the Enthalpy Balance temperature predictions for high GOR cases.

33 PROSPER
Black oil PVT lookup table file import available.
EOS PVT
EOS PVT input screen editing improved. Now allows input of up to 30 pseudocomponents.
Critical volume is now passed between PVTP and PROSPER. This improves PROSPER
viscosity calculations for some fluids. For old files, Vcrit is estimated using a correlation as before.
EOS algorithms improved and run faster.
EOS oil density now used instead of Standing and Katz.
System I Equipment
Sketches of both surface and downhole equipment can be drawn from the summary screen.
Surface equipment geometry can be optionally entered as TVD, Length or X,Y co-ordinates.
Inflow Performance
Relative permeability can be optionally used in oil IPR calculations. PROSPER allows entry
relative permeability curves and the water cut at a test rate. PROSPER now calculates IPR
sensitivities for water cut.
Fractured well IPR improved for both short and long flowing times.
Horizontal well - friction dP. This major development allows modelling of horizontal well
accounting for friction loss, gravel packs for oil, gas and condensate.
Multi-layer - Layer dP. A network algorithm is used to solve multi layer IPR while accounting
for pressure differences between layers. Available for oil now, gas and condensate in Summer 95.
Matching
IPR matching facility added. Allows IPR to be compared to matched test pressures. This is
a useful graphical means to find reservoir pressures and to examine changes in well condition and
quality control the well model.
Match data screen re-worked to allow cut and paste to/from windows clipboard. Match data
comment field added.
Calculation / Inflow
A new Inflow section has been added. This enables sensitivities for IPR variables to be
quickly calculated without the need to calculate the VLP also (System calculation).
The range of sensitivity variables has been expanded with completion design in mind.
User selected rates can be now be Generated if required. This is useful for IPR sensitvities
when Automatic rates are determined by the AOF for the base case. Sensitivity variables values can
be Generated also.
Calculation / System
The range of outputs displayed expanded to include wellhead temperature, pressure loss
components, gas injection depth.

Calculation / Gradient
Plots can now be made for the entire system including both well and pipeline. Extended
range of plot variables available.
Range of sensitivity variables expanded.
Calculation / VLP
Lift curve variables are sorted and filtered so that only valid sensitivity variable are considered.
Number of VLP table entries increased from 1296 to 10,000
Increased range of VLP variables and simulator formats supported. (COMP3 VIP & MORE)
For oil wells, VLP can be calculated in terms of gas rates
VLP algorithms improved for very high GOR.
Additional VLP correlations - Petroleum Experts 2 (improved loading rate calculations) and
Duns and Ros Original.
Calculation / Choke
General purpose choke tool can find: flow rate, pressure drop or choke size. Calculation
based on thermodynamic principles, not empirical correlations.
Calculation / Generate for GAP

Now active even if PROSPER has not been called from GAP. This allows an engineer to
work with PROSPER independently of GAP.
For naturally flowing wells, 5 generate pressures can be input and calculated.
Generates performance curves for both injection and flowing wells.
Design / Gaslift design

Design logic has been improved and greater flexibility in design methods is provided.
Fixed mandrel depth design selects the best location for unloading valves from a list of pre-
set mandrel depths.
Design / ESP design

Current (1992) motor characteristics for REDA motors included in database.
ESP Inc. motor and pump data included in database
1.7 Examples Guide
This chapter contains a collection of tutorials designed to help jump-start the use of
PROSPER. The tutorials are grouped by subjects:
Integrated well bore models
Basic Tutorials for naturally flowing wells,
Sand control tutorials
Compositional modelling tutorials
Well test matching tutorials
35 PROSPER
Artificial lift design tutorials

Tutorials about trouble-shooting artificially lifted wells
Tutorials on pipeline modeling and flow assurance studies.
Tutorials on special topics
Tutorial Description Reference File

00 Integrated oil well model T00_IntegratedOilWell.OUT
Basic tutorials for naturally flowing wells

01 Modelling a dry and wet gas producer T01_DryAndWetGasWell.Out
02 Modelling a naturally flowing oil well T02_SimpleOilWell.OUT
03 Modelling an oil well with black oil PVTT03_OilWellPVTMatching.OUT
matching
04 Modelling an horizontal oil well T04_HorizontalOilWell.out
05 Modelling a multilateral dry gas producer T05_MultilateralGasWell.Out
07 Modelling a slanted oil well T07_SlantedOilWell.Out

08 Modelling a gas well with connected T08_GasWellwithSurfacePipeline.
pipeline Out
09 Modelling a water injection well T09_WaterInjectionWell.OUT
10 Modelling a gas injection well T10_GasInjectionWell.OUT
11 Modelling a steam injection well T11_SteamInjectionWell.OUT
Sand Control tutorials

12 T12_GravelPackedOilWell.OUT
Modelling an oil well with gravel-pack
13 Modelling a frac and pack well T13_Frac&PackedOilWell.OUT
14 T14_OilWellwithPre-
Modelling a well with pre-packed screen
PackedScreen.out
15 Modelling a well with slotted liners T15_OilWellwithslottedLiner.OUT
16 Modelling a well with wire-wrapped T16_OilWellwithWireWrappedScre
screens ens.out

17 Fully compositional retrograde T17_CompostionalCondensateWell.
condensate well Out
18 Fully compositional CO2 injection well T18_CompostionalCO2Injector.Out


19 Matching a gas well test T19_MatchingAGasWellTest.OUT
20 Matching a naturally flowing oil well test T20_MatchingAnOilWellTest.OUT
21 Matching a water injection well test T21_MatchingAWaterInjectionWellT
est.OUT
22 Matching a gas injection well test T22_MatchingAGasInjectionWellTes
t.OUT

23 Continuous Gas lift design T23_ContinuousGasLiftDesign.OUT
24 Intermittent Gas Lift Design T24_IntermittentGasLiftDesign.
OUT
25 Coiled Tubing Gas lift Design T25_CoiledTubingGasLiftDesign.
OUT
26 Design of an ESP system for an oilT26_ESPDesign.OUT
producer
27 Design of an HSP system for an oilT27_HSPDesign.OUT
producer
28 Design of a Sucker Rod Pump for an oilT28_SuckerRodPumpDesign.OUT
producer
29 Design of a PCP lift system for an oilT29_PCPDesign.OUT
producer
30 Diluent Injection tutorial T30_DiluentInjection.OUT
31 Multiphase pump in a pipe connected to a T31_MultiphasePumpOnseabed.
single well OUT
43 Design of a Jet Pump system for an oilT43_JETPUMP.OUT
producer

32 Troubleshooting a gas lifted well T32_GasLiftQuickLook.OUT
33 Trouble-shooting an ESP-lifted well T33_ESPQuicklook.OUT
34 Trouble-shooting an HSP-lifted well T34_HSPQuicklook.OUT
35 Trouble-shooting a sucker rod lifted well No reference file
Pipeline and flow assurance study tutorials

36 General flow assurance features T36_FlowAssurance.OUT

37 PROSPER
37 Pipeline performance matching T37_PipelineMatching.OUT

38 Full enthalpy balance example T38_EnthalpyBalance.OUT
39 Improved approximation tutorial T39_ImprovedApproximation.OUT
Special topics

40 SPOT example T40_SPOT.OUT
41 Multi-layer model with dP loss between the T41_MultilayerOil.Out
zones
42 Multilateral IPR for well penetrating
different zones T42_MultiLateralInMultipleReservo
irs.OUT
44 Validation of the black oil PVT model for T44_CONDVALID.OUT
gas retrograde condensate producer

Chapter
2
39 PROSPER
2 User Guide
This user guide is subdivided in the following sections:
Introduction
File management
Data input - General
PVT data input
Equipment data input
IPR Data Input
Artificial Lift Data Input
Matching menu
Calculation Menu
Design menu
Output
Units
Wizard and
Help
2.1 Introduction
Welcome to PROSPER, Petroleum Experts Limited's advanced PROduction and S

ystems PERformance analysis software. PROSPER can assist the production or
reservoir engineer to predict tubing and pipeline hydraulics and temperatures with
accuracy and speed. PROSPER's powerful sensitivity calculation features enable
existing designs to be optimised and the effects of future changes in system
parameters to be assessed.
By separately modelling each component of the producing well system, then allowing
the User to verify each model subsystem by performance matching, PROSPER ensures
that the calculations are as accurate as possible. Once a system model has been tuned
to real field data, PROSPER can be confidently used to model the well in different
scenarios and to make forward predictions of reservoir pressure based on surface
production data.
2.1.1 Using PROSPER

These are the main features available in PROSPER:
1. PROSPER is a fundamental element in the Integrated Production Model (IPM)

as defined by Petroleum Experts, linking to GAP, the production network
optimisation program for gathering system modelling and MBAL, the reservoir
engineering and modelling tool, for making fully integrated total system modelling
and production forecasting.

User Guide 40
2. The PVT section in PROSPER can compute fluid properties using standard black
oil correlations. The black oil correlations can be modified to better fit measured
lab data. PROSPER allows detailed PVT data in the form of tables to be imported
for use in the calculations. A third option is to use the Equation of State method.
This option also allows the User to enter the equation of state model parameters
and uses the standard Peng-Robinson EOS model to generate properties given
a multi-stage separator scheme. With this option the Users can also import all
PVT data in the form of tables, which could have been generated using their own
proprietary EOS models.
3. The tool can be used to model reservoir inflow performance (IPR) for single layer,
multi-layered, or multilateral wells with complex and highly deviated completions,
optimising all aspects of a completion design including perforation details and
gravel packing.
4. It can be used to accurately predict both pressure and temperature profiles in

producing wells, injection wells, across chokes and along risers and flow lines.
5. The sensitivity calculations capabilities allow the engineer to model and easily
optimise tubing configuration, choke and surface flow line performance.
6. It can be used to design, optimise and troubleshoot the following artificial lift
systems: gas lifted, coiled tubing, ESP, PCP, HSP (hydraulic pump), Jet pump
and Sucker Rod pump equipped wells.
7. Its choke calculator can be used to predict flow rates given the choke size, or the
choke size for a specified production rate and of course, the pressure drop
across a known choke at a specified rate. It can also be used to generate choke
performance curves.
8. The multiphase flow correlations implemented can be adjusted to match

measured field data to generate vertical lift performance curves (VLP) for use in
simulators and network models.
9. The tool can utilise externally programmed dynamic link libraries (DLL) for
multiphase flow correlations, Equation of State (EOS) PVT calculations, choke
calculations, Inflow (IPR) models, HSP Gas De-Rating models and proprietary
viscosity models (both Newtonian and Non-Newtonian) .
10. The tool can be used in a matching or predictive mode. Matching of real data is
available in the PVT, IPR, Gradient matching and VLP matching sections.
In matching mode, real data can be entered and matched using non-linear
regression methods to create custom correlations that fit the input data.
In predictive mode, the correlations created can be used to make
estimates of future well performance.
11. PROSPER can be used to model complex (topographically) and extensive (in

41 PROSPER
length) surface pipelines. Complex steady state slug analysis can also be
performed by taking into account slug build up and decay due to pipeline
topography, giving an indication of expected slug length and frequency. Pigging
calculations are also available
12. Black Oil PVT tables can be imported directly into PROSPER. The black oil
tables can be generated by Petroleum Experts PVTP thermodynamics analysis
program or from from any third-party application, provided it has the right format
(*.PTB file). Equally compositional model can also be directly imported as *.
PRP file.
13. A flexible and fully customisable units system is implemented in PROSPER. Data
may be input using one set of units and output using a second set of units.
Validation limits and display resolution can be independently set for each
variable type.
14. It has the utility for flagging of potential hydrate formation, if the User chooses this
in the options. The additional input required for this calculation is the hydration
formation tables as a part of the black oil PVT description. The hydrate and wax
models are readily available if the fluid model in PROSPER is compositional.
Note that one can also use Petroleum Experts PVTP thermodynamics analysis
program to predict waxes and hydrates appearance conditions. A compositional
PROSPER model or PVTP can be used to generate hydrate formation tables.
15. The following situations can be modelled:
Fluid Type:
Oil and Water (Black oil or Equation of State PVT)
Dry and Wet Gas (Black oil or Equation of State PVT)
Retrograde Condensate (Black Oil or Equation of State PVT)
Emulsion viscosity can be optionally applied for any combination of inflow,
tubing and ESPs or HSPs.
Separation mode: Single or Two Stage separation or Multistage (for
Compositional model)
Modelling of non-Newtonian fluids for oil wells
Modelling of Condensed Water Vapour for gas wells
Well Flow Configuration:

Tubing or Annular flow or Tubing + Annular flow
Producer or Injector
Artificial Lift Method:

Naturally flowing well
Gas lifted well (continuous and intermittent)
Electric submersible pump (ESP)
Hydraulic drive downhole pump (HSP)

User Guide 42
Progressive Cavity Pumps

Jet Pumps
Gas Lift with Coiled Tubing
Injection of Diluents
Multiphase Pumps
Sucker Rod Pumps
Prediction Type:
Pressure Only
Pressure and Temperature Offshore
Pressure and Temperature on Land
Temperature Model:
Enthalpy Balance with or without steam
Rough Approximation
Improved Approximation with or without steam
Completion:
Cased Hole
Open Hole
Sand control:
Gravel Pack
Pre-packed screen
Wire wrapped screen
Slotted liner
Sand failure
Reservoir:
Single Well
Multi-lateral Well in a Multi-layered Reservoir
Gas Coning (Rate dependent GOR calculator)
2.1.2 PROSPER and Systems Analysis

PROSPER can help E&P companies to maximise their production earnings by
providing the engineering means to critically analyse the performance of individual
producing or injecting well. Each well system component that contributes to overall
performance is separately modelled: Fluid Properties, Inflow performance, pressure
drop in the tubing and pressure losses in the surface gathering system are individually
evaluated, analysed, validated and calibrated against recorded performance data
whenever possible.
Well potential and producing pressure losses are both dependent on fluid (PVT)
properties. The accuracy of systems analysis calculations is therefore dependent on

43 PROSPER
the accuracy of the fluid properties model (i.e. PVT). The pressure drop in a pipeline or
wellbore is the summation of 3 components:
Gravity head
Friction loss
Acceleration
Dptotal = Dpgravity + Dp friction + Dpacceleration

i.e.
The gravity component is due to the density of the fluid mixture at each point in the
system and is a complex function of the relative velocity of the phases present.
PROSPER makes a flash computation at each calculation step to determine the
proportion of oil, water and gas present. The no-slip density is then calculated using the
proportions of each phase and the predicted density at each pressure and temperature
step.
Industry standard 2-phase correlations are then applied to determine the increase in
apparent fluid density due to the higher vertical velocity of gas compared to oil and
water (slippage). The gravity head loss is proportional to the fluid density corrected for
slip. The slip correction to be applied depends on the flow regime, fluid velocity etc. The
need for an accurate PVT description for predicting the gravity head loss become
obvious.
Friction losses are controlled by fluid viscosity and geometric factors (pipe diameter
and roughness). In the majority of oilfield applications, (i.e. large elevation difference
between inlet and outlet with liquids present) the gravitational component normally
accounts for around 90% of the overall head loss. Therefore, the total pressure drop
function may often not be particularly sensitive to the value of the friction loss coefficient.
The acceleration component is usually small except in systems involving significant fluid
expansion. However, it is accounted for in all PROSPER calculations.
Historically, systems analysis software has lumped all flowing pressure loss terms
together and allowed the User to match real data by adjusting the roughness coefficient
of the friction loss term. This will certainly achieve a match for a particular rate, but
cannot be expected to achieve a match over a significant range of rates due to the
different dependencies of the gravity and friction loss terms on liquid velocity.
The recommended engineering approach when modelling wells and / or pipelines

response with PROSPER is to first construct a robust PVT model for the fluid. The
process consists when possible in entering laboratory PVT data and adjusting the black
oil correlation model to fit the measured data while respecting the fluid thermodynamics.
This approach consistently improve the accuracy of forward prediction.
In essence, an accurate PVT model confines any uncertainty in the gravity loss term
to the slip correction only.
In the VLP matching phase, PROSPER divides the total pressure loss into friction and

User Guide 44
gravity components and uses a non-linear regression technique to separately optimise

the value of each component. Not only does the matching process result in a more
accurate model, it will quickly highlight inconsistencies in either the PVT or equipment
description.
Provided sufficiently accurate field data is available, robust PVT, IPR and VLP models
can be achieved by validating and calibrating the models against actual performance.
Each model component is separately validated, therefore dependency on other
components of the well model is eliminated. Understanding potential deterioration in
well performance is simplified with such a consistent process that ultimately help reduce
the number of unknowns.
2.1.2.1 About PROSPER

PROSPER can predict either Pressure Only or Pressure and Temperature. The
Pressure Only option makes PROSPER a "Systems Analysis" package in the
traditional sense. In Pressure Only mode, the well temperature profile must be
inputted by the User. Temperature data is normally recorded whenever a pressure
survey is made, as the temperature is required to correct the downhole pressure
readings. This type of calculation is fast and sufficiently accurate for the majority of
pressure loss calculation purposes.
The Pressure and Temperature calculation option will generate both temperature and
pressure profiles. Three temperature models are provided. The Rough
Approximation model utilises a User-input overall heat transfer coefficient. It
determines the steady state temperature profile from the mass flow rates of oil, water
and gas before commencing the pressure loss calculations. This method runs quickly,
but unless calibrated using measured temperature data, it is not accurate.
The Enthalpy Balance model calculates the heat transfer coefficients at each
calculation step by considering heat flow and enthalpy changes. The Joule Thompson
effect, convection and radiation are modelled. These calculations require considerably
more input data than for pressure only calculations and must commence from a known
temperature and pressure (the sand face for producers, or wellhead for injectors).
Computation times are longer than for the Rough Approximation option, but this
method is predictive and gives accurate results over a wide range of conditions.
The Enthalpy Balance model is completely transient and can be used to study
temperature changes over time.
Temperature prediction is useful for generating temperature profiles in:
long pipelines transporting Retrograde Condensate.

subsea wells with long flowlines
high pressure/temperature exploration wells
predicting temperature/pressure profiles for flow assurance studies: prediction of
wax/hydrate deposits

45 PROSPER
The production riser is properly accounted for by PROSPER. The User-input riser
geometry determines the heat loss coefficients calculated by the program between the
seabed and wellhead.
The Improved Approximation is a full Enthalpy Balance model, with the difference that
the heat exchange coefficient is not calculated but defined by the User along the
completion. Like the Enthalpy Balance model, the Joule Thompson effect is accounted
for.
PROSPER is also able to predict condensate liquid drop out using either black oil or
compositional models.
PROSPER uses a "Smart Menu" system. Only data relevant to a particular problem
need to be entered.
The flow chart below gives an outline of the calculation steps required to carry out a
simple systems analysis using PROSPER.

User Guide 46
2.1.3 Examples
To help illustrate the power of PROSPER, examples are provided with the program.
We suggest to run through them to become familiar with the program and its various
options.
The example guide provide the User with tutorials covering various dexterity and

47 PROSPER
engineering topics showing how to build, match and use a well model.
All the example files related are in the folder ~\samples\PROSPER , where Petroleum
Experts software in installed. The location of this directory depends on where the
program has been installed.
Examples Guide
2.2 File Management

This section describes the menus, options and procedures used in PROSPER to create
new files and open or save existing files. The Units system and how to define printer
settings are also outlined. The menus described in this section are the PROSPER File
menu and Units menu.
The File menu provides additional options such as defining the default data directory,
as well as the facility to establish links to other programs running under Windows.
PROSPER will (optionally) open the last file accessed when it starts. PROSPER also
displays a file status screen that shows the application options selected in summary
format: input PVT and IPR data, the equipment type summary and the analysis output.
To protect the work, good practice is to save the file on a regular basis. This simple
procedure could potentially prevent hours of input and analysis being lost.
2.2.1 PROSPER Files

PROSPER uses a flexible file structure that enables data to be easily exchanged
between files and other application programs. In PROSPER information is grouped into
the following categories:
PVT Data System Input Data
Analysis Data Output Data
and saved into the following types of data file:
2.2.1.1 PVT Data (*.PVT)

File containing the well fluid data, PVT match data and any PVT tables entered under
the PVT menu.
It is possible to save PVT files separately under different names, and use them with
other input, analysis and output files in PROSPER. This feature is useful when analysing
a number of wells from the same producing pool.
The .PVT file can be also imported/exported in/from MBAL models.

User Guide 48
2.2.1.2 Input Data (*.SIN)

The *.SIN file contain all the options selected under the Options menu, in addition to the
well IPR and equipment data entered under the System menu. When an input file is
opened or saved, the program automatically opens and saves a .PVT file with the same
name.
2.2.1.3 Analysis Data (*.ANL)
This *.ANL file contains all the information from the *.SIN file aloind with all the sensitivity
input data for the calculations selected under the Analysis menu. When an analysis file
is opened and saved, the program automatically opens and saves a .PVT & .SIN file
with the same name. GAP manipulates .ANL files to batch calculate well lift curves.
2.2.1.4 Output Data (*.OUT)
This file contains all the inputs and all the results of the calculations. When an output file
is saved, then program automatically saves a .PVT, .SIN & .ANL file of the same name.
The *.OUT file can be seen as the master PROSPER file.
PROSPER files are ranked by their order of input, which essentially reflects the way data
should be entered into the program, that is from the LEFT to the RIGHT of the PROSPER
menu. It is possible to note that the order of files also corresponds to the options on the
menu bar as one is navigating through the program.
The file hierarchy does not prevent the User from creating and combining any number of
input and output data files. Until the User becomes familiar with the program, we
recommend to work with *.OUT files. This can avoid confusion as the program will
automatically open and save the required data files to run a complete analysis cycle.
More experienced users can take advantage of the flexible file structure to combine the
data files from different wells. This "sharing" of data is useful in areas where wells have
similar fluid properties or reservoir IPR's. If disk space is a concern, the data contained
in a .ANL file together with its complementary .PVT and .SIN files can be used to re-
create a given set of calculation outputs, therefore avoiding the need to always save
large .OUT files on disk.
For example, if one wants to run an analysis with the PVT data of Well 1, the input data
(*.SIN) data of Well 2, and the analysis data of Well 3, the following steps can be
followed to achieve that:
Open Well 2.SIN
Recall Well 1.PVT under the PVT menu.
Under the Options menu, select the processing options.
Modify the data files if necessary.
Next, select the Save As command and save the data under a new file
name.

49 PROSPER
2.2.1.5 Creating a New File

While working with PROSPER, new input or output data files can be created at any time.
To create a new file, from the File menu simply choose the New command. This
command does not actually create a new and separate file, but re-initialises the
program input/output data.
2.2.1.6 Opening an Existing File
Existing data files can be opened quickly and easily at any time during the current
working session. To open a file, from the File menu choose the Open option. It is
possible to select one of the following file types:
Input Data (. SIN)

Input and Analysis Data (. ANL)
Input, Analysis and Output Data (. OUT)
by using the Files of Type dropdown box.

The file open dialog is exactly the same as in any Windows program.
2.2.1.7 Saving a File

When files are opened in PROSPER, the program copies the selected file into the
computer's memory. Any changes to the file are made to the copy in memory. In the
event of a power failure or computer crash, these changes would be completely lost. To
prevent this, we recommend to save the data on a regular basis and especially before
quitting the program.
The Save command stores all the changes made in the active file. By default, the Save
command saves a file under its original name and to the drive and directory last
selected. A prompt will be displayed to select one of the following file types:
Input Data (.SIN)

Automatically saves the input file and corresponding .PVT file.
Input and Analysis Data (.ANL)

Automatically saves the analysis data and corresponding .SIN & .PVT data
files.
Input, Analysis and Output Data (.OUT)

Automatically saves the output results and corresponding .SIN, .PVT & .ANL
files if a file of the same name exists in the selected directory, the file is
overwritten. To avoid overwriting an existing file, use the Save As command
and enter a different file name.

User Guide 50
2.2.1.8 Copying a File

The Save As command allows to make more than one copy or version of an existing
file.
This command is the same as in any other program running under Windows and allows
to save the PROSPER model in any of the file formats (.SIN, .ANL, .OUT).
2.2.2 Preferences
The Preferences screen is used to customise the program to the particular
requirements. Click Preferences from the File menu to customise PROSPER. Click on
the appropriate tab at the top of the data entry section in order to change the option
require. The various tabs are described below:
2.2.2.1 Main Screen
This tab is used to customise the appearance of the PROSPER main screen and all data
entry (dialog) screens.
This changes the font type and size used to display all data entry
screens. This may be useful to make all dialogs smaller in case of a
Dialog Font
low-resolution screen or larger to improve readability in case of a high-
resolution screen. Use the Reset button to reset the dialog screen font

51 PROSPER
to its default value.

Selecting On the screen status information will be continuously
Status displayed and updated during the program usage. Selecting Off the
Screen screen status information screen will not be displayed (apart from
whenever a new file is opened).
If the font height is modified then an attempt is made to scale the font
so that all information displayed in each panel on the status screen will
Font Height be visible. This will vary depending on the relative size of the program
window to the total screen. If the font height is not modified then some
information may not be displayed as the size of the program window is
varied.
Screen Font Use this option to change the font type and size used to display
information on the status (front) screen of the program.
Label Colour Change the colour used to display labels on the status screen
Text Colour Change the colour used to display text on the status screen
Background Change the colour used for the background of the status screen
Box Colour Change the colour used for the background of each panel on the status
screen
Box Shadow Change the colour used for the 3D shadow effect on the status screen
panels
Box Change the colour used for the 3D-highlight effect on the status screen
Highlight panels
Options to display the file name in the main program toolbar. It is
FileName possible to visualise the file name with/without the complete path, or a
Option certain number of characters ot not visualise it at all. The changes will
have effect as soon as a file is loaded
Length of Active only if the FileName Option Compact Path/File to Specified
FileName Length is selected
Analysis
This option changes the way the Analysis Summary is displayed in the
Summary PROSPER main screen
Columns
For all of the above Colour options the Choose button to the right will bring up a dialog
screen to select an appropriate colour.

User Guide 52
2.2.2.2 File
Use this tab to customise various options relating to file management.
Default Data The directory where data files are normally stored. Use the Browse
Directory buttons to browse for the appropriate directories.
Default Data This option determines the directory that is used as the default in file
Directory dialog. The choices are either to always use the default data directory
Choice (see above) or to use the directory of the last file opened or saved.
Reload Last
Specifies whether the last file that the User was working with should be
File On Start
automatically reloaded on program start up.
Up
Number of
Specifies the number of previously used files that are to be displayed
File Names
on the file menu.
Saved
Location of
Use this option to specify the default location of the Import files
Import Files
Import File
Use this option to define the directory that will be pointed every time
Directory
the file Import function is selected
Choice
Location of
Use this option to specify the default location of the Import Filter
Import Filters
Location of
Use this option to specify the default location of output files from the
Report
reporting subsystem.
Output Files

53 PROSPER
Location of
User- Use this option to specify the default location of user-created report
Created templates from the reporting subsystem
Report Files
Confirm Switches (on or off) the message that appears at the end of any
Calculations calculation function.
File Switches (on or off) file compression for PROSPER files (OUT, ANL,
Compressio SIN, PVT). Default is off. File reading and writing is slower with
n compression on, but less disk space is used by the file. The user
needs to decide the trade-off between speed and disk space.
File This option switches on/off a confirmation message whenever saving
Overwrite and overwriting an existing file
2.2.2.3 Plot
Use this tab to set defaults for all aspects of the plot.
Always Use Each time a plot is done default values will be used rather than the last
Plot Defaults selected values for each particular plot type
X Grid
Number of gaps between grid lines on X-axis. (Range 1-20)
Blocks

User Guide 54
Y Grid
Number of gaps between grid lines on Y-axis. (Range 1-20)
Blocks
Plot Labels Shows or hides the plot labels.
Plot Scales Shows or hides the plot scales
Plot Legend Shows or hides the plot legend. If the legend is hidden, the body of the
plot will expand to fill the whole window.
Endpoint or rounded. Endpoint means the scales are taken from
Scaling the exact extremities of the data being plotted. Rounded means that
Method ranges are chosen to surround the data but with whole numbers
ensured for the end points and the gridline intervals.
Grid Line
Selects from dotted lines, dashed lines, solid lines or tick marks.
Type
Mouse
Switches the mouse cursor position readout no or off.
Readout
Date Stamp
Selects to append the current data and time to the plot title or not
Title
Line
To select the thickness of plotted lines
Thickness
Vertical Font Selects the default font for all vertical text (Y-axis)
Horizontal
Selects the default font for all horizontal text
Font
Default
Sets the default colour scheme for the plot
Colours

55 PROSPER
2.2.2.4 User Applications
This tab allows to add up to four of the Users favourite or most-often used Windows
applications to the PROSPER menu. Although PROSPER has a very flexible reporting
system the User may wish to use a spreadsheet (such as EXCEL), a word processor
(such as WORD) and a presentation package (such as Power Point) to build
presentation quality reports using PROSPER output in a slick and efficient manner.
Any output (plots and reports) produced by PROSPER is automatically copied to the
Clipboard. From there it can easily be pasted into one of the above-mentioned
applications using one simple keystroke. Using the power and flexibility of the chosen
application, high quality reports and presentations can be easily prepared.
All plots can be saved in Windows Metafile format. These can be easily read by a
word processing package or presentation graphics package and give the maximum
flexibility for user customisation.
All reports can be saved in TSV (Tab Separated Variable) format using the Export
facility that means they will automatically be tabulated when read into the favourite
spreadsheet.
Enter a description and a command line for each application to be added to the
PROSPER menu.
The description is the data that appears on the menu.

The command line is the full path name of the program to execute.

User Guide 56
Use the Browse buttons to browse for the application require. Use the Clear buttons
to initialise the appropriate application information.
2.2.2.5 Limits
The Preferences Screen is used to customise PROSPER to your particular

requirements. Click on the appropriate tab at the top of the data entry section in order to
change the option you require.
Done Click on this button to save you changes.

Cancel Click on this button to discard changes made on all tabs in the
current edit session..
Help Click on this button to view this screen.
This tab allows you to specify Limiting Values for the following options.
For IPR Generation

Maximum AOF for OIL
Maximum AOF for GAS
Maximum AOF for RETROGRADE
CONDENSATE

57 PROSPER
For Performance Curve Generation

Minimum GLR Injected for GAP Performance
Curves
For VLP Generation

You can control the display of large VLP values in SYSTEM and VLP calculations.
Twice Reservoir VLP Pressure is only displayed is
VLP Pressure Pressure less than twice the reservoir pressure
Display Limit
Unlimited VLP Pressure is always displayed
For HSP System Calculations (within Design Screen)

These options are used to control the iteration that searches for a solution for the Inflow/
Outflow intersection that ensures that the Pump and Turbine power are equal.
HSP Rate Refinement Tolerance
HSP Pump/Turbine Power
Tolerance
HSP Power Fluid Ratio
HSP Power Fluid Divisor
HSP Iteration Limit
For Gradient Calculations

Calculation Step Length User specified step length
No Use Program defaults for correlation step

Use Correlation Step length
Length Use user-entered value for the step length
Yes
used by correlations in nodal analysis
For TPD Files

No No documentation within TPD files
TPD files are documented with
Document TPD Files descriptions of all data. Use this option
Yes
sparingly as it increases the size of the
resultant files considerably.
VLP MultiVariable Analysis

This option defines the maximum number of
Maximum Number of Rates rates that can be used to calculate the well
VLPs

User Guide 58
Maximum Number of This option defines the maximum number of

values that can be used for each sensitivity
Sensitivity Values
variable
2.2.2.6 Units
This tab allows to specify the default Units Systems to use for new files.
If setting the option "Always Use Default Units" to "Yes", then the units displayed for any
file read in will always be set to the default choice, regardless of the settings in the file.
Units Database Directory: this is the location where the PROSPER Units database
(PRPUNITS.PXDB) resides.With the browse button one can alter it.
The free format number set the precision for all inputs and output data to free.

59 PROSPER
2.2.2.7 Equipment
This option defines the default values for the Pipeline and Tubing Roughness that will be
used in the Equipment Data.
2.2.2.8 VPC
VPC stands for Valve Performance Clearinghouse.
Done Click on this button to save the changes.

Cancel Click on this button to discard changes made on all tabs in the current
edit session
Help Click on this button to view this screen.

User Guide 60
For members of the VPC consortium, access to the VPC gas lift valve database is
established through this screen.
2.2.3 Software Key Maintenance

The Software Key command activates the Petroleum Experts Remote Utility. This
program allows the user to see what programs are currently enabled, their expiry date,
and user authorisation codes and key number - as can be seen in the screen shot
below.
This utility is also used to enter the authorisation codes that will update or activate the
software key where necessary. For reasons of security, Petroleum Experts normally
sends an inactive software device with the application program. The codes needed to
activate or update the software key are sent separately by e-mail.

61 PROSPER
This utility is also used to update the software key and to view versions. Software keys
must be updated when new programs or modules are required or the key expiry date
changed.
Entering the Authorisation Code

To enter the authorisation codes, click the Update button. The following screen will
appear:

User Guide 62
Enter the codes that have been received from Petroleum Experts from left to right
beginning with the top row. The easiest way to do this is to use the Paste button to copy
the codes from the email sent by Petroleum Experts. Press Continue to activate the
codes or Cancel to quit the code update.
Updating the Software Protection Key

Access to the software automatically ceases when the license expiry date has elapsed.
The user is however, reminded several days in advance, which gives sufficient time to
contact Petroleum Experts to obtain update codes. This occurs when either:
The software license trial period has ended.
The annual software maintenance fee is due.
Software protection keys also need updating when one acquires new Petroleum
Experts software packages. The procedure for updating the software key is the same
as described above. When the appropriate screen appears, enter the codes provided -
from left to right beginning with the top row. Press OK to activate the codes, or Cancel
to quit the update. To view the expiry date for any of the enabled programs, click on the
software title.

63 PROSPER
When receiving new codes, always update every key that belongs to the company.
Subsequent updates may fail if all previously issued codes have not been properly
entered into the key.
One can view the software key driver versions by clicking on the Versions button. The
following screen will appear.
2.2.4 FileList
Use this screen to search for PROSPER files anywhere in the system.
Browse a directory, then enter the Patter (file format, for example: *.OUT to load all the
PROSPER files) and then Load Files to visualise all the PROSPER files contained within
the selected directory. Information about the files will be imported as well.

User Guide 64
2.2.5 Evaluate OpenServer Statement

This option can be used to test the OpenServer commands and variables. In the
Evaluate OpenServer screen a field is available where to input the OS string, which can
correspond to a parameter or to a command:

65 PROSPER
Type or Paste the OS string in the String field, then select one of basic OS commands
(DoGet, DoSet, DoCommand), if required enter the Value (valid only if using DoSet)
and click Evaluate to perform the function.
In the Returned value it is possible to read the results of the operation.
The buttons Commands, Variables and Functions will access the lists of the strings of
the commands, input/output variables and functions
In the string lists screen it is possible to search for strings by using the Search
function

User Guide 66
2.2.6 User Correlations

PROSPER has been designed to accept outside calculation modules for fluid flow
correlations, Equation of State PVTP calculations, choke models (pressure loss through
restrictions), inflow performance calculations, HSP Gas Derating models, viscosity
models. Users can obtain an authoring kit from Petroleum Experts to enable the
building of a compatible Dynamic Link Library for use in PROSPER.
Before a DLL can be accessed, it must first be installed into PROSPER. This is done by
clicking File User Correlations.
Select either Flow Correlation, Equation of State Model, Choke Correlation, Inflow
Performance Model, HSP Gas DeRating Model, Viscosity Model.
PROSPER will display a list of the currently installed DLLs of the selected type. To add a
correlation, click Add and select the appropriate file from the file dialogue. Click OK
and it will be imported into PROSPER.
MODEL EXTENSION
Flow Correlation .COR
Equation of State PVTP Model .EOS

67 PROSPER
Choke Correlation .CHK

Inflow Performance Model .RSM
HSP Gas DeRating Model .GDR
Viscosity Model .VSM
Information about particular correlations (name, phases and flow regimes modelled,
etc.) can be obtained by clicking the Info button. A screen similar to the following will be
displayed.
2.2.7 Printer Setup

2.2.7.1 Preparing to Print
There must be a properly installed and connected printer in order to print.

User Guide 68
The Printer Setup command of the File menu allows to select a printer and define its
set-up options.
2.2.7.2 Selecting and configuring a Printer

Select the correct printer from the list box provided. Only printers that have been
installed under Windows will be displayed.
The configuration of the printer follows the exact guidelines of any other software running
under Windows.
2.2.7.3 Printing Export Data

Prior to printing export data, it is always a good idea to save the data file(s). In the
unlikely event that a printer error or some other unforeseen problem occurs, this simple
procedure could prevent the work from being lost.
To print export data, select the Output menu and the Export option. Select the sections
to report on the dialogue box. The program will lead the User through a series of input
screens to set up the required report sections. From the main dialogue box, select a
destination for r data.

69 PROSPER
The appearance of printed reports is controlled by the export data set-up options that
have been set.
Click Setup to display the following screen:
Select a suitable font and set the margins etc. that will be used for printed export data.
Only non-proportional fonts are allowed in reports to maintain vertical alignment of the
columns.

User Guide 70
PROSPER default font is recognised by most print set-ups. To avoid

potential printing problems, always set up the system to use a font that is
supported on the system prior to printing PROSPER export data for the
first time.
Click OK to return to the output screen. Clicking Print initiates generation of the export
data and sends it to the selected destination.
Export data can be sent to the following entities:
Printer - the primary printer as set up under Windows.

File - Creates an ASCII data file and saves it. Clicking Print will display a
dialogue box that requests a file name and destination. Enter a suitable file name (the
program automatically appends a ".PRN" extension) and click OK to save the file.
The Fixed Format option saves a file in a printer ready format that can be imported
into a DOS based word processor or text editor. Use the Tab Delimited format to
save a file suitable for importing directly into a spreadsheet such as EXCEL.
Clipboard - Clicking Print after selecting this option copies the data onto the
Windows clipboard. From the Clipboard, can view, edit and paste the data directly
into another Windows application. E.g. a word processing program. Tab delimited
data can be pasted directly into spreadsheets.
Screen - Clicking Print after selecting this option allows to view the report on the
screen. Scroll through the data using the scrolling thumbs or arrows. When finished
viewing, click OK to return to the main menu.
2.2.7.4 Selecting an Exported Data to Print

It is not necessary to be in PROSPER to print a report. Provided to have previously
generated a report file (*.PRN), a report can be easily opened and imported into any
word or spreadsheet program. If the Tab Delimited option was selected, this will allow
the User to easily create tables and/or format the data using a word processor.
2.2.8 Word Processing in PROSPER

The WordPad command on the File menu gives direct access to the Windows word
processing package. This application can be used to make notes of the current
analysis for later inclusion in reports. If no alternative word processing package is
available, it is possible to use WordPad to edit, format and print the reports.

71 PROSPER
2.2.9 Clipboard Command

The Clipboard command on the File menu gives direct access to the Windows
clipboard viewer. This feature is useful for checking data input or intermediate results
from e.g. gas lift design calculations that are written to the clipboard by PROSPER.
2.2.10 Command Buttons

The following command buttons are used in PROSPER.
This command button is used in the Equipment and Gas Lifted (safety
All equipment) option screens. It will select all input parameters and data
points for automated editing.
Calculate Performs the various calculations on the input parameters for the
correlations selected.
Cancel Returns to the previous screen. Any changes or modifications will be

ignored by the system.
Continues to the next input screen. Any changes to the fields will be saved
Continue and retained in memory for later calculations. A warning message will be
displayed when fields requiring input data are left blank.
To copy existing data points, select the line entries to duplicate and click
Copy on Copy. Next, select the destination line(s) and click on Copy again.
Subsequent line entries will be not be overwritten by this operation.
Correlati
Displays
o the results of any matching performed under the VLP/IPR Match
option.
n
s
This command button is used in the Equipment and Gas Lifted (safety
equipment) option screens. It allows to delete individual or several data
points.
Delete To delete, select the line entries to erase and click on Delete. If one
wishes to delete all
existing line entries, click All and then Delete. The program will clear the
input screen.
Done Returns to the previous menu. Any changes or modifications will be

retained in memory by the program.
This command button is used in the main Equipment screen. One or more
Edit items can be modified at a time. When used with 'All', all items will be
selected for editing.
Export Brings up the Data Export interface. This will be specific to the data on the
active window.
Provides on screen help for PROSPER. For general information, press the
Help
'ALT' and 'H' keys together in the Main menu, or the Index button under any

User Guide 72
help screen. Specific help screens are also available for each window.
Import Calls up the general import interface that allows to grab data from any text
file. This button will usually be found where tabular data is to be input.
This allows to add one or several data points providing there are sufficient
Insert entry fields. Select the line number where to add a new entry and click on I
nsert. The program will move existing line entries down to accommodate
the inserted line(s).
Returns to the Main Application Menu. Any changes or modifications will
Main
be saved and retained in memory by the program.
Match Displays a variable screen where match data can be entered in order to
adjust existing correlations to fit real data.
Allows to re-arrange data points. Select the line(s) to transfer and click on
Move Move. Next, select the destination line(s) and click on Move again.
Subsequent line entries will be moved down to accommodate the
transferred line(s).
Plots any calculated results and displays them on screen. Hard copies of
Plot the screen display can be printed by selecting the Hardcopy command
button on the Plot screen.
Recall Allows to recall an existing PVTP file. The User will be prompted for the
directory and name of the file.
Calls up the reporting interface with a report that is specific to the active
Report window. This is generally found on windows that display the results of
calculations. It is then possible to choose to print this report. The report is
generated from a system report template.
Reset Resets the Match parameters in order to reinstate the original textbook
correlations.
Save Saves a current PVTP file. If this is a new data file, the User will be
prompted for a file name.
Summar Displays a summary screen of the input equipment parameters or system
units.
y
The following command buttons are used in the Plot Menu and Plot screens.
Sends black and white or colour copies of the screen plot to the
Clipboard Windows Clipboard where it may be retrieved by a word processing
program for inclusion in reports.
Colours Allows to define the screen display colours of plot labels, scales, grids,
etc.
Finish Returns to the previous menu or screen.
Hardcopy Generates black and white or colour print copies of the screen plot. It

73 PROSPER
is automatically sent to the device selected.
Labels Allows to label plots. All plot labels are stored in memory and saved
when Output files are generated.
Replot Re-displays the original screen.
Scales Allows to re-define the minimum and maximum values for the X and Y
plot axes.
2.3 Data Input - General
This section describes the PROSPER main menu and the input data required before an
analysis can be performed. Data should be entered by working through the PROSPER
menus following the logic order from left to right and top to bottom. The following menus
are described in this section:
Main menu
Options menu
2.3.1 PROSPER Main Menu

All PROSPER functions are listed as menu options. Simply select the required menu
and choose an item from the list displayed. This will activate an option or display the
relevant screen.
Problem solving with PROSPER is approached systematically by working from left to

right through the main menu. Calculation menus are activated only when the necessary
input data has been entered.
To start PROSPER, select the appropriate icon and press or double-click the program
icon. A screen similar to the following will appear:

User Guide 74
The menu options across the top of the screen are the PROSPER main menu options.
Each is described below.
2.3.1.1 File
The File menu is a management menu with commands that enables to open, save or
create new data files.
It is possible to use this menu to define the default data directory, printer set-ups options
and hook in external DLLs. A facility for accessing other Windows programs via
PROSPER is also provided.
2.3.1.2 Options
The Options menu is the starting point of PROSPER and the key to the program.
Use this menu to define the application and principal well features such as - prediction
method, artificial lift type and fluid type. The options selected are unique to the current
file and apply until changed by the user, or another file is recalled. These options also
determine the subsequent screens, menus and commands that are displayed.
2.3.1.3 PVT
Use the PVT menu to define well fluid properties and select fluid property correlations.
PVT correlations can be modified to match laboratory-measured data using a non-
linear regression technique. Alternatively, detailed PVT data may be entered in tables.

75 PROSPER
2.3.1.4 System
The System menu is used to define the well's downhole and surface equipment as well
as the reservoir inflow performance.
When applicable, Gas Lift, ESP, HSP, PCP and other artificial lift methods equipment
data are entered in this menu.
2.3.1.5 Matching
The Matching menu allows comparison of field data with calculated pressure drops in
well tubing and surface piping. All available correlations can be compared to allow
selection of the model that best suits the field conditions.
2.3.1.6 Calculation
The Calculation menu provides with the relevant calculation options. Calculations to
determine well performance, pressure and temperature profiles in the wellbore, perform
sensitivity analyses, make gradient comparisons and generate lift curve tables are
available in this menu.
2.3.1.7 Design
ESP, HSP, PCP, Jet Pumps, Sucker Rod Pumps, Multiphase Pumps sizing as well as
gas lift mandrel placement and valve setting pressure calculations, coiled tubing and
diluents injection are available from the Design menu. Access to the databases that
hold gas lift valves, ESP, HSP, PCP, Jet pumps, Sucker Rod Pumps (NEW!!!)
equipment characteristics is via the Design menu also.
2.3.1.8 Output
The Output menu is used to generate reports, to export data and to plot data. Report
templates are provided and user templates can also be defined. The data used can be
input data, analysis data, results or plots. Reports can be saved in various file formats
(RTF, TXT and native) and can be displayed or sent to a printer. Export data can be
viewed on screen, sent to the Windows clipboard, sent to a printer or saved in a file.
Plots can be printed directly, saved to a report file or a Windows metafile. Selected
plots can also be sent to the clipboard where they can be retrieved by other Windows-
based programs.

User Guide 76
2.3.1.9 Wizard
This menu accesses the wizard area of PROSPER. This allows to Create/Edit and Run
wizards that allow the User to build and run models step-by-step guided fashion.
2.3.1.10Units
This menu is used to define the input and output units of measurement. A flexible
system of units is provided allowing to customise the internal units system.
2.3.1.11Help
Provides on-line help for PROSPER. The User can get help on specific tasks, fields or
commands. Help is also given on the keyboard and miscellaneous Windows
commands.
2.3.2 Options - Options Selection

The Options menu is used to define the characteristics of the well. The options
selected establish the input data required and the calculation options available. The
selections made apply to the current session. The data entry screens, input fields and
variables are limited to those relevant to the particular application. Input options may be
changed at any stage of the processing. New choices may require other information to
be supplied. Therefore the User is advised to ensure that all relevant input is still valid
for the new option selection.
To access the Options menu, point to the menu name and click the mouse or press
ALT+O.
The following data entry screen will appear:

77 PROSPER
The entry screen is divided in two main sections - System options and User
information.
Under the System options section, define the well characteristics such as fluid type, well
completion, lift method, etc. These selections determine information that will be
required to enter later. The lower section of the screen comprises the header
information and comments that identify the well and will appear on the report and screen
plot titles.
Option Selection
To select an option, click on the arrow to the right of the required field. The list of
available choices will be displayed.
2.3.2.1 Fluid Description

User Guide 78
2.3.2.1.1 Fluid Type

Oil and Water (Black Oil Model or Compositional)
Oil and/or Water fluids
Dry and Wet Gas (Black Oil Model or Compositional)

Dry and Wet Gas is handled under the assumption that condensation occurs at
the separator. The liquid is put back into the gas as an equivalent gas quantity.
The pressure drop is therefore calculated on the basis of a single-phase gas,
unless water is present.
Retrograde Condensate (Black Oil Model or Compositional)

This fluid type accounts for the condensate drop out in the tubing.
2.3.2.1.2 Method
Black Oil
This option uses industry standard Black Oil models. Five correlations are
available for oil producers. For gas condensate systems an internally
developed model is used. These correlations can be adjusted to match
measured data using non-linear regression.
Equation of State
Reservoir fluid is modelled by pseudo components having user-specified
properties. The two equation of state models Peng-Robinson and Soave-
Redlich-Kwong are available in PROSPER to predict PVT properties.
User EoS DLLs can also be linked into PROSPER.
2.3.2.1.3 Equation of State Setup
This button is active when Equation of State Method has been selected and can be
used to access all the options related to the use of the Equation of State:
EoS Model (Peng-Robinson or Soave-Redlich-Kwong)
Optimisation Mode (None, Low and Medium)
Volume Shift enable/disable
Reference Pressure and Temperature
Path to Surface and Recycle: Flash Straight to Stock Tank, Use
Separator Train, Use K values
Target GOR Method (Use Separator Fluids or Use Fluid from PSAT)

79 PROSPER
2.3.2.1.4 Separator
Single Stage
This option is available for black oil option for following fluids:
Oil and water
Dry and Wet Gas
Two Stage
This option is available for Black oil model in case of Oil and Water fluid type only.
Separator and tank properties are entered and recombined by PROSPER.
Multi-Stage
This option is available for:
- Retrograde Condensate Black Oil model
- Equation of State Method
Up to 10 stages of separation can be modelled for compositional applications.
2.3.2.1.5 Emulsions
No or Emulsion + Pump viscosity correction
Select Emulsion + Pump viscosity correction to allow input of Emulsion
viscosity in the PVT section. This option must be selected to turn on pump
viscosity corrections.
2.3.2.1.6 Hydrates
Disable Warning or Enable Warning
Select Enable Warning to allow flagging of hydrates formation in calculation
screens. To use this feature, go to the PVT section and enter or import the
hydrates formation table.
2.3.2.1.7 Water Viscosity

Use Default Correlation or Use Pressure Corrected Correlation
When the default correlation is used, the water viscosity will be sensitive to
the water salinity and temperature. When the pressure corrected correlation
is used, the water viscosity will be sensitive to the water salinity, temperature
and pressure.

User Guide 80
2.3.2.1.8 Water Vapour

No Calculation or Calculate Condensed Water Vapour
This option is available for Dry and Wet Gas and Retrograde Condensate
fluid types with PVT Black Oil model. If Calculate Condensed Water Vapour
is selected, the condensation of water vapour will be taken into account when
performing pressure drop calculation.
2.3.2.1.9 Viscosity model

By default the fluid is considered Newtonian. If desired, non-Newtonian effects can be
modelled by selecting Non-Newtonian and entering in the PVT section rheologic
properties of the fluid.
2.3.2.2 Well
2.3.2.2.1 Flow Type
Tubing Flow
This option models flow through a circular cross sectional area (flow in tubing/
pipe)
Annular Flow
This option models production up the casing / tubing annulus
Tubing + Annular Flow
This option models production up the tubing, the annulus space, or tubing and
annulus simultaneously
2.3.2.2.2 Well Type

Producer
this option model production wells
Injector
This is a generic injector well. The fluid to be injected can be specified by the
User. Gas injectors can be modelled by selecting this option
Water Injector
Injection of single-phase water
CO2 Injection
The best approach to model CO2 Injection is to use an Equation Of State PVT Model
and set the Fluid Type as "Retrograde Condensate" and not "Dry And Wet Gas". The
reason behind this is that the "Dry And Wet Gas" models considers the fluid as a single
phase throughout the entire system and modifies the gas properties to account for the
condensate. The "Retrograde Condensate" model assumes multiphase flow modelling
allowing for gas and/or liquid phases to be present anywhere in the system (depending
on the prevailing pressure and temperature).

81 PROSPER
N.B. In CO2 Injection, depending on the conditions of pressure and temperature, it is

possible to have phase changes somewhere in the system (Gas-.Liquid->Gas)
The Gray (and Modified Gray) correlation uses its own internal PVT calculator that
overrides the Prosper-calculated pvt properties and therefore this should not be used to
model CO2 Injection.
2.3.2.3 Artificial Lift

2.3.2.3.1 Method
The following artificial lift options are available when Oil is selected as a fluid type.
None
No artificial Lift selected
Gas Lift (continuous)
Three different approaches are provided. Annular gas lift is handled by
PROSPER. If the Flow Type is Annular Flow and a Gas Lift method is
selected, then PROSPER automatically
switches to model gas injection down the tubing, and production up the annulus
Options available: No Friction Loss in the Annulus, Friction Loss in the Annulus,
Safety Equipment
An ESP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump
A HSP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Progressive Cavity Pumps
A PCP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Coiled Tubing Gas Lift
Coiled Tubing with gas lift can be analysed or designed using this option
Diluent Injection
Injection of a given rate of diluent in the tubing can be modelled
Jet Pump
A Jet Pump installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Multiphase Pump
Framo multiphase pump can be analysed
Sucker Rod Pumps
A Sucker Rod Pump installation can be analysed and designed
Gas Lift (Intermittent)
PROSPER can be used to design and model the performance of wells with

User Guide 82
intermittent gas lift
2.3.2.3.2 Type
If Gas Lift is the chosen method, then the following types are available.
No Friction Loss In Annulus
It is the classic approach for the annulus gas gradient. The pressure drop
due to friction in the annulus is ignored and the gas gradient is determined by
the top casing pressure and the temperature profile.
Friction Loss In Annulus
The pressure drop due to friction in the annulus is taken into account, but the
top casing pressure is assumed constant. If this option is selected the tubing
equipment screens will automatically change and require tubing OD and
casing ID data to be entered.
Safety Equipment
Surface delivery lines, chokes, the gas lift injection string and safety valves in
the annulus are taken into account. Top casing pressures will change with
injection rate.
If Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump is the chosen method, then the following types
are available.
Commingled Annular Supply
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the annulus and returns to
surface, commingled with the produced fluid via the tubing.
Commingled Tubing Supply
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the tubing and returns to
surface, commingled with the produced fluid via the annulus.
Closed Loop Supply
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the outer annulus and returns to
surface via the inner annulus. The reservoir fluid is produced through the
tubing. There is no commingling of produced and power fluids.
If Progressive Cavity Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are
available.
Sucker Rod Drive
The program will assume to have a surface drive head from which require
rods in order to move the rotor across the pump.
Downhole motor drive
The program assumes to have a downhole motor instead of surface drive

83 PROSPER
motor.
If Coiled Tubing Gas Lift is the chosen method, then the following types are available.
No Friction Loss in Coiled Tubing
Friction losses along the coiled tubing are neglected.
Friction Loss in Coiled Tubing
Friction losses along the coiled tubing are accounted for.
If Diluent Injection is the chosen method, then the following types are available:
Tubing Injection-Annular Production
The power fluid is injected in the tubing and the production flows through the
annulus
Annular Injection-Tubing Production
The power fluid is injected in the annulus and the production flows through the
tubing
If Jet Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are available:
Tubing Injection-Annular Production
The power fluid is injected in the tubing and the production flows through the
annulus
Annular Injection-Tubing Production
The power fluid is injected in the annulus and the production flows through the
tubing
If Multiphase Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are available:
Framo Pumps
2.3.2.4 Calculation Type

2.3.2.4.1 Predict
The program is capable of predicting either pressure only or pressure and temperature
changes simultaneously.
Pressure Only
If this option is selected, the flowing temperature profile must be entered.
This calculation option is fast and can provide accurate pressure profiles,
however, it does not account for changes of temperature due to variation of
operating conditions.
Pressure and Temperature (On Land and Offshore)

User Guide 84
This option will calculate both pressure and temperature profiles using the
method specified in Temperature Model.
2.3.2.4.2 Model
Three models for temperature calculations are available:
Rough Approximation
Calculates the heat loss from the well to the surroundings using an overall
heat transfer coefficient, the temperature difference between the fluids
and the surrounding formation and the average heat capacity of the well
fluids. The geothermal gradient entry screen is used to input formation
temperatures (e.g. from logging runs) at measured depth points. A
minimum of the surface and first node temperatures are required.
Temperatures entered should be the extrapolated static temperatures,
and should not be confused with the entry of measured flowing
temperatures required for the Predicting pressure only case.
The Rough Approximation temperature model requires calibration using

measured temperature data. It is not accurate in a predictive mode.
Enthalpy Balance
This rigorous thermodynamic model considers heat transfer by
conduction, radiation, and forced and free convection. Heat transfer
coefficients are calculated using values held in a user-definable database.
The temperature prediction calculations are transient, allowing
sensitivities against flowing time to be run. This temperature model
requires considerably more input data and computation time for either
Predicting Pressure Only or the Rough Approximation temperature model.
The production riser is properly taken into account. Therefore the heat
loss prediction between the seabed and wellhead will be accurate. Due
to increased computation times, we recommend that this option be used
only when temperature prediction rather than pressure loss is the required
result (for e.g. process calculations and material selection).
The Enthalpy Balance temperature model is capable of accurate flowing

temperature prediction for a wide range of conditions.
The temperature prediction is useful for generating temperature profiles
in:
long pipelines
subsea wells

85 PROSPER

predicting temperature/pressure profiles to help predict wax/
hydrate deposits.
These models also account for Joule-Thompson Effects.
The temperature calculation must commence from a known condition.
This is usually the reservoir pressure and temperature. As a
consequence, calculating from a downstream node (unknown
temperature) to an upstream node (known temperature) is not meaningful
Improved Approximation
As the Enthalpy Balance model, this is also a full enthalpy balance
pressure and temperature prediction model, with the difference that the
term of the enthalpy balance concerning the heat exchange with the
surroundings (which includes free and forced convection, conduction and
radiation) is simplified by a heat loss term characterised by an overall
heat exchange coefficient.
For this reason data related to the completion hardware and thermal
properties are not necessary.
Like any enthalpy balance model, Joule-Thomson Effect is also accounted
for.
These characteristics make this model particularly useful when an
accurate calculation of temperature is sought for and only a few data on
the completion are available.
The geothermal gradient entry screen is used to input formation
temperatures (e.g. from logging runs) at measured depth points. A
temperature gradient in the sea can be entered for offshore applications.
A minimum of the surface and first node temperatures are required.
Temperatures entered should be the extrapolated static temperatures,
and should not be confused with the entry of measured flowing
temperatures required for the Predicting pressure only case.
The Improved Approximation temperature model requires calibration

using measured temperature data. It is not accurate in a predictive mode.
2.3.2.4.3 Calculation
Full System
Calculations for pipelines, tubing and reservoir
Pipeline Only
Calculations for pipelines only

User Guide 86
2.3.2.4.4 Output
Show calculating Data
During a calculation it displays the calculated values
Hide calculating Data
Select Hide to speed up calculations by not updating calculation screen displays.
This will automatically be set to Hide when run from GAP
2.3.2.5 Steam Calculation

NEW!!!
When the fluid type is set to Oil & Water and one of the enthalpy balance models
(Improved Approximation or Enthalpy Balance) is selected, the option to enable/disable
the steam calculations is available.
No Steam Calculations
Allow Steam Calculations
2.3.2.6 Well Completion

2.3.2.6.1 Type
Cased Hole or Open Hole
This selection determines the appropriate IPR Completion models to use. In
particular Cased Hole enables the availability of Skin models to calculate the
skin factor, whilst Open Hole disables the availability of Skin models.
2.3.2.6.2 Sand Control

Five options are currently available:
None
Gravel Pack
Pre-Packed Screen
Wire Wrapped Screen
Slotted liners
2.3.2.7 Reservoir
2.3.2.7.1 Type
Single Branch
This option allows to model single branch IPRs. The IPR screen comes with
various standard inflow models from which the user selects one.
Multilateral Well

87 PROSPER
Enables the Multilateral IPR model. For the multi-lateral selection, the IPR screen
requires detailed drawing of the downhole completion.
2.3.2.7.2 Gas Coning

Yes or No
Rate dependant GOR will be modelled and calculated when Yes is selected.
This option is only available for Single Branch type wells.
2.3.2.8 User Information and Comments

These fields are optional. The details entered here provide the User information that
identifies the well model in the screen plots and printed reports. The Comments area is
used to enter free format text describing the details of the analysis. A Date stamp
feature is provided to mark either the comment text or the header data for future
reference.
We recommend that comments be used to summarise any assumptions made in the

analysis. Whenever an existing model is modified, appending a summary of changes
and a date stamp will greatly assist current and future users working with the file. This
information can be displayed on the main PROSPER screen by selecting the appropriate
option in the Preferences Section (Main Screen Tab - Status screen option).
2.3.3 Options - Perforating Gun DataBase
Under | Options | Perforating Database, a database for perforating guns is accessible.
The gun database initially originates from SPOT (Shell Perforating Optimisation Tool)
and permission was granted for its implementation into PROSPER.

User Guide 88
Like other databases in PROSPER, the user can add, delete and amend the inputs in the
gun database. A filter allows to select guns by:
- vendors,
- Gun OD
- Gun types
- Minimum restriction and
- Tolerance.
The following section was taken from the SPOT help file and is published with
permission from Shell:
The gun database contains API 19-B1 and API RP 43 Section I Data for perforating
guns available from:
Baker Hughes Incorporated (Baker)
Schlumberger (SLB)
Halliburton/ Jet Research Centre (Hall/JRC)

89 PROSPER
Dynawell (DYNA)
Innicor Subsurface Technologies (INNICOR)
Owen Oil Tools (Owen)
Explosivos Technologicos Argentinos (ETA)
GEODynamics (GEODynamics)
Titan (TITAN)
Companies were provided with an opportunity to adjust/ update data in the SPOT Gun
Database. It is recommended that Users cross check all critical information with the
appropriate perforating manufacturer/ service company before a gun type/ completion
method is selected.
Sections I to IV of API 19-B are summarised below:
Section I - firing a fully-loaded gun section under ambient conditions into a

standard casing and cement target;
Section II - firing a single charge under pressurized conditions into a stressed

rock sample;
Section III - firing a single charge into a metal target at elevated temperature;
Section IV - firing a single charge into a stressed rock sample under simulated
wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow performance of the
perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting;
Section V2 - measuring the amount of debris retained within a fired fully-loaded

gun section in order to calculate how much debris will be introduced into the
wellbore per foot of gun;
It should be noted that API RP43 preceded API RP19B. The American Petroleum
Institute (API) Perforating Subcommittee adopted API RP19B during November of
2000, and state that API 19B is the only document that API recognizes as valid in this
program. As API 19B data is not available for all gun systems, API RP43 data has also
been included in the database (data sources are clearly marked). Although API RP43 is
not officially valid, Section 1 testing for both API RP43 and API 19B is based on
concrete targets.
As concrete is not representative of reservoir rock, API 19-B and API-RP 43 Section 1
data is converted to downhole conditions in SPOT using Shell proprietary correlations
(based on laboratory research). Although these correlations should provide a
reasonable estimate of perforation characteristics in reservoir rock under downhole
conditions, a better estimate of perforation performance can be obtained by conducting

User Guide 90
reservoir specific Section II (firing a single charge under pressurized conditions into a
stressed rock sample) and/or Section IV tests (firing a single charge into a stressed
rock sample under simulated wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow
performance of the perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting). If
Section II or Section IV data is available, it can be entered into the SPOT Vendor
Database under the Section II/Section IV Data heading.
If the concrete strength during the API RP 19B or API RP43 test is not recorded in the
Gun Database, in accordance with the minimum allowable strength specified in API RP
19B, a briquette strength of 5000psi is assumed in SPOT calculations.
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
__
1. API Recommended Practice 19-B, Recommended Practice for the Evaluation
of Well Perforators, 1st Edition, 28 Sep 2001
2. To be introduced in the next revision of RP 19-B, a draft of which is with API for
review at the time of writing.
2.3.4 Options - Tubing DataBase

Under | Options | Tubing Database, a comprehensive tubing data base is available in
PROSPER:
The database is also accessible from the down hole equipment screen so that the user

91 PROSPER
can select any tubing from the database directly to be used for the description of the
down hole equipment.
2.3.5 Options - Casing DataBase
Under | Options | Casing Database, a comprehensive casing database is available in
PROSPER:
The database lists casing manufacturer, type, specification, seal, Casing OD, casing
weight, Casing ID and wall thickness.
The database can be accessed from the down hole equipment input screen. From the
down hole equipment screen, the user can select any casing available in the database
and use it directly for the description of the well bore.
2.3.6 Options - Pipe Schedule

Under | Options | Pipe Schedule, a comprehensive pipe database is available in
PROSPER:

User Guide 92
The database lists nominal pipe size, pipe OD, Iron Pipe Size, Steel schedule number,
wall thickness and pipe internal diameter.
The pipe database can be accessed from the surface equipment input screen. From
the surface equipment input screen, the user can select any pipe available in the
database and use it directly for the description of surface pipes.
2.4 PVT Data Input
2.4.1 Introduction
To predict pressure and temperature changes from the reservoir, along the well bore
and flow line tubular, it is necessary to accurately predict fluid properties as a function of
pressure and temperature. The User must enter data that fully describes the fluid
properties or enables the program to calculate them. There are four possible
approaches:
- Correlations: Where only basic PVT data is available, the program uses traditional
black oil correlations, such as Glaso, Beal, Petrosky etc. A unique black oil model is
available for condensates and details of this can be found later in this guide as well as
93 PROSPER
the PROSPER manual.
- Matching: Where both basic fluid data and some PVT laboratory measurements are
available, the program can modify the black oil correlations to best-fit the measured
data using a non-linear regression technique.
- Tables: Where detailed PVT laboratory data is provided, PROSPER uses this data
instead of the calculated properties. This data is entered in table format (PVT tables),
and can be supplied either manually or imported from an outside source. So called
black oil tables can be generated from an EOS model and then be imported and used
in PROSPER.
- Compositional: Where the full Equation of State description of the fluid is available
and all the PVT can be obtained from a Peng-Robinson or a Soave Redlich Kwong
description of the fluid phase behaviour.
Note with regards to the PVT definitions:
Use of Tables: Tables are usually generated using one fluid composition which
implies a single GOR for the fluid. This will therefore not provide the right fluid
description when we have injection of hydrocarbons in the reservoir or when
the reservoir pressure drops below the bubble/dew point.
Use of EOS: The equations of state are models that need to be matched to
measured lab data (PVT lab report). Care has to be taken in order to make sure
that the EOS has been matched and is applicable for the range of Pressures
and Temperatures to be investigated.
The program also allows fluid properties to be calculated and plotted for specified
pressure and temperature ranges. The PVT menu has three options - Report, Input and
Export. Select Report to inspect previously entered data, Export to save data to a text
file, or Input to set up a new problem or edit an existing one.
Recommended Steps
Only Limited PVT Data Available (Minimum required for correlations)

Enter data as requested on PVT input data screen and select correlations
that are known to best fit the region or oil type.
Limited PVT Data and Laboratory Measured Data Available

Enter the basic black oil data requested in the PVT input data screen.
Enter PVT laboratory data in the Match Data data menu. The laboratory PVT
data and the fluid properties entered on the data input screen must be
consistent. Flash Data must be used. Up to 5 tables of laboratory
measurements made at different temperatures may be entered. Use the T
ables buttons to switch between tables. Click OK to return to the PVT input

User Guide 94
screen.
At this point it is possible to Calculate PVT properties using a correlation
and Plot the calculated and match data to see how closely the non-optimised
correlation fits.
Select Regression, then Match All. A non-linear regression will be
performed to best fit each correlation to the measured lab data. Once the
calculation is finished, select Parameters and identify the correlation that
best fits the measured data. This correlation should then be selected and this
modified correlation will be used in all further calculations of fluid property
data. The fit parameters are the multiplier and shift applied to the correlation
in order to fit the lab data. If the correlation were a perfect fit to the match
data, Parameter 1 would be set to 1.0 and Parameter 2 would be zero.
In order to see how well the tuned correlations fit the data, on the regression
screen there is plot utility, which will plot the variable values from the matched
correlations, and the data entered simultaneously, to allow the User to see
how good the fit is. Select Plot to display both the calculated and measured
PVT data. Select the Variables option on the plot menu bar to choose the
fluid property data to display.
2.4.2 Black Oil - Oil and Water

2.4.2.1 Input Data
Select the PVT Input option from the main menu to display the following PVT Input data
screen:

95 PROSPER
Enter the required data in the fields provided. Movement from one box to another can
be done using the TAB key. Next, select a Pb, Rs and Bo correlation and a viscosity
correlation to use then click OK.
Enter the oil solution GOR. This should not include free gas production. For
gas production in wells producing injection or gas cap gas the solution GOR
should still be entered. The balance of free gas production is accounted for
elsewhere.
Mole Percent CO2, N2 and H2S refers to the separator gas stream composition.
CO2 Injection
When an "Oil and Water" model is used to describe the fluid, the viscosity
correlation used by default for gas viscosity calculations is the Lee
correlation.
For some details about the input parameters, refer to the Glossary (Appendix E).

User Guide 96
2.4.2.2 Tables
In PROSPER the PVT data can also be entered as tables by clicking Tables from the
main PVT input screen. Up to fifty separate tables may be entered, each at a different
temperature. The program will use the data from the tables in all further calculations
provided the Use Tables option has been selected on the input data screen. This
option should be used only when extensive table data is available for a range of
temperatures.
Rather than entering the values by hand, PROSPER can read in tables of Black Oil PVT
properties. To do this, click the Import button from the Tables screen, and PROSPER will
prompt for the name of an ASCII file containing the PVT data. Petroleum Experts
PVT Package PVTp can be used to calculate and export Black Oil PVT tables. An
example of the PVT Table import file format is given in Appendix D.
Alternatively, data can be passed directly from Excel on a table-only basis using the
Clip button. The Clip button will paste the copied data from Excel into the selected PVT
table.
PROSPER interpolates the entered table data and if the entered data is
incomplete i.e., one table containing only a single row of values will result in
interpolation errors.
Information on how to import the data from a ASCII File can be found in Appendix F -
97 PROSPER
Importing Data from Text Files.
Clip
This option allows to import and export data from/to the Clipboard or export the tables to
Printer, Screen, etc.
2.4.2.3 Match Data

Click the Match Data button and enter PVT laboratory measured data to match to as
shown on the example screen below:
Since gas evolution in the tubing is a constant composition process, Flash data, not
differential liberation data should be used for matching. For each match data table,
enter the temperature and bubble point, then enter pressure versus gas oil ratio, oil FVF
and oil viscosity. Where data is incomplete or not available, leave the field blank. Use
the GOR and FVF at bubble point plus the viscosity if available. Enter only the minimum
number of points to ensure a good match.
Where only differential liberation PVT data is available, a PVT simulation

program like Petroleum Experts' PVT package PVTp can be used to
calculate the flash properties using a model that has been matched to the lab
data.
Better results for sparse laboratory PVT data sets are usually obtained using

User Guide 98
correlations matched to the available lab data rather than using a PVT table lookup.
Clip
This option allows to import and export data from/to the Clipboard or export the tables to
Printer, Screen, etc.
2.4.2.4 Regression
This option is used to perform the non-linear regression, which adjusts the correlations
to best-fit laboratory measured PVT data. The non-linear regression matching
technique can be used on up to five PVT match tables, each with a different
temperature. The following PVT properties can be used as match variables:
Pb Bubble point pressure.
GOR Gas oil ratio versus pressure.
Oil FVF Oil formation volume factor versus pressure.
Oil viscosity Oil viscosity versus pressure.
It is not necessary to match on all properties for all applications. In cases where the
PVT data is incomplete or of poor quality, better results can often be obtained by
matching on the best characterised parameters only. However, because bubble point
can be difficult to accurately predict from correlations, it is recommended that, where
possible, it is used as a match parameter. The minimum data required to perform a
regression match is the bubble point and GOR.
The form of the correlations for FVF is different above and below the bubble
point. If the FVF at bubble point is not available, the regression may not
achieve good results. When matching the oil FVF, always enter data at the
bubble point. Do not enter many match points only use the minimum number
to define the shape of the correlation curves. In most cases, only data at the
bubble point is required.

99 PROSPER
2.4.2.4.1 Match
From the Regression screen, individual correlations can be matched to selected
measured PVT data by:
Selecting the correlations
Selecting the fluid properties to match to
Clicking Match
2.4.2.4.1.1 Match All

All correlations can be matched to all the fluid property data in one keystroke by
selecting the Match All command button.
2.4.2.4.1.2 Parameters
Having performed the matching process, the match parameters are displayed by
clicking the Parameters button. The non-linear regression technique applies a multiplier
- Parameter 1, and a shift - Parameter 2 to the correlations. The standard deviation is
also displayed, which represents the overall closeness of fit. The lower the standard
deviation, the better the fit. The best overall model is the one that has Parameter 1
closest to unity.
The Parameters button displays the PVT correlations parameters screen. This shows
the match parameters and the standard deviation for each matched correlation. Use
these statistics to select the best correlation for the data set and conditions pertaining to
the application. A plot should be made (refer calculation and plot sections) and a visual
check of the fit quality performed before making the final correlation selection. The
match parameters can be reset i.e. returned to the un-matched state by selecting the
reset option. The following is an example of a correlation parameters screen:

User Guide 100
The standard correlations do not always accurately model the FVF above bubble point
(especially for heavy or waxy oils). Additional match parameters (Parameter 3 and 4)
have been introduced to allow the FVF to be independently tuned below (P1 and P2)
and above (P3 and P4) the bubble point.
In all circumstances, always enter match data at the bubble point to ensure that no
discontinuities occur.
2.4.2.5 Correlations
This options displays the match parameters and standard deviations for each matched
correlation. See the Match section for a more detailed explanation.

101 PROSPER
2.4.2.6 Calculate
In order to make a plot or listing of fluid property data, PROSPER must first calculate the
values over a specified range of temperatures and pressures. Using the calculated
data points, plots of fluid properties versus temperature or pressure can be generated.
The following is an example of the PVT Calculations screen. If the correlations have
been matched, then the fluid properties will be calculated using the modified
correlations.
The calculation procedure is optional and used only to generate fluid property
data for display and quality control purposes. During the computation of a
pressure traverse, PROSPER calculates fluid properties at each pressure and
temperature step or node as required by the application.
2.4.2.6.1 Calculating PVT Data

The Calculate button access the PVT calculator, which can be used to perform
calculation of PVT properties with varying Pressure and Temperature.
To generate tables and plots of PVT data:

Select Correlations (use the best matched one)
Select Automatic generation of Data Points
Enter the temperature range and number of steps
Enter the pressure range and number of steps
Click OK
Click Calculate to compute PVT data for the entire range of pressures and
temperatures required by the modelling application. The following calculation
screen will be displayed:

User Guide 102
The PVT section can be used as a convenient calculator by entering User selected data
points, then entering specific temperatures and pressures to calculate fluid properties.
2.4.2.6.2 Displaying the Calculated Data on the screen

The calculated data is displayed on the screen as default. Options to choose the
calculated variables to be displayed are available by using Layout button in the PVT
Calculation Results screen. Selecting Layout displays the list of all calculated variables
that can be selected to customise viewing.

103 PROSPER
2.4.2.6.3 Plotting the Calculated Data

The calculated data can be displayed on a plot. The variables, which are plotted, are
defined under the Variables option on the plot. After performing a PVT calculation click
Plot from the PVT calculation screen. Display the selected results by following this
procedure:
Click Variables.
Select Pressure for the X-axis.
Select GOR for the Y-axis.
Click OK to display a plot showing both the calculated values and the measured
values similar to the following:

User Guide 104
Carefully examine the PVT plots for consistency with the match data. If necessary,
select a different correlation and repeat the PVT calculations until satisfactory results
have been obtained.
2.4.2.6.4 Saving PVT tables from Calculated Data

The calculated data can be saved in the form of .ptb files by the button Save PTB
provided at top of the calculation results screen.
There is also the possibility of transferring the displayed calculation to the Tables by
pressing on the Tables button.
2.4.2.7 Save the PVT Data

This option allows a PVT data set to be saved under a separate name. A dialogue box
will appear prompting to name the PVT file. The PVT extension is automatically
provided by the program. If this step is omitted, the program will automatically save the
(matched) PVT data in a .PVT file with the same name as the input (.SIN) file.
2.4.2.8 Open
This option allows a previously saved PVT data set to be recalled into the open file. A
dialogue box will appear prompting to select a PVT file. If this step is carried out after
recalling a .SIN file, this will overwrite the PVT data from the original file.
For multi-well projects, set up matched PVT models for each producing area

105 PROSPER
first. This will save time and reduce the potential for error by recalling the
relevant PVT data into each well file.
2.4.2.9 Composition
In the PVT Input Data screen, click the Composition button, and PROSPER will use the
PVT properties (Oil Gravity, GOR) to estimate the composition of the reservoir fluid.
The estimated composition is used internally by PROSPER to calculate thermodynamic
properties needed in the choke and enthalpy balance temperature models. The
following is an example of an estimated Black Oil composition:
Click BI Coefficients and PROSPER will display the Binary Interaction coefficients to be
used in an EOS description of the fluid. An example BI Coefficients display is shown
below:

User Guide 106
Estimation of reservoir fluid composition is available for Oil and Retrograde

Condensate fluids.
2.4.2.10Emulsions
If Options | Emulsions is selected PROSPER allows selection of the emulsion
occurrence in the system from the PVT input dialogue. This tells PROSPER where the
viscosity corrections will take place during calculation
The Flowline Emulsion Data button opens the Emulsion Data entry screen.
Water cut can be entered at this point that will then be used to calculate the emulsion
viscosity in the PVT calculation section.
2.4.2.10.1 Emulsions
PROSPER can model the effect of Oil/Water emulsions on mixture viscosity for Black Oil
PVT systems. The behaviour of emulsions in producing well equipment is not well
understood. Emulsion PVT in PROSPER provides a means to assess possible effects
of increased emulsion viscosity by curve fitting experimentally determined data. It must
be emphasised that the method is empirical and does not represent any rigorous model
of emulsion behaviour.
In the laboratory, stable emulsions can be prepared from many crude oil / water
systems. Emulsion samples discovered in surface separation equipment do not
necessarily imply that emulsions are present in the well. Field experience shows that
the effect of emulsions is usually less than predicted by laboratory tests. Emulsion PVT
should be used with caution and only when it is certain that emulsions are present and it
is necessary to evaluate their effect on calculated pressures.

107 PROSPER
To enable emulsion PVT in PROSPER, the Emulsion option must first be selected on the
Options screen. Emulsion viscosity will replace the mixture viscosity for selected
elements of the production system. Experimental or empirical emulsion viscosity data
can be entered and curve-fitted using non-linear regression. The fitted curve is used to
optionally replace the oil/water mixture viscosity in IPR, VLP and pump calculations.
When selected, emulsion viscosity for the User-entered value of water cut will be
substituted for the fluid mixture viscosity.
Drop down the Emulsion box and select from the following:
No viscosity corrections
Turns off emulsion viscosity corrections
Everywhere
Emulsion viscosity for IPR, VLP and pump if present
Tubing and Pipe

Emulsion viscosity for casing, tubing and pump if present
Pump only
Emulsion viscosity for pump only
Pump and Above

Emulsion viscosity in pump and tubing above pump
Tubing + Pipe (not pump)

Emulsion viscosity in tubing and pipe only
The selection of system elements affected by emulsion can be changed at a later time
Even if No Emulsion Corrections has been selected on the PVT screen,

pump viscosity corrections will be applied whenever Options Emulsions is
selected. Produced fluid viscosity, not emulsion viscosity, will then be used for
corrections.
To set up the emulsion model, select Emulsion Everywhere, (otherwise emulsion

viscosity will not be active for the PVT calculations) then click the Emulsion Data button
and the following screen will be displayed.

User Guide 108
The screen is divided into 3 sections:

Emulsion Data Experimental data for matching
Experimental Parameters Experimental base conditions
Match Parameters Results of regression
The pressure and temperature that correspond to the experimental conditions are
entered in Experimental Parameters. This enables PROSPER to correct the emulsion
viscosity for temperature and pressure.
Emulsions Everywhere must be selected before plotting the emulsion

viscosity curve. The emulsion viscosity entered for zero water cut should be
compatible with the 100% oil viscosity at the experimental temperature and
pressure.
Emulsion viscosity is modelled as a function of water cut in 3 stages:

Sharp increase at low water cut
Plateau with a constant maximum viscosity for intermediate water cuts
Tail that declines to the viscosity of water after the plateau
The parameters Left and Right Water Cut for Maximum Viscosity define the maximum
plateau region. To calculate emulsion viscosity:
Enter pairs of water cut and emulsion viscosity data points in the Emulsion
Data table.
Enter the Experimental Parameters
Click the Match button.

109 PROSPER
When the regression has stopped, click Plot to display the matched mixture viscosity:
Match data is plotted as crosses, whereas the calculated viscosity is shown as a solid
line.
When Emulsions Everywhere have been selected, the calculated Oil Viscosity in the
PVT section will be replaced by the emulsion viscosity for the value of Water Cut
entered.
2.4.2.11Non-Newtonian Fluid
PROSPER can model the effect of non-Newtonian fluids.
The implementation of the model is based on drilling fluid models developed by
TotalFinaElf.
A fluid whose viscosity is not constant at all shear rates and does not behave like a
Newtonian fluid would fall into this category. This will enable foams in heavy oils to be
modelled more accurately. Most drilling fluids are non-Newtonian.

User Guide 110
To enter the required non-Newtonian fluid viscosity data, select Rheological Parameters
from the PVT Input Data screen:

111 PROSPER
The model is based on the Herschel-Bulkley shear model:
where:
= Shear Stress
0 = Yield Stress
K = Consistency Index
= Shear Rate
n = Shear Thinning Index
For further details about how the viscosity model is used to determine the apparent
viscosity, please refer to the Help on-line of PROSPER.
2.4.2.12Power Fluid Data

If one of the following Artificial Lift Methods have been selected: HSP (Hydraulic
Submersible Pump), Diluent Injection or Jet Pump, then additional details of the power
fluid must be supplied to estimate the fluid properties.
There are two choices for power fluid type:
Water (not available for Diluent Injection)

User Guide 112
Other Fluid
If Water is selected, then the only other data required is the salinity of the power fluid.
The program will then estimate fluid properties using the normal water PVT model.
If Other Fluid is selected, then tables of fluid properties need to be entered that
PROSPER will use for interpolation. The program will never extrapolate so please ensure
that the table data covers the expected ranges of pressures and temperatures. Click the
Properties button and the following screen will be displayed.
Tables of data for up to 10 temperatures may be entered. Please ensure that the tables
span the expected range of conditions that will be encountered.
The Generate feature allows to automatically calculate the tables using the
PVT model in the main screen.
If a PVT model is available for the power fluid, the suggestion is the following:
1. Enter in the PVT main screen the fluid black oil properties
2. Use Generate to create the tables modelling the power fluid

113 PROSPER
3. Enter in the main screen the black oil parameters for the produced fluid
2.4.2.13Hydrates Formation table

If the Hydrates | Enable Warning option has been selected in the main program
Options, then a hydrate pressure temperature look-up table must be entered.
Click the Hydrates button and the following entry screen will be displayed.
Enter here the hydrate formation phase envelope conditions.

User Guide 114
Up to one hundred data points may be entered. Please ensure that the table spans
within the expected range of conditions that will be encountered.
2.4.3 Black Oil - Dry And Wet Gas

All the condensate drop out is assumed to occur at the separator. Free water
production in the tubing is considered. For pressure drop calculations, an equivalent
gas rate is used which allows for the condensate by ensuring that a mass balance is
observed.
2.4.3.1 Input Data

When Dry and Wet Gas is selected as the PVT option, the following Input data screen
is displayed:

115 PROSPER
The bottom-right part of the screen will only appear when the option Calculate
Condensate Water Vapour is selected in the Options | Water Viscosity section. If
this option is selected, the effects of condensation of water vapour on the pressure drop
calculation in the tubing / pipeline will be taken into account.
This model applies to most gas wells. The condensate production is included in the gas
stream as an increase in density - the flow remains single-phase gas plus free water if
present. The Separator Pressure is used to estimate the GE (Gas Equivalent Rate).
The separator temperature is assumed to be the same as the top node temperature. If
there is significant hydrocarbon liquid drop out in the tubing, a retrograde condensate
model should be used.
The Separator Pressure is used to calculate
The Gray VLP correlation has an internal PVT routine that models the effect of
liquid dropout in the tubing. This overrides the Dry and Wet gas PVT.
Produced gas is generally saturated with water at reservoir pressure and

temperature. Some water of condensation always drops out at the separator.
This water has a minimal effect on calculated bottom hole pressures. The
WGR considers free water production at the sandface.
Please refer to the PVT Matching Data section. Matching operations are
carried out as for oil PVT.

User Guide 116
2.4.4 Black Oil - Retrograde Condensate

The PROSPER Retrograde condensate (Black Oil) model has been developed in house
by Petroleum Experts. This model predicts liquid drop out taking place in the tubing.
The reservoir gas gravity is determined using the principle of mass balance for an
equivalent density of the oil.
Unlike bubble point systems (oil), the black oil condensate model should not be
matched against lab or simulated PVT data. This is because the black oil model for
condensate in PROSPER uses a mathematical model based upon mass balance and
matching could throw the model out of bounds.
The equations used are given in Appendix B.
2.4.4.1 Input Data

When Retrograde Condensate (Black oil) PVT is selected the following input data
screen is displayed:
Enter the required data.
Note:
If tank GOR and tank gas gravity is unknown, they can be left at 0. The unmeasured tank
gas rate should be estimated using a suitable correlation and added to the separator
gas. For such cases, the total produced GOR should be entered under separator GOR.
Condensate gravity is at standard conditions.
If the separator pressure is above dew point, then there can be no liquid

117 PROSPER
production. When the dew point is unknown, set it to the reservoir pressure.
PROSPER handles conflicting input data by dropping the separator pressure to
atmospheric, and increasing the separator gas gravity as required accounting
for the liquid production indicated by the Separator GOR. The mass balance
is respected at all times.
The black oil condensate model must not be matched as previously done for
oils. This is because the black oil model for condensate in PROSPER uses a
mathematical model and matching could throw the model out of bounds.
2.4.4.2 Calculations
Fluid property data can be calculated for a specified range of temperatures and
pressures. If the correlations have been matched, then the matched correlations will be
used for the calculations. Plots of fluid properties versus temperature or pressure can
be generated.
The calculated PVT property values should be compared to constant

composition expansion (CCE) data, as this process best describes the
evolution of the fluid in the tubing.
2.4.5 Export
NEW!!!
The Export button enables the user to export input data, correlation parameters, Match
Data, Tables and Calculation results from the PVT main section.

User Guide 118
2.4.6 Equation Of State - All Fluids

This PVT option allows PROSPER to calculate the vapour fraction and fluid physical
properties using an equation of state (EOS) description for the reservoir fluid.
Peng-Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong EOS models are available in PROSPER,
also User EOS PVT modules can also be linked to PROSPER. The PVT calculation
method is identical for all reservoir fluid types (i.e. oil and water, condensate or gas).
The fluid type selected will affect the choice of IPR and VLP models as well as the
range of available sensitivity variables.
Equations of State were developed to give a mathematical relationship between

pressure, volume and temperature. They were originally put forward as a method of
interpreting the non-ideal nature of many pure substances. With time, this role has been
extended successfully to predicting the properties of simple and complex mixtures.
The equations used in PROSPER are derived from Van der Waals Equation and in
common with it represent the total pressure as a summation of an attractive and a
repulsive element:
P total = P repulsive - P attractive
The classic Van der Waals equation describes this relationship as
where b represents the hard-sphere volume of the molecules and a the intermolecular
attraction.

119 PROSPER
The two cubic Equations of State which are available in PROSPER are:
1) Peng-Robinson (PR)EoS:
and,
2) Soave-Redlich-Kwong(SRK)EoS:
All cubic Equations of State can be rewritten as a function of the compressibility factor Z
e.g. the Peng Robinson equation becomes:
and for SRK
where
and
The PVT calculation method is identical for all reservoir fluid types i.e., oil and water,
condensate or gas.
The choice of fluid type affects the choice of IPR and VLP models as well as the range
of available sensitivity variables.
A Note about using the EOS option

PROSPER can handle pressure drop calculations using EOS PVT in two distinct ways:
It can calculate fluid properties at each calculation step from the EOS explicitly.
This option eliminates any potential interpolation errors, as the EOS is used to
calculate fluid properties at the exact node pressure and temperature. The

User Guide 120
additional computing overhead required by this method increases calculation

times.
If PVT tables have been generated using the EoS, selecting the Interpolated from
Generated Tables option instructs PROSPER to look up and interpolate the
tables. The tables must be calculated over a sufficient number of points that
cover the entire range of pressures and temperatures to reduce interpolation
errors. For problems that require it, the Use Tables option allows an EOS fluid
description to be used without significantly increasing computation times.
PROSPER will determine whether the reservoir fluid is an oil or a gas

condensate within the EOS PVT calculations. Since the VLP correlations are
approached differently depending on whether a gas or oil is being produced,
when running calculations, if the fluid type recognised during the calculations is
different to the fluid type specified in the main program Options screen, the
program will display a warning message
2.4.6.1 EOS Model Setup

The EOS fluid mode options must be consistent with the entered compositional data for
PROSPER to calculate.
The EoS options can now be set up by selecting EoS Setup:

121 PROSPER
The following main EOS options can be pre-set:

EoS Model
Select one of the available EoS equations: Peng-Robinson or Soave-Redlich-
Kwong.

User Guide 122
Optimisation Mode
Over the past few years, our PVT experts have been working on ways to speed up the
calculation of properties from an EOS model. Speed is one of the main issues with fully
compositional models and the options in this field will define the speed of calculations.
The objective of this option is to speed up the calculations without penalising the
accuracy the results. The Medium mode is the fastest (up to 80 times)
Volume Shift
Option to enable/disable the use of Volume Shift in the EoS.
Path to Surface
This Option specifies the path the fluid follows down to standard condition.
This is essential when calculating volumetric properties like FVF or GOR, which are
path dependent. The amount of gas and liquid resulting from the calculations will be
different depending on the path the fluid will take to standard conditions. These are the
available options:
Flash Straight to Stock Tank
Use Separator Train
Use K values
The Use K Values option is an addition to the compositional modelling that
allows modelling the process based on K-values (equilibrium ratios). This can
allow process calculations from systems more complex than separation to be
represented as Pseudo separators and can be obtained from process
simulators.
To import the K values select Import KValues:

123 PROSPER
K-values can be entered by hand or also generated in PVTp by performing a simple

separator experiment, and then exported to PROSPER.

User Guide 124
These options should reflect the EOS available for the fluid (from PVTP
for example) and the process (path) the fluid follows to standard
conditions (which will affect the volumes and quality of the resulting
fluid)
Target GOR Method

A single composition will only provide a single value of GOR through a defined
separator train. There are applications when other GOR values are required e.g. in the
production of lift curves. This calculation takes the gas and oil derived from the fluid and
recombines them until it reaches the target value.
There are two methods available to the user. The difference between them lies in the
source of the gas and liquid to be mixed.
Use Separator fluids
uses the dead oil and accumulated separator gas to create the mixture
Use fluid from PSAT
finds the saturation pressure of the fluid. The program then flashes just below
PSAT to obtain an oil and gas composition. These are mixed to achieve the target
GOR. It should be noted that this retricts any target that can be found to the
RS of the oil below PSAT and the GOR of the equivalent gas. Although more
restricted, this mixture better reflects the case of an oil entraining gas cap gas
etc.
2.4.6.2 EOS PVT Input Data

A sample EOS PVT input screen is shown below:

125 PROSPER
The EOS fluid model is activated via the Options Summary screen where the various
EOS options can be selected. The Options can also be changed from the EoS main
screen by selecting Change.
This screen requires input of pseudo component concentrations and properties (critical
temperature, pressure and volume, acentric factor, molecular weight and specific
gravity). Up to 30 pseudo components can be entered. Entry of Critical Volume,
Volume Shift, Boiling Point Temperature and Parachor are optional.
Use of regressed critical volume data will improve the quality of calculated liquid
viscosities. Where critical volume data is unavailable, PROSPER uses a correlation to
estimate the values. The Parachor is used for surface tension calculation. Binary
interaction components are entered on a screen similar to that shown below by clicking
on the BI coeffs button from the EOS input screen.

User Guide 126
After entering the interaction coefficients, click OK to return to the input screen. Then
click Generate to display a screen requesting the range of pressures and temperatures
and the number of pressure and temperature steps to calculate.
2.4.6.2.1 Importing Matched EoS

The EoS model can also be imported by using the ImportPRP feature.
The .PRP file contains all the information necessary to the EoS: EoS parameters, BI
Coefficients, Options, Separator train, etc., and can be generated using Petroleum
Experts' PVTP.
2.4.6.3 Using the EoS
2.4.6.3.1 Generate PVT properties

The fluid properties can be generated using the EoS in different ways:
Calculated directly from the EoS
Interpolate the properties from Tables generated by the EoS itself
The first option is the most accurate, though the slowest.

Choose the desired option from the menu available in the left bottom of the EoS
window.
Performing CCE calculations

Calculate the PVT fluid properties using the EOS directly by clicking Generate.

127 PROSPER
Enter the range of temperatures and pressures and Calculate | Calculate.

User Guide 128
Display the results by clicking Plot
Properties
Click the Properties button and the program will determine the equivalent black oil
properties by flashing the fluid to atmospheric (i.e. standard) conditions using the

129 PROSPER
separator scheme entered in the main screen.
Production rates entered in PROSPER when using EOS PVT assume the
produced fluid is flashed through the user-entered separator train.
The EOS option in PROSPER is not intended to be used as a fully featured

PVT package. For the initial compositional calibration of the fluid, it is
recommended to use a specialized program such as Petroleum Experts
PVTP.
The Gray VLP correlations internal PVT will override the EOS PVT.
2.4.6.3.2 Phase Envelope

Generating the Phase Envelope
The phase envelope can be displayed by selecting the Phase Envelope button.
In this section the Phase Envelope can be calculated:

User Guide 130
The Plot button displays the calculated Envelope:
PROSPER will automatically calculate the Cricondentherm, Cricondenbar and where

applicable, the critical point.

131 PROSPER
The EOS input screen allows pseudo component data to be imported directly from data
files such as those generated by Petroleum Experts' PVT package PVTp or other
programs. Simply click Import and select the appropriate file from the dialogue box.
Once fluid properties have been generated, they can be saved in a .PVT file by clicking
the Save button and entering a file name when prompted.
Calculate Hydrate...Wax
This utility allows to calculate the Hydrate formation curve, along with the wax occurrence
temperature.
The Hydrate formation curve and wax formation temperature plot will be displayed along
with the phase envelope.
2.4.6.3.3 Target GOR
This feature allows to calculate the recombined fluid composition characterised by a
GOR different to the Original Composition GOR:
Enter the new GOR in the Target GOR field and then Calculate, and the program will use
the Target GOR method defined in the main EoS options in order to determine the new
composition.
The Calculated composition is reported in the Calculated column.

User Guide 132
2.5 Equipment Data Input
This section describes the menu option used to define the well's hardware, deviation
survey and flowing temperature profile. The program requests only the data required by
the Options that have been selected.
The data required for temperature prediction depends on the temperature model used.
For the Rough Approximation and Improved Approximation, there is little additional
data required. For the rigorous Enthalpy Balance temperature model, it is necessary
to completely define the well environment, including all casing strings, cement tops,
formation lithology etc.
A Note about Depth References.
Depths in PROSPER for downhole and surface equipment are referenced to zero
on the deviation survey screen. Calculated pressures are then referenced to the
Xmas tree (if no surface equipment has been entered) or Manifold (if surface
equipment has been entered). Therefore, when PROSPER well models are
combined in a field-wide system model, the depth references that were used in
the individual PROSPER models are not important. In the field model, however,
the depth of each well's Top Node must be known with respect to a common
reference.
For subsea systems, any depth reference (e.g. sea level, drill floor, ground level)
can be used. If ground level is used, then a tied back well would have a negative
wellhead elevation. To minimise the potential for errors in correcting the depths, it
is recommended to use the same reference as used for the deviation survey data.
2.5.1 Predicting Pressure Only

When predicting Pressure only, click System Equipment to display the following input
screen:

133 PROSPER
To start data entry for a new application, click All Edit. PROSPER will then display all
the relevant input screens in sequence.
If data has already been entered, clicking the Summary command button will display a
summary of the current equipment.
To go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item.
Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or exclude it
temporarily from any calculation by setting the Disable Surface Equipment choice box
at the bottom of the screen to Yes.
2.5.1.1 Deviation Survey

From the well deviation survey, select a few depth points that mark significant changes
in deviation. Enter pairs of data points for measured depth (MD) and the corresponding
true vertical depth (TVD). Up to 18 pairs of data points can be entered.
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import data
from a wide variety of sources.

User Guide 134
There is a Measured Depth to True Vertical Depth (and the reverse is true) at the
bottom.

135 PROSPER
If the user wishes to find the TVD at a given MD, just enter the MD value in the
relevant space and select Calculate. If the User wishes to find the MD at a given
TVD, just enter the TVD value in the relevant space and select Calculate
Once depths have been entered, plot the well profile by selecting Plot. A plot similar to
the one below will be displayed:
The reference depth used by PROSPER for all calculations is zero in the
Deviation Survey table. The Deviation Survey table is interpolated to determine
the difference in TVD between any two well nodes. MD and TVD data must be at
least as deep as the bottomhole tubing depth; PROSPER will not calculate
beyond the last depth in the table.
Deviation Survey data entry is required also for vertical wells - enter 0,0 for the
surface reference and an MD the same as the TVD of the intake node. The
deviation survey has to start with 0 measured depth and 0 TVD. Due to this
reason, the reference depth (where TVD = 0) has to be at or above the wellhead.
For a sub-sea well (with or without pipeline), if the reference depth is selected in
such a way that it is above the wellhead (at the mean sea level for instance), we
can actually assume an imaginary vertical path in the deviation survey table down
to the wellhead. We do not need to include the pipeline measured depth in the
deviation survey. The deviation survey describes the deviation of the downhole
equipment only.

User Guide 136
Horizontal wells with deviation angles greater than 90 degrees from vertical can
be entered. PROSPER will issue a warning that the TVD of one node is less than
the previous one, but well profile plots and calculations will proceed as normal.
For Horizontal wells the deviation survey may be entered only up to the heel of the
well, as the well from the heel all the way up to the to is a part of the inflow
description.
2.5.1.1.1 Filter
When more than 18 points are available, the Filter allows a determined number of
points (up to 18) that best-fit the entered points (see figure below).

137 PROSPER
In the Raw Data table (figure above) enter the data from the survey.
It is possible to copy the table by selecting the first row (click on the number
1) and Paste from the Clipboard
These are the function buttons:
Calculate Angle Calculates the angle of deviation from the vertical

Reset Deletes the entered data
Filter Calculates a number of points which fit the deviation table

User Guide 138
entered on the left. Check the fitting by hitting on Plot. If this is not
ok, change some parameters (like for example the
angle step)
Transfer Transfers the calculated points to the main Deviation Survey
screen
When selecting Filter, the program will fit up to 18 points in order to reproduce the well
trajectory previously imported:
The Plot function allows to quality check the fitting. In the plot the well entered trajectory
(in red) is plotted along with the fitted points (in green):
139 PROSPER
2.5.1.2 Surface Equipment

The Surface Equipment screen is used to enter surface flowline, choke and pipe fitting
data as shown below:

User Guide 140
Fittings have been added to the surface equipment section of PROSPER to account for
the various pressure losses associated with pipe fittings throughout a given system:

141 PROSPER
PROSPER defines surface equipment as the pipe work between the production manifold
and the upstream side of the wellhead choke. The production manifold is regarded by
PROSPER as presenting a constant back-pressure, regardless of flow rate. If systems
analysis is to be performed relative to the wellhead, (i.e. gathering system pressure
losses are neglected) then no surface equipment input is required.
The surface equipment model can be described using the following 2 elements:
Pipe
Choke
The manifold is set as the first equipment type automatically by PROSPER. Surface
equipment geometry can be entered either as pairs of X, Y co-ordinates relative to the
manifold or the Xmas Tree, Reverse X, Y (Y co-ordinates deeper than the reference
depth are negative) or TVD of the upstream end and the length of the pipe segment.
The difference in TVD between the ends of a pipe segment is used to calculate gravity
head losses. The internal diameter (ID), roughness and pipe length entered determine
the friction pressure loss. The flowing temperatures for each upstream node must also
be entered when calculation option Pressure only is selected.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to several
identical wells being connected to a production manifold via a common surface flow
line. The fluid velocity in the flowline is multiplied by the value entered increasing the
frictional pressure losses. For most applications it should be left at its default value of 1.

User Guide 142
As an example, the pressure drop in a flowline connected to 3 identical wells

could be modelled using a pipeline rate multiplier of 3. 2 parallel flowlines
having identical dimensions can be modelled by entering the actual
dimensions for one pipe and a pipeline rate multiplier of 0.5. It is also
possible to vary the rate multiplier along the pipeline to simulate varying
sections of dual pipelines for example.
from a wide variety of sources. Up to 200 pipe segments can be entered, enabling the
user to model very long pipelines.
PROSPER multi-phase choke pressure loss correlation accounts for both critical and
sub-critical flow. We would recommend the use of the ELF Choke correlation that it
similar to the Petroleum Experts method and is more robust in extreme conditions.
Ensure that the length of each pipe segment is equal to or greater than the
difference in TVD between its ends.

143 PROSPER
The downhole and surface equipment entries must describe a continuous

system. The TVD and temperature of the upstream end of the last pipeline
segment should be equal to the Xmas tree TVD and temperature. In X,Y co-
ordinates, the Y co-ordinate of the last pipe segment must be the same
elevation as the wellhead TVD. (i.e. same magnitude, but opposite sign)
To check that the surface equipment description is accurate, click Plot to display a plot
of the pipe elevation as follows:
2.5.1.3 Downhole Equipment
The Downhole Equipment screen enables the downhole tubing string data to be
entered.

User Guide 144
The Downhole Equipment screen will change automatically depending on the options
selected in the Options menu screen. For example, if Annular Flow has been selected,
the tubing screen will require Casing I.D. and Tubing O.D. to be entered.
The tubing string can be modelled using the following element types:
Tubing
SSSV
Restriction
Casing
PROSPER automatically inserts the Xmas tree as the first downhole equipment item.
To describe the tubing string, work from the shallowest depth downwards, entering the
bottom depth of changes in tubing diameter, ID and roughness factor.
An SSSV is considered to have no length, and is modelled as a sharp-edged

orifice inserted between adjacent tubing string elements. A restriction is
handled identically to an SSSV. The pressure loss calculations in PROSPER
account for choking as sonic flow velocity is approached.
Casing is treated the same as tubing for pressure drop calculations. Downhole
equipment details should be entered down to the producing interval being analysed.

145 PROSPER
The deepest depth entries for the tubing, deviation survey and temperature should be
consistent.
Below the uppermost producing perforation, the flow profile (as measured by
a production logging tool) depends on layer productivity etc. The uppermost
producing perforation is the deepest point in the well passing 100% of the
production. Below this point, the calculated frictional pressure gradient may
be over-estimated in high rate wells having small I.D. completions.
To select tubing string elements to build up the tubing string description, click on the list
box arrows to the right of the item fields and select the equipment from the drop-down
list. The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records
that have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
from a wide variety of sources. Up to 18 tubing string elements can be input. For
complex completions, simplify the data entry by entering only the major elements that
dominate the overall tubing pressure drop.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to intermittent
sections of dual completion. The fluid velocity in the tubing is multiplied by the value
entered - thereby increasing the frictional pressure losses. For standard single tubing
completions it should be left at its default value of 1.
2.5.1.4 Temperature Survey
This screen enables entry of the flowing temperature profile of the well. If no bottom
hole flowing pressure survey data is available, the static reservoir temperature at the
mid-point of perforations and the wellhead flowing temperature can be used. A
minimum of two depth / temperature points is required.

User Guide 146
PROSPER interpolates temperatures from the survey data for depths within the
table limits, and uses linear extrapolation elsewhere. To eliminate potential
errors, ensure that a temperature is entered for the deepest node depth. It is
recommended that the maximum temperature survey depth, deviation survey
depth and intake node depths are all consistent.
2.5.1.5 Pipe Schedule and Equipment
In the Surface Equipment or in the Downhole Equipment section it is possible to import

as pipe, tubing and casing ID values from databases containing pipeline, tubing and
casing data.
In the Surface Equipment section this is achieved by selecting the Pipe Schedule
button:

147 PROSPER
In the Surface Equipment section this is achieved by selecting the Equipment button:
These are the steps to import the equipment ID:

1. Select the Type of equipment from the screen - for example, Tubing - as shown
below:
2. Select the row corresponding to the piece of equipment and select the Equipment
button (if in the Surface Equipment section, select Pipe Schedule) and select the
database (in this case Tubing Database)
3. Select the equipment to use from the database

User Guide 148
Then Copy and Done
4. The program will show a dialog with at the bottom an option on the way forward.

149 PROSPER
For example, selecting Copy ID and OD to Selected Records, then Done will pass the
values to the equipment screen:

User Guide 150
2.5.2 Predicting Pressure and Temperature

The Equipment data entry screens vary depending on the Temperature model selected
in the main program Options.
2.5.2.1 Rough Approximation

Equipment entry for the Rough Approximation temperature model varies little from the
Predicting Pressure Only option. Click on SystemEquipment to display the following
input screen:
To start data entry for a new application, click All Edit. PROSPER will then display all
the relevant input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking the S
ummary command button will display a schematic summary of the current equipment.
To go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item. Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or
exclude it temporarily from any calculation by using the Disable Surface Equipment
choice box at the bottom of the screen.

151 PROSPER
2.5.2.1.1 Deviation Survey

Enter data as per Pressure Only case.
2.5.2.1.2 Surface Equipment

Surface Equipment is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only except for the
requirement to enter the temperature of the pipe surroundings and an overall heat
transfer coefficient.
The heat transfer coefficient should not be confused with the pipe thermal conductivity.
The overall heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the production
tubing, annulus and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by forced
and free convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the value of
the overall heat transfer coefficient. In PROSPER, the overall heat transfer coefficient is
referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
2.5.2.1.3 Downhole Equipment

The Downhole Equipment is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only. The casing
between the producing perforations and the tubing shoe is considered to be part of the
Downhole Equipment for the Rough Approximation temperature option. Therefore the
casing details should be entered in the Downhole Equipment. Please refer to Predicting
Pressure Only section for more details.

User Guide 152
2.5.2.1.4 Geothermal Gradient

This is where the Rough Approximation temperature model differs most from the
Pressure Only case. PROSPER requires the formation temperature profile to be entered
on this screen:
Enter static formation temperatures from e.g. extrapolation of temperatures

recorded on logging runs - NOT flowing well bore temperatures.
As for surface equipment, enter an overall heat transfer coefficient that describes the
resistance to heat flow by all mechanisms (convection, radiation and conduction) from
the well to its surroundings. The Enthalpy Balance temperature model is a convenient
way to determine average heat transfer coefficients. The heat transfer area is
referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
2.5.2.1.5 Average Heat Capacities

To edit Average Heat Capacities, click its check box then click Edit to display the
following dialogue:

153 PROSPER
Enter values that correspond to average conditions in the well. Note that for oil, and
especially gas that Cp values are strong functions of both temperature and pressure.
The default values will often give reasonable results in moderate GOR oil wells.
However, actual Cp values for oil and gas may vary significantly. Do not rely on
the defaults - obtain good estimates of Cp, or use the Enthalpy Balance
method where accurate temperature prediction are achieved.
2.5.2.2 Enthalpy Balance

To commence data entry for a new application, click All / Edit. PROSPER will then
display all the input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking the
Summary command button will display a summary of the current equipment. To go back
and edit one particular equipment item, click the button on the left of the appropriate
item.

User Guide 154

An example of the surface equipment screen is shown below:

155 PROSPER
To calculate heat losses, additional data such as outside diameter, material type and
insulation (if used) are required to be input. The surface equipment model can utilise
the following equipment types:
Line pipe
Coated pipeline
Flexible tubes
User selected
Choke
To allow for pipe bends, etc., enter an equivalent length/diameter. The choke
calculation handles both sub-critical and critical flow. The program will calculate the
temperature drop across the choke. Descriptive labels for each element can be
entered in the Label field if desired. Labels appear on reports and calculation screens.
Surface equipment geometry can be optionally entered as TVD of the upstream end of
the pipe segment and length or as X, Y (from the manifold or the Xmas Tree) co-
ordinate pairs. Refer to Section 6.1.2 above for more details.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to several wells
being connected to a production manifold via a common surface flow line. The fluid
velocity in the flowline is multiplied by the value entered - thereby increasing the frictional
pressure losses. For most applications it should be left at its default value of 1. As an
example, the pressure drop in a flowline connected to 3 identical wells could be
modelled using a pipeline rate multiplier of 3. 2 parallel flowlines having identical
dimensions can be modelled by entering the actual dimensions for one pipe and a

User Guide 156
pipeline rate multiplier of 0.5. It is also possible to vary the rate multiplier along the
pipeline to simulate varying sections of dual pipelines for example.
from a wide variety of sources. Up to 200 pipe segments can be entered, enabling the
user to model very long pipelines.
Pipe insulation (e.g. concrete, foam or bitumen) can be modelled. To define the pipe
insulation click the Enter button to display the following screen:
Select the required insulation type from the drop-down list, then enter the thickness.
Enter the insulation beginning with the innermost layer. PROSPER uses the thermal
properties in its database to calculate the thermal conductivity of the composite
insulation. Click OK to return to the surface equipment screen. Different insulations can
be entered for each section of the flowline as required. The calculated composite
thermal conductivity is referenced to the pipe inside diameter. Pipes can be laid on the
surface (burial depth = 0) or buried. The diagram below shows the burial depth
geometry.
157 PROSPER
The burial depth is the distance between the soil surface and the bottom of the pipe
(including insulation, if present). The pipe is partially buried if the burial depth < O.D. of
the insulated pipe.
Ensure that the flowline pipe geometry is consistent with the pipe burial depth.
If necessary, insert another node and change the burial depth for e.g. the
riser.
The soil conductivity around buried surface pipes is taken from the Thermal
Properties database for the shallowest rock type entered in the Litho logy
screen. In previous PROSPER releases, the soil conductivity was fixed at 3.5
W/m/K.
The downhole equipment section is used to describe the production tubing, SSSV and
restrictions. The following equipment items are available:
Mild steel tubing

Plastic coated tubing
Stainless steel (either 13% or 25% chromium)
SSSV
Restrictions
The thermal properties database for downhole equipment elements can be edited or
added to if required. Pressure and temperature changes across subsurface safety
valves and restrictions (nipples) are correctly modelled. The following is an example of
a downhole equipment data input screen:

User Guide 158
For the Enthalpy Balance temperature model the casing dimensions and material type
are entered under Drilling and Completion, so the downhole equipment description is
required only for the tubing string.
To select tubing string elements to build up the tubing string description, click on the list
box arrows to the right of the item fields and make the appropriate selection from the
drop-down list. The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data
records that have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records
can be simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import
data from a wide variety of sources. Up to 18 tubing string elements can be input. For
complex completions, simplify the data entry by entering only the major elements that
dominate the overall tubing pressure drop.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to intermittent
sections of dual completions. The fluid velocity in the tubing is multiplied by the value
entered - thereby increasing the frictional pressure losses. For standard single tubing
completions it should be left at its default value of 1.
2.5.2.2.4 Temperature Data

The Temperature Data section is required for the calculations of heat loss for surface
flow lines and wellbore. Data must be entered according to the screen shown below
depending on whether prediction is being done offshore or on land.

159 PROSPER
in the Temperature Data screen enter the temperature gradient in the formation (just like
in the Geothermal Gradient section for Rough Approximation), and the temperature
profile in the sea, along with the sea velocity.
If the surface equipment is exposed to air, the data concerning to the air temperature,
humidity and velocity will be accounted for the temperature calculation
2.5.2.2.5 Drilling and Completion

This data is used to calculate the heat transfer coefficients down hole. If the offshore
option has been selected, the marine riser parameters must be entered in this section.
Entries must be from TOP to BOTTOM. Thus, the riser will be the first entry.

User Guide 160
The screen below shows an offshore well with a 30" OD riser run to a seabed depth of
400 ft. The well also has a 7" OD liner run to 14000 ft with the liner top set at 11000 ft.
The completion fluid Liquid and Gas properties can have a significant effect on the heat
loss through the annulus. If pressure is maintained on the annulus, the mud weight used
should be modified to reflect the actual annulus pressure at the packer depth. If the well
is being gas lifted, the program assumes that the annulus is full of gas down to the
injection point.
Ensure the Tubing OD is less than the Casing ID.
For complex completions fluids, select the appropriate Customised Options from the
main Drilling and Completions section. Completion fluid property data will be
entered via look-up table data. The figure below shows the data required when
selecting the Completion Fluid Gas Type | Customised option from the drilling and
completions section.

161 PROSPER
Five temperature dependent tables of properties can be entered. Please ensure that
the table will span the expected range of pressure- temperature conditions. The
program will not extrapolate outside the range of the input table. Use the Import button to
import data from a wide variety of sources.
2.5.2.2.6 Lithology
The program contains a database of thermal properties for various rock types including
Sandstone, Shale, Limestone, Dolomite, Halite and others. The thermal properties
database can be edited and added to as required. If detailed lithology data is available
it should be entered in the screen as shown below. If no data is available, use shale
from surface to total depth.

User Guide 162
The reservoir temperature and pressure should be entered for the production reference
depth. The formation temperature gradient is interpolated between the reservoir and
surface environment temperatures.
Thermal properties for buried pipelines are taken from the shallowest
formation type entered in the Lithology screen.
2.5.2.2.7 Databases
This optional feature is used to access the thermal properties databases for editing or
addition of user-defined materials. Select Databases and click Edit and the following
selection screen will be displayed:

163 PROSPER
Enter appropriate values for the Conductivity of cement and casing.
Depending on the selection, PROSPER expects input of thermal conductivity, emissivity,

specific heat capacity, specific gravity or density. An example of the Insulation Types
database screen is shown below:

User Guide 164
Check that the units are correct prior to entering the thermal properties.
Edited values remain in memory and become part of a particular well model file when
the file is saved. To permanently save edited values or new user-defined entries for use
in other projects click the Save button to keep them in the database. The Reset button
is used to return all entries to their default values.
2.5.2.3 Improved Approximation

Equipment entry for the Improved Approximation temperature model varies little from
the Rough Approximation option. Click on System Equipment to display the following
input screen:

165 PROSPER
To start data entry for a new application, click All Edit. PROSPER will then display all the
relevant input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking the S
ummary command button will display a summary of the current equipment. To go back
and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the appropriate item.
Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or exclude it
temporarily from any calculation by using the Disable Surface Equipment choice box
at the bottom of the Equipment Data screen.


Surface Equipment is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only except for the
requirement to enter the overall heat transfer coefficient an the surrounding temperature.

User Guide 166
The heat transfer coefficient can be specified for each pipe segment and should not be
confused with the pipe thermal conductivity.
The heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the production tubing,
annulus and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by forced and free
convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the value of the overall
heat transfer coefficient. In PROSPER, the overall heat transfer coefficient is referenced
to the pipe inside diameter.
The Downhole Equipment is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only.
2.5.2.3.4 Temperature Data
PROSPER requires the formation temperature profile together with the heat transfer
coefficient to be entered on this screen:

167 PROSPER
Enter static formation temperatures from e.g. extrapolation of temperatures

recorded on logging runs - NOT flowing well bore temperatures.
As for surface equipment, enter an overall heat transfer coefficient that describes the
resistance to heat flow by all mechanisms (convection, radiation and conduction) from
the well to its surroundings. This value can vary throughout the formation. The Enthalpy
Balance temperature model is a convenient way to determine average heat transfer

User Guide 168
coefficients. The heat transfer area is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
2.6 IPR Data Input
This section describes how PROSPER defines the reservoir inflow performance. The
following table lists the Inflow Performance options:
IPR Oil & Dry & Retrograde

Method Water Wet Gas Condensate
Back Pressure
C and n
Composite
Darcy
Dual Porosity
External Entry
Fetkovich
Forchheimer
Forchheimer with Pseudo - Pressure
Multirate Forchheimer with Pseudo -
Pressure
Horizontal well - No Flow Boundaries
Horizontal well - Constant Pressure
upper boundary
Horizontal well - dP friction
Horizontal well - transverse vertical
fractures
Hydraulically fractured
Jones
Multi-lateral
Multi-layer
Multi-layer - dP Loss
Multi-rate C and n
Multi-rate Fetkovich
Multi-rate Jones

169 PROSPER
Modified Isochronal IPR

Petroleum Experts
P.I. Entry
SkinAide
Thermally Induced Fracture
(injection only)
Transient
Vogel
SPOT
2.6.1 IPR Single Well Data

The data for inflow performance models is entered using a single master screen. All the
sub-screens relevant to a set of model choices are accessible through clicking on
buttons on the main screen and on a tabbed interface in a data input screen. This
means that data for different models are entered concurrently and can be compared
before selecting the Calculate option. The generic features of the single well data entry
screen are used in the multilateral interface for data entry to those network items with
sufficiently large data structures (namely tubing, completion and reservoir).
Click System Inflow Performance in the main menu and the main data entry screen will
appear.
2.6.1.1 The Main Data Entry Screen
The screen consists of three parts.
1. Section Buttons. At the top right of the dialog screen are two buttons, labelled
Select Model and Input Data. These allow switching between screens that control
model selection and detailed data input. The former also contains data pertaining to
all models (such as reservoir pressure and temperature), and the latter manages the
data input specific to the chosen model. The selection buttons have the same
function in the multilateral data entry screens.
2. Action Buttons. To the left of the section buttons is a set of buttons that perform
various actions such as Calculate. Only the left-most group appears in the
multilateral data entry screens.
3. Model Selection Screen. The child screen is the area below the action and section
buttons and contains either the model selection or the data input screens. The same
occurs in the multilateral interface, although the actual model selection and data
input screens are different.

User Guide 170
2.6.1.2 Section Buttons

As well as switching between the model selection and data input screens the section
buttons also indicate the validation status of the screens. The selection of one screen or
the other is shown by the indentation of the button for that screen and the validity of the
data is flagged by the colour. Green means that all the required data are entered and
within the numerical range for the units chosen; where appropriate, extra consistency
checks have also been carried out. Red implies that either there is insufficient data
entered or it is out of range/inconsistent. In addition, if no models at all are selected the
Select Model and Input Data buttons are marked invalid. Also, if not enough models
are selected the Select Model button is marked invalid (e.g. a reservoir but no skin
model).
2.6.1.3 Action Buttons
Done This button exits the screen after saving and validating all the data
pertaining to the chosen models. If the data are not valid an option of
remaining in the IPR edit screen and reviewing the validation errors that are
listed in a validation error dialog is provided. This also occurs after the
validation in the Calculate, Transfer Data and Save Results button

171 PROSPER
commands. If the IPR section is exited with invalid data left in the input then
all calculation options using IPR data and models are disabled.
Cancel This exits the screen and restores the data to its state at the start of the
main edit session
Validate Checks the data on the current child screen for validity. If the data are not
valid, the validation dialog will appear with diagnostic messages
Reset This replaces the data of the current child screen with the data that was
current when the screen was entered
Help This displays information relevant to the current child screen
Calculate Saves and validates all the data pertaining to the chosen models (e.g.
Darcy reservoir model and Enter Skin By Hand) then runs the correct
calculation routine if the data are valid. On successful completion of the
calculation the results are automatically plotted
Plot Will produce a plot screen appropriate to the current reservoir model (for
example, a Darcy plot) and plot the data from the last Calculate command
Report Enters the PROSPER Reporting System. The report produced will depend
on the current model choices
Export Can export current data (input and results) to the printer, a file, the clipboard
or the screen
Test Data Allows to enter the test data (rate vs Bottom Hole Pressure, a date stamp
and a comment) that will be then displayed in the IPR plot
Sensitivity Allows to perform sensitivities on the various parameters affecting the IPR
Transfer Saves and validates all the current data before opening a standard File
Data Save As dialog that provides an opportunity to save the data to file in
MBAL input format (.MIP).
If PROSPER has been opened from a session in GAP then the data are
posted to GAP instead. The transfer button does not prompt for creation of
a .MIP file.
Save This option is only enabled when PROSPER is run from GAP. On a
Results successful validation options to either over-write the current file or to save
the PROSPER file using File Save As options are provided
GAP This option is only enabled when PROSPER is run from GAP. It shuts down
the IPR screen and minimises PROSPER, thus bringing GAP to the forefront
Note that the Save and Validate sequence carried out by several of the
action button commands does not actually save to file but transfers data
from the context of the IPR data screen to the PROSPER data structure in
memory. Hence, files should regularly be saved to avoid losing work due to
power failures or crashes.

User Guide 172
2.6.1.4 Model Selection Screen
An example of the model selection screen for the Oil and Water fluid choice can be
seen in the screen dump of the main data screen.
This part of the IPR input screen controls the choice of almost all the tabbed dialogs that
will be seen in the subsequent data input screen.
There are four major selections done in this screen. These are:
Selection of Reservoir Inflow Model

For each fluid various single well IPR models available are listed and the User
makes a selection.
Selection of mechanical/geometrical skin

The User has the option of entering the skin by hand or using one of the analytical
models to model the completion skin.
Selection of deviation / partial penetration skin

There are two skin models and these become available if a analytical skin model
of mechanical / geometric skin calculation has been used.
Reservoir input
The User also specifies the pressure, temperature, producing GOR and water cut
at this screen.
Relative permeability.
This option can be set to Yes or No in case of oils. If set to Yes, the User has the
option of defining a set of relative permeability curves, which will be used to
change productivity of the system with changing water cut.
The gravel pack selection and the type of completion (cased or open hole) are
chosen from the main Options screen (in the PROSPER main menu) but some
reservoir models have internal gravel pack data entries instead.
In case gas coning option has been selected in main options, for oils the
coning button is displayed to allow the activation of a dialog screen in which
parameters for the calculation of rate-dependent GOR's can be entered
If the fluid is a gas or a condensate the format of the screen is very similar; only the
reservoir and other model input selections vary for example, in gas systems, we have
CGR and WGR instead of GOR and WC.
The choice of reservoir models governs which subsidiary models (principally skin) are
enabled. Thus, horizontal well models do not require a deviation skin data entry and
some of the more complex reservoir models (e.g. multi-layer with dP friction loss)
contain their own skin and gravel pack models.

173 PROSPER
2.6.1.5 Data Input Screen
The data input screen contains a set of data entry tabbed dialogs that become available
depending on the selected IPR model.
Only one dialog is displayed at any one time, corresponding to the tab
selected as shown in the figure below
The tabs are labelled as follows:
Reservoir Model
Mech/Geom Skin
Dev/PP Skin
Gravel Pack
Relative Perm
Viscosity
The tabs are coloured according to the validity of the data on the
corresponding dialogs.
If the tab is green, then the data are valid for the current system set-up.

User Guide 174
If it is red, then the data are invalid or empty.
If the tab is grey, then this tab is not applicable to the current reservoir
model (or model selection) and so is inaccessible.
The various screens, accessible by the bottom tabs comprise the dialog
screens, where the input parameters for the selection are entered. Laid in the
area below the Section and Action buttons. in case of the model selection
screen it is mainly occupied with ways of choosing models, namely three list
boxes, a drop-down list box and a push button.
For example figure above a Darcy reservoir model dialog encapsulated in the data
input screen contained in the main entry screen.
The Reservoir Model tab is marked invalid (due to the unlikely reservoir
thickness of 1 feet).
The Dev/PP Skin tab and relative permeability tabs are marked disabled. In this
case it is because the Enter Skin By Hand option is selected which is assumed
to contain the deviation and partial penetration information. In the latter case
relative permeability is simply not selected (see figure above, showing the model
selection screen).
Notes on Data Validation:
On each of the IPR Input screens there is a validate button. Pressing this
button invokes a checking routine which flags for the any invalid entries.
Notes on Data Entry in IPR section

In all the IPR input screens, for various options, the data may be required to be entered
in one of the following ways:
Entering a value against a blank field

Pressing a push button, which takes us further into another screen, where actual
data required is entered as indicated against Dietz calculator on the screenshot
above reported.
Using a drop-down list.
Some models require data entered for multiple layers (e.g. multi-layer and
multi-layer with dP friction loss) and/or multiple completion zones (e.g.
horizontal well with dP friction loss and Wong-Clifford deviation/partial
penetration skin model).
In dialogs with grid entry it is also possible to select, copy, cut and paste

175 PROSPER
blocks of the table, using mouse drag operations and the buttons provided on
the screen. As the data in a table are typically interdependent some
consistency validation checks are carried out in addition to the range
validation.
2.6.2 IPR Models for Oil and Water Wells

The IPR model chosen depends upon the available data and the type of inflow
sensitivities to be performed. Some of the main highlights are
There are twenty inflow options, including the multi-lateral method described
in Section 7.8, are available.
The average reservoir pressure and reservoir temperature must be entered

for all inflow performance models, except for multi-rate models.
From the Multi-rate models the average reservoir pressure can be back
calculated.
If test data is available it can be entered and plotted against the calculated
inflow.
Well skin can be either directly entered or calculated using the Locke,
Macleod or Karakas and Tariq methods for a mechanical/geometrical skin,
and the Cinco/Martin-Bronz or Wong-Clifford methods for a deviation/partial
penetration skin.
Relative permeability curves are optionally used together with fluid viscosities
(from PVT) to calculate the total fluid mobility for a given water cut. The
calculated IPR can be matched to measured data and used to calculate IPR
pressures for any rate and water cut. Relative permeability can be applied to
all oil IPR models in PROSPER.
Frictional pressure losses between multiple producing zones are accounted

for in the Horizontal Well - friction dP and Multi layer - friction dP. A network
algorithm determines the production from each zone while accounting for
flowing pressure losses to find the total well production.
These models can be combined with gravel pack and relative permeability
models if the option is enabled (the former in the Options screen from the
PROSPER main menu and the latter from the IPR main data entry screen).
Once a specific model is chosen and data entered for it, after which an IPR can be
calculated using the Calculate button. The following sections list various inflow models
that are available for oil wells.

User Guide 176
2.6.2.1 P.I. Entry

A straight-line inflow model is used above the bubble point based on the equation
shown below. The Vogel empirical solution is used below the bubble point, the test point
being the rate calculated using the following equation at bottom hole pressure equal to
bubble point. The User input productivity index (PI) is used to calculate the IPR. The IPR
rates are always Liquid Rates. Hence the PI refers to Liquid Rate.
Q = J ( Pr - Pb )
Where J is the Productivity Index, expressed as STB/(day psi).
2.6.2.2 Vogel
The program uses the straight-line inflow relationship above the bubble point and the
Vogel empirical solution below the bubble point. A single flowing bottom hole pressure
and surface test rate is used to calculate the IPR, below the bubble point. From this IPR
the rate and bubble point pressure are used to evaluate the PI for the straight-line part of
the inflow above the bubble point.
When calculating IPR sensitivities for reservoir pressure, PROSPER retains the correct
well productivity. Otherwise, changing the reservoir pressure changes the Vogel well
productivity.
2
Q Pwf Pwf
= 1 - 0.2 - 0.8
Qmax Pr Pr
2.6.2.3 Composite
This is an extension of the Vogel inflow solution (Petrobras method) that accounts for
water cut.
Vogel essentially decreases the inflow below bubble point because of gas formation.
However, if the water cut is higher the inflow potential will increase and approach a
straight-line IPR due to single-phase flow. The composite model captures this by using
the following formulation.
A test flow rate, flowing bottomhole pressure and water cut are required to be entered.

177 PROSPER
2.6.2.4 Darcy
The program uses the Darcy inflow equation above the bubble point and the Vogel
solution below the bubble point. Required input is:
Reservoir permeability (total permeability at the prevailing water cut and GOR)
Reservoir thickness (thickness of producing reservoir rock, i.e. vertical thickness of
net pay interval)
Drainage area
Well bore radius
Dietz shape factor (to account for the shape of the drainage area)
2.6.2.5 Fetkovich
The Fetkovich equation for oil is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows for
two phase flow below the bubble point. The Fetkovich equation can be expressed as:
2 2
Q = J ( Pr - Pb ) + J ' ( Pr - Pwf )
Enter the same inputs as for the Darcy example plus the relative permeability for oil.
Skin can be entered either by hand or calculated using Locke's, Macleod's or the
Karakas and Tariq method.
2.6.2.6 Multi-rate Fetkovich
This method uses a non-linear regression to fit the Fetkovich model for up to 10 test
points. The model is expressed as:
Q = C (( Pr2 - Pwf2 ) / 1000) n
The fit values of C and n are posted on the IPR plot. If the reservoir pressure is not
available, the program will calculate it. For producing wells, enter a reservoir pressure
lower than the measured flowing bottomhole pressures. The program will dismiss the
reservoir pressure that has been entered and calculate it. For injection wells, input a
reservoir pressure higher than the test pressures entered. The program will then
calculate the reservoir pressure.
2.6.2.7 Jones
The Jones equation for oil is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows for
both Darcy and non-Darcy pressure drops. The Jones equation can be expressed in
the form:
( Pr - Pwf ) = aQ 2 + bQ

User Guide 178
Where "a" and "b" are calculated from reservoir properties or can be determined from a
multi-rate test. The same data as for the Darcy model plus the perforated interval is
required. Skin can be directly entered or calculated using the available methods.
2.6.2.8 Multi-rate Jones
This method uses a non-linear regression to fit for up to 10 test points for the Jones
model.
i.e.
( Pr - Pwf ) = aQ 2 + bQ
If reservoir pressure is to be calculated see Multi-rate Fetkovich above.
2.6.2.9 Transient
This IPR method takes into account the change of deliverability with time. This method
can be particularly important for tight reservoirs. Both the Darcy and Jones equations
assume that the well has reached pseudo-steady state flow conditions. In tight
reservoirs, the transient equation can be used to determine the inflow performance as a
function of flowing time. Once the flowing time is long enough for pseudo-steady state
flow to develop within the drainage radius, the Darcy inflow model is then used. Enter
the same data as the Darcy example plus:
Porosity (Enter the reservoir porosity)

Time (Time in days, must be greater than 0.5 days)
The transient IPR equation is:
Time is the flowing time since the last reservoir pressure equalisation up to the time of
the analysis. If the flowing time exceeds , the deliverability is evaluated using , which is
equivalent to using the pseudo-steady state Darcy model.
The Transient IPR model in PROSPER is designed to

check whether the production is in the transient state or semi-steady state.
If it is in the transient state, then the IPR will be calculated using the equation
mentioned above.
If the production has already reached the semi-steady state conditions, then the

179 PROSPER
IPR will be calculated using the semi-steady state inflow equation
The units used in the above transient IPR equation are oilfield units:
Q => stb/d
P => psig
Mju => cp
FVF => rb/stb
k => mD
t => hours
ct => 1/psi
h, rw => ft
2.6.2.10Hydraulically Fractured Well
The hydraulically fractured well inflow model can be used to run sensitivities on hydraulic
fracture designs. The model is transient and is particularly useful in determining the
transient deliverability of a well after stimulation.
Gravel packs can be combined with the hydraulically fractured well IPR to
model Frac-Packed wells
Required data input is:
Reservoir permeability (Total permeability)

Formation thickness (Thickness of producing reservoir rock)
Drainage area
Well bore radius
Dietz shape factor (Depends on the shape of the drainage area)
Time (Inflow is transient in early time)
Fracture height
Fracture half length
Dimensionless fracture conductivity
2.6.2.11Horizontal Well - No Flow Boundaries

This steady-state inflow model is based on the work of Kuchuk and Goode. It assumes
that the horizontal well is draining a closed rectangular drainage volume that is bounded
by sealing surfaces. The well can be placed anywhere within the drainage region. The
pressure drop along the well bore itself is not taken into account. This model may not
be suitable for long horizontal sections drilled in high productivity reservoirs. Horizontal
well - friction dP IPR should be used in such cases. Enter:
The definitions of symbols for various parameters to PROSPER horizontal well

User Guide 180
model are as per this manual and not necessarily on basis of the reference
paper.
Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability at prevailing water cut)
Reservoir thickness (Thickness of producing reservoir rock h
)
Well bore radius
Horizontal anisotropy
(Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the direction of the
horizontal well and Ky is the permeability perpendicular to the horizontal well)
Vertical anisotropy
(Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical permeability)
Length of well (Horizontal section L)
Length of drainage area (Reservoir dimension parallel to well Lx
)
Width of drainage area
(Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well Ly)
Distance from length edge to centre of well (
Xw)
Distance from width edge to centre of well (
Yw)
Distance from bottom of reservoir to centre of well (
Zw)
A sketch outlining the main geometric parameters is shown below:

181 PROSPER
2.6.2.12Horizontal Well - Constant Pressure Upper Boundary

The reservoir geometry is the same as for the No Flow Boundaries case, except for a
constant pressure upper boundary. The pressure drop along the well bore itself is not
taken into account. This model requires the same input data as the Horizontal Well -
Bounded Reservoir model above. The plots below compares PROSPER calculated
IPR values with those obtained by Kuchuk and Goode for a well in the centre of a
4000 by 4000 square reservoir.
PROSPER Horizontal Well IPR

vs Fine Grid Simulation
35
Anisotropy
30 h = 50'
0.01 zw = 25'
rw = 0.25'
kh = 50 md
25 0.1 vis = 1 cp
1.0
P.I. (BOPD/psi)
20
Simulator - Lines
PROSPER - Symbols
15
4000'
10
4000'
5
0
0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
L1/2/Lx
2.6.2.13Multi-Layer Inflow
The multi-layer inflow model allows up to 50 discrete reservoir layers to be entered as

shown in the following example input screen:

User Guide 182
Each layer can have different reservoir pressures, inflow models and fluid properties.
The oil gravity, GOR and water cut may be entered for each layer. The produced fluid
properties in the well bore are determined from the summation of the individual layer
contributions. The summation accounts for cross flow between layers having different
pressures. Each layer can be gravel packed if desired. Both Injectors and Producers
can be modelled. For cases where the zones are separated by significant depth or
friction pressure losses are significant, the Multi-layer - dP Loss network IPR model
should be used.
If PVT matching has been used in the PVT section, it is assumed that it was
performed on the commingled layer fluids. The fit parameters generated will
be applied to all PVT calculations for all layers in determining the combined
inflow performance.
To use the Multi-Layer IPR, enter the reservoir temperature then click Input Data to enter
the tab-controlled screen, and then click on the Reservoir Model tab button. For each
layer, select the inflow model from: Darcy, Multi-rate Jones, or PI Entry methods then
enter the layer PVT properties, average pressures, thickness and skins. For each layer,
click the Layer Data button and enter the information required by the inflow model.
To facilitate rapid comparison of flow rates using different completion options,

select a Null IPR type for a layer i.e., from the Layer Model drop-down
dialogue box select the blank (no text) option. This effectively turns the layer

183 PROSPER
off. To return it to production, re-select the original IPR type, and the layer
parameters etc. will be re-instated when the IPR is re-calculated.
The Multi-Layer IPR solves the combined contribution from each producing
layer at the intake node. This effectively places each layer at the same depth.
The reservoir pressure entered for each layer should therefore be referenced
to the intake node depth.
2.6.2.14External Entry
This option allows an externally generated IPR data set to be imported or directly
entered. Up to five tables can be entered to allow sensitivities to be calculated on any
arbitrary set of variables. For example, IPRs for a range of reservoir pressures
calculated by a simulator could be input using this option.
An example of an external entry IPR input screen is shown below:
External IPR tables can also be imported from ASCII files. The file format is given in
Appendix D of the PROSPER User Guide.
Curve Label and Units

These fields allow the user to identify the curves with a label and units. Note that label
and units will appear only in the Sensitivity calculation in the list of sensitivity variables,
User Guide 184
where one can interpolate among the entered curves.
Import/Export
It is possible to import or export the IPR tables for the External Entry IPR
2.6.2.15Horizontal well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore
To adequately model horizontal well inflow in high permeability reservoirs, it is
necessary to account for pressure loss along the horizontal section. PROSPER divides
the horizontal section into 20 sections and a network algorithm solves for zone
production and well bore pressure. Pressure loss between zones is accounted for. The
Horizontal well - dP Friction input screen is shown below:

185 PROSPER
The reservoir parameters entered in the upper section of the screen determine the
overall well productivity using the selected model. The zone parameters are used by the
network algorithm to re-scale the overall productivity on a zone-by-zone basis. A
description of the input parameters follows:
Reservoir Parameters
Horizontal Well Model
(Model used for overall well productivity)
(Total permeability at prevailing water cut)
Reservoir thickness
(Thickness of producing reservoir rock h)
Well bore radius
(Radius of open hole rw)
Horizontal anisotropy
(Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the direction of the horizontal well and Ky
is the permeability perpendicular to the horizontal well)
Vertical anisotropy
(Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical permeability)
Length of well
(Horizontal section L)
Length of drainage area
(Reservoir dimension parallel to well Lx)

User Guide 186
Width of drainage area

(Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well Ly)
Distance from length edge to centre of well (
Xw)
Distance from width edge to centre of well (
Yw)
Distance from bottom of reservoir to centre of well (
Zw)
The horizontal well models available are:

Kuckuk and Goode (bounded and constant pressure boundary)
Babu & Odeh
Goode / Wilkinson partial completion (bounded and constant pressure boundary)
The reservoir parameters are entered as for the original infinite conductivity (no
pressure loss) horizontal well model.
Geometric definitions vary between published horizontal well inflow models.

Ensure that geometric parameters entered in PROSPER are consistent with
the above definitions. Refer to the Horizontal Well IPR sketch for details.
Zone Parameters
Data for up to 20 zones can be entered. The required inputs are as follows:
Zone Type (Blank, Perforated or Open Hole)

Skin method (Enter by Hand, or Karakas & Tariq for perforated zones)
Gravel Pack (Yes or No)
Zone Length (Length of zone along the well)
Zone Permeability (Average permeability at the prevailing water cut)
Flowing Radius (Internal radius of the completion tubing)
Zone Roughness (Roughness for zone friction calculation)
These parameters describe the local permeability and the flow path along the well bore.
Click the Zone Data button to enter details such as skin and perforation parameters. If
the Skin Method is Enter by Hand, the skin and open hole radius are required. If
Karakas & Tariq is selected, then enter the perforation details as in Section 7.4.1 and
PROSPER will estimate the zone skin. If the zone is to be gravel packed, this data is
entered under Zone Data.
To allow comparison of the IPR with and without friction losses, setting the
zone roughness to zero turns off the friction pressure drop calculation entirely
rather than calculating friction for a smooth pipe
Coning Calculations in Horizontal wells

The Ben Dikken and Chaperon correlations prediction of critical coning rates for gas,
water or gas and water have been implemented. From the Horizontal well - dP Friction
data entry screen click Coning to display the Coning Calculations screen:

187 PROSPER
Enter a production rate and porosity then select the required coning calculation method.
Click Calculate to find the critical rate and time to breakthrough for the rate entered.
The pressure along the well bore for the specified rate is calculated and displayed by
clicking Plot.
The production contribution from each zone can be displayed as:
Rate per Unit Length

Percentage production

User Guide 188
Cumulative percentage production

An example of a rate per unit length plot is shown below:
The Horizontal Well - friction dP IPR models the pressure at the heel of the
well as a function of pressure. The intake node is therefore the heel of the
well. The heel should be the last node entered in System Equipment and
Deviation Survey tables - it is not necessary to enter details of the horizontal
producing section except in the IPR.
2.6.2.16Multi-Layer - dP Loss in Wellbore

The Multi-Layer dP Loss in Wellbore model can be used to model the production from
multi-layered reservoir systems where pressure losses in the wellbore are significant.
PROSPER iterates until the production from each zone and the well pressures converge
at the solution rate.
The effect of pressure drop between zones and cross flow is accounted for. An
example of a Multi-Layer - dP Loss input screen is shown below:

189 PROSPER
This screen allows for the entry of up to 50 layers. To enter PVT, IPR data (permeability,
test rates etc. depending on the IPR model selected) and layer skin, click the
appropriate button to display the input screen. The depth entered for TOP is the depth
for which the IPR is to be evaluated. This is normally the same as the deepest depth
entered in System Equipment, but it can be set to surface or other value.
The input data required are:
Layer Type (Either Blank, Perforated or Open Hole)

Measured Depth (Measured depth of the bottom of layer n)
True Vertical Depth (TVD of the bottom of layer n)
Layer Pressure (Pressure at the bottom of layer n)
Layer Flowing Radius (Well radius for calculating inter layer pressure drops)
The layer flowing radius is the radius of the pipe connecting
the layers i.e., 0.5 x tubing I.D. The wellbore radius (rw) is the radius of the drill bit.
Layer IPR Model (Select from Darcy, Multi-rate Jones, P.I. Entry)
Layer Skin Model (Enter by Hand or Karakas & Tariq)
Layer Gravel Pack (Yes or No)
Layer PVT Data (GOR, Oil and Gas Gravity plus Water Cut)
Layer Parameters (Relevant parameters for the selected IPR model)
Layer Skin (Relevant parameters for the selected IPR model)
The IPR at surface can be calculated by entering the surface elevation for TOP depth
and a blank zone from surface to the shallowest producing zone. Use blank zones with
appropriate reduced I.D. to simulate the effect of sliding sleeves and flow controls in a
multi-zone completion. Click Calculate and the IPR for each layer and the summation

User Guide 190
will be calculated and displayed on a plot as follows:
To list the layer production in detail, click Results and scroll through the layer results one
by one. An example results screen is shown below:
Scroll from the selection menu to view the results for each of the layers.
Gravel pack and well skin etc. can be seen by scrolling to the right of the results table.

191 PROSPER
Negative layer production rates indicate cross-flow into the layer.
If a zero roughness is entered, then inter-layer pressure drops are not

computed. The layer pressures are then equivalent to a potential referred to
the depth of the TOP layer. The calculations are then equivalent to the simpler
Multi-Layer IPR without dP model.
The multilayer option is now available for dry gas and gas condensate model
2.6.2.17SkinAide
The Elf inflow and skin calculation method is incorporated in PROSPER. API perforation
characteristics can be used to estimate perforation damage given casing and formation
properties. A detailed description of SkinAide is given in Section 7.7.
2.6.2.18Dual Porosity
This model is useful for naturally fractured reservoirs where the matrix (formation)
porosity is greater than the fracture porosity and the matrix permeability is much smaller
than the fracture permeability, but not negligible. It requires the entry of the following
parameters: fracture permeability, reservoir thickness, drainage area, well-bore radius,
porosity, time, storativity ratio and interporosity coefficient. The latter two parameters
are defined as follows:
1. Storativity ratio, w = ff cf / ( ff cf + fm cm)

where ff is the fracture porosity, cf is the fracture compressibility, fm is the matrix
porosity and cm is the matrix compressibility.
2. Interporosity, l = a km rew^2 /kf

where a is a shape factor (see Warren, J.E. and Root, P.J.: "The Behaviour of Naturally
Fractured Reservoirs.", SPE 426, SPEJ (Sept. 1963), 245-255.), km is matrix
permeability, rew^2 is effective well radius squared and kf is fracture permeability.
2.6.2.19Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures
The horizontal well with transverse vertical fractures is based on a model proposed by T.
M. Herge and Leif Larsen in the SPE paper 28845. The model is based on a
relationship between the effective wellbore radius, fracture conductivity, fracture size,
wellbore radius and number of fractures; the correlation also calculates the distance
between fractures.

User Guide 192
Once the effective wellbore radius is determined the model calculates the well
productivity the same way the horizontal well with no-flow-boundaries is calculated.
This is for use with wells that are stimulated with one or more transverse vertical
fractures. It is assumed that the fractures are circular, the well goes through their centre
and they are evenly spaced. If there is one fracture it is in the middle of the well. The
data to be entered are the same as those for a horizontal well, along with the fracture
half-length and its dimensionless conductivity.
The following points describe the method of performing the calculations.
The fracture half length, fracture conductivity, and number of fractures are used to
calculate an equivalent wellbore radius. This calculation is based on the
technique developed by Hegre and Larsen (SPE 28845)
The effective wellbore radius is then used in the Horizontal Well No Flow
Boundary model to compute the IPR of the well.
For the Horizontal Well - Transverse Vertical Fracture model, in some cases where the
equivalent wellbore radius approaches or exceeds the input reservoir thickness, the well
is effectively located on the edge or outside the defined drainage area leading to
reduction in AOF with increasing vertical anisotropy.
2.6.2.20Thermally Induced Fracture Model
2.6.2.20.1 Overview
This IPR model is enabled when Well Type Injector is set in the main program Options.
The algorithm follows the framework outlined in: SPE 30777, Thermally Induced
Fractures: A Field-Proven Analytical Model. SPE Reservoir Evaluation &
Engineering, February 1998. J-L. Detienne, Max Creusot, Nicolas Kessler, Bernard
Sahuquet and J-L. Bergerot. Information was also assembled from SPE 7964 (radial
reservoir temperature profile) and SPE 11332 (coefficient for thermo-elastic stress
equation). Note that the temperature profile derivation uses the same basis as the work
of de Lauwerier referred to in SPE 30777.
SPE 7964: Analytical Definition of the Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient, A. B.

Zolotukhin.
SPE 11332: The Effect of Thermo-elastic Stresses on Injection Well Fracturing, T.K.
Perkins and J.A. Gonzalez.
This model is concerned with the thermo-mechanical effects induced by injecting cold
water into a hot reservoir. The method first tests whether a calculated Pwf rises above
the reservoir stress around the well bore. If this occurs then a fracture is assumed to
propagate and the Pwf at the fracture tip is equated to the reservoir stress (i.e.
equilibrium) by iterating on the fracture length. The fractures effect is incorporated in a
skin term, and two stress effects are considered; a thermo-elastic one (varies with

193 PROSPER
injection temperature) and a poro-elastic one (varies with Pwf). The stress at the
wellbore is calculated by adding these effects to the initial reservoir stress. The Pwf is
calculated using varying fluid and geometric properties (inner and outer radii) and a
Darcy-like model in three circular zones. The first (inner) is water that is still cool, the
second is water that has warmed up, and the third (outer) is the original reservoir.
The IPR calculated by this model consists, therefore, of two different zones with a break-
point where the fracturing occurs. See the following figure.
The model is not valid for uncontrolled hydraulic fracturing where the fracture length may
be several hundred feet. The fracture should not extend beyond the so-called cooled
injection zone, the extent of which is calculated using the temperature profile referred to
above.
2.6.2.20.2 Data Entry
The Thermally Induced Fracture model reservoir data screen is split into two tabbed
screens, one handling 'Injecitivity Index' parameters, and one handling 'Thermo-
mechanical' parameters. Also, it is required to enter the injected fluid temperature in the
model selection screen.
PVT parameter
Injected Fluid Temperature
Injectivity Index Parameters

User Guide 194
Reservoir permeability (Total permeability)

Formation thickness (Thickness of producing formations)
Drainage area
DIETZ shape factor (Depends on the shape of the drainage area).
Wellbore radius
Porosity (Enter the reservoir porosity)
Time (Time in days, must be greater than 0.5 days)
Mean Historical Injection Rate
Thermo-mechanical Parameters
Initial Reservoir Stress
Sweep Efficiency
Injected Fluid Specific Heat Capacity
Overall Reservoir Conductivity
Overall Reservoir Specific Heat Capacity
Overall Reservoir Density
Top and Bottom Surroundings Conductivity
Top and Bottom Surroundings Specific Heat Capacity
Top and Bottom Surroundings Density
Reservoir Thermal Expansion (thermo-elastic correlating coefficient, relates
temperature perturbation to stress perturbation)
Biot's Constant (poro-elastic correlating coefficient, relates pressure perturbation
to stress perturbation)
Poisson's Ratio
Reservoir Young's Modulus
2.6.2.21Relative Permeability Curves
Relative permeability curves are optionally used together with fluid viscosities (from
PVT) to calculate the total fluid mobility for a given water cut. The calculated IPR can be
matched to measured data and used to calculate IPR pressures for any rate and water
cut
Relative Permeability Calculation Details
If you have selected the Correction for Vogel option on the main IPR screen then the
modelling is extended to include Gas Relative Permeability Curves. The calculated
IPR can be matched to measured data and used to calculate IPR pressures for any rate,
water cut and GOR
Relative permeability can be applied to all oil IPR models in PROSPER.
The relative permeability for oil and water is a function of the reservoir water saturation.
If the relative permeability curves have been defined, the total mobility (oil, water and
gas) can be determined. This enables the producing drawdown (IPR) to be calculated

195 PROSPER
as a function of both water cut and production rate.
Enter the following data for both oil and water (and optionally Gas):
Residual Parameter indicating the minimum saturation above the related

Saturation phase becomes mobile
Endpoint Relative Maximum relative permeability
Permeability
Corey Exponent Parameter defining the slope of the relative permeability curve.
A Corey exponent of 1.0 defines straight line relative
permeability curves. Values greater than 1 give a concave
upwards curve i.e. delayed water breakthrough. Corey
exponents less than 1 define a concave downwards relative
permeability curve i.e. early water breakthrough.
Water cut during Matching measured and calculated IPR pressures establishes
test the well productivity for the prevailing water cut. To allow
PROSPER to re-calculate the IPR for other water cuts, the water
cut during test is used to determine the reference water
saturation for the test conditions.
GOR during test Matching measured and calculated IPR pressures establishes
(optional) the well productivity for the prevailing GOR. To allow PROSPER
to re-calculate the IPR for other GORs, the GOR during test is
used to determine the reference gas saturation for the test
conditions.
To enter lab relative permeabilities, click Test Data. Enter your test data and click OK to
display the plot again. If necessary, adjust the values of Corey Exponents for oil and
water until PROSPER's calculated relative permeability curves fit the measured data
points.
Having entered and verified the relative permeability data, click Finish to quit the plot,
then OK to return to the IPR screen.
When relative permeability is being used, water cuts for both the test data and that
used to calculate the IPR curve are required. The water cut during test value will be
carried over from the relative permeability input screen. The water cut for calculation
value can be subsequently changed to see the effect on the calculated IPR. The same
will apply for GOR if you have selected the Correction for Vogel option.
2.6.2.21.1 Test Data
To enter lab relative permeabilities, enter your test data and click Done to display the
plot again. If necessary, adjust the values of Corey Exponents for oil and water until
PROSPER's calculated relative permeability curves fit the measured data points.
User Guide 196
2.6.2.21.2 Plot
Relative permeability curves are optionally used together with fluid viscosities (from
PVT) to calculate the total fluid mobility for a given water cut. The calculated IPR can be
matched to measured data and used to calculate IPR pressures for any rate and water
cut. Relative permeability can be applied to all oil IPR models in PROSPER.
The relative permeability for oil and water is a function of the reservoir water saturation.
If the relative permeability curves have been defined, the total mobility (oil, water and
gas) can be determined. This enables the producing drawdown (IPR) to be calculated
as a function of both water cut and production rate.
The following options are common to all plots
Finish Close plot and return to the previous screen.

Main Close plot and return to the main PROSPER screen.
Annotate Add annotations to your plot.
Scales Rescale your plot. You will need to enter new minimum and maximum
values for the X and Y axes.
Labels Change the plot labels
Replot Redraw the plot, using the original settings. Use this after you have
zoomed the plot.
Output Use this option to generate a printer, plotter or file copy of your plot, or
to transfer it to the clipboard.
This option enables you to change the colours of the plot background,
outline, axes and plot lines and/or labels to generate a screen display
Colours
more to your liking. Once you have made your selection, make sure
you use the Save option to save your selection.
Options Use this option to change plotting defaults such as number of grids per
axis, grid line types, scaling methods etc.
Help View this Help screen
If you wish to view a particular section of your graph more closely, you can magnify or
zoom in on any portion of the plot. To magnify, first place the plot cross-hair cursor over
the area of interest. Next , press down the mouse left hand button and keep the button
depressed. A rectangle will appear which you can "stretch" or drag over the area you
want to magnify. Release the mouse button and you will automatically zoom in on the
area inside the rectangle.
When selecting the area to magnify, first place the cross-hair cursor on any outside
corner of the box you wish to draw, drag the mouse in the diagonally opposite direction.
When the magnifying rectangle is large enough, release the mouse button.

197 PROSPER
2.6.2.21.3 Relative Permeability Calculation Details

Relative Permeability Calculation Details
Oil and Water Only

The process is as follows:-
Use the test water cut and the PVT model to calculate the downhole fractional flow
Fw.
Calculate the water and oil saturations that give the Fw. Note we set Sg=0 as the
IPR is already corrected for gas with the Vogel correction.
Calculate the relative oil and water permeabilities using the relative permeability
curves and the oil and water saturations.
Calculate a test mobility from
Mt = Kro/(oBo) + Krw/(wBw)
The water and oil viscosities are calculated from the test reservoir pressures and the
PVT. We should actually use the absolute oil and water relative permeabilities but since
the only use of the total mobility is when divided by another mobility, the final results will
be correct.
Whenever an IPR calculation is done:-

Calculate the PVT properties using the current reservoir pressure and the PVT
model.
Calculate the downhole fractional flow from the current water cut.
Calculate the water and oil saturations that give the Fw. Note we set Sg=0 as the
IPR is already corrected for gas with the Vogel correction.
Get the relative permeabilities for oil and water from the relative permeability
curves.
Calculate the current mobility M as shown above.
Modify the PI using:-
PI = PIi * M/Mt
In the above method we do not take into account the reduction in oil mobility due to any
increase in the gas saturation. When calculating the Sw and So for a particular Fw we
set Sg=0.0.
Oil, Water and Gas

If you wish to take the effect of increasing gas saturation into account then select the
Correct Vogel for GOR option. You will also be required to enter a Test GOR - this is
a produced GOR. The process will now be as follows:-
Use the test water cut, test GOR and the PVT model to calculate the downhole
fractional flows Fw and Fg.
Calculate the gas, water and oil saturations that satisfy the Fw, Fg and
So+Sw+Sg=1.0.
Calculate the relative oil and water permeabilities using the relative permeability

User Guide 198
curves and the oil, gas and water saturations.

Calculate a test mobility from:-
Mt = Kro/(oBo) + Krw/(wBw)
The water and oil viscosities are calculated from the test reservoir pressures and the
PVT. We should actually use the absolute oil and water relative permeabilities but since
the only use of the total mobility is when divided by another mobility, the final results will
be correct.
Whenever an IPR calculation is done:-

Calculate the PVT properties using the current reservoir pressure and the PVT
model.
Calculate the downhole fractional flows Fw and Fg from the current water cut and
produced GOR.
Calculate the gas, water and oil saturations that satisfy the Fw, Fg and
So+Sw+Sg=1.0.
Get the relative permeabilities for oil and water from the relative permeability
curves and the oil, gas and water saturations.
Calculate the current mobility M as shown above.
Modify the PI using:-
PI = PIi * M/Mt
2.6.2.22Coning Calculation
In addition to the coning model implemented for the Horizontal Well with dP Friction
Loss model, a gas coning option can be chosen from the Options screen in the main
menu. This applies to all oil IPR models. It modifies the solution GOR by multiplying it
by a weighting factor greater than 1, which is a positive function of the liquid rate. The
output is a total, or produced, GOR. The model implemented was originally developed
for high permeability reservoirs (see Urbanczyk, C.H, and Wattenbarger, R.A.,
"Optimization of Well Rates under Gas Coning Conditions.", SPE Advanced
Technology Series, Vol. 2, No. 2, April 1994).
The following data are required to calculate the total GOR from a rate:
Perforation height (vertical distance from perforation top to bottom)
Vertical anisotropy
Vertical distance from perforation top to gas-oil contact
Three correlating parameters: F1, F3 and an exponent
If the gas coning is enabled then a Coning button appears on the model selection dialog
screen. Clicking on this brings up a dialog that allows the correlating parameters to be
tuned. There is an automatic matching facility, which calculates F3 from the other data
and a (rate, GOR) coordinate. Also, the GOR can be calculated from different rates
whilst in this screen in order to verify the parameters.

199 PROSPER
It is recommended that this model be calibrated against measure rate versus

produced GOR data before using it as a predictive tool.
2.6.3 IPR for Gas and Retrograde Condensate

Sixteen inflow options are available, including a multi-lateral inflow model. The choice
depends upon the information available and the type of sensitivities that will be done. If
multi-rate test data is available, the modelled IPR can be matched to the measured
data.
As for oil, Gas inflow models are divided between design and production applications.
Calculated IPR models can be used to estimate productivity for different completion
options. Other models are available for estimating productivity from measured flowing
pressures.
The average reservoir pressure and reservoir temperature must be entered for all inflow
performance models, however both the Multi-rate C and n and Multi-rate Jones models
can be used to calculate the reservoir pressure from production test data.
2.6.3.1 Jones
The Jones equation for gas is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows for
both laminar and non-Darcy flow pressure drops. The Jones equation can be
expressed in the form:
PR2 - Pw2f = a Q 2 + b Q
Where "a" and "b" are calculated from reservoir properties or can be determined from a
multi-rate test. Required data entry is:
(Total permeability)
Formation thickness
(Thickness of producing reservoir rock)
Drainage area
Wellbore radius
Dietz shape factor
(Depends on the shape of the drainage area)
The Jones IPR model is discouraged to use with high reservoir pressures as
the assumption of the model is to keep 1 / Z constant at pressures
>2400psig.

User Guide 200
2.6.3.2 Forchheimer
The Forchheimer equation expresses the inflow performance in terms of a laminar and
a non-Darcy pressure drop coefficients expressed as:
PR2 - Pw2f = a Q 2 + b Q
The "a" and "b" factors are input parameters for the Forchheimer IPR model.
2.6.3.3 Back Pressure

In this form of the back pressure equation:
Q = C (PR2 - Pw2f ) n
C is determined from the reservoir pressure and reservoir properties. Required input
data are:
(Total permeability)
Formation thickness
Drainage area
Wellbore radius
(Open hole radius)
Dietz shape factor
Exponent n
(Between 0.5 and 1)
2.6.3.4 C and n
This is the common form of the back pressure equation:
Q = C (PR2 - Pw2f ) n
C and n can be determined from a plot of: Q versus (Pr2-Pwf2) on log-log paper. n is
the inverse of the slope and varies between 1 for Darcy flow to 0.5 for completely non-
Darcy flow. This option allows direct entry of C and n.

201 PROSPER
2.6.3.5 Multi-rate C and n

Up to 10 test points can be entered and they will be fitted to the C and n back pressure
equation for gas:
Q = C (PR2 - Pw2f ) n
The fit values of C and n are posted on the IPR plot and listed in the IPR report.
If the Reservoir Pressure defined in the IPR section is less than the highest value of the
bottom hole pressure for the test points, then PROSPER will automatically calculate the
reservoir pressure. For example, if there are three Well test data points defined for the
IPR model as follows,
then if the reservoir pressure defined is less than 4036 psig, PROSPER w ill recalculate the reservoir pressure. If the
reservoir pressure is greater than the highest FBHP specified, then the Multirate C & n model is designed to recalculate the C
and n parameters so that the IPR w ill pass through the test data points and the reservoir pressure specified.
It is advised to enter more than one test point. Using a single data point can
generate a non-representative IPR profile.

User Guide 202
2.6.3.6 Multi-rate Jones

Up to 10 test points can be entered and they will be fitted to the Jones equation for gas
expressed as:
The fit values of a and b are posted on the IPR plot and listed in the IPR report. The
multi-rate Jones IPR is a convenient way to determine a and b from well tests. These
values can be entered in the Forcheimer IPR for calculating IPR sensitivities.
The program will automatically calculate the reservoir pressure if it is not available. For
producing wells, input a reservoir pressure lower than the measured pressures. The
program will dismiss the reservoir pressure entered and calculate one. For injection
wells, input a reservoir pressure higher than one of the pressures entered. The program
will calculate the reservoir pressure.
Note for injection wells. If flow test data for a producer has been fitted, the well
will have the correct IPR if it is then converted to an injector.
2.6.3.7 External Entry
Refer to External Entry for Oil.
2.6.3.8 Petroleum Experts

The Petroleum Experts inflow option uses a multi-phase pseudo pressure function to
model the reduction in well productivity resulting from increasing liquid saturation in
condensate wells. It assumes that no condensate banking occurs and that all the
condensate that drops out is produced. Transient effects on P.I. are accounted for.

203 PROSPER
The following data is required to be entered:

(Either total, or effective permeability at connate water saturation)
Formation thickness
Drainage area
Dietz shape factor
Wellbore radius
(Open hole well radius)
Perforated interval
TVD of the height of perforations for the well
Porosity
(Average over producing section)
Time
(Refer to Transient IPR for Oil - Section 7.2.9)
Connate water saturation

User Guide 204
(Used in relative permeability calcs. - see below)

Permeability entered
(Either total or effective at Swc)
Non-Darcy coefficient
(Enter by hand or PROSPER can calculate it)
The non-Darcy coefficient can be entered from a well test where available or calculated
using a correlation.
The following diagram illustrates how PROSPER treats total and effective permeability in
the Petroleum Experts IPR model:
Petroleum Experts IPR

Relative Permeability Method
Krl
1
0.9 Krg' Krg when effective permeability is entered
Relative Permeability
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5 Krg when total permeability is entered
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1 Slc
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
Liquid Saturation
The mass flow rate of each phase is directly proportional to its mobility (k/m), Krs can
be determined using PVT and the surface production rates. This technique is used to
determine the reduction in productivity as a function of the produced liquid ratios. The
derivation of the technique and details of the equations used are given in Appendix B.
2.6.3.9 Hydraulically Fractured Well
Please refer to Hydraulically Fractured IPR model in the Oil IPR section. Additional
input data for gas and condensate applications are connate water saturation, a non-
Darcy flow factor and either relative permeability to gas or total permeability.
2.6.3.10Horizontal Well - No-Flow Boundaries
Please refer to Horizontal Wells in OIL IPR section. Additional input data for gas and
condensate applications are connate water saturation, a non-Darcy flow factor and
either relative permeability to gas or total permeability.

205 PROSPER
2.6.3.11Multi-layer Inflow
The multi-layer inflow model allows up to 50 discrete reservoir layers to be entered each
with different reservoir pressures, inflow models and fluid properties. Each layer can be
gravel packed if desired. Both Injectors and Producers can be modelled.
The gas gravity, CGR and WGR must be entered for each layer. The produced fluid in
the well bore is equivalent to the summation of the individual layer contributions. Refer
to Multi-layer Inflow for Oil for more details.
2.6.3.12Horizontal Well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore
Refer to Horizontal Well - dP Friction for Oil. For Gas, PROSPER uses the Petroleum
Experts IPR method for steady-state flow. The Reservoir porosity and connate water
saturation are required to be input in addition to the parameters described in the
Horizontal Well- dP friction loss model in the Oil IPR section.
2.6.3.13Dual Porosity
Please refer to the Dual Porosity model in the IPR for Oil section. Additional input data
for gas and condensate applications are connate water saturation, a non-Darcy flow
factor and either relative permeability to gas or total permeability.
2.6.3.14Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures
Please refer to Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures in the IPR for Oil
section. Additional input data for gas and condensate applications are connate water
saturation, a non-Darcy flow factor and either relative permeability to gas or total
permeability.
2.6.3.15Multi-Layer - dP Loss in Wellbore

The Multi-Layer dP Loss in Wellbore model can be used to model the production from
multi-layered gas reservoir systems.
Refer to the Multi-Layer dP Loss model for oil wells for further details.
2.6.3.16Modified Isochronal Inflow Model
A type of deliverability test conducted in gas wells to generate a stabilized gas
deliverability curve (IPR). This test overcomes the limitation of the isochronal test, which
requires long shut-in times to reach the average reservoir pressure.
In the modified isochronal test, the shut-in periods are of equal duration, as are the
flowing periods. The final shut-in pressure before the beginning of the new flow is used
as an approximation of the average reservoir pressure. The same procedure is typically

User Guide 206
repeated four times. A stabilized point (pseudosteady state) is usually obtained at the
end of the test.
Modified isochronal tests are commonly used in gas wells, because they require less
time and money to produce results comparable to the isochronal test. This IPR model is
based on standard Back Pressure Model
The flow at any selected rate should be continued long enough for the reservoir to
approach steady-state (stabilized) conditions. The time to reach stabilized conditions is
called the readjustment time. For wells with wide well spacing (large drainage radius
values), low permeabilities, or high gas compressibilities (low reservoir pressures),
large readjustment times can be expected. In cases where the readjustment time
exceeds the duration of each test, the test data can be corrected to isochronal
conditions and then to stabilized conditions as described below.
When a well is tested from an initial steady state shut-in condition, the increase in
drainage radius with time is not dependent upon the rate. Therefore, separate flow tests
conducted for the same length of time will reach the same drainage radius.
When a well is not shut-in between tests until steady state is reached, successive tests
will indicate values of (P2res P2wf) which are too large because of the increasing
drainage radius. For the general case, a table of correction factors to be applied to (P2
2
res P wf) to obtain an isochronal performance curve from conventional performance
data can be calculated as follows:
Flow Correlation Factors
The back pressure equation coefficients C and 'n' are obtained by non-linear
regression using the isochronally corrected data. 'n', the reciprocal of the slope of this
line, is constrained to a value between 0.5 and 1.
Although 'n' is constant, the coefficient 'C' is not the same at stabilized flow conditions
as it is at isochronal conditions. It is calculated using the same technique as before,
regressing on C and keeping n constant, after adjusting the isochronal (P2res - P2wf)
values to stabilized conditions using a variation of the following equation.

207 PROSPER
The time to stabilisation is calculated as follows:
2.6.3.17Forchheimer with Pseudo Pressure

This IPR model is based on the Forcheimer IPR using pseudo-pressure function instead
of pressure:
where the pseudo-pressure function Y is defined as:
a and b are the input parameters for the IPR model.
NOTE: The a and b parameters for the pseudo pressure Forcheimer IPR are not the
same as the a and b parameters used in the pressure squared Forcheimer IPR.
2.6.3.18Multirate Forchheimer with Pseudo Pressure
This IPR is based on the Forchheimer IPR with pseudo-pressure (refer to previous
section):
The a and b parameters are here determined by means of multi-rate tests data.

User Guide 208
2.6.4 Skin Models

PROSPER divides the total skin into two parts. These are:
Mechanical / Geometric Skin.

Deviation / Partial Penetration
The skin values could be either:
Entered by Hand
Calculated Using Models.
2.6.4.1 Mechanical/Geometrical Skin
Enter Skin by Hand

If a reliable skin value is available from transient well testing, then this value should be
directly entered by selecting the "Enter by hand" option.
It is assumed that this value will contain deviation and partial penetration
information.
In case the entered skin is only mechanical skin, there is an option of enabling
the Wong and Clifford model for deviation and partial penetration in the input
screen for the skin itself.
Skin Evaluation using Models

PROSPER provides 3 methods of estimating a mechanical/geometrical skin factor
using input parameters such as perforation geometry, depth of damage etc.
The skin estimation models provided in PROSPER are those of:
Locke
McLeod
Karakas and Tariq
The required input parameters are often difficult to accurately define, therefore the
absolute value of the calculated skin often cannot be precisely predicted. The power of
these techniques is their ability to assess the relative importance of completion options
on the overall value of well skin.
The Elf SkinAide inflow method can also be used to estimate skin pressure drops for
cased- and open-hole completions with and without gravel packs.

209 PROSPER
PROSPER can also be used to estimate the value of the skin pressure drop across the
completion and the proportion of the total pressure drop attributable to the various
completion elements.
Karakas and Tariq has been found to give good results in many field applications. The
following input data are required:
(Effective permeability at connate water saturation)
Perforation diameter
(Entry hole diameter)
Shots per foot
Perforation length
(Effective perf. length in formation)
Damaged zone thickness
(Thickness of invasion)
Damaged zone permeability
(Permeability in invaded zone)
Crushed zone thickness
(Crushing associated with perforation)
Crushed zone permeability
(Reduced permeability near perf. tunnel)
Shot phasing
Vertical permeability
Wellbore radius
(Enter the open hole radius, not casing I.D.)
An example of the input data for the Karakas and Tariq method is shown below:

User Guide 210
A sketch outlining the main geometric variables is shown in the figure below.
Enter the requested data and, having entered some reservoir model data, press Cal
culate to display an IPR plot. The plot shows the pressure drop resulting from the total
skin as well a breakdown of the individual factors contributing to the total skin as per the

211 PROSPER
following example. The individual factors to be plotted can be chosen from the V
ariables menu option of the plot window.
This plot is useful to assess the efficiency of a particular perforating program by allowing
the User to instantly assess the completion pressure loss resulting from different
perforation options. For gravel packed wells, the value of skin posted on the plot does
not include the gravel pack skin. Click Results on the IPR plot screen to display the
breakdown of dP's resulting from each completion element.
Enhancement to the skin modelling options in PROSPER is the ability to apply the API
RP43 to determine the actual length and diameter of perforations (figure below).

User Guide 212

213 PROSPER
Note on Skin:
Locke's technique is valid for shots per foot of 1,2,4,6,8,10,12,and 16.
2.6.4.2 Deviation/Partial Penetration Skin
In PROSPER three models are available to model the Deviation and Partial
Penetration Skin:
Cinco / Martin-Bronz
Wong-Clifford
Cinco (2) / Martin-Bronz
The Cinco / Martin-Bronz requires the following data:

Deviation angle of well
Partial penetration fraction
Formation vertical permeability
The Cinco / Martin-Bronz is based on two correlations. The Deviation Skin is calculated
using the Cinco's method, whereas the Partial Penetration skin is calculated using the
Martin-Bronz method.
The Cinco / Martin-Bronz model does not consider the anisotropy in the reservoir, that
is, it considers the reservoir as isotropic. The Vertical Permeability entered in the
Deviation and Partial Penetration Skin is only used for calculating the Partial
Penetration.
This model is based on a correlation. The validity of this extends to wells up to 65
degrees. For a higher deviation well the Wong Clifford Model should be used
The Wong-Clifford model can compute a skin for multiple completions. The Wong-
Clifford model does not have a separate calculation for the deviation & partial
penetration skin - it is a point source solution that calculates a skin that combines all of
the skin effects in one value. This total skin is placed in the Deviation skin column and
the partial penetration skin is set to zero.
This model requires the following data entered:

1. Reservoir parameters:

User Guide 214
Formation vertical thickness

Well-bore radius
Drainage area
Dietz shape factor
Formation vertical permeability ratio
Local vertical permeability ratio
Horizontal distance from well to reservoir edge
Depth of top of reservoir
2. Completion parameters the following for each completion:

Completion start measured depth
Completion end measured depth
Completion start true depth
Completion end true depth
The Cinco (2) / Martin-Bronz model is similar to the Cinco / Martin - Bronz model. The
difference between the two models is that the Cinco (2) / Martin-Bronz model also
considers the anisotropy in the reservoir. The vertical permeability entered in the
Deviation and Partial Penetration screen is used to calculate the Deviation Skin.
2.6.5 Sand Options

In PROSPER, there are two sections related to modelling Sand Failure and the
equipments used to prevent failed sand from being produced through the wellbore.
These are as described below.
2.6.5.1 Sand Failure
The Sand Failure Option can be accessed from the IPR section of the PROSPER
model.

215 PROSPER
Accessing this section will allow for the calculating the Maximum Drawdown at which the
sand is expected to fail. The input data for the three available options are self
explanatory.
The Sand Failure model implemented is a proprietary model received from BP. As
such the formulations for this model cannot be disclosed.
There is also a 'Solids' model available in the tool REVEAL. This Solids model
implemented in REVEAL looks at the sand failure with changes in all three principal
stress directions. Further information on the Sand model implemented in REVEAL is
described in the REVEAL User Guide. This section describes the Sand Failure model
used in REVEAL along with the requisite references and equations. The REVEAL User
Guide can be accessed from Start | Programs | Petroleum Experts IPM7 | User Guides |
REVEAL.
2.6.5.2 Sand Control Options
PROSPER offers different sand control options that can be selected under | Options |
Options | Well completion | Sand Control:

User Guide 216
The following sand control options are available:
- Gravel Pack,
- Pre-Packed screen,
- Wire-wrapped screen and
- Slotted Liner

217 PROSPER
2.6.5.2.1 Gravel Packed Completion
PROSPER can model openhole gravel pack as well as cased hole gravel pack.
PROSPER models gravel packed completions as a concentric cylinder having a User

specified permeability connected to the well bore via perforations of specified diameter.
By sensitising on perforation spacing and diameter, the effect of pressure drop due to
flow concentration on well performance can be investigated. Likewise, the effect of
varying gravel length (i.e. the thickness of gravel between the OD of the screen and the
ID of the original open hole) on skin can be evaluated. A sample gravel pack data input
screen for a cased hole is shown below:
The following data input is required:

Gravel pack permeability
(Enter the in-site permeability for the gravel)
Perforation diameter
(Diameter of perforation tunnel)
Shots per foot
Gravel pack length
(Distance from the screen O.D. to the sandface)
Perforation interval

User Guide 218
(This affects the flow velocity in the perforations only)

Perforation efficiency
(Proportion of perforations that are open and effective)
Beta (Turbulence)
(Select if the Non-Darcy factor is Calculated or Entered)
Method
(Single Phase or Multiphase)
The Multi Phase Method consists of using phase-weighted fluid properties

during gravel pack pressure drop calculations. This option is only active in
case of Oil fluid type.
The Single Phase method is the classic method which utilises the main fluid
type properties (i.e. Oil properties in case of oil fluid).
On the right side of the screen a table shows typical permeability data for different types
of gravels.
The pressure drop across a gravel pack is computed using a summation of a Darcy and
a non-Darcy component. For a cased oil well, the pressure drop due to the gravel pack
(dPgravel) is calculated using the Jones IPR equation:
dPGRAVELPACK = a Q 2 + b Q
Where:
a = The non-Darcy term,
Q = The total liquid rate and
b = The Darcy term
Intermediate calculations are required prior to computing the dPgravel value and
consider the following variables:
Kg = Gravel Pack Permeability
= 1.47E7/Kg^0.55
PerfDi = Perforation Diameter
SPF = Shots per ft
PRFINT = Perforation Interval
AOTF = Area Open To Flow = (PerfDi/24)2SPF*PRFINT
o = Oil Viscosity in cp
Bo = oil FVF
o = Oil Density
L = Gravel pack length
The Darcy (B-term) and the non-Darcy (A-term) are calculated

219 PROSPER
a-Term = 9.08E-13* *Bo2* o *L/12/AOTF2

b-term = o *Bo*L/12/(1.127E-3*Kg*AOTF).
This dP may then be transformed into skin using an appropriate relationship.

The main geometric parameters are shown on the following sketch:
Skin can be calculated using one of the methods described in Section 7.3 or directly
entered. Note that partial completion skin is included in the total well skin, and is not
affected by adjusting the gravel pack completion parameters. The total well skin as
measured by a well test prior to gravel packing should be entered. Click Calculate
when finished entering data and an IPR plot similar to that below will be presented (the
plotting of the individual dP components can be chosen from the Variables menu in the
plot window):

User Guide 220
The contribution of the gravel pack to the total skin pressure drop can be readily seen
on the IPR plot. The value of skin posted on the IPR plot does not include the gravel
pack skin. Click Results on the IPR plot screen to display the breakdown of dP's
resulting from each completion element. Sensitivities can be calculated on factors such
as gravel pack thickness, shots per foot etc. to evaluate the effectiveness of gravel pack
designs. Gravel packed completions are also available in the Multi-layer IPR model.
The PROSPER gravel pack model allows for non-Darcy (i.e. dP proportional to rate
squared) effects within the gravel pack and the resulting rate dependent skin. Lift
curves for gravel packed wells generated using PROSPER can be calculated from the
sandface, through the completion, and back to the production manifold. This more
correctly models the IPR as compared to simply imposing an additional skin to allow for
the gravel pack pressure loss as is done in many reservoir simulators.
Gravel packs can be combined with the Hydraulically Fractured Well IPR to
model Frac-Pack completions.
A summary of the main IPR equations is given in Appendix B.
2.6.5.2.2 Pre-Packed Screen completion

Pre-packed screens can be modeled in PROSPER. For this, the option "Pre-packed
Screen" should first be selected under | Options | Options:

221 PROSPER
The description of the sand control type is made under | System | Inflow Performance |
Input Data | Sand Control:

User Guide 222
The following inputs are required to describe a pre-packed screen completion:

- Screen inner radius,
- Screen outer radius,
- Screen inner and outer Permeability,
- Screen inner and outer Turbulence.
The IPR curve is generated with | Calculate:

223 PROSPER
In order to visualize the rate-dependent skin associated with the pre-packed screen,
one selects | Results and all the calculation results are listed in detail:

User Guide 224
2.6.5.2.3 Wire-Wrapped Screen Completion

Wire wrapped screens can be modeled in PROSPER. For this, the option "Wire
Wrapped Screen" should first be selected under | Options | Options:

225 PROSPER

User Guide 226
The following inputs are required to describe a pre-packed screen completion:

- Screen outer radius,
- Screen outside Permeability,
- Screen outside Turbulence.

227 PROSPER
In order to visualize the rate-dependent skin associated with the wire packed screen,

User Guide 228
2.6.5.2.4 Slotted Liner Completion

PROSPER can model wells completed with slotted liners. To model a slotted liner
completion with PROSPER, one first need to activate this feature under | Options |
Options | Sand Control: Slotted Liner:

229 PROSPER

User Guide 230
The input data required to model the slotted line completion are:
- Liner Inner Radius,
- Liner Outer Radius,
- Slot height
- Slot width
- Slot density
- Screen Outer Radius (optional)
- Outer Permeability and
- Outside turbulence (optional).

231 PROSPER
In order to visualize the rate-dependent skin associated with the slotted liner completion,

User Guide 232
2.6.6 Other IPR-related features
2.6.6.1 Gravel Pack Completion Velocities

In the IPR results (accessible from the Plot view, Results menu) the velocity at the
Casing (Vc) is available, along with the Gravel Pack A and B factors:

233 PROSPER
The gravel pack velocities have been incorporated in Version 6 of the IPM Suite of
tools.
Vc is the velocity of the fluid at the entry point of the casing.

It is calculated by dividing the flow rate of the fluid with the area of flow at the casing.
These velocity calculations were implemented at the request of clients who require
these velocities for gravel pack design.
2.6.7 Viscosity Modelling
This screen is activated only when the fluid option Non-Newtonian fluid is selected.

User Guide 234
Enter in this screen the required parameters:
Wellbore radius Radius of the hole, corresponding to the drill bit size
Drainage Area Area of the drainage region
Reservoir Thickness Vertical thickness of producing interval
Reservoir porosity Porosity
Connate Water
Connate water saturation
Saturation
These parameters are used to determine an equivalent flowing radius that will be used
by the program to estimate the pressure drop due to the friction in the reservoir.
The dP friction will take in account of the fluid apparent viscosity (which is velocity -
dependent) calculated by the Non-Newtonian viscosity model.

235 PROSPER
2.6.8 Compaction Permeability Reduction

The Compaction Permeability Reduction option is an analytical model to estimate the
change of Reservoir Permeability due to reservoir compaction effects.
The correction is carried out by means of a correction factor that will be then applied to
the permeability
where:
Corr = Permeability Correction Factor (Multiplier)
Cf = Rock Compressibility
PR = Current Reservoir Pressure
PRi = Initial Reservoir Pressure
N = Compaction Model Exponent
This option can be enabled in the main IPR section:
The option will activate a new TAB screen in the Input Data section where the basic
model inputs are required:

User Guide 236
The input data required by the model are:
Initial Reservoir
Initial reservoir pressure
Pressure
Reservoir
Reservoir Rock Compressibility
Compressibility
Compaction Model
Exponent (see definition above)
Exponent
2.6.9 Injection Wells

Irrespective of the inflow model used, Injection well IPR calculations are complicated by
a number of factors as compared to producers:
Injected fluid temperature at the sandface is a function of surface temperature,
injection rate history and well configuration.
Relative permeability to injected fluid is required.
Injectivity changes with time as the fluid bank is pushed back away from the well.
Fracturing (mechanical or thermally induced) often occurs.
Adequate results for injection well IPR can be obtained by reducing the reservoir
temperature on the IPR input screen to near the estimated sandface injection

237 PROSPER
temperature. The Enthalpy Balance temperature model can be used to estimate

injected fluid temperatures. PROSPER uses the reservoir pressure and temperature to
estimate fluid PVT properties in IPR calculations.
Most of the IPR pressure drop occurs near to the well. With this in mind, use an
effective permeability appropriate to the given conditions. For empirical inflow models
such as Vogel and Multi-Rate methods, the effect of cold injection fluid viscosity is
accounted for in the pressure points. Changing the reservoir temperature will have no
effect in these cases.
2.6.10 SkinAide
The SkinAide inflow method has been developed by Elf Aquamarine and
acknowledgement is given for its inclusion in PROSPER. The following description is
based on information provided by Elf.
2.6.10.1SkinAide Theoretical Background
Consider the case of a partially penetrating, deviated well, cased and perforated and
equipped with a gravel pack. The total pressure drop around such a well corresponds
to the pressure difference between:
- an equipotential surface at the external limit of the reservoir drainage area, and
- another equipotential surface corresponding to the screen.
This total pressure drop is due to a number of features. Moving downstream from the
external limit of the drainage area towards the well:
- the position of the producing interval with respect to the reservoir geometry (due
to partial penetration and deviation).
- the damaged zone.
- interference between the different perforations.
- the crushed zone surrounding the perforation tunnels.
- gravel in the perforation tunnels.
- gravel in the annulus between the screen and the casing.
Pressure drops between equipotential surfaces can be added to one another, and the
conceptual model corresponds to an attempt to simplify the problem by finding
equipotential surfaces.
2.6.10.1.1 Position of the producing interval with respect to reservoir geometry
The pressure drop due to the position of the producing interval with respect to the
reservoir geometry can be considered to be independent of the pressure drop
surrounding the well completion in so far as one can imagine an equipotential cylindrical

User Guide 238
surface with, say, a 2 m radius, separating the two regions.
This pressure drop is calculated in SkinAide using a reservoir engineering correlation.
2.6.10.1.2 Interference between perforations and the damaged zone
Moving downstream, the next feature encountered is the interference between

perforations and the damaged zone. If the perforation tunnel emerges from the
damaged zone, the damaged zone has much less influence than if the perforation
remains entirely within the damaged zone.
The pressure drop due to interference between perforations and the damaged zone is

239 PROSPER
calculated using the Karakas and Tariq correlation.
2.6.10.1.3 The Crushed Zone
The downstream limit of the previous feature is the crushed zone. The outside surface of
the crushed zone, and the inner surface of the perforation tunnel are both assumed to be
equipotentials. As a result flow in both the crushed-only and the crushed-and-damaged
zones is radial.
Pressure drops in the crushed zone can be calculated analytically.
2.6.10.1.4 Perforation tunnel which penetrates the formation
The next feature downstream is flow in that part of the perforation tunnel which
penetrates the formation. We use the flux into the tunnel previously calculated for radial
flow in the crushed zone to calculate the flow profile along the tunnel :

User Guide 240
This situation can be solved analytically.
2.6.10.1.5 Perforation tunnel through the casing and cement
Moving yet further downstream, two equipotentials can be drawn, one at the external
surface of the cement, the other on the inside of the casing:
This linear flow can be solved analytically.
2.6.10.1.6 Annulus between Casing and Screen
The last feature is the region between the equipotential at the opening of the perforation
tunnel in the casing, and the screen.

241 PROSPER
An approximate analytical solution has been found for flow in this region.
2.6.10.1.7 Hemispherical Flow Model
The conventional linear perforation model assumes that the surface of the perforation
tunnel is an equipotential surface. This assumption breaks down when permeability of
gravel in the tunnel becomes sufficiently low. When permeability in the tunnel becomes
sufficiently small, flow in the reservoir approaches hemispherical flow towards the
perforation mouth.
Flow takes place

- in the reservoir beyond the crushed and the damaged zones
- in the damaged zone
- in the crushed-and-damaged zone
- in the perforation tunnel itself.
Analytical solutions to hemispherical flow have been developed to represent this model,
which can be considered to be an upper bound to the conventional linear perforation
model.

User Guide 242
2.6.10.2Using SkinAide
When the SkinAide IPR model is selected, the following IPR Input screen is presented:
Select the required options for the Flow and Skin models plus Perforation Data. The
options are listed below:
2.6.10.2.1 Flow Model

Steady State - corresponds to a constant flux at the outer reservoir boundary. The
inflow at the external boundary is equal to the well flow rate. This boundary condition
corresponds to pressure maintenance by natural (aquifer influx, gas cap drive) or
artificial (gas or water injection). The steady state productivity equation is:
Semi Steady State - corresponds to no-flow at the outer reservoir boundary. This
boundary condition corresponds to reservoir depletion with no pressure
maintenance. The radial flow Productivity Index equation for semi-steady state is:
These equations differ only in the constant 3/4 vs 1/2 for steady state flow. These radial
flow equations can be generalised for other drainage geometries.
Pe, the static reservoir pressure is the average pressure in the well
drainage area, not the pressure at the external boundary. Pe is used in
the Productivity Index equation:
The reservoir pressure should be entered at the same reference datum

as the intake node depth.

243 PROSPER
2.6.10.2.2 Skin Model

Linear Flow - Skin pressure drop is calculated assuming that flow is predominantly
linear towards the well. This is the normal situation for a well completed across most
of the reservoir.
Hemispherical Flow - Skin pressure drop is calculated assuming a hemispherical

flow geometry. This situation occurs for single perforations or wells having extreme
partial completion effects.
Flow Giving Minimum dP - Skin pressure drop is calculated assuming flow is always
along the path of lowest resistance. (i.e. between linear and hemispherical flow)
2.6.10.2.3 Perforation Data

In-Situ Geometry Entered - The dimension of the actual perforations in the reservoir
are entered.
API Test Data Edition 4 - API perforation gun data are entered and SkinAide
estimates the downhole perforation geometry.
API Test Data Edition 5 - API perforation gun data are entered and SkinAide
estimates the downhole perforation geometry. This option utilises more recently
defined gun test specifications.
Having selected the required options, SkinAide requires data entry in the following
categories:
Geometry
(Reservoir dimensions)
Petrophysics
(Reservoir permeability etc.)
Damaged Zone
(Damaged zone properties)
Cased Hole
(casing dimensions)
Crushed Zone
(Crushed zone properties)
Perforations
(Gun and perforation geometry)
Gravel Pack
(Only for Gravel Packed wells)

User Guide 244
The data required can vary according to the options selected. Click each data entry
button in turn and enter the data as follows:
2.6.10.2.4 Geometry
Reservoir Thickness - Enter the thickness normal to the bedding plane in dipping
reservoirs. When thin shales are distributed throughout a heterogeneous reservoir,
use the net sand thickness.
Completed Interval - Enter the perforated interval as measured along the wellbore.
Distance to Top of Completion - This parameter affects partial completion skin and is
measured along the wellbore. If gross sand thickness is used for reservoir thickness,
enter the actual distance to the top perforation (dimension h1 in the above sketch).
When using net sand, restrict the distance to net sand intervals.
Drainage Area - Area drained by the subject well
Dietz Shape Factor - Allows for drainage area shape and well placement.

245 PROSPER
Hole Diameter - Open hole drilled diameter. Use bit size or caliper measured size
where applicable. Perforation length, damage depth are measured beyond the hole
diameter.
Deviation - Average angle between the well axis and vertical.
2.6.10.2.5 Petrophysics
Horizontal Permeability - Reservoir permeability measured parallel to the cap rock
(along the bedding plane).

User Guide 246
Vertical Permeability - Reservoir permeability measured perpendicular to the

horizontal permeability in the vicinity of the completed interval. Used to determine
anisotropy ratio near the perforations. Values can be taken from core analysis.
Vertical Permeability for Geometrical Skin - Reservoir permeability for the bulk
reservoir measured perpendicular to the horizontal permeability. Determines the
anisotropy ratio between the completed interval and the remainder of the reservoir.
Porosity - Used in the high velocity flow coefficient correlation:
Where:
k Reservoir horizontal permeability
f Reservoir porosity
a,b,c Constants
Correlations are used to estimate the values used in the high velocity flow
equation. Field specific correlations can be prepared from well test analysis.
Turbulence coefficient a - multiplier for the overall turbulence coefficient.
Dimensions are reciprocal distance.
Permeability exponent b - Permeability raised to this power. Default is -1.33. Note,
the exponent value entered corresponds to permeability in millidarcies regardless of
the current unit set.
Porosity exponent c - Porosity raised to this power. Default is 0.0. Note the
exponent value assumes the porosity is a fraction, regardless of the current unit set.
High velocity flow pressure drops arise from acceleration and deceleration of reservoir
fluids as they pass through pore throats as in the following diagram:
2.6.10.2.6 Damaged Zone

The damaged zone is modelled as an annulus surrounding the wellbore in which
permeability and porosity have been impaired during the drilling and completion
process. The depth of damage is measured beyond the drilled hole.

247 PROSPER
In anisotropic reservoirs, formation damage is deeper in the low permeability direction

than the high permeability. An elliptic damaged zone forms in such cases. SkinAide
assumes a circular damaged zone irrespective of reservoir anisotropy.
Damaged Zone Thickness - Since damaged zone skin is controlled by the ratio of
perforation tunnel length to damaged zone depth, enter a damage zone depth that
respects this relationship.
Damaged Zone Permeability - Determines the ratio of damaged zone to reservoir
permeability. Estimating the true value is not straightforward, however, the
undamaged reservoir permeability could be used as a starting point.
Damaged Zone Porosity - Porosity to be used in the high velocity flow coefficient
correlation.
2.6.10.2.7 Cased Hole
The casing dimensions are used to correct the API perforation length for field
conditions. The casing I.D. is calculated from the O.D. and casing weight.
External Casing Diameter - Enter nominal casing diameter opposite the completed
interval.
Casing Weight - Enter nominal casing weight per unit length opposite the completed
interval.
2.6.10.2.8 Crushed Zone

Shaped charge perforating creates a cavity filled by charge debris and surrounded by a
zone of reservoir rock that has been altered by the high pressure / high temperature jet.
Charge debris is removed by perforation washing or underbalanced perforating - the
crushed zone remains. SkinAide recognises separate properties for the crushed zone
in the undisturbed reservoir and damaged zone.

User Guide 248
Most of the high velocity flow pressure loss occurs in the crushed zone and is added to
the loss in the reservoir. Note that if a zero crushed zone thickness is entered, no high
flow velocity pressure drops are calculated.
Crushed Zone Thickness - Thickness of perforation altered zone. The default value
is 0.5 inches.
Crushed Zone Permeability - Reduced permeability for crushed zone within the
virgin reservoir.
Crushed Zone Porosity - Porosity in the crushed zone for estimation of high
pressure flow losses.
Crushed + Damaged Zone Permeability - Permeability for the crushed zone within
the damaged zone.
Crushed + Damaged Zone Porosity - Porosity for the crushed zone within the
damaged zone.
Permeability in the crushed and damaged zone is introduced by the ratio:
Rcrushed and damaged = Crushed and damaged zone (horizontal)
permeability / undisturbed formation (horizontal) permeability.
The same anisotropy ratio opposite the completion interval as applies to the
undisturbed formation is used for the crushed and damaged zone permeability.
It is suggested that the crushed and damaged zone permeability ratio should be
the product:
Rcrushed and damaged = RdamagedRcrushed only.
Where the ratio for the damaged zone:

Rdamaged = damaged (horizontal) permeability / undisturbed formation

249 PROSPER
(horizontal) permeability
and the crushed-only zone:
Rcrushed only = only crushed zone (horizontal) permeability / undisturbed
formation (horizontal) permeability.
2.6.10.2.9 Perforations
The perforation data input depends on the option selected. If In-Situ Geometry is
selected, the actual perforation sizes are required. Alternatively, API test data can be
entered for a particular gun, and SkinAide will estimate the perforation geometry
considering completion and reservoir variables such as compressive strength and
casing size.
Common Perforation Parameters

Perforation Efficiency - The number of producing perforations is the product of
perforation efficiency, shot density and the length of the completed interval.
Perforation efficiency is used to account for ineffective perforations such as those
shot into shaly beds. If gross sand is used to define reservoir geometry, the
maximum perforation efficiency should be the ratio of net/gross reservoir sand. If net
sand is used, the perforation efficiency does not need to be further modified.

User Guide 250
Shot Density - Nominal shots per foot for the selected perforating gun.
Gun Phasing - Angle between two adjacent perforating charges. Affects
interference between perforation tunnels.
Angle Between Vertical Plane and Perforations - For anisotropic reservoirs, the
angle between the perforation tunnels and the direction of maximum permeability
influences productivity. When 0 or 180 guns are selected, perforations are all
aligned with the low side of the hole. For other gun phasings, SkinAide assumes an
angle of 45.
In-Situ Geometry Entered

Tunnel Length - Length of effective perforation in the reservoir formation i.e. beyond
the cement sheath.

251 PROSPER
Tunnel Diameter - Diameter of effective perforation in the reservoir formation.

Cavity Entrance Diameter - Not active - use Tunnel Diameter. SkinAide presently
uses a cylindrical model for perforations. Future versions will allow a cone-shaped
perforation geometry.
Cavity Tip Diameter - Not active - use Tunnel Diameter. SkinAide presently uses a
cylindrical model for perforations. Future versions will allow a cone-shaped
perforation geometry.
API Test DataThe correction from test data to In-Situ conditions is influenced by the API
test series selected. The form of data input is identical for both options.
API RP 43/2 Total Target Penetration - Length of perforation in Berea sandstone
target. If RP 43/2 data is unavailable, use 2/3 of API RP43/1 cement target TTP.
API RP 43/1 Entry Hole Diameter - Entry hole diameter for steel / cement target
test. Note that the steel quality changes between Editions 4 and 5 of the API test
specifications. Ensure the relevant data is entered.

User Guide 252
Gun diameter - Gun diameter is used to correct API perforation test results for
stand-off.
Reservoir Uniaxial Compressive Strength - Compressive strength is used to
calculate in-situ perforation dimensions. Typical values of reservoir uniaxial
compressive strength are given in the following table:
Lithology Reservoir Uniaxial

Compressive Strength
(psi) (bar)
Loose sand 150 10
Sand which crumbles by hand 750 50
Sandstone from which sand grains can be peeled 1500 100
by hand
Well cemented sandstone 3750 250
Well cemented limestone 3750 250
Rock Density - Enter apparent In-Situ rock density as measured by a density log,
not the density of the minerals (e.g. Quartz) that comprise the formation grains.
Casing Elastic Limit - Used for correction of API data to In-situ perforation
dimensions. The elastic limit in thousands of psi corresponds to the pipe steel
quality. e.g. N80 casing has an elastic limit stress of 80,000 psi.
Reservoir Stress - Used for correction of API data to In-situ perforation dimensions.
Stress is assumed to be Isotropic. Generally the minimum effective stress (frac
gradient) is suitable.
Gravel Packs in SkinAideWhen the Gravel Pack option has been selected, additional
data entry is required to describe the pack geometry and properties. Separate gravel
properties can be entered for the annular gravel pack and the sand in the perforation
tunnels. This allows mixing of formation and pack sand to be simulated.

253 PROSPER
Screen Outside Diameter - The space between the screen O.D. and the drilled hole
diameter is occupied by gravel.
Annulus Gravel Permeability - Permeability of gravel in the space between the
screen and the open hole. Gravel size is specified in terms of mesh size. e.g. 20/40
mesh gravel will pass a sieve with 1/20 inch holes, but not pass a 1/40 inch sieve.
Average laboratory measured permeability values for various gravel sizes are given
in the following table:
Gravel Mesh Lab

Permeability
Type (Darcies)
Ottawa Sand 12/20 500
20/40 150
30/50 90
40/60 60
50/70 30
Carbolite 20/40 350
16/20 500
Isopac 20/40 110
Annulus Gravel Porosity - Used in calculation of high velocity flow coefficient in the
gravel pack.
Tunnel Gravel Permeability - Used to reduce the permeability of sand in the
perforation tunnels due to mixing of formation and gravel pack sand.

User Guide 254
Tunnel Gravel Porosity - Used to reduce the porosity of sand in the perforation
tunnels.
The inflow and skin pressure drop are computed by clicking the Calculate button once
all the relevant input data have been entered and Plot to display the results. To evaluate
the contribution of individual completion components in the inflow performance, click
Variables and select the parameters to display as in the following screen example:
Select the required variables by clicking their check boxes. Click Done to display the
results:

255 PROSPER
Skin Components
The conceptual models used to calculate the total skin factor include :
- a contribution due to the position of the producing interval with respect to
reservoir geometry, called geometric skin Sgeometric
- contributions due to pressure losses close to the actual wellbore, beginning with
the pressure loss due to the damaged zone and ending with pressure loss in the
casing/screen annulus for gravel packed wells. This contribution to the total skin
is called the completion skin Scompletion.
The total skin is the sum of the two components

Stotal =Sgeometric + Scompletion
The contribution Scompletion to the total skin is particularly convenient when using
reservoir engineering equations. However Scompletion does not necessarily reflect the
quality of the completion itself. Indeed, imagine two wells with identical completions,
producing reservoirs with identical properties, the thickness of one reservoir is double
that of the other:

User Guide 256
Scompletion = a k h DPcompletion / ( Q m B )
Since DPcompletion is identical but reservoir thickness h differs by a factor 2, applying

the above relation leads to values of Scompletion, which differ, by a factor 2.
Mechanical skins are defined so as to reflect the quality of well completion. In the
formula for mechanical skins, the vertical reservoir thickness h is replaced by the length
of the producing interval (measured along the wellbore) hp :
Smechanical = a k hp DPskin / ( Q m B )
where, for oil wells,

SI US French
a depends on units 2p 7.07 10-3 0.0536
k permeability m2 mD mD
hp length of the completed interval m ft m
DPskin DPreal well - DPidealized well Pa psi bar
Q flowrate (standard conditions) m3/s bpd m3/d
m viscosity (reservoir conditions) Pa.s cP cP
B fluid formation volume factor v/v v/v v/v
Total and mechanical skins are related by the simple formula :
Smechanical / hp = Scompletion / h
2.6.11 SPOT: Shell Perforating Optimisation Tool

The SPOT inflow method has been developed by Shell and permission is given for its
inclusion in PROSPER. The following description is based on information provided by
Shell.
2.6.11.1Introduction to SPOT
SPOT (Shell Perforating Optimisation Tool) is a module that enables engineers to

predict and compare perforation charge performance, assisting selection of the optimal
perforating gun. It should be highlighted that SPOT is not a perforating charge sales
tool; the purpose of SPOT is to allow Users to easily assess and compare performance
of different completion techniques. Perforating charge performance is calculated using:
Charge properties
Reservoir rock properties (field average or log scale properties)

257 PROSPER
Fluid properties
Drilling mud invasion models
SPOT can be used to analyze different completion types including; openhole,

conventional case and perforated, open hole perforated, and casing conveyed
perforated. Thus, a User can identify if perforating is the correct technique for their
application, and if not, pursue alternative technologies, including, but not limited to
barefoot completions, stimulation, underbalanced drilling and propellants.
SPOT is a powerful model that gives the User the ability to directly compare perforation
charge performance in reservoir rock on a log scale. It takes into account perforation
depth of penetration, entrance hole diameter, shot density and drilling mud invasion.
SPOT is intended to demonstrate that perforation charges often dont pass the mud-
invaded zone and that correct mud design is vital in these cases (particularly in low
permeability reservoirs).
In PROSPER, the output from SPOT, an Inflow Performance Relationship (IPR) curve,
can be directly combined with any Vertical Lift Performance (VLP) correlation to predict
the well performance under various operating conditions: well head flowing pressure,
water cut, GOR and so on..
Here is a list of the peculiar acronyms used in the SPOT inflow module along with their
meaning:
API American Petroleum Institute
AOF Absolute Open Flow
CBL Cement Bond Log
CFD Computational Fluid Dynamics
EoH Entrance Hole Diameter
DoP Depth of Penetration
FDC Formation Density Compensated
GUI Graphical User Interface
IPR Inflow Performance Relationship
NWEVS Near Wellbore Effective Vertical Stress

User Guide 258
RP Recommended practice like API RP XX
OB OverBalanced
SPOT Shell Perforation Optimisation Tool
TWC Thick Walled Cylinder
UCS Unconfined Compressive Strength
WIQI Well Inflow Quality Index
2.6.11.2Gun System databases
The gun database contains API 19-B1 and API RP 43 Section I Data for perforating
guns available from:
Baker Hughes Incorporated (Baker)
Schlumberger (SLB)
Halliburton/ Jet Research Centre (Hall/JRC)
Dynawell (DYNA)
Innicor Subsurface Technologies (INNICOR)
Owen Oil Tools (Owen)
Explosivos Technologicos Argentinos (ETA)
GEODynamics (GEODynamics)
Titan (TITAN)
Companies were provided with an opportunity to adjust/ update data in the SPOT Gun
Database. It is recommended that Users cross check all critical information with the
appropriate perforating manufacturer/ service company before a gun type/ completion
method is selected.
Sections I to IV of API 19-B are summarised below:

259 PROSPER
Section I - firing a fully-loaded gun section under ambient conditions into a

standard casing and cement target;
Section II - firing a single charge under pressurized conditions into a stressed

rock sample;
Section III - firing a single charge into a metal target at elevated temperature;
Section IV - firing a single charge into a stressed rock sample under simulated
wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow performance of the
perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting;
Section V2 - measuring the amount of debris retained within a fired fully-loaded

gun section in order to calculate how much debris will be introduced into the
wellbore per foot of gun;
A report containing lists of all data can be automatically generated in SPOT by using
Data followed by Reporting selected from the Toolbar.
program. As API 19B data is not available for all gun systems, API RP43 data has
also been included in the database (data sources are clearly marked). Although API
RP43 is not officially valid, Section 1 testing for both API RP43 and API 19B is based
on concrete targets.
As concrete is not representative of reservoir rock, API 19-B and API-RP 43 Section 1
data is converted to downhole conditions in SPOT using Shell proprietary correlations
(based on laboratory research). Although these correlations should provide a
reasonable estimate of perforation characteristics in reservoir rock under downhole
conditions, a better estimate of perforation performance can be obtained by
conducting reservoir specific Section II (firing a single charge under pressurized
conditions into a stressed rock sample) and/or Section IV tests (firing a single charge
into a stressed rock sample under simulated wellbore and reservoir conditions, then
measuring the flow performance of the perforated sample relative to its performance
prior to shooting). If Section II or Section IV data is available, it can be entered into the
SPOT Vendor Database under the Section II/Section IV Data heading.
If the concrete strength during the API RP 19B or API RP43 test is not recorded in the
Gun Database, in accordance with the minimum allowable strength specified in API
RP 19B, a briquette strength of 5000psi is assumed in SPOT calculations.
1. API Recommended Practice 19-B, Recommended Practice for the
Evaluation of Well Perforators, 1st Edition, 28 Sep 2001

User Guide 260
2. To be introduced in the next revision of RP 19-B, a draft of which is with

API for review at the time of writing.

261 PROSPER
All the guns available in SPOT as well as corresponding information is displayed here.
Note that Normalised gun data displays Section 1 results that have been converted to
5000psi pressure (rather than ambient conditions).
Companies were provided with an opportunity to adjust/ update the data in the SPOT
Gun Database. It is recommended that the User cross checks critical information with
the appropriate perforating manufacturer/ service company before a gun type/
completion method is selected.
program. As API 19B data is not available for all gun systems, API RP43 data has also
been included in the database (data sources are clearly marked). Although API RP43 is
not officially valid, Section 1 testing for both API RP43 and API 19B is based on
concrete targets.
As concrete is not representative of rock, API 19-B and API-RP 43 Section 1 data is
converted to downhole conditions in SPOT using Shell proprietary correlations (based
on laboratory research). Although these correlations should provide a reasonable
estimate of perforation characteristics in reservoir rock under downhole conditions, a
better estimate of perforation performance can be obtained by conducting reservoir
specific Section II (firing a single charge under pressurized conditions into a stressed
rock sample) and/or Section IV tests (firing a single charge into a stressed rock sample
under simulated wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow
performance of the perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting). If
Section II or Section IV data is available, it can be entered into the SPOT under the
Section II/Section IV Data heading.
The following data must be entered under the Section II/Section IV Data heading:
Basic gun information e.g. gun type, gun size and vendor name
Deep Penetrating/ Big Hole: the type of gun must be selected and if the gun is
classified as a deep penetrating or big hole charge. This information should be
available in the Gun Database. Generally, a deep penetrating gun will have an
entrance hole less than or equal to 0.5in.
Depth of penetration: the perforating depth of penetration measured from the inside of
the casing or tubing to the end of the perforation tunnel (Reference: API RP19B,
Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Well Perforators, 2001).
Entrance hole diameter: the diameter of the hole through the casing
Test sample compressive rock strength (UCS)
Effective stress: the net effective stress applied on the sample in a Section IV test or
3000psi for a Section II test (Reference: API RP19B, Recommended Practice for
Evaluation of Well Perforators, 2001). If a pseudo Section II test was conducted at
atmospheric conditions the effective stress would be zero.
Casing material: Select between J55, L80, P105 or P110. If a different material was
used in the test, pick the material with the closest hardness. i.e.:

User Guide 262
Material J55 L80 P105 P110

Brinell Hardness 180 230 275 320
Fluid fill type: This is the fluid fill in the pore spaces of the rock sample. According to
API RP19B, Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Well Perforators, 2001, the
pore fluid should be sodium chloride brine solution (3% by weight). This function
allows you to conduct a pseudo Section II or Section IV test with gas filled core to
represent a gas reservoir and input the result in SPOT. Note that the well bore fluid is
always assumed to be liquid.
Standoff during test: This is the distance from the outside of the perforating charge
case to the inside of the casing. According to API RP19B, Recommended Practice
for Evaluation of Well Perforators, 2001, the standoff should normally be 0.5in.
Core Sample Size: Select between 4in and 7in core sample used in the Section II or
Section IV test. If neither a 4in or 7in core sample was used in the laboratory tests, the
User should select the core size closest to these bounds. This information is used in
the Synthetic Effective stress Correlation selected on the Options screen).
It should be highlighted that flow data obtained from Section IV test is not used in the
SPOT inflow performance calculation. The Core Flow Efficiency (CFE) ratio can
however be used as a qualitative check and for charge/charge comparisons.
The User also has the ability to enter additional gun systems in the Gun Database by
clicking the "Add" button..
Gun selection from the Vendor Database can be made according to:
Vendor
The type of gun i.e. wireline, tubing conveyed
Gun OD
Clearances:
o Enter the minimum restriction.
o Restriction Tolerance.
o Click "Update" which will only display guns with an OD less than the minimum
restriction minus the tolerance.
o Click "Clear" to remove the above filtering.

263 PROSPER
2.6.11.2.1 Gun
This dialog is used to examine a single gun from the guns database. It is displayed in
different situations:-
Editing/entering a new gun in the database:
If you have the API 19B or 43 test for a new gun which is not in the default database, the
gun can be added by the user. In this case the dialog is used to enter or edit the
information from the test sheet.
Viewing details for a selected gun:

User Guide 264
This dialog is also used to display the details of the gun that the user has selected for
the SPOT calculations. Click the "Select Gun from Database" button to pick a gun from
the guns database. In this case most of the fields are disabled as they are read only.
The only two fields in the "Gun Details" that are enabled are Shot Density and Gun
Phasing. These two values are specified in the API 19B and 43 test. However some
guns can be configured to different values to those used in the test. In this case we allow
the user to modify them from the values in the test. Warning : although we allow these
values to be modified this is strictly incorrect as the shot density and phasing have an
effect on the Lp. The section 2/4 data is also enabled as this may be modified by the
user.
See the Gun Database help for specific information on the data.

265 PROSPER
2.6.11.2.2 Spot Perforation Calculations
This dialog allows the user to select a gun from the PROSPER gun database and
correct the test Lp and EHD to in-situ conditions using the Shell SPOT corrections.
These are the same calculations as used in the full SPOT IPR but this calculation is for a
single set of conditions e.g. UCS, permeability. The Lp and EHD can then be
transferred to the PROSPER IPR data and used in calculation of skin.
Input Data:
This is a description of the in-situ data required by the SPOT Lp and EHD correction.

User Guide 266
Lp Correlation Type
API19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Conventional Correlations- these
correlations assume that effective stress applied in a Section II or Section IV test
setup reaches the centre of the sample. The correlation should also be used for a
Section 1 test (no effective stress applied)
API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Synthetic Rock Correlations- these
correlations are based on Shell laboratory tests in which it is believed that effective
stress applied in a Section II or Section IV type test setup does not reach the centre of
the core sample. These adjustments are made to reflect the fact that the
perforation depth of penetration under effective stress measured at surface in
conventional Section II and IV setups is not the perforation depth that would be
expected downhole under the same effective stress condition. It should be
highlighted that effective stress applied using a triaxial test approach is believed to be
valid and as such the API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section 2 conventional
correlations option should be selected.
It should be highlighted that effective stress applied using a triaxial test approach is
believed to be valid and as such the API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section 2
conventional correlations option should be selected.
Casing OD
Casing Weight
Casing Grade
API 19B/43 tests are performed through a casing defined in the test data. So if if a
much thicker casing is used then it will decrease the Lp as more of the gun energy is
lost perforating the casing. Or if a thinner casing is used then the Lp will be higher.
These data should refer to the casing at the depth of the perforation.
If a different casing grade was used in the test, pick the material with the closest
hardness. i.e.:
Mean Brinell Hardness 180 230 275 320
Layer Fluid - For producers this is fixed by the type of the producer. For injectors this
should be set to the fluid in the rock that is being perforated.
Rock Type - The rock type to be used in the perforation calculation must be selected.
(carbonate or sandstone). This will affect the perforation depth of penetration
calculation. It should be highlighted that SPOT does not take karsts and fractures into
account when modeling inflow performance of carbonates. This may result in unrealistic
flow results.
Use Downhole Standoff - Select "Yes" if you wish to enter a gun standoff. Otherwise
select "No" in which case the gun is assumed to be centralized.
Downhole Standoff - If "Use Downhole Standoff" is set to "Yes" enter the value to be
used.

267 PROSPER
Well Radius - Wellbore hole radius
Effective Stress Data:

In-situ effective stress is one of the key numbers in the correction of Lp and EHD in the
SPOT algorithm. This section of the dialog allows entry of data to calculate the effective
stress or to enter the value directly.
Mean Sea Level wrt Origin, Sea Bed Depth wrt Origin - Used to calculate the effect
of sea on in-situ effective stress (enter zero if on-shore).
Depth - Measured depth of the perforation.
Overburden Pressure Gradient - This pressure gradient is used to calculate the

overburden pressure and subsequently the Near Wellbore Effective Vertical Stress
(NWEVS). The NWEVS is used in perforation depth of penetration calculations. A
common overburden pressure gradient (i.e.lithostatic pressure gradient) is 1psi/ft.
Reservoir Pressure - Average current reservoir pressure.
Enter Effective Stress, Effective Stress - To enter the value of effective stress
directly, select "Enter Effective Stress" and enter the "Effective Stress".
Gun Data:
This section of the dialog shows the data relating to the selected gun. See Guns
Database for information on this data. Click the "Select Gun" button to pick a gun from
the guns database.
Section 2/4 Gun Data:
If section 2 or 4 gun test data is available, tick this box and enter the data. See Guns
Database for information on this data.
Calculated Data:
Click the "Calculate" button to calculate the actual Lp and EHD. If you wish to use these
values, click the "Transfer" button to copy these calculated values to the IPR data.
Note that the calculated casing ID is also shown. This is calculated from the casing OD
and density.
2.6.11.3SPOT: Model inputs
In order to use the SPOT inflow model, select | System | Inflow Performance and select |
SPOT from the list of the available Reservoir Models in PROSPER:

User Guide 268
In order to fully describe the SPOT reservoir model, select | Input Data at the top right
corner of the screen to access the various tabs (below listed from left to right) required
to enter the model inputs:
- Options
- Layers
- Log Data
- Completion Data

269 PROSPER
2.6.11.3.1 SPOT: Model inputs - Options
Lp Correlation Type:
API19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Conventional Correlations- these
correlations assume that effective stress applied in a Section II or Section IV test
setup reaches the centre of the sample. The correlation should also be used for a
Section 1 test (no effective stress applied)
API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Synthetic Rock Correlations- these
correlations are based on Shell laboratory tests in which it is believed that effective
stress applied in a Section II or Section IV type test setup does not reach the centre of
the core sample. These adjustments are made to reflect the fact that the

User Guide 270
perforation depth of penetration under effective stress measured at surface in

conventional Section II and IV setups is not the perforation depth that would be
expected downhole under the same effective stress condition. It should be
highlighted that effective stress applied using a triaxial test approach is believed to be
valid and as such the API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section 2 conventional
correlations option should be selected.
It should be highlighted that effective stress applied using a triaxial test approach is
believed to be valid and as such the API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section 2
conventional correlations option should be selected.
Calculate Non-Darcy Skin:

Yes: a quadratic is used to account for high velocity flow
No: the quadratic (non-Darcy skin) term is not taken into account.
The only option for gas/condensate wells is Yes.
Activity:
The user has two choices:
New well: the well is being perforated for the first time or
Workover / Re-perforation: an already perforated and producing well needs to
be re-perforated.
Well type:
The well type can be:
Vertical
Deviated (up to 75 degrees deviation)
Horizontal (above 75 degrees deviation)
Inflow Equation:
For vertical or deviated wells the user has 2 IPR choices:
Vogel: SPOT uses a straight line inflow relationship above the bubble point and the
Vogel relationship below the bubble point to account for two phase flow. This equation
is based on an empirical relationship developed by Vogel using numerical
simulations.

271 PROSPER
Fetkovitch: the Fetkovich IPR model also accounts for two phase flow below the
bubble point. It was developed to improve Vogels correlation.
For horizontal wells the user has 4 IPR choices:-
Economides-Joshi: This model has been adopted from Economides (1990) and
Joshi (1988). It assumes the well is located in the center of the drainage volume. The
method is not appropriate for partially cased and perforated or partially openhole
perforated horizontal wells.
Borisov: This simple equation was developed by Borisov (1964) and has been found
to provide good results in many simple cases. The method is not appropriate for
partially cased and perforated or partially openhole perforated horizontal wells.
Babu-Odeh: This method treats a horizontal well as a vertical well turned sideways.
Despite being a simple concept, it has received wide acceptance. The method is not
appropriate for partially cased and perforated or openhole perforated horizontal wells.
Goode-Wilkinson: The method was adopted from Goode and Wilkinson. It is the only
horizontal well model in SPOT that can be used to calculate performance of a partially
cased and perforated horizontal well. The model also assumes that the horizontal well
has been drilled in a rectangular drainage area that is twice as long as it is thick (I.e.
reservoir length>>reservoir height). The method is not appropriate for partially
openhole perforated horizontal wells.
Note that Non Darcy skin effects are currently NOT considered in SPOT for horizontal
gas wells.
Log Data Input:

SPOT requires log data with porosity, permeability, UCS and TWC. However if not all
these types are available then the missing data can be calculated from correlations.
Also if other data such as FDC, shear & compressional sonic is available then it can be
used to calculate the required data.
In this combo-box, select the variables that you have available as log data. You will then
be able to enter them in the log data tab.
If no log data is available then select "None Available". The user will then be able to
generate log data with constant values in the log data tab.
Perforating Method:
For a new well there are two options:-
Single run perforating - Running in and perforating
One perforating gun is run into the well and fired. This is as per standard perforating
practices.

User Guide 272
Double run perforating - Running in and perforating, then running in again and
perforating using the same gun
An interval is perforated twice using the same gun. That is, the gun is run into the well
and fired, pulled out of the hole and the same gun is rerun into the well and fired.
SPOT takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie
(assuming the perforating guns are not oriented).
For a workover/reperforation:-
Single run perforating - Running in and perforating
One perforating gun is run into the well and fired. This is as per standard perforating
practices.
Double run perforating Running in and perforating, then running in again and
perforating using the same gun
An interval is perforated twice using the same gun. That is, the gun is run into the well
and fired, pulled out of the hole and the same gun is rerun into the well and fired.
SPOT takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie,
assuming the guns are not oriented.
For a double perforating run, SPOT will assume the same degree of mud invasion for
the first and second perforating run.
Re-perforating - You are re-perforating over existing perforations (old holes) that are
contributing to production
If this option is selected the User must fill out the Reperforating box in the Reservoir
layers screen. The User is presented with a drop down box that includes the following
options
New holes only- i.e. model the contribution from only the new perforation holes
New and Old holes- i.e. model the contribution from the new and old perforation
holes
Old holes only- i.e. model the contribution from only the old perforation holes.
Note that according to the option selected here, the User must also tick the
appropriate perforated interval in the Log Data screen
assuming guns are not oriented. As calculated reperforation results are qualitative, the
User should match/adjust these results using field data.
For a reperforation calculation, SPOT will assume the same degree of mud invasion for
the old and new perforating run.
In SPOT mud invasion is assumed to have a permanent effect on reservoir performance
that does not improve over time. Thus, when reperforating an existing zone or
perforating a new zone in an old well, SPOT will assume mud invasion properties do not
alter over time (i.e. the existing zone will contain the same amount and degree of mud

273 PROSPER
invasion as the new zone). In reality, if a mud has been ideally designed, it is likely the
effect of mud invasion will reduce over time. SPOT recognizes the fact that most of the
drilling muds used in practice are not ideal. Despite this, if the User wishes to alter the
mud invasion properties for new and old perforating zones within a well, the Enter Mud
Invasion Log option should be selected. This will give the User the ability to specify
certain mud properties for different zones.
(Mud) Invasion method:

There are 4 methods available to capture the mud invasion:
1. "Calculate invasion"
This option will allow the User to calculate mud invasion using one of four options
developed by Shell. The model requires the following inputs:
Drilling fluid weight / density,
Total drilling time: This is the total drilling time (including downtime during drilling
of the well) which is used to calculate an equivalent rate of penetration.
Drilling downtime: This is downtime/well suspension time after the well has been
drilled i.e. the time that the total wellbore was exposed to drilling mud. Note that the
model accounts for equilibrium filtrate invasion through the filter cake.
2. "Enter Mud Invasion Log"

The User should enter a mud invasion petrophysical log. This is the most
accurate method of predicting mud invasion depth in a well.
Typically, a mud invasion log can be calculated using deep and shallow resistivity
data; resistivity data can provide a good indication of mud invasion depth and if
drilling filtrate has dissipated away from the near wellbore region (which is likely
for high permeability reservoirs). As mud invasion depth calculations are
resistivity tool dependant, the appropriate calculation method should be obtained
from the tool vendor or obtained from a Petrophysicist or Log Analyst.
In order to use this option, Log data Input must be selected as Yes and data
entered into the Log data screen. This option can also be used if conventional
petrophysical log data is not available but the User still wishes to import a foot-
by-foot description of mud invasion depth.
The effective permeability in the invasion zone must also be specified using the
Invasion tab on the Reservoir Layers screen (two invasion zone permeability
options are available- use of return permeability data or predicted return
permeability factors). Invasion should be entered for each individual layer if a
multi-layer reservoir is modeled.

User Guide 274
3. "Enter discrete Invasion depth"

The User should input a discrete mud invasion depth based on field knowledge,
information from deep and shallow resistivity petrophysical logs and/or well tests.
If this option is selected, the effective permeability in the invasion zone as well as
the discrete invasion depth should be specified using the Invasion tab on the
Reservoir Layers screen (two invasion zone permeability options are available-
use of return permeability data or predicted return permeability factors). Invasion
should be entered for each individual layer if a multi-layer reservoir is modeled.
4. "No Invasion"
In this case, the SPOT module will assume no mud invasion.
Sanding model:
There 2 choices: "None" and the "QinetiQ model".
The "None" option will not calculate any possible production of failed sand.
The "QinetiQ model" is an analytical model that calculates if failed sand will be
produced from a vertical or horizontal perforation:
For vertical perforations a suspension model is assumed in which solid particles
are maintained within the fluid
For horizontal perforations a conservative traction model is used in which sand

particles do not enter the fluid but move by rolling and sliding. This transport
mechanism requires the least energy for initiation.
Currently SPOT assumes:
in vertical wells, the horizontal perforation model is used
in deviated and horizontal wells both the horizontal and vertical transportation
models are used. If either model results in sand production SPOT will identify that
sand will be produced. The User should enter the perforation angle for the
perforation type of interest.
This model can also be used as a debris transport model. Thus, it can be used to model
debris flow if the debris diameter is entered (rather than the sand particle size
distribution diameter) and if the density of the debris is entered (rather than the sand
density).
Model limitations include:
The model is not valid for mud or clay
The model does not account for random fluctuations in velocity due to turbulence

275 PROSPER
that may, in reality, enable movement of particles even when no sand transport is
indicated.
The model assumes that the fluid of interest is the reservoir fluid (not the
completion fluid or drilling mud).
A perforation angle cutoff of 45 degrees is used to distinguish between

horizontal and vertical perforations
Validity is limited to rw/(perforation length+rw)<0.95. Beyond this, the equations

will be operating beyond the intended range
The following input parameters are required:
Particle diameter: average expected particle diameter from sieve or laser

particle size analysis
Density sand: the density of the sand grains
Perforation angle: defines the horizontal/vertical orientation of the perforation.

The perforation angle is measured relative to the horizontal axis. i.e. perforation
angle of a horizontal perforation equals 0 degrees. For vertical perforations the
model assumes that the perforation is oriented downwards. It is assumed that if
the perforation angle is oriented upwards (with an angle of 35 degrees-90
degrees from horizontal), the crushed zone material will fall out of the perforation
tunnel.
Roughness perforation wall: the roughness of the perforation. A suggested value

is one standard deviation greater than the average particle size to account for
the presence of loose fines and crushed material, which will roughen the
perforation tunnel.
It should be highlighted that the QinetiQ Sanding Model does not predict perforation
tunnel failure. It only predicts if sand production will occur assuming that failure has
already occurred. I.e. perforation tunnel cleanup.
Crushed zone Model:

The user has two models to choose from:
Entered
QinetiQ Test Results
If the entered crushed zone model is selected, the user needs to input:
o Permeability (impairment) factor, which represents the ratio of the crushed zone
permeability to the virgin reservoir permeability and
o (Crushed zone) thickness

User Guide 276
The QinetiQ Test Results" option will use a default crushed zone permeability
relationship which defines the thickness of the crushed zone and the crushed zone
permeability damage factor based on laboratory experiments using big hole charges.
Lower Completion Type:

If the well completion type has been set to "Cased Hole" in the System Summary then
the only option is "Cased and Perforated".
If the well completion type has been set to "Open Hole" in the System Summary then
there are two choices:-
Open Hole
Open Hole Perforated
Pressure Transform:
This option is only required for gas/condensate wells. It refers to the pressure transform
used in the IPR calculations.
Pressure Squared
Pseudo Pressure
Use Downhole Standoff:

Select "Yes" if you wish to enter a gun standoff. Otherwise select "No" in which case the
gun is assumed to be centralized.
Enter Gun per Layer:

Select "Yes" if you wish to select a different gun for each layer in the reservoir.
Select "No" if the same gun is to be used for the whole reservoir.
Use SPOT IPR Extensions:

Select "No" if you wish to use the same assumptions as other PROSPER IPR models.
Select "Yes" if you wish to use the same assumption as the original SPOT program
from Shell.

277 PROSPER
2.6.11.3.2 SPOT: Model inputs - Layers
This tab is used:-

to enter some basic data such as well radius
to split up the reservoir into layers and enter data per layer.
select a gun
It is not necessary to enter multiple layers but at least one layer must be entered. Only
one layer is allowed for horizontal wells.
Basic Data:

User Guide 278
Well Radius - Wellbore hole radius
Drainage Radius - Reservoir radius over which the well can drain/ inject reservoir
fluids. In general, the drainage radius for tight formations is small, while the drainage
radius for highly permeable formations is large. For the Joshi Economides and Borisov
horizontal well methods the equivalent horizontal drainage radius should be entered into
SPOT. That is, if the user nominates a drainage area, the shape of that drainage area is
either elliptic or rectangular with two half circles at both ends. Radius of a circle with an
equivalent area calculated and it is called the equivalent horizontal drainage radius.
Note that drainage radius does not need to be defined in the Babu Odeh or Goode
Wilkinson horizontal well method.
Mean Sea Level wrt Origin, Sea Bed Depth wrt Origin - Used to calculate the effect
of sea on in-situ effective stress (enter zero if on-shore).
Perforation Efficiency - In the past perforation efficiency was often a very low number
such as 0.2, 0.3. This was to take into account the much lower Lp than the gun test value
caused by the difference in test and in-situ conditions. Since the Lp is corrected to in-
situ conditions by the SPOT calculations one would normally use a much larger
perforation efficiency e.g. 0.8.
If a gun is selected per layer then this will appear as a per layer value in the layers grid
rather than the basic data.
Additional Reservoir Height - This information will only be required for a vertical or
deviated openhole or openhole perforated well. It defines the distance between the
bottom of the openhole well and the bottom of the reservoir layer (i.e. the bottom-most
reservoir layer in a multilayer reservoir). For example, if the openhole well fully
penetrates the reservoir (as depicted below) the additional reservoir height will equal
zero.
If the openhole well does not penetrate the Bottom Reservoir Layer, the distance
between the bottom of the well and the Bottom Reservoir Layer must be defined using
the additional reservoir height box.

279 PROSPER
In an openhole vertical or deviated well the top of the producing well section will be
defined by the bottom of the casing on the Completion Details screen. Thus the bottom
of the casing and the additional reservoir height will define the producing well length in
an openhole vertical or deviated well.
Select Gun:
If gun per layer has not been selected, click this button to select a gun from the guns
database.
Select Old Gun:

If gun per layer has not been selected and the user has chosen to reperforate existing
perforations, click this button to enter details of the gun used to create existing
perforations.
Layer Data:
Top MD - For all vertical and deviated wells this is the top of the specific reservoir layer
to be analysed, defined in terms of measured depth. Thus:
Bottom MD - Top MD = reservoir height for a vertical cased and perforated well.
Top MD must be used in conjunction with Additional Reservoir Height and Bottom
Well MD to define the reservoir height for an openhole or openhole perforated well.
Bottom MD - For vertical and deviated cased and perforated wells this is the bottom of
the reservoir layer to be analysed. Thus:
Bottom MD Top MD= reservoir height
Well length is defined by the perforated interval on the Log Data screen.
This is depicted below.
Cased and perforated vertical well:

User Guide 280
Layer Pressure - Average current layer pressure.
Under Balance Pressure - The total of static underbalance and dynamic

underbalance when the interval was perforated. This value is used to illustrate on the
Analysis Screen if the crushed zone around the perforation tunnel is likely to be removed
and to facilitate comparison of the desired underbalance to industry models.
Note:
SPOT does not automatically adjust perforation crushed zone properties according to
the specified underbalance value. A specific modelling package should be used for
this purpose.
Underbalance pressure can be static or dynamic or a total of static and dynamic
If a negative value is entered, SPOT assumes an overbalance has been applied.
The use of vertical effective stress (rather than horizontal effective stress) to determine
crushed zone removal is theoretically only valid for certain perforation orientations.
Overburden Pressure Gradient - This pressure gradient is used to calculate the
overburden pressure and subsequently the Near Wellbore Effective Vertical Stress
(NWEVS). The NWEVS is used in perforation depth of penetration calculations. A
common overburden pressure gradient (i.e.lithostatic pressure gradient) is 1psi/ft.
Water saturation - The total water saturation in the reservoir. This value is used to
predict the effect of associated water production on well productivity.
Relative Permeability - Click this button to enter the relative permeability curves for
oil&water (for oil wells) or gas&water (for gas/condensate wells) as Corey data.
Reperforating Options - If the User has selected to reperforate existing perforations,

they can chose whether the calculation is based on new & old holes, new holes only
or old holes only.
Invasion Data - If you have chosen Invasion model to be "Calculate Invasion" or "Enter
Discrete Invasion Depth", click this button to enter details of the invasion data.

281 PROSPER
Bottom HoleTemperature - Enter the average reservoir temperature over the

perforated interval of the layer.
Kv/Kh - The ratio of vertical to horizontal permeability. The ratio must be less than or
equal to 2.
m - If permeability information is unavailable, the User will need to enter a coefficient to

describe a porosity/permeability relationship. M is the gradient of the porosity/
permeability relationship
c - If permeability information is unavailable, the User will need to enter a coefficient to

describe a porosity/permeability relationship. C is the y-axis intercept of the porosity/
permeability relationship.
Downhole Rock Type - The rock type to be used in the perforation calculation must be
selected.(carbonate or sandstone). This will affect the perforation depth of penetration
calculation. It should be highlighted that SPOT does not take karsts and fractures into
account when modeling inflow performance of carbonates. This may result in unrealistic
flow results.
Reservoir Height - This defines the distance between the top and bottom reservoir
layer in which the horizontal well has been drilled. For the Economides Joshi and
Borisov horizontal methods, it is assumed that the well is positioned in the mid point of
the layer. The Babu-Odeh and Goode Wilkinson methods allow the height of the
reservoir to be specified relative to the well position.
The Economides Joshi, Borisov, Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson horizontal methods
allow the following type of horizontal well situation to be analysed:
The Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson horizontal methods allow the following type of
horizontal well situation to be analysed:

User Guide 282
Xwell - The distance to the well mid point in the direction of reservoir length. This
parameter only needs to be defined for the Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson
calculation methods
Ywell - The distance to the well mid point in the direction of reservoir width. This
calculation methods.
Zwell - The distance to the well mid point in the direction of reservoir height. This
calculation methods.
Reservoir Length - Length of the reservoir defined for Babu Odeh and Goode
Wilkinson methods.
Reservoir Width - Width of the box reservoir defined for Babu Odeh and Goode
Wilkinson methods.
2.6.11.3.2.1 SPOT: Model inputs - Rel Perm Data

283 PROSPER
The User must select Corey Function in the Reservoir Layer screen.
End points (residual saturations and corresponding relative permeabilities) as well as

Corey Exponents must be specified. A brief explanation of these terms is provided
below:
Relative permeability: Permeability of one phase in the presence of another
phase
Residual saturation: The irreducible saturation remaining in the pore space

when another phase flows through the reservoir rock
End point relative permeability: The permeability corresponding to the residual

saturation of the other phase/phases
Corey exponent: An exponent that describes the shape of the relative

permeability curve between endpoint saturations
For example, in the below graph:

Residual water saturation=0.2 (20%)
Residual oil saturation= 0.2 (20%) i.e. 1-0.8
Oil relative permeability end point at the residual water saturation of 20%= 0.8
Water relative permeability end point at the residual oil saturation of 20%= 0.3
If water saturation is less than or equal to 20% then it can be assumed that only
oil is flowing in the reservoir
If oil saturation is less than or equal to 20% then it can be assumed that only
water is flowing in the reservoir

User Guide 284
General rules to be used when specifying relative permeability values are provided
below (ideally, Corey Exponents would be obtained from laboratory experiments):
End point relative permeability <1
Residual saturations 0-1 (i.e.0-100%)
Recommended Corey Exponent for Gas/Oil Drainage
In order to estimate a Corey Exponent, the wettability of the reservoir must first be
determined.
Wettability describes the preference for fluid to adhere to the surface of the reservoir
rock (i.e., in water wet rocks water preferentially adheres to the rock surface,
conversely, in oil wet rocks oil preferentially adheres to the rock surface). In general,
most reservoirs are classified as being intermediate wet.
Guidelines for Wettability Determination:
WaterWet Oil-Wet
Swi >20 to 25% or more <15%, usually 10%
kro=krw @ Sw >50% @ Sw< 50%
krw at Sorw < 0.3 > 0.5
Approximate Corey Exponents vs. Wettability

285 PROSPER
Wettability Corey Exponent for kro (no) Corey Exponent for krw (nw)
Water Wet 2 to 4 5 to 8
Intermediate Wet 3 to 6 3 to 5
Oil Wet 6 to 8 2 to 3
Recommended Corey Exponents for Gas Production (an imbibition process)
Curve Corey Exponent
Water relative permeability curve 5 to 8
Gas relative permeability curve 2 to 4
Note: This assumes that the reservoir is water wet
Curve Corey Exponent
Gas relative permeability curve 2 to 4
The User can easily view the generated relative permeability curve by clicking Plot
Curves in the Corey Function data screen.
Relative permeability assumptions used in SPOT are outlined below:
-Oil production- oil, water and solution gas are assumed to be the only phases
present
-Gas production- gas and water are assumed to be the only phases present
-Water production- water is assumed to be the only phase present
-Water injection into an aquifer- water is assumed to be the only phase present
-Water injection into oil reservoir- water and residual oil are assumed to be the only
phases present
-Gas injection into a gas cap- gas and irreducible water are assumed to be the only
phases present
-Gas injection into an oil reservoir- gas, oil and irreducible water are assumed to be
the only phases present
Thus, it is important that the User selects the correct reservoir type on the Corey
Function screen for injection. That is:
-For water injection if injecting in oil leg is not ticked, SPOT assumes that water is
being injected into a water aquifer
-For gas injection if injecting in oil leg is not ticked, SPOT assumes that gas is
being injected into a gas cap.

User Guide 286
2.6.11.3.2.2 SPOT: Model inputs - Mud Invasion
SPOT contains four mud invasion data entry options on the New well data and Re-
perforation data screens:
1. No Invasion: The SPOT calculation assumes no mud invasion.
2. Enter discrete invasion depth: The User should input a discrete mud
invasion depth based on field knowledge, information from deep and shallow
resistivity petrophysical logs and/or well tests.
If this option is selected, the effective permeability in the invasion zone as well as
the discrete invasion depth should be specified using the Invasion tab on the

287 PROSPER
Reservoir Layers screen (two invasion zone permeability options are

available- use of return permeability data or predicted return permeability
factors). Invasion should be entered for each individual layer if a multi-layer
reservoir is modeled.
3. Enter mud invasion log: The User should enter a mud invasion
petrophysical log. This is the most accurate method of predicting mud invasion
depth in a well.
Typically, a mud invasion log can be calculated using deep and shallow
resistivity data; resistivity data can provide a good indication of mud invasion
depth and if drilling filtrate has dissipated away from the near wellbore region
(which is likely for high permeability reservoirs). As mud invasion depth
calculations are resistivity tool dependant, the appropriate calculation method
should be obtained from the tool vendor or obtained from a Petrophysicist or
Log Analyst.
In order to use this option, Log data available? must be selected as Yes
and data entered into the Log data screen. This option can also be used if
conventional petrophysical log data is not available but the User still wishes to
import a foot-by-foot description of mud invasion depth.
The effective permeability in the invasion zone must also be specified using the
Invasion tab on the Reservoir Layers screen (two invasion zone
permeability options are available- use of return permeability data or predicted
return permeability factors). Invasion should be entered for each individual layer
if a multi-layer reservoir is modeled.
4. "Calculate invasion": This option will allow the User to calculate mud invasion
using one of four options developed by Hans Vans Velzen (Royal Dutch Shell)
and the Shell Perforating Global Delivery Team. If mud invasion is to be
calculated in SPOT, the User must input:
o Total drilling time: This is the total drilling time (including downtime during
drilling of the well) which is used to calcuate an equivalent rate of penetration.
o Downtime: This is downtime/well suspension time after the well has been
drilled i.e. the time that the total wellbore was exposed to drilling mud. Note
that the model accounts for equilibrium filtrate invasion through the filtercake.
Calculation specifics and the effective permeability in the invasion zone must
also be specified using the Invasion tab on the Reservoir Layers screen
(two invasion zone permeability options are available- use of return permeability
data or predicted return permeability factors). Invasion should be entered for
each individual layer if a multi-layer reservoir is modeled. The four calculation
methods available on that screen are:
o Ability to estimate mud/ filtrate invasion if fluid loss data from laboratory
experiments were recorded as a function of time. Common experiments

User Guide 288
include measuring High Temperature High Pressure filtration behavior (under

static conditions using a ceramic disk with appropriately sized pores) and
Core Flood tests.
o Ability to estimate mud/ filtrate invasion if only the total fluid loss volume from
laboratory experiments was recorded. Common experiments include
measuring High Temperature High Pressure filtration behavior (under static
conditions using a ceramic disk with appropriately sized pores) and Core
Flood tests.
o Ability to estimate mud invasion if no test data is available-Option 1
o d) Ability to estimate mud invasion if no test data is available- Option 2. In

many circumstances, a User will only have information available for this
calculation. It should be highlighted that this method is only valid within the
following ranges: mud weights of 1sg to 1.8sg, brine densities of 1.05sg to
1.25sg for oil based mud and 1sg to 1.25sg for water based mud. This will
provide a very similar answer to Option 1. The difference between Option 1
and Option 2 is the data input requirements.
Mud Invasion Model- Background Information
The SPOT mud invasion model is appropriate for the following scenarios:
Oil based and water based drilling muds
Oil production wells
Gas injection and production wells
Water injection and production wells
Sandstone and carbonate reservoirs
Vertical, deviated and horizontal wells
Different completion types including cased and perforated wells, openhole

completions and openhole perforated wells.
The model assumes the drilling mud has been correctly designed and that appropriate
laboratory tests have been undertaken (tests may include, but not be limited to return
permeability, filtercake pop off and core flood). Correct mud design is especially
important as:
In general, deep mud filtrate invasion depths depend on filtercake thickness and
permeability. 1. Filtercake permeability depends on the solid size used to create
a filtercake. 2. Filtercake thickness depends on the tendency to be eroded under
specific conditions (based on initial thickness and mud flow/ dynamic filtration

289 PROSPER
effects). Thus, if drilling mud solid particles are not correctly sized, the formation
will experience deeper mud filtrate invasion. The SPOT mud model assumes
that all drilling mud solids have been optimally sized.
Return permeability tests can be used to define the permanent permeability

reduction due to mud filtrate and solids invasion. It should be highlighted that
solids invasion should be negligible if a mud has been correctly designed.
Filtercake pop off/ flow back tests can be used to define the differential pressure
required for filtercake removal. Note that residual solids at the surface of the
wellbore will have a much larger impact on return permeability than filtrate
invasion so it is important to ensure the filtercake has been removed (Francis,
1997, SPE Paper 38182). If a drilling mud has been properly designed, the
filtercake should easily lift off and no residual solids should remain at the surface
of the wellbore.
It should also be highlighted that the mud calculation model in SPOT can only be used
to obtain a first pass estimate of mud invasion depth. If the depth of penetration of the
perforating gun and mud invasion depth is similar, more detailed studies and/or
laboratory testing should be undertaken. Such studies can account for additional
factors such as dynamic filtration effects. An example of such a study using a fine scale
3D reservoir simulator is described by Suryanarayana et. al in SPE Paper 95861.
Users should always conduct an After Action Review to compare the mud invasion
depth predicted by the model to that in the actual well (e.g. mud invasion depths in the
well can be measured using deep and shallow resistivity logs). This information will
assist design and interpretation of mud invasion depths in adjoining fields/wells. It
would be appreciated if results of any such comparison are sent to Petroleum Experts
for future improvement of the SPOT mud invasion model.
Some recognized limitations of the SPOT mud invasion model include:
It is possible to generate inconsistent skin and flow results when using high 'mud
filtrate zone' factors. If this occurs we recommend increasing the filtrate factor to
100percent or reducing the filtrate factor below 50percent. A model to rectify this
problem will be avaliable in the next version of SPOT. The correct behaviour is
that flow reduces (and skins increase) as mud invasion depth increases.
It assumes the mud has been correctly designed including sizing of mud solids.
Athough it can be applied to oil, gas and water flow, the model assumes piston
like displacement of filtrate. This is in general valid for gas wells, however, may
not be appropriate for oil wells. If the viscosity of the filtrate is lower than the
viscosity of the reservoir fluid, fingering may occur, resulting in much higher
invasion depths than predicted by the SPOT model. In order to correctly model
this effect, multiphase flow effects must be taken into account.
It is a static model and neglects dynamic effects such as filter cake erosion.

User Guide 290
Dynamic effects (constant removal and relayering of the filtercake) may be

significant in horizontal wells during the drilling and completion process.
A constant mud filtrate damage permeability is assumed in the mud invasion

zone. There are varying opinions in the industry if the mud invasion zone should
be modeled with a constant or varying permeability. The assumption in SPOT is
that permeability of the filtrate invasion zone is not depth dependant. The
alternate belief is that permeability should vary within the mud invaded zone from
a low value (closest to the wellbore) to virgin reservoir permeability (at the edge
of the invasion zone), reference: SPE 95861.
The following analysis assumes that the filtrate invasion into the reservoir has a
permanent effect on well productivity, which does not improve over time. The
degree of permanent reservoir permeability reduction due to filtrate and solids
invasion is captured in SPOT in the specification of invaded reservoir
permeability (Ks and Kl- permeability of the solids and liquid invaded zones
respectively). Thus it is very important that these values are reasonable and if
possible, return permeability testing has been undertaken (return permeability
tests demonstrate the difference in pre and post mud invaded permeability i.e.
the amount of permanent mud damage). To obtain realistic return permeability
results, the test should be continued until a constant flow rate is achieved and the
drawdown pressure used in the laboratory should be representative of the
maximum pressure experienced in the field (this pressure must be downscaled
for core-reservoir size effects). In addition, test conditions like temperature,
overbalance pressure and pore sizes of the disk and/or the permeability of the
core plug sample, should be comparable with field conditions. If specific,
remedial attempts are undertaken to remove mud damage, the effect of these
processes should be included in the final estimate of return permeability.
Equivalent Circulating Density (ECD) effects during mud circulation are ignored.
ECD effects may increase the differential pressure across the formation during
filtercake formation and filtrate invasion.
Formation composition (e.g. clay presence, mineralogy) is ignored.
Mud Invasion Model Input Requirements
Input data for calculating mud invasion, specifying a discrete mud invasion depth or a
mud invasion log is specified under the New Well/Reperforation screen:
Once an option is selected, additional mud invasion data must be entered on the
Reservoir Layers screen, Invasion Data.
Irrespective of the option selected on the New Well/Reperforation screen (except for
the No invasion option), the effective permeability in the mud filtrate and mud

291 PROSPER
filtercake invaded zones must be specified. Two options are available for specifying
the effective permeability of the invaded zone:
1. Input return permeability from core tests. This option should be selected if return
permeability laboratory testing was undertaken. Simplistically, the test involves
measuring the initial permeability of the sample at irreducible water saturation,
dynamically exposing the core to drilling mud so a filter cake forms, statically
exposing the filter cake to drilling fluid, cleaning up the sample using drawdown
and finally, measuring the return permeability of the core sample. The damaging
effect of the drilling mud is quantified by the difference between the initial and
final permeability of the core sample.
To use this option, the following inputs are required:
Fluid loss at end of test= total mud fluid loss
Cross sectional area= cross sectional area of core sample
Fractional porosity of core sample= average porosity of core sample
Length of core plug sample=length along the axis of the core sample
Swi of core sample= irreducible water saturation of core sample
Kreturn= return permeability of the core sample after conducting the laboratory
test (%)
Kinitial= initial permeability of the core sample i.e. 100% by definition
This information is used to determine a linear fluid invasion depth, and thus the
effective permeability of the fluid invaded zone.
2. Input factor for permeability in mud invaded zone: If return permeability

laboratory testing was not undertaken, the effective permeability if the solid and
filtrate invaded zones must be estimated. This is inputted into SPOT is the form
of mud invasion zone permeability factors, Ks and Kl,:
Ks = factor to describe the final permeability of the solid invasion zone following
mud invasion
Kl = factor to describe the final permeability of the filtrate invasion zone following
mud invasion
Suggested values based on research by Hans Van Velzen (Royal Dutch Shell) are as
follows:
Kl (OBM) = 52% Kl(WBM) =62%
(90% probability that the invaded zone permeability will be greater than this)
Kl (OBM) = 89% Kl(WBM) =91%

(50% probability that the invaded zone permeability will be greater than this)
Ks(OBM & WBM)= 5%

User Guide 292
Research suggests that a cut-off may exist for mud invasion damage depending
on initial permeability(i.e. high permeability reservoirs are not greatly affected by
mud invasion). The mud invasion model used in SPOT accounts for irreducible
water saturation and, as such, a permeability cutoff is not recommended for
gas reservoirs. However, a permeability cutoff could be applied to oil
reservoirs.
Alternate work by Francis (1997) suggests: Ks (OBM & WBM)= 0.1%

(Reference: Francis, 1997, Dominating Effect Controlling the Extent of Drilling
Induced Formation Damage, SPE Paper 38182)
If the drilling mud is inappropriate or has been poorly designed, permeability in

the mud invaded zone may be very low due to pore plugging by solids, fluid/ fluid
and fluid/ rock interactions, changes in saturation, phase blockage, clay swelling
in the formation, wettability alterations and in situ emulsification and/or
precipitation. The mud invasion model in SPOT does not explicitly consider
these factors.
In addition, the User must enter an irreducible water saturation or irreducible gas
saturation value. This is the irreducible fluid saturation of the reservoir interval.
If Enter Discrete Invasion Depth was selected in the New Well/Reperforation
screen, a value should be entered into the Discrete invasion depth box on this
Invasion Data screen. This option will assume a constant invasion depth over the entire
reservoir interval.
If Calculate invasion was selected in the New Well/Reperforation screen, one of the
following four mud invasion depth calculation options should be selected:
1. Fluid loss vs time
2. Total fluid loss time and volume
3. No fluid loss data-option 1
4. No fluid loss data- option 2
Most accurate calculation method is Option 1, followed by Options 2, 3 and 4.
However the option that requires the least data and thus is most easily applied by the
User is Option 4. In many circumstances (especially for high permeability gas and oil
reservoirs), the User will only have data available for Option 4.
1. Fluid loss vs time
This option should be selected if core flood tests and/or HTHP-fluid-loss-tests
(using a ceramic disk) were conducted and if fluid loss behaviour during the
duration of the test is avaliable. It will predict the amount of spurt loss as well as
the external filter cake build-up process (excessive spurt loss will occur if the
drilling fluid is not properly designed, in this case the drilling fluid should be
redesigned). The User will need to enter additional data in the Fluid loss data
screen:
o Area of lab sample= cross sectional area of ceramic disk or core sample

293 PROSPER
o Differential pressure applied across the lab sample= differential pressure

applied across ceramic disk or core sample during the mud invasion test
o The User will also need to enter Time and Fluid Loss data into the table. A
minimum of two data sets is required. If more than two data sets are entered,
SPOT will input a best fit line through the data. Reasonable values for t1 and t
2 are 300s and 1800s or the end time of the static filtration period
respectively.
2. Total fluid loss time and volume

This option should be selected if core flood tests and/or HTHP-fluid-loss-tests
(using a ceramic disk) were conducted and if only the total fluid loss volume was
recorded at the conclusion of the test. SPOT thus assumes that no spurt loss has
occurred during the test (there should be minimal spurt loss if a drilling fluid has
been optmally designed). As a consequence the solids invasion depth cannot
be predicted and only the liquid invasion can be estimated. If the User is
interested in spurt loss effects, they should obtain appropriate measurements
using laboratory tests.
The User will need to enter additional data in the Fluid loss data screen:
o Area of lab sample= cross sectional area of ceramic disk or core sample
o Differential pressure applied across the lab sample= differential pressure

applied across ceramic disk or core sample during the mud invasion test
o Total lab sample exposure time= time that the ceramic disk or core sample
was exposed to drilling mud
o Total fluid loss through the lab sample= total amount of drilling fluid lost
through the lab sample during all testing stages (the volume should
correspond to the total lab sample exposure time specified)
3. No fluid loss data-option 1

If no fluid loss data is available, empirical equations are used. This method
assumes no spurt loss has occurred and that:
o Fractional porosity of filtercake (fcake) [-] = 0.05
o Permeability of filtercake (Kcake ) [m2] = 80E-21 for OBMs
o Permeability of filtercake (Kcake ) [m2] = 160E-21 for WBMs

User Guide 294
As these values are highly approximate, it is recommended that mud testing is

undertaken to allow one of the more accurate methods (Option 1 or 2 above) to
be used to estimate mud invasion depths.
The User will need to enter additional data in the Drilling mud properties
screen:
o Oil based mud or water based mud. If Oil based mud is not selected, SPOT
will assume the use of water based mud
o Viscosity of drilling fluid filtrate
o Density of drilling fluid filtrate, if you have an OBM this will be the density of the
oil phase in the mud, if you have a WBM this will be the density of the water
phase in the mud
o Mass fraction of solids in the drilling fluid, if you have an OBM, this will be the
mass fraction of solids and water i.e. mass fraction= [((%oil+%water+%
solids)*drilling weight)-(%oil*densityoil)]/( (%oil+%water+%solids)*drilling
weight), if you have a WBM, this will be the mass fraction of solids only i.e.
mass fraction= [((%oil+%water+%solids)*drilling weight)-(%oil*densityoil)-(%
water*densitywater)]/( (%oil+%water+%solids)*drilling weight)
o Density of solids in the drilling fluid, if you have an OBM, this will be the
density of solids and water i.e. density= [((%oil+%water+%solids)
*drillingweight)-(%oil*densityoil)]/ (%water+%solids), if you have a WBM, this
will be the density of solids only i.e. [((%oil+%water+%solids)*drilling weight)-
(%oil*densityoil)-(%water*densitywater)] / (%solids)
4. No fluid loss data- option 2

This method assumes no spurt loss has occurred. It should give a very similar
result to Option 3 (it is based on similar empirical correlations). It should be
highlighted that this method is only valid within the following ranges: mud weights
of 1sg to 1.8sg, brine densities of 1.05sg to 1.25sg for oil based mud and 1sg to
1.25sg for water based mud. The method will also not work for some low weight
water based muds (with brine densities between 1sg and 1.25sg).
The User will need to enter additional data in the Drilling mud properties
screen:
o Oil based mud or water based mud. If Oil based mud is not selected, SPOT
will assume the use of water based mud
o Brine density
o If an oil based mud, is the oil water ratio closer to 80/20 or 75/25
o Is the mud barite weighted or calcium carbonate weighted?

295 PROSPER
o Drilling fluid weight
In addition to selecting one of the four above options, the irreducible fluid saturations
must be specified. Depending on the reservoir fluid, the following parameters may be
required:
a. Irreducible water saturation
b. Irreducible gas saturation
c. Irreducible oil saturation
SPOT will always assume that the mud invasion zone is measured from the wellbore
radius. That is:
in a cased and perforated well, invasion depth is measured from the wellbore
radius (or if caliper data is entered, the effective wellbore radius)
in an openhole well the invasion depth is measured from the wellbore radius (or
if calliper data is entered, the effective wellbore radius)
in an underreamed gravel packed well the invasion depth is measured from the
underreamed wellbore radius (or if caliper data is entered, the effective wellbore
radius)
2.6.11.3.2.3 SPOT: Model inputs - Old Gun

User Guide 296
assuming guns are not oriented. It is assumed that there is a negligible effect of the few
shots which may overlay. As calculated reperforation results are qualitative, the User
should match/adjust these results using field data.
If the option of Old holes only or New and Old holes is selected, the User will be required
to input the following data on the Reservoir Layer screen for the existing holes:
Most of the required information can be obtained from the Vendor Database:
Gun size
Shot density
Gun phasing
DoP Section 1: the depth of penetration measured during the API RP19B Section 1
test
Entrance hole diameter
Perforation efficiency: perforation efficiency is the number of holes that are
contributing to production. E.g. 80% efficiency would mean that 8 out of 10 holes are
contributing to production as 2 hole are blocked due to debris, perforation collapse
etc. Rough rules of thumb for perforation efficiency are:
o 80% for a current perforation gun in a vertical well.
o 50% for vertical perforations in a horizontal well (the gun sitting on the low side of
the hole will prevent tunnel cleanup)
o 80% efficiency for casing conveyed perforating
o 80% efficiency for casing conveyed perforating
o <80% efficiency if a large dynamic or static drawdown is applied to consolidated
sand (i.e. tunnel collapse is not a concern)
o 50% for old perforation guns (greater than or equal to 20 years old)
o 50% for very tight reservoir
Deep Penetrating/ Big Hole: the type of gun must be selected and if the gun is
classified as a deep penetrating or big hole charge. In general, a deep penetrating
gun will have an entrance hole less than or equal to 0.5in.
Standoff during test: This is the distance from the outside of the perforating charge
case to the inside of the casing that applies to the specified Section 1 DoP value
provided above.
Downhole standoff: This is the distance from the outside of the perforating charge
case to the inside of the casing when the gun was originally fired in the well.
Casing material: Select between J55, L80, P105 or P110. If a different material was
used in the test, pick the material with the closest hardness. i.e.:

297 PROSPER
2.6.11.3.3 SPOT: Model inputs - Log Data
The Shell PGDT recommends that the following set of log data is inputted in SPOT to
improve perforation and inflow performance predictions (i.e. answer YES to Log data
available?):
Porosity
Permeability
Unconfined Compressive Strength (UCS)
Thick Walled Cylinder Strength (TWC)
If UCS and TWC data is not available, the following information should be entered:
Formation Density Compensated (FDC)

User Guide 298
Compressional Sonic
Shear Sonic
Petrophysical data should be entered on a typical data acquisition scale (i.e. 0.5-1ft).
Additional data that may also be entered in the Log data screen is listed below (these
are not used in the SPOT calculations):
Gamma-ray: to identify different formation types e.g. sand, shale, coal
Resistivity: to identify hydrocarbon intervals
Cement Bond Log (CBL): to identify poorly cemented zones
Caliper: the caliper diameter should be entered. This will be used to identify washed
out and slumped zones. Any caliper data entered in SPOT will be used to define the
wellbore radius in inflow performance calculations
Net/Non Net reservoir: to identify net pay or sand zones
The best method to get log data into PROSPER is to first import it into Excel and
preprocess it to the format of the log data tab. Then copy and paste it into PROSPER.
Once all the data has been entered, click the "Fill-in" button to calculate any columns
that were not entered (these are shown in blue).
Perforation Zones
The tick box in the "Perforated" column allows each row to be perforated or not. If the
perforated tick box is blue and disabled then it means the log row depth does not
intersect any of the entered layers so it can not produce/inject.
Obviously it can be time-consuming to tick or untick each log row as there may be
thousands or rows. So there are several methods to make this process easier:-
Multiple Selection:
Select a number of rows by clicking and dragging over the rows. Then right click on the
selected rows and select either "Perforated - On" or "Perforated - Off" to tick or untick
the Perforated tick box for all the selected rows.
Perf by cutoff:-
Click this button to display a dialog that allows rows to be perforated by cutoff e.g.
perforate all rows with a permeability grater than 10 md.
Perf by depth:-
Click this button to display a dialog that allows rows to be perforated or not over a range
of entered depths e.g. perforate all rows between a MD of 10105 and 10674 feet.
Note that if the Goode-Wilkinson horizontal well model is not selected for a cased and
perforated analysis, the User will be unable to update the perforation interval in the Log
Data screen (the entire interval will be automatically selected as being perforated).
Unconfined Compressive Strength (UCS) and Thick Walled Cylinder (TWC) Data

299 PROSPER
The User should input a UCS petrophysical log into SPOT. UCS is a very important
parameter as it affects the perforation depth of penetration. There are four options for
determining UCS:
1. Determine a UCS log for your field using petrophysical measurements (UCS is
usually a function of density and sonic logs) and match the generated UCS log to
laboratory core UCS measurements at specific depths. The complete UCS log
should be easily acquired from a Petrophysicist or Log Analyst. This is the most
accurate method of creating a UCS log as the predictive correlation will have been
match against actual field core UCS measurements. For example:
2. Determine a UCS log for your field using petrophysical measurements (UCS is
usually a function of density and sonic logs). The UCS log is NOT matched against
core data. The complete UCS log should be easily acquired from a Petrophysicist or
Log Analyst.
3. Determine a UCS log for your field using information/ data from nearby wells/fields
4. Use correlations in SPOT to estimate UCS. The following correlation types are
available in SPOT to estimate UCS under the UCS Relation column in the layer
data tab:
Sandstone Reservoirs
- Equation 1: UCS as a function of density and compressional sonic (uncertainty factor
2)
- Equation 2: UCS as a function of density and shear sonic (uncertainty factor 2)
- Equation 3: UCS as a function of porosity (valid for porosity>7%)
- Equation 4: UCS as a function of TWC (uncertainty factor of 2)
Carbonate Reservoirs
- Equation 5: UCS as a function of porosity (valid for porosity 4-37%)
- Equation 6: UCS as a function of TWC (uncertainty factor of 3)
SPOT may request more information than required by the selected UCS correlation. For
example, the User may select Porosity, Permeability, FDC and Compressional Sonic
from the Log data input drop down menu in the options tab, however if Equation 1 is
selected, only FDC and Compressional Sonic will be used to calculate UCS (porosity
and permeability values are required for other calculations in SPOT). If the User wishes
to use petrophysical log data to calculate UCS but only average values to calculate
inflow performance, they should enter petrophysical FDC and Sonic logs and constant
porosity and permeability values in the columns in the log data tab.
Although it is possible to internally calculate porosity in SPOT for oil and water wells, it is
recommended that porosity values are not calculated within SPOT and that porosity
information is always entered by the User after it has been determined by a Log Analyst/
Petrophysicist (as it can have a large effect on mud invasion depth calculations and
permeability correlations, and subsequently inflow values). To internally calculate
porosity in SPOT for an oil or water well a FDC (density) Petrophysical log and a Rock
Bulk Density value must be provided. Mud invasion effects are ignored in the SPOT
porosity calculation. SPOT does not allow the User to internally calculate porosity for
gas wells as density logs measure electronic density (which can be significantly less
than actual density in gas).
Many of these correlations are based on trend lines and as such, there is uncertainty

User Guide 300
surrounding each correlation. The User should assess the appropriateness of

calculated values to determine if the correlation is reasonable compared to expected
UCS ranges. A relationship should not be used if it produces negative or very large
values. If uncertainty exists regarding the UCS estimation it is recommended to conduct
a sensitivity analysis.
Indicative UCS ranges that can be used to assess the reasonableness of calculated
values are:
Unconsolidated/extremely weak <130 psia

Loosely consolidated/ very weak/soft 130-550 psia
Friable/weak 550-1300 psia
Consolidated/low strength 1300-4500
psia
Hard >4500 psia
Medium Strength 4500-7200
psia
High Strength 7200-17000
psia
Extreme Strength >17000 psia
These ranges should be appropriate for both sandstones and carbonates.

After UCS values have been defined, TWC must also be defined (accurate TWC
estimation is not as important as UCS prediction in SPOT as TWC is only used to
predict perforation tunnel strength). The following correlation types are available in
SPOT to estimate TWC under the TWC Relation column:
Sandstone Reservoirs
- Equations 1 & 2: TWC as function of density and compressional sonic (uncertainty
factor 1.5-2.5)
- Equation 3: TWC as a function of density and shear sonic (uncertainty factor 1.5-
2.5)
- Equation 4: TWC as a function of porosity -
- Equation 5: TWC as a function of UCS (uncertainty factor of 2)
Carbonate Reservoirs
- Equation 6: TWC as a function of porosity
- Equation 7: TWC as a function of UCS (uncertainty factor of 3)
SPOT may request more information than required by the selected TWC correlation.
For example, the User may select Porosity, Permeability, FDC and Compressional
Sonic from the Log data input drop down menu in the options tab, however if Equation
1 is selected, only FDC and Compressional Sonic will be used to calculate TWC
(porosity and permeability values are required for other calculations in SPOT). If the
User wishes to use petrophysical log data to calculate TWC but only average values to
calculate inflow performance, they should enter petrophysical FDC and Sonic logs and
constant porosity and permeability values in the columns in the log data tab.
No Log Data Available

If the "Log Data Input" in the options tab was set to "None Available" then synthetic log

301 PROSPER
data must be generated. The screen to generate this data will be displayed
automatically the first time the log data tab is accessed. To regenerate the log data
again, click the generate button.
2.6.11.3.3.1 SPOT: Model inputs - Generate Log Data
This dialog is used to generate synthetic log data if none is available. This will create
log data with constant values entered in the average properties data.
The log depth increment should be a small number (e.g. 1 ft).

2.6.11.3.3.2 SPOT: Model inputs - Perforation Cutoff

User Guide 302
This dialog allows the perforated state of the log rows to be set depending on the values
of the log data.
For example, if you wish to only perforate log rows where the permeability is greater
than 10 mD, enter a value of 10 mD for the "Lower Permeability" and then click the
"Apply Cut-off" button. Log rows with a permeability greater than 10 mD will have the
"Perforated" tick box selected and any with a permeability lower than 10 mD will have
the "Perforated" tick box de-selected.
Alternatively if you wish to only perforate log rows with a UCS less than 7000 psia, enter
a value of 7000 psia for the "Upper UCS" and then click the "Apply Cut-off" button. Log
rows with a UCS less than 7000 psia will have the "Perforated" tick box selected and
any with a UCS higher than 7000 psia will have the "Perforated" tick box de-selected.
Leave fields blank if you do not want to them to be applied in the cut-off.
2.6.11.3.3.3 SPOT: Model inputs - Perforation Depth
This dialog is used to select or deselect the perforate tick box for all log rows over a
certain depth range. The depths are always MD rather than TVD.
For example, if you wish to perforate between 12050 and 12100 feet, enter "Upper
Depth" = 12050 ft and "Lower Depth" = 12100 ft. Then click the "Set Perforated" button.

303 PROSPER
2.6.11.3.4 SPOT: Model inputs - Completion
This tab is used to enter completion details for the SPOT calculations. Only the
completion over the producing zone is required.
This data is used to correct the Lp. API 19B/43 tests are performed through a casing
defined in the test data. So if if a thicker casing is used then it will decrease the Lp as
more of the gun energy is lost perforating the casing. Or if a thinner casing is used then
the Lp will be higher.
Appropriate completion details will need to be entered for the selected option. This may
include:

User Guide 304
Casing diameter, type and weight

Casing drift to account for variations in diameter during manufacture. The total drift in
casing internal diameter (ID) should be entered. This is defined in SPOT as the
difference between the maximum and minimum casing ID.
Tubing diameter, type and weight
Tubing drift to account for variations in diameter during manufacture. The total drift in
tubing internal diameter (ID) should be entered. This is defined in SPOT as the
difference between the maximum and minimum tubing ID.
Minimum tubing restriction diameter: this limits the gun size that can be run using
through tubing conveyance.
Hold up depth; this is effectively the end of the well. You will not be allowed to perforate
below the hold up depth
Casing material type: select between J55, L80, P105 or P110. If a different material
was used in the test, pick the material with the closest hardness. i.e.:

SPOT will always assume that the casing of a well is cemented. It cannot calculate the
effect of perforating an uncemented liner or tubing.
Multiple casing strings (2 or 3 casing strings only) can be entered into SPOT and an
adjusted perforation depth will be calculated using empirical correlations.
The holdup depth is effectively the bottom of the well. No perforations are allowed below
the holdup depth. The holdup depth is a measured depth (not TVD).

305 PROSPER
2.6.11.3.5 SPOT: Model inputs - Gravel Pack
Gravel pack information can be entered to model an internal or external (i.e.

underreamed) gravel pack. The following options are available:
Cased and Perforated Well- internal or external gravel pack. In this scenario the internal
gravel pack represents a conventional internal gravel pack. The external gravel pack
represents where the casing has been underreamed and the perforations and
underreamed area are filled with gravel. This option assumes that all other intervals in
the well contain a traditional cased and perforated completion.
Openhole Perforated Well- internal or external gravel pack: In this scenario the internal
gravel pack represents an openhole perforated well that has been completed with a
gravel pack within it (it is extremely unlikely that this case would be selected in practice,

User Guide 306
but is provided here for flexibility). The external gravel pack represents where the casing
has been underreamed, the interval has been perforated and the perforations and
underreamed area are filled with gravel. This option assumes that all other intervals in
the well contain a traditional openhole perforated completion.
Openhole well- internal or external gravel pack: In this scenario the internal gravel pack
represents an openhole well that has been completed with a gravel pack within it (it is
extremely unlikely that this case would be selected in practice, but is provided here for
flexibility). The external gravel pack represents a conventional external gravel pack
where the casing has been underreamed and the underreamed area is filled with
gravel.
This option assumes that all other intervals in the well contain a traditional openhole
completion.
Gravel pack permeability: the permeability of the gravel pack can be estimated using
the following recommendation by Golan and Whitson (1991)
US Mesh Size Approx Mean Diameter (in) Permeability (md)

40/60 0.014 1.2E5-1.7E5
20/40 0.025 1.2E5
10/20 0.056 5E5-6.5E5
8/12 0.080 1.7E6
Top of gravel pack: the top depth of the gravel pack

Bottom of gravel pack: the bottom depth of the gravel pack
Gravel pack outer diameter: the outer diameter of the gravel pack.i.e. the under
reamed diameter in an external gravel pack, the casing ID in an internal cased and
perforated gravel pack or the wellbore diameter in an internal openhole gravel pack.
Gravel pack inner diameter: the inner diameter of the gravel pack. i.e. the diameter of
the gravel screen. Note that this value is not used in the gravel pack calculations, it is
only used in generating the SPOT Well Schematic
Calculation method: three options are presented to calculate the non Darcy flow
through the gravel pack; Golan 1 phase, Geertsma 1 phase and Geertsma 2
phase. The Golan 1 phase calculation is recommended for single phase flow. The
Geertsma 1 phase calculation is recommended for single phase flow. The
Geertsma 2 phase calculation is recommended for two phase flow.
2.6.11.4SPOT: Model Results
Enter topic text here.

307 PROSPER
2.6.11.4.1 SPOT: Model Results - Layer Results
SPOT initially does all the calculations of corrected Lp's, skin, rates etc for each log row.
For reporting purposes it then calculates representative values for the layers for some of
these variables. For example it will use the results of the log rows belonging to each
layer to calculate an equivalent skin for the layer.
Click on the Log Results button to display the detailed results for each log row. Some of
these results are at a specific FBHP so a value needs to be entered before displaying
the log results.

User Guide 308
2.6.11.4.2 SPOT: Model Results - Log Results
This dialog displays the detailed results for each log row. Some of the data (such as
rates) are calculated at the FBHP that was entered in the layer results.
Notes on some of the variables are as follows:-

Underbalance Behrmann, Underbalance King - Recommended underbalance as
calculated by Behrmann & King.
Qo, Qw, Qg - rates from the log row at the entered FBHP
Qo Aof, Qw Aof, Qo Aof - rates from the log row if FBHP = atmospheric pressure
Qo Cum, Qw Cum, Qg Cum - the total rate from this log row plus all log rows below this
log row at entered FBHP.
Qo Cum Aof, Qw Cum Aof, Qg Cum Aof - the total rate from this log row plus all log

309 PROSPER
rows below this log row if FBHP = atmospheric pressure.

Beyond Zone - This is ticked if the perforation is beyond the invasion zone for this log
row.
Sand Production - This is ticked if the sanding model has predicted that sand has been
produced for this log row.
2.6.12 Multi-Lateral Interface

2.6.12.1Network Interface
2.6.12.1.1 Motivation
Multilateral wells are different than single wells because they have a variable structure.
Both the number of branches and the way that they are connected is variable. Hence, a
flexible network data structure is appropriate for modelling these wells. Furthermore, to
provide a consistency with other Petroleum Experts products the interface has the same
look and feel as the one in GAP.
2.6.12.1.2 Interface Overview
The multilateral data entry screen is accessed by choosing System | Inflow Performance
from the PROSPER main menu, as with the single well IPR. However, before that the
multilateral option must be chosen in the Options screen, also accessed from the main
menu.
The User interface consists of a framework window that contains several child windows,
as well as the menu and toolbar from which commands are issued. The child windows
include the network windows that contain the system network drawing, the navigator
window that can assist in the viewing of large networks and up to three visualisation
windows, which can show the multilateral network drawn to scale from three orthogonal
points of view.

User Guide 310
Four main components of the interface are identified, as indicated on the diagram
above, which are described in more detail in the following sections:
1. Network window the window on which the system network is drawn.
2. Navigator window contains a full schematic that can be used to help navigation
about large systems.
3. Menu bar and toolbar. The menu bar is used for issuing commands to PROSPER and
the interface; it contains an abridged set of commands compared to a normal
application framework window because it is a subsidiary window of the main
programme. The toolbar contains menu accelerators, icons for selecting and
manipulating network nodes and links, and icons for zooming or unzooming on the
network window.
4. Visualisation screen up to three windows showing front, side and top views of the
multilateral network.

311 PROSPER
2.6.12.1.2.1 Network Window
The network window is the main window on which the multilateral network is displayed
and manipulated. More than one network window can be displayed at one time; this
means that different views of the same system are available simultaneously, which can
be of help in editing large networks.
The system window is used to draw, edit, and view the system. The network nodes are
represented by coloured icons. The different actions that can be performed on this
window are obtained by clicking the right hand mouse button within the area of the
system window, which brings up a menu. Alternatively, the same set of actions can be
performed using the toolbar or the menu, which are described below.
Addition of Network Nodes and Links

To add an item to the system, activate the required network item type from the toolbar or
by using the right hand mouse button menu. The cursor will change to indicate that a
network item selection has been made. Click on the screen at the point to insert the
element. A network node will be created and an icon to represent it. A label dialog will
appear prompting for a name. If the element is not labelled, a default label is provided
which can be edited later using the icon right hand mouse button menu.
Only the four left most items in the toolbar (tie-point, junction, completion and tank/
reservoir) are nodes: links, the fifth item, are added differently by dragging between two
nodes. Depending on a set of connection rules, the connection will be made or not and
the correct type of link will be chosen. For example, reservoirs can only be attached to
completions and the type of link is logical; in other cases the link is a piece of tubing.
These rules are reviewed in the description of toolbar items. The network is
hierarchical and arrows drawn on the links indicate the direction of the connections
(which is normally the same direction as increasing vertical depth). Each icon is given a
characteristic colour, depending on the network item it represents. The colours and
items are: red (tie-point), green (junction), yellow (completion), blue (reservoir) and pink
(tubing).
Zoom/Unzoom
To zoom or unzoom, first select the appropriate icon from the toolbar or from the right
hand mouse menu, as described above. To zoom in on an area, hold the left hand
mouse button while sweeping the mouse cursor over the area of interest. Alternatively,
click once at a point in the system, and the programme will zoom or unzoom on that
point using a fixed scaling factor (which may be adjusted using the Preferences dialog
in the Preferences menu).
To revert to a full system view at any time, double-click the left hand mouse button at any
point in the window (except on an icon). The view will re-scale to show the whole of the
system.
Mask/Unmask
To mask or unmask, first select the appropriate icon from the toolbar or from the right

User Guide 312
hand mouse menu, as described above. To mask a node, click on itwith mask
selected; to unmask it click on it with unmask selected. Masking removes a node from
the calculation without removing it and its associated data from the network (which
deleting does). Masking is useful for simulating the effect of removing or adding in
completions. Note that masking a branch will have the effect of masking those below it
in the hierarchy.
Moving Items
Select the move option from the toolbar or from the right hand mouse menu. To move a
single item, place the mouse cursor above it and hold down the left mouse button while
dragging the mouse cursor to the desired new location. To move a group, select an
area as with the zoom option and then hold down the left mouse button with the mouse
cursor in the window before dragging the whole group to a new location. Items stay
selected after a group move but can be de-selected using the select option.
Deletion of Items
Select the delete icon from the toolbar or from the right hand mouse menu. Groups of
items may be deleted by group-selecting them as above, but with the delete option
chosen. NB: deletion of a node deletes the data associated with it so this option
should be used with caution. To delete a pure (non data-carrying) link re-do it.
Selection of Items
To select an item or items, first choose the select icon (black arrow) from the toolbar or
from the right hand mouse menu, the selected item will change colour. Group selections
can be achieved by first selecting the select icon then drag the left hand mouse button
over the area of interest. The select option is a toggle, so it can select or de-select
items. Group selections can be used to turn off the selection actioned by a group move.
Editing of Items
If a network item carries data it has an icon associated with it and can be edited by
double clicking on it provided that none of zoom/unzoom, move, delete or select are
chosen. Editing of network item data is covered in the section on Data Entry.
Right Hand Mouse Button Actions

Utility menus will appear when the right hand mouse button is clicked anywhere in the
system view. The normal menu appears when the button is clicked over an empty
space. It contains the commands to add and manipulate network items as well as
commands to bring up dialog screens to change fonts and icon sizes. If it is clicked
over a network icon, a shorter menu will appear with a number of network item specific
functions, such as the ability to change the icon size and label, and delete and select.
Panning
To move the view around the system, move the cursor close to the edge of the view in
the direction the system will be moved. The cursor will change to an arrow. Clicking the
left hand mouse button will move the system view by a fixed amount depending on the

313 PROSPER
current scaling factor. To pan quickly, hold the mouse button down and, after a short
time, the pan action will 'auto-repeat'.
Popup Status Information

If no toolbar (or equivalent menu item) is chosen as the mouse is moved over the
network icons, a small window will appear and show basic status information for the
node in question. The pop-up status window allows the validity status of a network item
to be checked without entering the data entry screen. This is optional: to switch this
function off go to the Preferences screen. To select nothing, toggle the currently
selected toolbar or menu items, or choose the blank option from the drop-down list box
in the toolbar.
Changing Icon Sizes / System Fonts

These functions are also available from the right hand mouse menu. See the section on
menu details for more information.
Other Window Actions

Minimise: Click this button to minimise the window in the multilateral main
window.
Maximise: Click this button to maximise the window to fill the multilateral main
window.
Close: Click this button to remove the window from the workspace.
System menu: This contains various functions allowing the window to be

maximised, minimised, moved, etc.
2.6.12.1.2.2 The Navigator Window
This window can be used to aid in navigation about a large system. It will always consist
of a system schematic that is independent of any zooming on a system window. In
addition to the network, it contains a tracking rectangle that encloses the portion of the
system currently under view in the system window.
The tracking rectangle has two functions. If the focus is currently on a network window,
this rectangle surrounds the area of the network that that view is displaying.
Alternatively, the rectangle may be used to create new views of the network if the
navigator window is currently in focus. When the mouse is moved over the rectangle, the
cursor changes to allow resizing of the rectangle. In this way, the navigator window
facilitates creating views in areas of interest. Double-clicking the left hand mouse button
in the area will create a new system view displaying the selected area, although resized
to preserve a sensible aspect ratio.
Right Hand Mouse Button Menu

User Guide 314
Clicking the right hand mouse button within the navigator window will produce a utility
menu. This contains the following functions:
Navigator On Top: By default, the navigator is always on top of all system views. This
can be changed by selecting this item from the menu.
Hide Window: The navigator can be hidden using this option and, once removed, will
not appear in subsequent sessions until reopened from the Window menu. The
navigator can also be hidden by clicking on the cross button at the top right hand corner
of the window or by using the Window menu option.
New Window: Another way of producing a new view (see above).
Icon Sizes: Invokes the Icon Sizes dialog (see below).
2.6.12.1.2.3 Toolbar Details
The toolbar is located below the main menu at the top of the main window. It consists of
a row of icons (described below) which act as accelerators to the menu functions
accessed from the Tools menu or most of those called from the right hand mouse button
in the network window.
The functions of the various buttons are described below. A quick description can be
gained for a given button by holding the mouse cursor over the button for a moment. A
small yellow box with a short description will appear.
Network Item Set-up

The functionality of the network items buttons is duplicated in the drop-down list: a
selection from this list will cause the appropriate button on the toolbar to be shown as
depressed. When a network item button is selected, the cursor, when over a system
window, will be drawn to represent the current selection. Click once on the system
window to cause a new node of the required type to be created at the chosen point. A
label dialog will appear to allowing the node to be labelled; leaving the label blank
results in default node naming. This can be edited later by clicking the right hand mouse
button on the icon created.
Connections between nodes are created by choosing the Link button and holding
down the mouse left hand button whilst dragging between the nodes. There is a
connection hierarchy, which is represented by the branching of a parent branch into one
or more child branches, in the same way that the multilateral well branches out
physically. Indicate the direction of the hierarchy for junction-completion or completion-
completion connections by the order in which they are joined up.
Tie-point. This is the node for which the IPR is solved and is located at the
top of the system (in vertical depth and hierarchically). Hence, the tie-point

315 PROSPER
can only be a start point.

Junction. The main purpose of the junction is to be a branching node. It can
only have one link into it (from a tie-point, completion or other junction) but
any number coming out.
Completion. This contains both tubing and completion information. It is
attached below a tie-point, junction or another completion. It can only have
one link into it and branches out to either a junction or another completion. It
can also be logically attached (no direction implied) to any number of
reservoirs (but at least one).
Tank/reservoir. This represents a reservoir source and is logically attached
to any number of completions (but at least one).
Link. Connecting to a junction, the link becomes a tubing node and contains
data. Going into a completion, the tubing information is in the completion
and the link is blank only indicating the hierarchical relationship between
the nodes it connects with an arrow. Finally, when connecting a completion
and a reservoir, the link is logical and not hierarchical. Note that re-doing a
link between two nodes will delete it.
2.6.12.1.2.4 Network Manipulation
Zoom in/out. When 'zoom in/out' is selected, a zoom can be achieved either
by clicking the mouse on the system window, which will zoom in/out a fixed
amount and set the centre of the view to the position clicked. If zoom in is
selected, sweeping an area with the mouse will zoom in on the area
selected. The aspect ratio will be retained when an area zoom is performed.
Mask/Unmask an item. After masking is selected specific items can be
removed from the network for calculation purposes without deleting them.
This is particularly useful for seeing the effect of removing a completion
item.
Delete a node. After this is selected, the node may be deleted by clicking on
the item in the system window. The icon automatically becomes unselected
following a deletion to prevent accidental deletion of further nodes. To
delete a pure (non data-carrying) link re-do it.
Move a node. After this is selected, a node may be moved by clicking on the
item in the system window and then, with the mouse button depressed,
dragging the item to the new position. A group of nodes may also be
selected and moved.
Select a node. After this is pressed, a node may be selected/de-selected by
clicking on the item in the system window. The item will reverse its colour to
indicate selection/de-selection.

User Guide 316
2.6.12.1.2.5 Menu Details
Finish
Done exits the screen but validates the multilateral structure and data first. If the
structure is not valid a warning message appears providing the opportunity to remain in
the multilateral screen. One can exit the data screen, however, the data are marked
invalid.
Cancel leaves the multilateral screen, restoring the network to its state at the start of
the edit session.
Tools
These are equivalent to items to the right of, and indeed inside, the drop-down list box in
the tool bar and have been explained above.
Analyse
This menu contains options to plot and report the IPR results in a similar way to those in
the Single Well IPR. The multi-lateral is treated as one reservoir model option, such as
the multi-layer with dP friction loss. There is also a Calculate option, which brings up the
dialog in the following figure.

317 PROSPER
The Calculate screen gives the option of calculating one IPR point or a curve. In the
former case pressure can be calculated from a rate or rate from a pressure. In the latter
case, pressure is calculated for a range of rates up to the AOF, as with other IPR
calculations. From this screen it is possible to specify the number of IPR points
(maximum 20) and the minimum pressure to calculate to. These are to help speed up
calculations if appropriate. Results of the points for curve calculation will be reported at
the bottom section of the screen. Also, having a bearing on calculation speed is the
switch between infinite and finite conductivity modes of calculation. In the latter case the
pressure drop in the tubing is taken into account. Before carrying out the calculation, the
network structure is validated and any errors are reported in the white list box in the
middle section of the screen. If the structure is not valid the calculation is not carried out.
The Details button is used to display pressure and rate-related parameters with respect
to the measured and vertical tubing depths of each branch.
During a calculation, diagnostic information is reported to the list box. Also, a Cancel
button is placed above the Calculate button to allow stopping the calculation. The
buttons to the left of the list box perform the functions in the Analyse menu, except Help,
which brings up this section. The push button Done exits the screen.
Visualise
These items are dealt with in the section on visualisation screens.

User Guide 318
Preferences
The preferences dialog is gained from the Preferences item of the frame window menu.
It allows customisation of a set of User-interface variables for subsequent PROSPER
sessions. The following options are available:
Enable Flyover Status Information. If this is checked then a status box appear as
the mouse is moved over the network item icons.
Auto-repeat delay when panning. When panning, the left-hand mouse button may be
held down to auto-repeat the action. The value given in this field represents the time
(in ms) before the auto-repeat action starts from when the mouse button is clicked.
Fraction of screen to pan per click. This represents the resolution of panning.
Zoom/unzoom factor. A single click in a system window while the zoom or unzoom
icons are active results in a fixed scaling to be applied to the view, while the centre
of the view is changed to the position in which the mouse was clicked. The value
entered in this field is the fixed scaling factor, and as such should be greater than
one.
Background. The background bitmap that is displayed on the background of the

main window (by default this is a PE logo with contact information) may be changed.
Select the required bitmap by pressing the button to the right of the field. The bitmap
will only be loaded after shut down and restarting the multilateral main screen.
Output
Printer Setup - to set up the printer if not already done.
Print - prints the current child window as a hard-copy, metafile or to the clipboard,
whether a network window or a visualisation screen.
Window Menu
New Window. This creates a new system view. The new view is zoomed out to
include all the components.
Close All. Shuts down all system windows in the application.
Cascade. This reorganises the system windows into a cascade.
Tile. Tiles the system windows.
Toggle toolbar display. This will remove the toolbar if it is currently displayed, and
vice-versa. If the toolbar is not displayed, toolbar commands can be accessed via
the right hand mouse button on the system view window.
Toggle navigator display. Displays or hides the navigator window.
Below this is a list of currently active system windows. The current focus window may be
changed by clicking on one.
Help

319 PROSPER
Brings up this information on the network interface.
Other Items
Apart from the preferences it is possible to change other aspects of the User interface:
namely font and icon sizes.
Network Fonts
Fonts used in the network drawing may be changed. To do this, select the Fonts option
from the menu obtained following a right hand mouse button click in the system window.
This will bring up a font selection dialog. Select the required font and style and press
OK. The new font will be applied to all network drawings and also to labels in the
visualisation windows.
Icon Sizes
The sizes of the icons used to represent the network nodes can be changed. Select the
Icon Sizes option from the menu obtained following a right hand mouse button click in
the system window. The following dialog will appear:
The dialog consists of a slider with a data entry field, which contains the current icon
size (this defaults to 50 out of an arbitrary 0 100 range for a new file). Change the icon
size by adjusting the slider or entering a new size in the entry field. Check the Automatic
Update box to update the system window with the new size as the slider is moved.
When the new icon size is entered, click on This View or All Views. In the latter case
the change will be applied to all network windows. In the former case, only the currently
active network view will be changed. The new icon size will not be saved; i.e. all
changes will be lost when the current file is exited.
2.6.12.1.2.6 Visualisation Screens
These screens supply three 2-D views (front, side and top) of the 3-D multilateral object.
The salient visual objects (tie-points, junctions, tubing, completions and reservoirs) are
drawn symbolically but they are spaced to scale. The screens are updated whenever a
network item is edited and has a valid data set and whenever an item is deleted or
becomes invalid. The visualisation objects are given the same colour as their
equivalent network objects (e.g. blue for reservoirs), and are identified by the same
User Guide 320
labels as in the network structure.
The geometry used is left-handed Cartesian. It is assumed that the positive x axis is
along the direction of zero azimuth, positive y is at 90 degrees and positive z is in the
direction of increasing depth. The front view shows the (x, z) plane, where y is
increasing going into the screen and consequently positive z corresponds to moving
down the screen and positive x corresponds to moving to the right. The side view
shows the (y, z) plane, where x increases coming out of the screen, z increases going
down the screen and y increases going to the right. The top view shows the (y, x) plane
where z is increasing going into the screen, x increases going down the screen and y
increases going to the right.
The screens are brought up using the Visualise menu. One of the three views (front,
side and top) or all of them can be activated using the appropriate menu command. If
all the views are shown then they are tiled with any active network windows. The title bar
of each view window shows the extent of the network for the plane in question. The co-
ordinates are shown with respect to the start of a (hypothetical) straight tubing, which
enters the tie-point in the direction of zero azimuth and has measured and vertical
depths equivalent to those of the tie-points. In a similar way to the network window one
can pan across a visualisation window by moving the mouse cursor close to one of the
window edges and clicking on the left button when the panning cursor appears. The
fraction of the screen traversed and the auto-repeat delay are controlled by the same
options as in the network window (chosen from the Preferences dialog).
Right-hand Mouse Button Menu

Using the right hand mouse button on a view screen one can choose to display the co-
ordinates of any of the visual objects. The displayed coordinates can be written over
one another, it is sometimes better to view them separately. By default, the reservoir
depths are displayed at the start of a session. The next group of functions from this
menu contains zoom, unzoom and restore. The latter option resets the scale factor and
the view origins (which can be moved by panning) to the default values. The zoom
factor is the same as that used for the network window and is set in the Preferences
dialog. Finally, the way the picture is drawn can be altered. Normally, the zooming not
only changes the extent of the drawing seen but also magnifies the objects (network
items and text) drawn. Switch off the magnify mode if zooming into a cluttered area as
this will allow more objects to fit in. Also, the network drawing is normally scaled to fit
the window, irrespective of the relative extents to the two axes. Choosing the draw to
scale option stretches the drawing in the direction with the greater physical extent (so it
no longer fits in the window).

321 PROSPER
2.6.12.2Data Entry
2.6.12.2.1 Overview
The data associated with any network item is accessed by double-clicking on its icon
when none of the network manipulation options (zoom/unzoom, delete, move and select)
have been chosen. This brings up a screen with editable data fields in it.
Apart from the tie-point and junction data screens, the main data entry screen for each
node is similar to that of the single well main data entry screen (see Section 7.1).
However, the reservoir data input child screen does not have any tab buttons in it. The
main data screens differ from the single well case in the action buttons: only the left-
most group - Done, Cancel, Reset, Validate and Help - are available. Their function is
the same as in the single well case. Hence, the differences between the single well IPR
data entry and the similar multilateral ones lie in the model selection and data input child
screens.
Given the hierarchical nature of the network, editing a parent branch causes the starting
points (e.g. depths) of child branches to be initialised. Those data fields that are
initialised from outside a particular network item are set read-only (coloured cyan) when
the screen to edit that net item is brought up. Hence, in order to edit a net item and fill it
with valid data it is normally necessary to have edited the parent branch first. However,
it is not a requirement to edit the network in hierarchical order as any child net item can
be filled with invalid data and saved before editing its parent.
Another difference from the single well IPR is that in each screen, on the right hand side,
there is a list box containing a drawing of the network where the data carrying nodes are
sorted hierarchically, by type or alphabetically according to a right-hand mouse button
menu selection. By clicking on the line corresponding to a node the given screen is
closed and the screen belonging to the node clicked on is opened.
2.6.12.2.2 Tie-point and Junction Data
The tie-point data consist of a measured and vertical depth, with an implied azimuth of 0
. The junction data are the same but are read-only. A junction must always be
hierarchically below another network item, so its data are entered automatically from its
parent. As mentioned earlier a junction mainly forms a branching point.
2.6.12.2.3 Tubing Data
Model Selection Screen

The model selection screen for tubing has options to select horizontal and vertical
correlations, choke models, flow types (tubing or annular) and correlation threshold
details. None of the options affect the general format of the data input screen but the
flow type affects the details of the equipment tabbed dialog in the data input screen.

User Guide 322
Data Input Screen

There are two tabbed dialogs in this data input screen, which allow the entry of a
deviation survey and equipment descriptions. These dialogs contain tables very similar
to the ones encountered by selecting System | Equipment from the PROSPER main
menu and then the Deviation Survey and Downhole Equipment push buttons. In the
case of the deviation survey there is an additional azimuth entry.
2.6.12.2.4 Completion Data
The completion data screen represents tubing and a completion. Hence, it is a

superset of the tubing data screen and is the same except for one extra tabbed dialog
in the data input screen, for completion data. This dialog has fields in it similar to the
single well IPR Wong-Clifford model for describing a deviated completion (completion
zone start and end measured and true depths) as well as a field for entering a local
(mechanical/geometric) skin value. There is a drop-down list box in the fifth column,
which allows the skin to be calculated using the Karakas & Tariq method. The selection
of Karakas and Tariq enables the push button in the last column, which brings up an
appropriate data entry screen when clicked upon with the mouse left button. On
entering valid data and exiting that screen with Done the skin value is calculated and
entered in the skin data column.
2.6.12.2.5 Reservoir Data
Model Selection Screen

The model selection screen contains a model selection list box for selecting a Darcy-
like reservoir model as well as several data entry fields for entering PVT and
geometrical data used by all the models.
Data Input Screen

The data input screens contain a single sub-dialog pertaining to the model chosen.
These are similar to the equivalent models in the single well case.
Consistency Validation
Beyond the consistency enforced by the validation of individual network items as they
are edited and the automatic entry of some child branch data from parents, there are
other checks carried out on a complete structure whose nodes are individually valid:
There must be no more than one tie-point in a network; other loose items are
ignored.
The top node must be a tie-point.
All branches must end in a completion; completions must be attached to at least one
reservoir.

323 PROSPER
Reservoirs should not overlap in depth (in the current model they are assumed to be
layers).
2.6.12.3Example of How to Set Up a Simple System

2.6.12.3.1 Introduction
The purpose of this exercise is to enter some geometrical data for the simple
multilateral in the following back of an envelope sketch and then visualise it using the V
isualise menu. It is assumed that the fluid selected is Oil and Water and the units
system is oilfield units. We will also show the procedure for running a calculation, to
which purpose some default PVT and geometric data should be entered in the reservoir
screens. The multilateral has two branches, with one branch having an azimuth of 170
with respect to the other. The zig-zag lines indicate completions and the areas between
the horizontal straight-lines are layers/reservoirs. Note that one tubing branch contains
two completions and goes through two reservoirs. This will be modelled as one
completion node and logically attached to two reservoirs. The point at (12000, 10000)
feet will serve as a tie-point.
(0, 0) = (measured depth, vertical depth)
(12000, 10000)
10000 feet (12100, 10020)
(12200, 10020)
Kh = 100 mD
(12400, 10100)
10100 feet
Azimuth = 170 deg.

Azimuth = 0 deg.
10200 feet
(13000, 10210) (13000, 10220)
Kh = 50 mD
(14000, 10220)
(14000, 10280)
10300 feet
Sketch of a Multi-lateral Network

User Guide 324
2.6.12.3.2 Place the Nodes in the Network Window
The nodes needed are one tie-point (as always), a junction (to model the branching),
two completions (although there are three zones, the data for two will be contained in
one node), and two reservoirs. Each node can be selected from one of the following:
1. Using the Tools | Add Item option in the frame window menu.
2. Clicking on the appropriate icon in the toolbar.
3. Selecting the required option from the drop-down list box in the toolbar.
4. Using the right hand mouse button menu.
Once the appropriate node addition option has been selected, click somewhere in the
blank network window to create an icon. Allow the programme to attach a default label
to the node by not entering one. Do this for all the required nodes listed above.
2.6.12.3.3 Connect the Nodes
Before doing the connections, space the nodes and arrange them in height order with
the tie-point at the top, followed by the junction, followed by the completions and put the
reservoirs at the bottom. Keep the completions and reservoirs at the same horizontal
level with C1 and R1 on the left. Now select the link option and drag the mouse cursor
(with the left button down) between the following icons in order to make the connections:
TP1-J1, J1-C1, J1-C2, C1-R1, C2-R1 and C2-R2. Note that between the tie-point and
the junction a tubing icon is drawn to indicate that this link contains tubing data. The
order of the connections J1-C1 and J2-C2 are important for the reverse would imply that
the completions were above the junction hierarchically.
2.6.12.3.4 Enter the Data
To enter data, double-click on an icon to bring up a screen.
Tie-point (TP1)
Enter 12000 feet and 10000 feet for measured and vertical depth respectively and then
click on Done.
Tubing (T1)
Make sure that Flow Type is Tubing Flow on the model selection screen and a
suitable value (0.354 ft) is entered for well-bore radius. Then leave the model selection
screen with its other defaults and enter the data input screen using the button Input Data
in the top right hand corner. In the Deviation tabbed dialog enter the three numbers:

325 PROSPER
12100 10020 0
in the white boxes in row 2. Now enter the Equipment tabbed dialog by clicking on
that tab. In row 1 choose Tubing from the drop-down list box and then enter the four
numbers:
12100 0.7 0.0006 1
in the white boxes in row 1. Click on Done to finish.
Junction (J1)
The co-ordinates (12100, 10020) should already be entered in the junction net item.
Completions (C1 and C2)

The model selection screens should be as with T1 except a Dietz shape factor should
be entered (e.g. 31.6). The other screens should have their white spaces filled as
follows. In the equipment screens the first row drop-down list box should always be set
to Tubing.
C1 Deviation
13000 10210 170 (row 2)
14000 10280 170 (row 3)
C1 Equipment
14000 0.7 0.0006 1 (row 1)
C1 Completion Info.
13000 14000 10210 10280 1 (row 1)
C2 Deviation
12400 10100 0 (row 2)
13000 10220 0 (row 3)
14000 10220 0 (row 4)
C2 Equipment
14000 0.7 0.0006 1 (row 1)
C2 Completion Info.
12200 12400 10020 10100 1 (row 1)
13000 14000 10220 10220 1 (row 2)
Reservoirs (R1 and R2)

For both reservoirs select Darcy as the model. The edit fields for entry of the data for
this model should appear on clicking on Input Data. In order to agree with the
specifications of the sketch enter the following data:
R1
Reservoir Top Depth: 10200 feet
Reservoir Permeability: 50 md
Reservoir Thickness: 100 feet
R2
Reservoir Top Depth: 10000 feet

User Guide 326
Reservoir Permeability: 100 md

Reservoir Thickness: 100 feet
The other fields in the model selection and data input screens (for both reservoirs)
should be entered with some reasonable numbers. For example: pressure (5000),
temperature (200), salinity (150000), water cut (15), GOR (800), gas gravity (0.9), oil
gravity (30), vertical permeability (10) and drainage area (500).
2.6.12.3.5 Visualise / Calculate
Choosing Visualise |Front should show a picture similar to the one in the sketch above.
Also, providing the data has been entered correctly, the network structure should be
valid; this can be verified by going to the screen brought up by the Analyse| Calculate
menu command and choosing one of the calculations.
Note that this exercise is not meant to represent a real case but only a reasonable set of
data that the program can process.
The comments below will describe what calculations are performed when a system
calculation needs to be performed and the Multilateral model is used.
a) PROSPER uses the already generated IPR with Analyze | Calculate | Calculate
to get the intersection between VLP and IPR first.
b) The solution FBHP from step a) is then used to refine the solution rate by
performing a single point calculation like Analyze | Calculate | Calculate |
Calculation One Point and this point uses the solution flowing bottom hole
pressure
This means that whenever a change is made, the Analyze | Calculate | Calculate
routine needs to be re-run before performing a system calculation so that an updated
IPR can be used.
2.7 Artificial Lift Data Input

This section describes how to enter the description of artificial lift equipment in a well for
calculating a systems analysis. The Design section describes how to select suitable
gas lift, ESP, HSP, PCP and jet pump equipment for new or existing wells.
2.7.1 Continuous Gas Lift Input Data

This option is available only when Gas Lift has been selected as the lift method in the
Options menu. To analyse an existing gas lifted well, the equipment details must be
entered in the Gas Lift Data section that becomes viewable after selecting gas lift from
Options. To design a new gas lift installation, skip the System Gaslift data menu and

327 PROSPER
go directly to Design Gaslift Design (New Well). Note that the gas lift design section
has been revised to give users greater flexibility in choice of design methods.
The required input depends on the choice of casing pressure calculation method.
These are the options available that can be selected in the general options:
No Friction Loss in Annuls

No flowing pressure losses occur in the annulus. A static gas gradient in
the casing is assumed. This model should be used for the majority of gas
lift installations.
Friction Loss in Annuls

The friction pressure drop in the casing is calculated. Input of both tubing
O.D. and casing I.D. is required to define the annulus geometry.
Safety Equipment
Friction pressure losses are calculated in the surface piping, tubing/
casing annulus and an annular safety valve where fitted.
To analyse an existing installation, the gas lift details that need to be entered will
depend upon the particular gas lift method that has been selected.
Firstly select the gas lift system type on the Options menu, then enter the gaslift data by
selecting Gaslift data on the System menu.
Enter the required lift gas composition data. It is possible to model CO2 or N2 as the
injected gas. For example, to model CO2 injection enter Gaslift Gas Gravity = 1.53 and
Mole percent CO2 = 100%.
Select one of three gas lift methods available. The methods currently available are:
2.7.1.1 Fixed Depth Of Injection

When this method is selected, only the depth of injection will be asked for.
The program assumes that the casing pressure is sufficient to inject lift gas at
the specified depth to achieve the GLR Injected or the Injected Gas Rate.
The GLR injected can be subsequently overwritten with entered calculation sensitivity
variables. If the GLR injected is unknown, leave it set to zero. The GLR to inject is set
using Sensitivity variables GLR injected or Injection gas rate in the Calculation section.

User Guide 328
GLR/Rate ?
It is possible to select whether to use by default GLR Injected or Injected Gas Rate as
mode of gas injection.
For example, if one selects use GLR Injected as method, then the program will use by
default the value of GLR injected entered in the same screen above. If instead before
any calculation one enters the gas lift gas (as GLR injected or gas lift gas injection rate)
as sensitivity parameter, then the mode selected in the GasLift Input Data will be
overwritten.
2.7.1.2 Optimum Depth of Injection

When this method is selected enter the maximum depth of injection, the dP across the
gas lift valve and the top casing pressure and PROSPER will iterate to calculate the
optimum injection depth for changing well conditions.

329 PROSPER
For the Gas lifted (safety equipment) option, the compressor discharge pressure is
requested instead of the casing pressure.
Use Optimum Depth of Injection to evaluate the potential increase in

production due to gas lift without the need to perform a detailed design and
spacing the unloading valves.
2.7.1.3 Valve Depth Specified
Enter the measured depth of the gas lift valves. The program automatically calculates
which valve opens for particular liquid and gas injection rates.

User Guide 330
If a gas lift design has already been done, or the mandrel depths have been entered for
a Gaslift QuickLook Calculation, the valve details can be copied across using the T
ransfer button.
The Casing pressure entered should be the available injection system

pressure for the current operating conditions If calculating sensitivities for a
new casing pressure operated design, always subtract the dP to close
valves for each unloading valve above the operating valve from the design
casing pressure.
2.7.1.4 Gas Lift (Safety Equipment)

For the Gas Lifted (safety equipment) option, the annular safety valve pressure losses
are calculated using the valve depth and bean diameter entered on the System Gaslift
Data screen as follows:

331 PROSPER
The safety equipment data can be entered by accessing the Safety Equipment button in
this screen.
The details of the surface injection system are used to calculate the casing head
pressure as a function of gas injection rate and compressor output pressure. Frictional
losses in the annulus are taken into account when calculating the casing pressure at
each gas lift valve depth. The safety valve pressure loss is clearly seen on the following
gradient plot:

User Guide 332
2.7.1.5 Gas Lift (Allow injection in Pipe Line above wellhead)

This option implemented allows to model gas injection in a pipeline. To enable this
option, select Pipeline Only in the Options Summary and Gas Lift in the Artificial Lift
method.
To specify the position of the gas lift valve, in the surface equipment data select this
feature in the equipment type combo box , as shown below:

333 PROSPER
And in the Gas Lift Data enter the properties of the gas and the GLR injected:

User Guide 334
It is possible to model CO2 or N2 as the injected gas. For Example, to model

CO2 injection enter the Gaslift Gas Gravity as 1.53 and enter Mole percent
CO2 as 100%.
2.7.2 Intermittent Gas Lift

If intermittent gas lift is selected as artificial lift method, the following input data are
required:
Surface injection pressure: this is the gas lift injection pressure at surface
Injection depth: depth of the injection valve
Gas lift gas gravity: gravity of the injected gas lift gas
Valve port size: size of the injection valve
Water Cut: water cut of the produced well stream
Tubing Liquid level: depth of the liquid in the tubing to be lifted
2.7.3 ESP Input Data

If Electrical Submersible Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the O
ptions screen, then Electric Submersible Pumps. will be active on the System input
menu. If a new ESP design is being performed, the equipment has not yet been sized,
so skip the ESP Input section entirely and move directly to Design on the main
PROSPER tool bar. For analysis and optimisation of an existing ESP installation, enter

335 PROSPER
the data on the ESP input data screen as requested:
The Pump wear factor is used to account for deviation from the manufacturer's
published performance curves due to wear etc.
For example, entering 0.05 causes the program to scale the pump head
curves down by 5% (i.e. head is 95% of the database value).
Entering 0 causes the program to use the database curves directly.
A negative number can be entered to simulate a particular pump that

performs better than the database curve.
Note: to be able to enter negative wear factors, modify the range of validity of
the wear factor parameter in the Units section. To do that, access the menu
Units/Units and enter for the Pump Wear Factor a Minimum Validation value
equal to -1 (fraction):

User Guide 336
When a downhole gas separator is run, the GOR of the oil above the separator will be
lower than the produced oil GOR. Depending on the completion, the separated gas is
produced up the annulus or a separate tubing string. Both casing I.D. and tubing O.D.
are required to be input on the System Equipment Downhole Equipment.
2.7.4 HSP Input Data

If Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the O
ptions screen, then Hydraulic Submersible Pumps will be active on the System input
menu. If a new HSP design is being done, the equipment has not yet been sized, so
skip the HSP Input section entirely and select Design from the main PROSPER tool bar.
For analysis and optimisation of an existing HSP installation, enter the data on the HSP
input data screen as requested:

337 PROSPER
The Pump wear factor is defined as in the ESP pumps, as seen in the previous section.
Turbine speed is assumed to be the same as the Pump speed. The % Power Fluid of
Reservoir Fluid defines what fraction of the total produced liquids the power fluid
represents.
A figure of 100% means that the amount of power fluid used to drive the
turbine is the same as the amount of produced reservoir fluids.
2.7.5 Progressive Cavity Pumps

If the PCP option has been selected as the well lift method on the Options screen, then
the progressive cavity Pump option will be active on the System input menu.
If a new PCP design is being done, the equipment has not yet been sized, so skip the
PCP Input section entirely and select Design from the main PROSPER menu. For
analysis and optimisation of an existing PCP installation, enter the data on the PCP

User Guide 338
In order to select the correspondent pump and rods, the pump database must be set up
first. The section devoted to the PCP design will describe how to enter the
correspondent pump and rods database.
2.7.6 Coiled Tubing Gas Lift

This option is available only when Gas Lift with coil tubing is selected as the lift method
in the Options menu.
To analyse an existing installation, enter the data in the Coiled Tubing Data section, as
shown below:

339 PROSPER
Two lift methods are available: Specified Injection Depth and Optimum Injection Depth.
Please refer to the Gas Lift section above for further details.

User Guide 340
2.7.7 Diluent Injection

This technology is used to enhance the production of heavy, viscous crude oil, in some
cases making previously not producible hydrocarbon reserves economically
recoverable.
With diluent injection, the light hydrocarbon diluent reduces crude viscosity and
improves its flow characteristics.
When Diluent injection is selected as Artificial Lift Method, Diluent Injection is active in
the System menu.
The only input data required are injection rate and depth:

341 PROSPER
2.7.8 Jet Pumps

If Jet Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the Options screen, then Jet
Pumps will be active on the System input menu. If a new Jet Pump design is being
done, the equipment has not yet been sized, so skip the Jet Pump Input section entirely
and select Design from the main PROSPER tool bar.
For analysis and optimisation of an existing Jet Pump installation, enter the data on the
In this section the User has to select the Pump and enter specify its position and
maximum size along with injection rate and pressure.
The loss coefficients are also required. These coefficients are a measure of the energy
loss due to the friction in the above quoted sections of the pump.
The coefficients are provided by the Jet Pump manufacturers.

User Guide 342
2.7.9 Multiphase Pumps

When Multiphase Pump (FRAMO Pumps) has been selected as the well lift method on
the Options screen, to perform the analysis and optimisation of an existing FRAMO
Pump installation, enter the data on the input data screen as requested:
The Pump Wear Factor is defined in the same way as in the ESP pumps. Please refer
to that section for details.
Other input data are the power available, the pump configuration (single pump or pumps
in parallel) and the pump model.
2.7.10 Sucker Rod Pumps

If Sucker Rod Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the Options screen,
then Sucker Rod Pumps will be active on the System input menu.
If a new SRP design is being performed, the equipment has not yet been sized, so skip
the Sucker Rod Pumps Input section entirely and move directly to Design on the main
PROSPER tool bar.
For analysis and optimisation of an existing SRP installation, enter the data in the
System Sucker Rod Pumps input data screen as requested:

343 PROSPER
The input data screen is directly connected to the database for the Sucker Rod Pumps.
2.8 Matching Menu

The PROSPER Matching menu is mainly used for the following objectives:
Input data and model quality control

User Guide 344
Fine adjustment of the model parameters to enable well models to reproduce

observed data
In case of artificial lift, system diagnostics and troubleshooting
A properly matched model is a pre-requisite for accurate performance prediction.
The Quality Control exercises like Correlation comparison are based on what is
possible according to the principles of fundamental physics.
The Matching menu offers the following calculation options:
VLP / IPR Matching

This option enables the User to tune the well bore multiphase flow correlations to fit
measured downhole pressures and rates. Up to 1000 well tests can be stored and
used for matching purposes.
Once the VLP is matched, the IPR can be adjusted to match observed rates and
pressures also.
Gradient Matching
Existing correlations can be modified using non-linear regression to best fit a gradient
survey. Comparison of the fit parameters will identify which correlation required the
least adjustment to match the measured data.
This should be used only if for a given rate more than one measurement is
available along the production string.
Pipeline Matching
The program uses actual wellhead and manifold pressures together with temperature
data points to match surface pressure drop correlations. Separate screens allow the
match parameters to be viewed and the best match selected.
Correlation Comparison
This is the primary step in quality control of measured well test data.
This option allows pressure gradient plots to be generated with different correlations to
be compared with measured gradient survey data. The comparison enables the User
to:
- Understand if the measurements make sense, that is to say, violate or not the
principles of physics
- Select the flow correlation that best fits the experimental measurement
Correlation Comparison is a fundamental step in the quality check of the model.
QuickLook
This feature is active only if an artificial lift method (Gas Lift, ESP or HSP) is selected.
It allows calculation of the pressure gradient in an artificially lifted well for a quick check

345 PROSPER
of lift performance.
For gas lifted wells, valve opening and closing pressures are calculated to permit
troubleshooting gas lift installations.
For ESP and HSP wells, the performance of the ESP and HSP can be checked.
Correlation Parameters
The tubing and pipeline match parameters can be inspected reset or entered by hand
using this menu option. This capability is useful for troubleshooting, or to input match
parameters determined previously.
Correlation Thresholds
This option allows the User to specify a threshold angle for both tubing and pipeline
correlations at which the program will automatically change to another (specified)
correlation. This option will enable vertical risers in sub sea completions to be modelled
more accurately.
VLP Matching is not available for Enthalpy Balance temperature model

applications. For Enthalpy Balance applications requiring VLP matching, use
the Predicting Pressure Only, or the Rough/Improved Approximation
temperature model, to perform the correlation matching. Once the matching
operation has been completed, return to System and re-activate the Enthalpy
Balance option. The VLP match parameters will be carried over.
2.8.1 VLP/IPR Match and Quality Check

This feature enables the User to adjust the multiphase flow correlations to match flowing
bottom hole pressure surveys or production logging runs.
Up to 1000 pressure tests can be stored and used for matching. VLP/IPR Match allows
data to be matched over a range of rates as well as depths.
The Gas Oil Ratio is the solution GOR. If the reservoir is under-saturated, there
is no free gas production at the sand face and the GOR free should be set to
zero.
The Gas Oil Ratio can also be entered as Total GOR (Solution + Free GOR). In
this case the GOR Free can be entered as nil. The program will determine how
much gas is in solution and how much in the free phase according to the PVT.

User Guide 346
The required input data are:
Test Point Date and A comment can be entered for the test. Also, each test can be
associated to a date stamp
Comment
Tubing Head Flowing pressure for test rate entered.

Pressure
Tubing Head Flowing temperature at test rate. Usually has only a minor
effect.
Temperature
Water Cut Test water cut. (WGR for Gas or Condensate)
Rate Enter either Oil or Liquid rates as selected. (Oil Wells Only)
Gauge Depth Depth of measured pressure data point.
Gauge Pressure Measured pressure at test flow rate.
Reservoir Pressure Pressure of the reservoir when the test was taken. This field
will not be displayed if the IPR model in use is MultiLayer or
MultiLateral

347 PROSPER
GOR Solution GOR (Oil) , CGR (Gas) or Separator GOR

(Condensate)
GOR Free Free gas production from a gas cap or injection breakthrough.
The measured total GOR during the test (including the tank
gas) must equal GOR + GOR Free. (Oil Well Only)
Gaslift Gas Rate Rate of lift gas injection (gas lifted wells only).
Depth of operating valve (gas lifted wells only) .A good bottom

Injection Depth
hole pressure match will not be obtained if an incorrect
injection depth is used.
Operating ESP lifted wells only

Frequency
Pump Wear Factor ESP Lifted wells only
Pump Intake ESP Lifted wells only

Pressure
Pump Discharge ESP Lifted wells only

Pressure
The Test Point Date and Comment fields are provided to allow the optional entry of
notes to identify the match data set. Examples would be test date, source of pressure
data, comments on test quality etc.
This input screen has a number of features to simplify data manipulation. The selection
buttons on the left hand side are used to select data points for further editing. Hold
down the Ctrl key and click the required buttons to select multiple points. Copy copies
the selected points into memory and onto the Windows clipboard. Click the selection
button of the desired destination and click Paste to copy the data to the new location. I
nsert shifts the data down to make room for new entries. The Delete button deletes the
selected records. Data from this table can be copied to or from the Windows clipboard.
Therefore, test data can be read in from a Windows based spreadsheet by first
copying it to the clipboard, and then pasting it directly into the table.
Bad or inconsistent data points occasionally prevent the program obtaining a good
match. The Disable button causes a selected data record to be ignored in the matching
process. Disabled records are dimmed in the VLP matching screen. Disabled points
can be re-included in the matching process by first selecting the point and clicking on E
nable. By sequentially disabling suspect data points, potentially inaccurate test points
can be identified and eliminated from the match.

User Guide 348
If the temperature prediction method is Rough Approximation, the User can

now use the Estimate U value button to estimate the overall heat transfer
coefficient for the selected well test. The procedure is:
Click on the button to the left of the well test data that we wish to estimate
the overall heat transfer coefficient.
Click on the Estimate U value button
PROSPER will estimate the overall heat transfer coefficient that matches
the wellhead temperature of the well test.
The User can then go to the Geothermal Gradient section to change the
overall heat transfer coefficient value.
The User can now use the Correlation Comparison button to transfer the
selected well test data to the correlation comparison section. The procedure is:
Click on the button to the left of the well test data that we wish to perform
correlation comparison on.
Click on the Correlation Comparison button
PROSPER will bring us to the correlation comparison screen and at the
same time, populate the correlation comparison screen with the selected
well test data.
For each well test it is possible to enter a date stamp and the reservoir pressure
at the time of the test.
This feature can be used to store the actual reservoir conditions and allow the
User to get back in time and check old tests.
Accessing QuickLook
When Gas Lift, ESP, or HSP artificial lift method is in use, from the VLP/IPR
matching screen it is possible to access the QuickLook section
New!!! Adjust IPR: After matching the VLP, it is possible to solve the system
for reservoir pressure in automated fashion. The algorithm will estimate the
reservoir needed to match the well test. The user will have to make an
engineering judgment about the adequacy of the mathematical solution.

349 PROSPER
2.8.1.1 VLP Matching

To compute the VLP match, click Match VLP to display the VLP matching screen.
Select the correlations to match or just click All to match all correlations. An example
screen is shown below:
Click the Statistics button to examine the match parameters as shown on the example
screen below:
If necessary, match parameters can be edited or directly entered on this screen. This

User Guide 350
should be done with extreme caution and only if previous work on similar wells has
yielded consistent match parameters or to apply match parameters for the same well in
a different PROSPER application.
PROSPER uses a non-linear regression to tune the VLP correlations to best match the
measured data. It does this by calculating a pressure traverse using a correlation and
determining the error between measured and calculated pressures. The gravity and
friction terms of the pressure loss equations are then adjusted and the process
repeated until the measured and calculated results agree within 1 psi, or 50 iterations
have been completed.
Notes on Matching Parameters
Parameter 1 is the multiplier for the gravity term in the pressure drop
correlation
Parameter 2 is the multiplier for the friction term.
If all the data are consistent, these two parameters should be within a 10%
tolerance from the unity.
If PROSPER has to adjust Parameter 1 by more than +-10%, then there is probably
an inconsistency between the fluid density predicted by the PVT model and the
field data (rates/pressures).
If PROSPER has to adjust Parameter 2 by more than +-10%, then probably the
value of the roughness entered in the equipment is incorrect.
In cases the PVT has been correctly matched, the greatest source of uncertainty in the
VLP calculation for oil wells is usually the hold-up correlation. PROSPER will attempt to
make a gravity component (Parameter 1) match by adjusting the hold-up correlation. If
a match is not obtained with a Parameter 1 more than 5% away from 1.0, the density is
adjusted. For single phase applications, no hold-up correction is possible, so any
significant deviation from 1.0 for Parameter 1 indicates a PVT problem.
If Parameter 2 requires a large correction, then it is likely that the equipment description
is in error, or the flow rates are incorrect. As the effect of a shift in the friction
component on the overall pressure loss is less than for the gravity term, a larger range in
the value of Parameter 2 is expected.
Once the matching process is complete, the match parameters will be shown alongside
each of the correlations that have been matched. Use the standard deviations and the
magnitude of corrections made to both parameters to aid the selection of matched
correlation.
Use the Correlation Comparison option of the Matching menu to compare the optimised
(matched) correlations with measured test data. To ensure that the process has been
successful, check that the matched VLP traverses plot close to the measured pressure

351 PROSPER
data points.
VLP matching provides a logically consistent means to adjust flow

PROSPER
correlations to reproduce field measured pressures. Combined with IPR
matching, PROSPER provides the means to create a robust well model that is
capable of reproducing observed pressures and rates. This is a necessary
condition for making accurate performance predictions and optimisation studies.
2.8.1.1.1 VLP Correlation Applications

Fancher Brown is a no-slip hold-up correlation that is provided for use as a quality
control. It gives the lowest possible value of VLP since it neglects gas/liquid slip it
should always predict a pressure, which is less than the measured value. Even if it
gives a good match to the measured down hole pressures, Fancher Brown should not
be used for quantitative work. Measured data falling to the left of Fancher Brown on the
correlation comparison plot indicates a problem with fluid density (i.e. PVT) or field
pressure data. This is thus essentially, a correlation for quality control purposes.
For oil wells, Hagedorn Brown performs well for slug flow at moderate to high
production rates but well loading is poorly predicted. Hagedorn Brown should not be
used for condensates and whenever mist flow is the main flow regime. Hagedorn
Brown under predicts VLP at low rates and should not be used for predicting minimum
stable rates.
Duns and Ros Modified usually performs well in mist flow cases and should be used in
high GOR oil and condensate wells. It tends to over-predict VLP in oil wells. Despite
this, the minimum stable rate indicated by the minimum of the VLP curve is often a good
estimate.
Duns and Ros Original is the original published method, without the enhancements
applied in the primary Duns and Ros correlation. The primary Duns and Ros correlation
in PROSPER has been enhanced and optimised for use with condensates.
Petroleum Experts correlation combines the best features of existing correlations. It

uses the Gould et al flow map and the Hagedorn Brown correlation in slug flow, and
Duns and Ros for mist flow. In the transition regime, a combination of slug and mist
results is used.
Petroleum Experts 2 includes the features of the PE correlation plus original work on
predicting low-rate VLPs and well stability.
Petroleum Experts 3 includes the features of the PE2 correlation plus original work for
viscous, volatile and foamy oils.
Petroleum Experts 4 is an advanced mechanistic model for any angled wells

User Guide 352
(including downhill flow) suitable for any fluid (including Retrograde Condensate).
Petroleum Experts 5. The PE5 mechanistic correlation is an advancement on the PE4

mechanistic correlation. PE4 showed some instabilities (just like other mechanistic
models) that limited its use accross the board. PE5 reduces the instabilities through a
calculation that does not use flow regime maps as a starting point.
PE5 is capable of modelling any fluid type over any well or pipe trajectory. This
correlation accounts for fluid density changes for incline and decline trajectories. The
stability of the well can also be verified with the use of PE5 when calculating the gradient
traverse, allowing for liquid loading, slug frequency, etc. to be modelled.
Orkiszewski correlation often gives a good match to measured data. However, its
formulation includes a discontinuity in its calculation method. The discontinuity can
cause instability during the pressure matching process; therefore we do not encourage
its use.
Beggs and Brill is primarily a pipeline correlation. It generally over-predicts pressure

drops in vertical and deviated wells.
Gray correlation gives good results in gas wells for condensate ratios up to around 50
bbl/MMscf and high produced water ratios. Gray contains its own internal PVT model
which over-rides PROSPERs normal PVT calculations.
Hydro 3P (internal) is a mechanistic model and considers three phase flow.
For very high liquid dropout wells, use a Retrograde Condensate PVT and the
Duns and Ros correlation.
There is no universal rule for selecting the best flow correlation for a given
application. It is recommended that the Correlation Comparison always be
carried out. By inspecting the predicted flow regimes and pressure results,
the User can select the correlation that best models the physical situation.
Further details can be found in the PROSPER Help menu, under HelpFlow Correlations.
References about multiphase flow are reported in Appendix A.
2.8.1.2 IPR Matching

This feature allows the User to check the consistency of the flowing bottom hole
pressure data used in the VLP match and to adjust the IPR, if required, to match
measured data. Inconsistencies in test data resulting from e.g. changing reservoir
pressures can be easily identified.
Clicking VLP/IPR from the VLP/IPR Matching screen will display the following VLP
Matching Adjust IPR screen:

353 PROSPER
Select the desired correlation and then click Calculate, and PROSPER will calculate the
VLP for a range of rates and pressure at the sand face for each of the active test points
that have been entered on the VLP Matching screen. Once this calculation is
completed, click Plot and the VLP/IPR plot will be displayed along with the test point:

User Guide 354
The errors between calculated and measured data are shown on the side of the plot. If
the test points are not consistent with the IPR model, the skin, etc. can be adjusted until
a match is obtained. To modify the data of the IPR, select IPR, which will access the
IPR input screen.
NEW!!! During the adjustment of the IPR, to modify the value of the Reservoir
Pressure, change the reservoir pressure entered in the test data screen
Inconsistent test data points will be easily identified on this plot. Clicking Finish returns
to the Adjust IPR screen. Matching both the VLP and IPR to actual test data ensures
that the PROSPER well model is capable of accurately reproducing the currently known
producing conditions.
An IPR is required when automatic rate calculation is used for VLP or system
calculations. IPR data must be present before commencing a VLP/IPR Match.

355 PROSPER
NEW!!! In the VLP Matching - Adjust IPR screen the option to allow/disallow
Left-Hand Intersection is available. This option can be used in cases like Gas
Coning
2.8.2 Gradient Matching

This facility enables to modify the existing correlations to fit to a measured pressure
gradient survey. It can also be used, as a quality control to identify which correlation
required the least adjustment to obtain a fit. From the Matching menu, select Gradient
(traverse) matching. The following screen will appear:
The first node pressure is entered in the Input Parameters section - do not include it in
the Match Data table. The Transfer button copies the measured gradient data from the
Correlation comparison data. The same guidelines for GOR apply as for VLP/IPR
Matching. Enter the required data and click Match. The following will be displayed:

User Guide 356
Select the correlations to be matched by clicking on them, and then click Match to start
the matching routine. Parameter 1 is the correction factor applied to the gravity
component of pressure drop whilst Parameter 2 is the factor applied to the frictional
element of pressure drop. The match algorithm continues until the standard error is less
than 1 psi, or 50 iterations have been performed. The adjusted correlation and
measured pressures can be visually compared by clicking Plot. A graph similar to the
following is displayed:

357 PROSPER
The match points appear as blue squares in the figure reported above.
The calculated pressure gradient can be inspected by clicking View. Click the Statistics
button to display the match parameters. Use the statistics and knowledge of well
conditions and correlation performance to guide the choice of VLP correlation. Once a
correlation has been matched, the match parameters are appended to the correlation
name for all subsequent operations. Should it be necessary to adjust or clear the match
parameters, click the Reset button for a particular correlation, or use the Reset All button
to reset all correlations to their un-matched state.
Best results are usually obtained by using VLP matching. VLP matching is
the preferred option. Gradient matching is only to be considered for
specialised artificial lift applications and where many (reliable) pressure Vs
depth data points are available.
2.8.3 Surface Pipe Matching

This option is used to match measured data with the calculated pressure drop from the
wellhead to the manifold. This option is useful only if surface equipment has been
entered in System Equipment. Select Surface pipe matching from the Matching menu
to display the following input screen:

User Guide 358
The User can now use the Correlation Comparison button to transfer the
selected pipeline test data to the pipeline correlation comparison section. The
procedure is:
Click on the button to the left of the pipeline test data that we wish to
perform correlation comparison on.
Click on the Correlation Comparison button
PROSPER will bring us to the pipeline correlation comparison screen
and at the same time, populate the correlation comparison screen with
the selected pipeline test data.
Enter measured manifold and tubing head pressures for a range of rates and click M
atch to enter the calculation screen. Select the correlations to match in the same
manner as for Gradient matching. All editing and calculation controls operate as
described under Gradient matching. Once the matching is complete, click OK to return
to the main menu.
If the system description has no elevation difference between the wellhead

and manifold, there can be no gravitational component of the correlated
pressure drop. Therefore, Parameter 1 cannot be optimised, so it remains at
the default value of 1.0 for such cases.
2.8.4 Correlation Comparison

This module allows a pressure gradient (traverse) to be calculated at a specified
surface rate using any of the standard correlations. Actual measured pressures can be

359 PROSPER
input and plotted on the same graph for comparison with the pressure calculated from
the correlations. The correlations may be modified or unmodified (Matched or
Unmatched).
Click Matching / Correlation comparison to display the following data entry screen:
Note that in Correlation comparison, the first node is the wellhead only if there
is no surface equipment or it has been disabled.
Enter the surface flowing conditions at which to compare the flowing gradients
calculations for the selected Vertical Lift correlations. Select a surface equipment
correlation then click on the required Vertical Lift correlations to select a number of
them from the list. Please remember that the lowest and highest pressure drops are

User Guide 360
given by Fancher and Brown (no slip) and Duns and Ross Modified (highest pressure
drop in the slug flow regime) for oil wells. These can serve as quality check boundaries
for downhole measurements. Fancher Brown should never be used for actual
calculations.
Ensure that the rate type is correct for the specific application.
The value of GOR should reflect the current solution GOR and at no time
should exceed the initial solution GOR.
The GOR Free variable is used to model the effect of free gas production
from a gas cap or injection gas breakthrough. Leave GOR Free set to zero if
there is no free gas production.
The sum of GOR and GOR Free should equal the producing GOR.
Pressure data from a gradient survey can be entered versus depth in the measured
data boxes. The Transfer button copies the measured depths and pressures from the G
radient Match section.
For gas lifted wells, both the injection depth and gas lift injection rate are
required to be input.
Note that the producing GOR should not include the lift gas injection.
When the input data is complete, click on Calculate to display the calculations screen,
then press the Calculate button to compute the pressure gradient in tabular form as
shown below:

361 PROSPER
The results of individual correlations can be examined sequentially by clicking the

arrows beside the Correlation field.
For all the correlation selected for calculations, use the scroll thumb below the results
box to access the results of calculations.
PROSPER displays the following parameters as a function of depth:

Temperature, Pressure.
Total Pressure Gradient, Static gradient, Friction Gradient.
Flow regime, Liquid Hold up, Water Hold up, cumulative hold ups.
Slip Liquid Velocity, Superficial Liquid Velocity, Slip Gas Velocity, Superficial
Gas Velocity, Slip Water Velocity, Superficial Water Velocity.
Mixture Density, Gas density, Oil density, Water density.
Frictional Pressure Loss, Gravity Pressure Loss

User Guide 362
Pipe Diameter, Angle of the tubing From Vertical, calculation Node Length
Liquid Viscosity, Gas Viscosity, water viscosity, oil viscosity, Gas-Liquid IFT,
Gas-Water IFT, Gas-Oil IFT, Oil-Water IFT
C Factor and the max size of sand grain that can be transported
Cumulative volumes of phases till that depth.
A visual comparison of all selected correlations and the test data is easily made by
clicking on the Plot button. The plot can be output or saved using the standard features
of PROSPER and Windows. An example comparison plot is shown below:
This plot is a useful quality check on the PVT and field production data. The Fancher
Brown correlation does not allow for gas/liquid slippage, therefore it should always
predict a pressure that is less than the measured value. Measured data falling to the left
of Fancher Brown on the gradient comparison plot indicates a problem with fluid density
(i.e. PVT) or the field data (pressure or rate). The use of the gradient comparison plot is
recommended to help identify flow regimes and assess input data quality.
Summary Plot
From the Tubing Correlation Comparison it is possible to visualize a Summary plot

363 PROSPER
This plot allows to compare the total dP and the components of the dp calculated by the
various correlations, as well as the difference between the correlation pressure and the
gauge pressure (Point i in the table):
Results This consists of a table containing the summary of all the results for all the
multiphase flow models

User Guide 364
Chart Select from the drop-down menu the component of the pressure drop to
compare
Done Return to the previous screen.
Export This option allows the user to export selected data to Printer, File, Clipboard
or Screen.
Help View this Help screen
2.8.5 QuickLook for Gas Lift

The QuickLook option is based on the principle of calculating well pressure traverses in
opposite directions beginning from known conditions at the surface and sand face. If
the assumptions regarding well conditions (e.g. gas injection rates and depth, water
cuts, IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated traverses would overlay.
Troubleshooting a gas lifted well is performed by considering a range of assumptions,

until a consistent calculation model can be obtained. By varying artificial lift and
production parameters in turn, the experienced User can determine if the well is
behaving as designed, or identify potential reasons to explain the deviation from design
conditions.
2.8.5.1 Input
The gas lift QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Clicking QuickLook from
the Matching menu displays the following screen:

365 PROSPER
The surface measurements section contains two columns for data input.
For analysing a particular well at a particular flowing condition, enter data in

the Minimum column only.
For unstable wells, enter the minimum and maximum conditions to be

considered. The program will calculate using average values.
If unloading valve details have been entered, their opening and closing pressures will be
shown on the plot also.
The parameters required to be entered are:
Tubing head Enter expected flowing pressure for the well.

pressure
Tubing head Used only for comparison purposes.
temperature

User Guide 366
Liquid rate Enter current flow rate.

Water cut Enter current value.
Total gas rate Enter total gas production through the separator - including
the lift gas contained in the produced well stream.
Gas injection rate Enter current injection rate.
Casing head Enter current surface gas injection pressure.
pressure
Orifice diameter Enter diameter of orifice where gas is entering the string.
This diameter is used to estimate the pressure drop between
casing and tubing at the injection depth. For wells having
multiple injecting orifices at the same depth, enter an
equivalent area.
Injection depth Enter expected depth of injection.
Vertical flow Select the most appropriate correlation for the application.
correlation Use a matched correlation where available.
Dome Pressure When set to Yes, the improved high-pressure dome pressure
Correction above temperature method is used.
1200 psi
Thornhill-Craver NEW!!!
DeRating This coefficient is used to scale down the maximum gas
injection rate that can be flowed through a valve or the orifice.
As the maximum gas rate is decreased, this means that to
flow the same gas rate as the original case (with no de-
rating), larger valve or orifice should be used
To compare measured and calculated pressures to those calculated by the QuickLook,

click Downhole, and enter the pressure survey data in the following screen:

367 PROSPER
The purpose of this section is to check that all the data is consistent. The static gradient
can also be displayed on the plot by entering two static pressure measurement points.
Downhole measurement entry is optional.
If a static pressure is entered on the downhole measurement screen, this will

be used to calculate the sand face pressure from the IPR.
For PROSPER to determine which gas lift valves should be open and closed for the
current producing conditions, the valve depths and characteristics must first be entered.
Click Valves from the QuickLook screen to display the following:

User Guide 368
The valve type (casing or tubing sensitive), setting depth, port size, R-value and dome
pressure at 60 F are required to calculate whether valves are open or closed. Opening
pressure etc. fields will be blank until a QuickLook calculation has been performed.
Entering the valve data for the QuickLook is optional.
As an alternative to entering them by hand, gas lift valve characteristics can be

transferred from other sections of PROSPER. Click the Transfer button on the Valves
data entry screen, and the User will be prompted to select the source of valve data.
Select either From Gas lift valves, or From Gas lift design to pick up the depths that
have been previously entered in Equipment Gaslift. After Transferring the valve depths,
select the valve type for each depth. To manually investigate the effects of changing R-
values and dome pressures, these values may be edited or entered by hand.
2.8.5.2 Performing the QuickLook Calculation

Once the required (diagnostic) and optional (Downhole & Valves) data have been
entered, click Calculate to display the calculation screen and Calculate again to begin
the computation of the gradients. PROSPER begins by calculating from the top down,
and then repeats the calculation from the sand face up.
Select between the up pass and down pass using the buttons located beside the Case
box as in the following example:

369 PROSPER
In the Results box, the program displays the theoretical dP across the injecting valve
together with the casing pressure theoretically required to balance the flowing tubing
pressure at the injection depth plus the dP across the orifice.
Click Plot to display the two computed gradients plus the valve opening and closing
pressures on the same graph:

User Guide 370
This plot enables the User to see at a glance which valves should be open or closed,
and how changes in operating pressures would impact on the valves. The results box
displays the following computed values:
Flowing BHP From the IPR at the current flow rate.
Static BHP Reservoir pressure input.
Tubing pressure at Fluid side pressure at injection depth.

valve
Casing pressure at Gas side pressure at injection depth.

valve
Temperature at valve Interpolated for Predicting pressure only option. Can also
be calculated using the Rough Approximation
temperature option.
GOR Calculated from production and injection rates and PVT.
GOR Free Calculated from production and injection rates and PVT.
dP across valve Pressure loss resulting from injection through the valve
orifice.

371 PROSPER
Theoretical casing Pressure at surface back calculated from the tubing

pressure pressure at injection depth plus the dP across the
operating valve less the gas pressure traverse back to
surface.
Producing draw down Difference in static and flowing sand face pressures.
Equivalent P.I. When flowing above bubble point, the production rate
divided by the producing draw down.
Critical flow rate Injection rate required for sonic velocity through the orifice.
% Critical flow rate Actual injection rate as a fraction of the critical rate.
2.8.6 QuickLook for ESP

The ESP QuickLook principle is identical to that for gas lift wells, i.e. pressure traverses
are calculated from top to bottom and vice-versa. If the assumptions regarding well and
ESP conditions (e.g. pump frequency, wear factor, water cuts, wellhead pressure, IPR
etc.) are correct, the two calculated traverses will overlay. In addition, an energy balance
is performed across the electrical system allowing surface voltage and power to be
calculated and compared to measured data.
Historically, ESP wells have been difficult to diagnose (particularly with limited down
hole pressure data) because of uncertainties below (IPR), across (pump head) and
above (tubing hydraulics) the pump. Using the ESP QuickLook, conditions in each of
these areas can be analysed separately.
2.8.6.1 Input
The ESP QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Clicking QuickLook from the
Matching menu displays the following screen:

User Guide 372
Select the required pump, motor and cable from the buttons at the top of the screen.
Enter well test parameters as follows:

Tubing head pressure
Liquid rate
Water Cut
Produced GOR (solution GOR plus free
gas)
Static Bottom Hole Pressure (reservoir
pressure)
Enter measured data as follows:

Current, surface voltage and Electric current, voltage required at surface and power
Power

373 PROSPER
Downhole pressure data Enter gauge data if available, usually pump intake and
pump discharge pressures
Enter ESP related parameters as follows:

Pump depth Depth of the pump
Operating Frequency of operation of the pump
frequency
Length of cable Used to calculate surface voltage. Normally the same as the
pump depth, but could be much longer for sub sea ESP wells.
Gas separation Enter the percentage of free gas at the pump intake that is
efficiency separated and flows up the annulus.
Number of stages Number of pump stages
Pump wear factor Enter the fraction that represents degradation of pump head.
Zero is no wear, one indicates no head will be developed. This
can be used to model pumps stages that are worn due to sand or
scale production or any other factor that downgrades pump
performance.
Enter correlation Select the most appropriate flow correlation for the application.
Use a matched correlation where available
Click Calculate to display the calculation screen and Calculate again to begin the
computation of the pressure traverses.
Note that PROSPER always calculates from the bottom up for ESP systems
since, in order to find the tubing GOR above the pump, conditions at the pump
intake where gas separation takes place must be known. The calculation of
the downward pressure traverse from the entered tubing head pressure is
therefore iterative.

User Guide 374
Click Plot to display the pressure traverses and the calculated pump intake and
discharge pressures, down hole average rate across the pump (RB/day), free gas
fraction at the pump intake and electrical parameters:

375 PROSPER
If the well bore, inflow and ESP assumptions are all correct, the two pressure traverses
will overlay and the measured and calculated intake and discharge pressures and
surface voltages should coincide.
The following guidelines may be useful in diagnosing ESP wells:
The pump discharge pressure is the tie point for the system. First match the
pump discharge pressure (if available) from the top down traverse. The pump
discharge pressure depends only on the weight and frictional resistance to the
flow rate through the tubing to surface.
Next match the pump intake pressure from the top down traverse. If the
calculated and measured pressure differential (head) across the pump is
different, then the assumptions of pump wear, fluid density (water cut) and
pump frequency should be examined.
The top down traverse will now give the resulting bottom hole flowing
pressure. This should be compared with the bottom up calculation and will
indicate any discrepancy with the inflow performance module assumptions.
2.8.7 QuickLook for HSP

The HSP QuickLook principle is identical to that for ESP wells, i.e. pressure traverses
are calculated from top to bottom and vice-versa. If the assumptions regarding well and
HSP conditions (e.g. pump and turbine speed, wear factor, water cuts, wellhead

User Guide 376
pressure, IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated traverses will overlay.
2.8.7.1 Input
The HSP QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Clicking QuickLook from the
Matching menu displays the following screen:
Select the required pump and turbine from the buttons at the top of the screen.
Enter well test parameters as follows:

Tubing head pressure
Liquid rate
Water Cut
Produced GOR (solution GOR plus
free gas)
Static Bottom Hole Pressure (reservoir
pressure)
Enter measured data as follows:

377 PROSPER
Downhole pressure data Enter gauge data if available, usually pump intake
and pump discharge pressures
Enter HSP related parameters as follows:

Pump depth Depth of the pump
Pump Speed Method The pump speed can be either entered or calculated
by the program (see below)
Pump Speed Speed at which pump is operated
Power Fluid rate This defines the power fluid rate injected to power the
turbine
Power Fluid Surface Back Minimum surface pressure of the injection circuit line
Pressure
Number of Pump stages Number of stages of the pump
Pump wear factor Enter the fraction that represents degradation of
pump head. Zero is no wear, one indicates no head
will be developed.
Number of Turbine Stages Number of stages of the turbine
Enter correlation Select the most appropriate flow correlation for the
specific application. Use a matched correlation where
available
Equipment Select the pump and the turbine from the PROSPER
database
Pump Speed Method (NEW!!!)
Two options of Pump Speed Method are available:
Entered The pump speed is entered by the user in the HSP input data and is used
by the program to determine the power fluid rate that is able to satisfy the
condition that the power consumed by the pump is equal to the power
produced by the turbine.
This method is the standard to calculate the gradient (or VLP curves for
simulators like GAP) as in general the pump speed is known
Calculated This method calculates the speed required in order to operate the pump
at the maximum overall efficiency for the value of the power fluid rate
entered in the HSP input data section and suitable to satisfy the condition
that the power consumed by the pump is equal to the power produced by
the turbine

User Guide 378
In some cases there could be multiple solutions: PROSPER will determine the one with
highest overall efficiency.
This means that once the pump operating parameters (pump speed, power fluid rate,
etc.) have been defined, both modes of calculation will be equivalent.
Click Calculate to display the calculation screen and Calculate again to begin the
computation of the pressure traverses. Note that PROSPER always calculates from the
bottom up for HSP systems since, in order to find the tubing GOR above the pump,
conditions at the pump intake where fluid mixing takes place must be known. The
calculation of the downward pressure traverse from the entered tubing head pressure is
therefore iterative.
Click Plot to display the pressure traverses and the calculated pump intake and
discharge pressures, down hole average rate across the pump (RB/day) and pump and
turbine parameters:

379 PROSPER
If the wellbore, inflow and pump and turbine assumptions are all correct, the two
pressure traverses will overlay and the measured and calculated intake and discharge
pressures should coincide.
The following guidelines may be useful in diagnosing HSP wells:
The pump discharge pressure is the tie point for the system. First match the
pump discharge pressure (if available) from the top down traverse. The pump
discharge pressure depends only on the weight and frictional resistance to the
flow rate through the tubing to surface.
Next match the pump intake pressure from the top down traverse. If the calculated
and measured pressure differential (head) across the pump is different, then the
assumptions of pump wear, fluid density (water cut) and pump speed should be
examined.
The top down traverse will now give the resulting bottom hole flowing pressure.
This should be compared with the bottom up calculation and will indicate any
discrepancy with the inflow performance module assumptions.

User Guide 380
2.8.8 Tubing Parameters

This option allows the match parameters for the tubing pressure drop correlations to be
accessed. They can be reset to their un-matched values, or new values entered directly.
2.8.9 Pipeline Parameters

This option allows the match parameters for the surface piping pressure drop
correlations to be accessed. They can be reset to their un-matched values, or new
values entered directly.
2.8.10 Correlation Thresholds

This option allows the User to specify alternative correlations to use for tubing or
pipeline when the angle (from the vertical for tubing and from the horizontal for pipelines)
exceeds a User-specified threshold value. This option is useful for modelling the riser
for a long sub sea tieback or for a highly deviated surface pipeline. Enter the
appropriate angles and correlations. Select Yes to the question Use Threshold Angle to
enable the feature. When enabled, the calculation screens will indicate that this option is
active.
2.9 Calculation Menu
This chapter describes all the calculation methods available in PROSPER and how to
calculate system production rates, run sensitivity analyses, generate lift curve tables etc.
The available calculation types are:
Inflow (IPR)
381 PROSPER
This option calculates the IPR, that is to say, the relationship between tubing intake rate
and the bottomhole flowing pressure (BHFP). The Inflow calculation allows to quickly run
sensitivities without the need to calculate the system solution rate. This is especially
convenient for e.g. frac program design, gravel pack design, perforation programming.
System (Ipr+Vlp)
This option will calculate both the tubing outflow (VLP) and tubing inflow (IPR) curves
and determine the system operating rate and bottom hole flowing pressure. It also
allows to perform sensitivity analyses with a wide range of variables. Sensitivity plots
can easily be generated.
Three options are available:
- 3 variables (for naturally flowing wells)
- 4 variables and
- Multi-Variables ( up to 10 variables).
Gradient (Traverse)
This option enables the user to generate gradient plots. If the correlations have been
matched, the gradients will be generated using the tuned correlations.
VLP (Tubing curves)

This option enables the generation of VLP curves that can be exported for use in
various commercial reservoir simulators and Petroleum Experts' MBAL and GAP programs.
Three options are available:
- 3 variables (for naturally flowing wells)
- 4 variables and
- Multi-Variables ( up to 10 variables).
Choke Performance
This is a convenient choke calculator for flow rates, pressure drop or choke settings.
Choke Performance Curves can be visualised.
Generate for GAP

Allows to automatically calculate well performance data for gas lifted or naturally flowing
wells for use in Petroleum Experts GAP production system network modelling program. Not
available when Enthalpy Balance is in use.
Bottom Hole Pressure from Wellhead Pressure

This option allows to calculate flowing bottom hole pressure from the wellhead pressure.
This method is only available when using the Pressure and Temperature and Rough
Approximation options.
2.9.1 Inflow (IPR)

This calculation type enables the User to determine the IPR as the reservoir and fluid
parameters change.

User Guide 382
To select this calculation type, choose Calculation Inflow (IPR) from the main menu
toolbar.
A few data on the fluid quality are required, along with the selection of the rate range for
which to run the calculation.
As far as the rate method is concerned, select one of the following:

Automatic Linear
The program works out the AOF (IPR Absolute Open Flow) for various sensitivity
variables entered and for each AOF creates 20 evenly spaced rates for sand
face pressures calculations.
Automatic Geometric
As for Automatic Linear, it works out the AOF for various sensitivity variables
entered and for each AOF creates 20 geometrically spaced rates for sand face
pressures calculations.
Use this option when evaluating minimum stable flow rates.
User selected
One can either enter a table of up to 20 rates directly, or use PROSPER to G
enerate them. Click Generate from the User Selected rate entry screen and the
following screen will be presented:

383 PROSPER
Enter values for the first and last rates in the table plus the number of entries required.
Depending on the selection of Linear or Geometric spacing, PROSPER will calculate
the required rate table.
Use the Try button for the preview of the entered range and Done to confirm.
User selected rates can be useful when using the AOF is inappropriate for the
range of sensitivity variables to be considered.
Click OK, then if a sensitivity analysis is to be performed, enter values for up to 3

sensitivity variables as on the following screen example:

User Guide 384
The range of Inflow variables available depend on the particular IPR model entered in S
ystem Inflow performance.
For each of the selected variables enter the values by hand, or click Generate to have
PROSPER calculate a range of values as follows. The Generate feature is exactly the
same as the one for the Rate Method entry.
Leaving the sensitivity variable screen empty will run the calculation with the
default parameters entered in the main IPR section.
The Combinations button can be used to enter particular scenarios to calculate. Refer
to Sensitivity Combinations in the section related to System Calculation for more
details.
Once set up the Inflow sensitivity variables, click OK Calculate to calculate the IPR
pressures. The results will be reported in a table:

385 PROSPER
In the Variables area scroll teh various parameter to display the desired sensitivity.
The results can be exported to different destinations (like for example the Clipboard) by
selecting Export.
Clicking on Report will instead export the results to a Report sheet.
Click Plot to display a screen similar to the following:

User Guide 386
On this plot by pressing on the VARIABLES option on the menu bar, one can
get a display of all the variables that have been calculated during IPR
calculations, like skin, dP skin etc. These can be plotted as well.
2.9.2 System (Ipr + Vlp)

The Calculation System (Ipr +Vlp) calculation type enables the User to determine the
production of a well and the flowing parameters (like BHP, dP, etc.) as the reservoir and
fluid parameters change, according the principles of nodal analysis.
To enter the System Calculation area select CalculationSystem (Ipr+Vlp) from the
menu toolbar.

387 PROSPER
The first input screen requires the Top Node Pressure and the data concerning the fluid
quality (e.g. WC and GOR) and allows to select correlations for surface and downhole
equipment as well as select a rate method.
The Top Node represents the downstream end of the system, hence it is:
- The manifold if surface equipment is included in the system
- The wellhead if no surface equipment is included in the system
The Solution Node represents the point at which the nodal analysis is
performed. Three options are available:
- Bottom Node. It is the bottomhole, that is, the deepest point in the
downhole equipment
- Top Node. See definition in the previous note

User Guide 388
- Well Head. It is the Xmas Tree, that is, the upper point of the downhole
equipment.
According to the last two definitions, if no surface equipment is included, Top
Node and Well Head represent the same point.
As far as the Rate Method is concerned, refer to the previous section for details.
The Solution Rate reported is given by the VLP and IPR curves intersection.
These curves are interpolated between the selected calculation rates and so
the result may change according to the rate values used.
It is important that an appropriate rates range and distribution is selected

according to each case in order to avoid significant interpolation errors.
An IPR is required for both Automatic rate methods. For wells having very high
AOFs (e.g. horizontal wells) the well rate is determined mainly by the tubing
size. Manual rate selection may give better results in such cases.
2.9.2.1 Left - Hand Intersection for VLP/IPR curves

LHS: Left-Hand Side
Normally VLP/IPR intersections that occur when the tubing pressures are declining (on
the LHS) are considered to represent unstable flow and are usually ignored.
When Gas Coning occurs, however the GOR is changing constantly for different rates
and it is possible to have two solutions and for the LHS intersection to represent stable
flow. This option allows to consider or not the left-hand intersection.

389 PROSPER
2.9.2.2 Sensitivity Variables Screen

Once entered the main input data, select Continue to access the sensitivity variables
screen.
This is organized exactly in the same way as in the Inflow calculation, hence refer to
Section 10.1.1 for details on the use of this entry screen.
Three types of System calculation are available:

3 variables
4 variables and
Multi-Variables
Only the sensitivity variables relevant to the chosen system will be available. For
example, if a well is gas lifted th euser will be given the option of gas injection rate as a
variable. This option will not be available if the well is naturally flowing.

User Guide 390
When tubing diameter is entered as a sensitivity variable, selecting Continue displays a

screen where the User can input the range of nodes over which the sensitivity is
calculated:

391 PROSPER
Normally tubing diameter should not be varied in the casing below the tubing shoe. This
option is also useful for determining e.g. the effect of increasing tubing size above a
safety valve while keeping the diameter of the rest of the tubing string diameter
constant.
2.9.2.2.1 Sensitivity Combinations Screen
The Combinations option allows the User to enter specific combinations of field data (or
hypothetical cases) then allow the program to calculate the unknowns. An example of a
Combinations screen is shown below:
If no liquid rates are entered, the program uses the current list of rates (either
internally calculated or User input) and calculates the solution for the combination
of sensitivity variables for each of up to 10 cases.
If liquid rates are entered in the Combinations screen, these take precedence.
The program will then find the VLP and IPR pressures for each combination of
sensitivity variables.
Note that a solution rate is not computed in this case.

User Guide 392
Once sensitivity values have been entered in either the Combinations or Variables
screen, click Continue to display the calculation screen. Sensitivity values temporarily
overwrite variable values that have been entered on other screens. For example:
Pressure at first node, water cut.
2.9.2.3 Calculation Screen
Click Calculate to start the system solution calculations. A calculation screen example
is shown below:
On the right hand side there are the results of the system calculation: solution rates,
FBHP, WHP, WHT, etc.
On the left hand side, instead, there are the calculated parameters related to VLP and
IPR. Scroll to the right to read the results.
In the Variables area it is possible to scroll the different cases or the values of the
sensitivity variables for which the calculation were performed.
Solution Details
To examine the solution in more detail, click the Solution Details button. Individual
solution points can be viewed by clicking on the arrow buttons located beside each
393 PROSPER
sensitivity variable. Outflow or Inflow solutions can be viewed as shown in the following
sample screen:
In the case of wells with ESP, HSP, PCP or Jet Pump, the solution details contain all the
results related to the pump.
Plotting Results
The results can be plotted by clicking Plot. The System plot will appear as follows:

User Guide 394
The system plot summarizes all the calculations. Each VLP and IPR curve is identified
by up to 3 numbers posted beside them. The variable names and the corresponding
number labels are shown in the panel to the right of the plot. In the above example,
Curve 1,0,0 is for 4500 psig reservoir pressure, 0 % water cut and 4 STB/day/psi
productivity index.
To plot the solution rates and pressures versus the selected variables, click Sensitivity
and a sensitivity plot will be displayed. To select sensitivity variables to plot, click V
ariables and make the selection on the following screen, for example:

395 PROSPER
The Sensitivity screen allows to choose X- and Y-axis variables. Click OK to view the
Sensitivity plot. The program automatically plots the sensitivity values of the X-axis
variable. If variable Combinations have been used, the sensitivity cases will be
automatically plotted.

User Guide 396
The pressure gradient for any particular solution rate can be calculated by clicking Se
nsitivity PvD (Sensitivity Pressure vs. Depth).
Performing Gradient Calculations for a Given Solution

For each of the solutions calculated it is possible to determine the correspondent
gradient. To do so, in the System Calculation screen select Sensitivity PvD:

397 PROSPER
Select the desired case by scrolling on the variables, and then Continue and Calculate
to generate the gradient. The results are displayed on the following screen example:

User Guide 398
Click Plot to display the Gradient vs. TVD or Measured Depth:
Click Variables on the plot screen to select which variables to plot.
By clicking the Extended button, a greater range of plot variables can be accessed.
Virtually any combination of computed results can be plotted against each other.

399 PROSPER
Return to the standard choice of plot variables by clicking the Original button.
The plots are held in memory until overwritten by a new set of calculations. Plots can
also be displayed or output by selecting Plot from the main menu. The Units menu can
be used to change the display units if required.
Special Note for ESP, HSP, PCP and Jet Pump Applications
When calculating a System solution for a pump equipped well, in the Solution Point
screen lists details of the pump solution such as pump intake pressure etc. (See
example pump solution in the screen below)

User Guide 400
Clicking Pump Plot on the pump solution screen displays the sensitivity solutions plotted
over the pump characteristic curves (this is available only for ESP and HSP). As shown
by the example screen below, the effects of the sensitivity variables on the pump
operating point can be readily evaluated.

401 PROSPER
This plot is a powerful tool for evaluating how an ESP design can accommodate future
changes of well conditions.
All pump (both ESP & HSP) designs should be validated by calculating
sensitivities and ensuring that efficient operation at the design rate can be
achieved over the entire range of expected well and pump efficiency
conditions.
For pump (both ESP & HSP) equipped wells, the Sens. PvD gradient calculation shows
the pressure increase across the pump. An example gradient plot is shown below:

User Guide 402
2.9.3 Gradient (Traverse)

The Calculation Gradient (traverse) feature allows the User to calculate flowing
pressure gradient curves at a specified flow rate for varying reservoir and fluid
conditions.
These curves can be compared with published pressure traverse curves or actual well
data. Pressure traverses can also computed for combinations of sensitivity variables.
The effect of changing tubing sizes, SSSV I.D. etc. can be evaluated visually by plotting
the gradient results.
To commence the Gradient calculation, click Calculation Gradient (traverse) from the
main menu and the following screen will be displayed:

403 PROSPER
Enter the required data, mostly the same as the one requested by System calculation,
plus the first and the last node for the calculation, which will determine the section of
completion for which to run the gradient calculation.
Then select Continue to access the Sensitivity Variables (or Combinations) screen.
Refer to previous sections for the description of this area.
Selecting Continue again will access the calculation screen. In this screen the User can
select the flow correlations for the downhole and the slug method:

User Guide 404
Click Calculate to compute flowing gradients for all the sensitivity cases. Once the
calculations have been completed, the results tables can be inspected by clicking the
respective variable arrows until the desired variable combination is visible.
Important
The Gradient calculation results report very useful parameters
concerning details on the DP calculation, PVT data, mass flow rates and
in the case of pipeline gradients, characteristic parameters of slugs, etc.
A plot of the gradient results similar to that below can be displayed by then clicking the
Plot button:

405 PROSPER
Gradients can be plotted for the well and flow line separately or combined on the one
plot.
2.9.3.1 Options
Every time a Gradient calculation is performed, a number of post-process calculations
are carried out, like for example maximum grain size, erosional velocity, liquid loading
(Turner velocity) and pigging calculations.
The parameters affecting these calculations can be accessed in any Calculation screen
by means of Options button.
This screen can also be accessed from the main menu toolbar by selecting System
Solids.
2.9.3.1.1 Maximum Grain Diameter

This calculation determines the maximum size of sand grain that can be dragged away
by the producing fluid. The calculated Maximum Grain Diameter is reported in the
results table at each calculation step.
This calculation determines the maximum size of sand grain that can be dragged away
by the producing fluid. The calculated Maximum Grain Diameter is reported in the
results table at each calculation step.

User Guide 406
The model implemented in PROSPER is based on internal BP work.
The model is based upon a series of equations derived by Thomas (Reference 3) to

calculate the friction velocity at the limit of solid transport in a liquid / solid system.
Sand will be lifted to the wellhead only if the velocity of the fluid in the wellbore is greater
than the Critical Transport Velocity.
This velocity is function of sand particle size, shape and density and the fluid density and
viscosity.
Two different equations are used: one for oil wells and one for gas well:
1. Oil Wells
The equation used in this case is more applicable to laminar flow, conditions that
are likely to be encountered in oil and / or water wells.
Where:
- V = Critical Transport Velocity (cm/sec)
equivalent to Superficial Fluid Velocities in PROSPER
- N = Dynamic Fluid Viscosity (poise)
equivalent to Mixture Viscosity in PROSPER
- g = Gravity (980 cm/sec2)
- r = Particle Radius (cm)
This is the parameter calculated by PROSPER
- = Fluid Density (gm/cm3)
- By default, PROSPER uses a 2.65g/cc sand density. This can be changed in

407 PROSPER
the System | Solids section of the main PROSPER menu.
- = Particle Density (gm/cm3)
2. Gas Wells
The equation used in this case is applicable to high gas flows and does not
include a factor for viscosity: viscosity has only an insignificant effect on lifting
sand.
Where:
- V = Critical Transport Velocity (ft/sec)
Equivalent to Superficial Fluid Velocities in PROSPER
- = Fluid Density (lb/ft3)
- = Particle Density (lb/ft3)
By default, PROSPER uses a 2.65g/cc sand density. This can be changed in

the System | Solids section of the main PROSPER menu.
- g = Gravity (32.2 ft/sec2)
- d = Particle diameter (ft)
This is the parameter calculated by PROSPER
- Cd = Drag coefficient for the particle essentially a function of particle shape

at high Reynolds numbers. Cd value for sand grain is 0.85.
In both the oil/water and gas cases, PROSPER knows the fluid velocity in the wellbore.
Therefore, it will calculate the maximum particle diameter that can be transported by the
well flow.
These calculations are important when an attempt is made to cut back the production

User Guide 408
rate so that the well will stop producing sand and will help determine if the formation
sand may be accumulating at the bottom of the well.
References:
1. Fairhurst.CP Sand Transport in the South East Forties Pipe Line, BHRA,
1983
2. Smith.M A Model for Predicting Solids Transport in near Horizontal Multi-

Phase Oil and Gas Pipe Lines, XFE report 8/2/1993
3. Wasp, Kenny & Gandhi Solid-Liquid Flow Slurry Pipe Line Transportation,
Gulf Publishing Company, Clausthal, Germany 1979
2.9.3.1.2 Erosional Velocity Calculation for Sand Laden Fluids
When gradient traverse calculations are performed the program will estimate the
correspondent value of erosional velocity.
Erosion can be caused by the repeated impact of solid particles on tubing and
pipelines. To avoid this we attempt to estimate the velocity at which erosion will occur.
Normal practise is to use equation of API 14 E. This can be unreliable especially for
clean production where the limiting value of C (125) can be too restrictive. In practice,
values of 1000 for C have been recorded in pipes where no erosion has been detected.
A Conoco paper (An Alternative to API14E Erosional Velocity Limits for Sand Laden
Fluids) challenges API14E on the basis that it can be very conservative for clean service
and is not applicable for conditions where corrosion or sand are present. It proposes a
simple alternative approach that has been verified by a comparison with several multi-
phase flow loop tests that cover a broad range of liquid-gas ratios and sand
409 PROSPER
concentrations. Values of S for different components are proposed in the paper
The constants C and S for the two formulations can be customised by selecting System
Solids and tab button Erosional Velocity or the Options button in any calculation
screen.
PROSPER calculates the erosional velocity for solid-free fluid using the API-14E method
and the entered C value. If the sand production rate has been specified, PROSPER will
calculate the erosional velocity using both the API-14E and Conoco methods and will
then compare the results and will use the computed lower-value of erosional velocity. To
review the computed erosional velocity values using the Conoco method set the value of
C sufficiently high until the values do not change for changing values of C.
After gradient calculations are performed, scroll right on the results screen to view the
erosional velocity values.

User Guide 410
In PROSPER, the C value is calculated and displayed and it is the

responsibility of the User to work out whether for this C value, erosion will
occur or not depending upon the expected operating conditions.
2.9.3.1.3 Gradient (Traverse)-Modified Turner Equation
The Turner Equation is used to study the continuous removal of liquid from gas wells.
This equation is used to determine the minimum velocity of the producing fluid
necessary to drag away the droplets of liquid. The original formulation of the equation is
the following:

411 PROSPER
This formulation has been found to be not necessarily reliable.

The original Turner Constant was 20.4. Using the Petroleum Experts 4 mechanistic
model it has been found that 2.04 gives much more reliable results in a wide range of
examples.
This constant can be however changed by the User by selecting SystemSolids from
the main menu, or the Options button and the Liquid Loading tab screen within any
calculation screen.
Results of the calculation of the Turner velocity are reported in the Gradient calculation

User Guide 412
results table, as reported in the figure above.
2.9.3.1.4 Pigging
This calculation can be used to describe the pigging characteristics of the flow in
pipelines.
Assuming 100% removal efficiency of a sphere and that all the liquid removed by the
sphere is in the form of a continuous slug, the pigged slug volume can be estimated by
integrating the difference between the liquid hold-up and the no-slip hold-up in the
pipeline. Also the time to produce the slug can be calculated from
These are the additional results reported in the Gradient Traverse results table:
Pigged Slug Length
Pigged Slug Volume (cumulative pigged slug volume for the given pipe element
node)
Time to Produce Pigged Slug Length
Time for Pigged Slug to reach Outlet
Pigging Efficiency can be entered by User.
2.9.3.2 Note on HSP
the turbine

413 PROSPER
2.9.4 VLP (Tubing Curves)

An important PROSPER application is generating tubing lift curves for use in reservoir
and total system simulators.
Three options of calculation are available:
VLP curves 3 Variables.

The lift curves can be generated for a set of 3 sensitivity variables. The option
is used for naturally flowing wells.
VLP curves 4 Variables
The lift curves can be generated for a set of 4 sensitivity variables. The option
is used for artificially lifted wells.
VLP curves Multi-Variables
The lift curves can be generated for a set of up to 10 sensitivity variables. The
option is mainly used to generate lift curves for gas lifted wells with an extra
sensitivity on casing pressure (suitable to model and optimise in GAP gas lift
injection networks)
2.9.4.1 VLP (Tubing) Curves - 3 Variables

To generate lift curves for naturally flowing wells select Calculation VLP (tubing curves)
3 Variables from the menu toolbar.
The input screen entry are similar to the ones required by System calculation (refer to
the correspondent section for reference). The values of Top Node Pressure, Water Cut
and GOR entered in this screen will be neglected if these variables will be selected as
sensitivity parameters.

User Guide 414
When User Selected rates are used, the user can enter rates in terms of Liquid, Oil or
Gas. The results will be given in terms of the specified rate type, but depending on the
type of well, PROSPER will first convert the rates to equivalent oil or gas to calculate the
VLP pressure. This feature can be used when preparing lift curves for high GOR oil
wells. Remember when using gas rates, that increasing the water cut will also increase
the liquid production rate. Extreme VLP pressures can easily result.
Gauge Data: The information on the Gauge Data is used for Integrated Field
Management (IFM) Applications. These can be left blank for use in IPM suite of tools.
Click Continue to access the Select Variables screen and set up the required sensitivity
variables.
To generate lift curves for simulator (like Eclipse) for an oil well, the VLP is generally
calculated for the following sensitivity variables:
Variable 1: Pressure at first node
Variable 2: Water cut

415 PROSPER
Variable 3: Gas Oil Ratio
An example calculation variables screen for generating lift curves is shown below:
Select the variables required by the external application and enter a list of values for
each. Click Continue to access the calculation screen, then select Calculate to
generate the lift curves. An example lift curve calculation screen is shown below:

User Guide 416
The calculated VLP results can now be exported to a number of external application
programs. Once the calculations have been completed, click Plot to visually check the
results and Export Lift Curves to access the export selection screen.
Currently, PROSPER supports the following export formats:

417 PROSPER
Schlumberger - ECLIPSE .ECL

Welldrill - SIMCO 3 .SIM
ExxonMobil - Pegasus .MOB
SSI COMP4 .CP4
FranLab FRAGOR .FRA
SSI COMP3 .CP4
LandMark - VIP .VIP
Roxar - MORE .MOR
Petroleum Experts GAP/MBAL .TPD
Shell - MoReS .MRS
BeCip - ATHOS .ATH
Amoco - GCOMP .GCM
Chevron-CHEARS .CHE
ExxonMobil-EMPOWER .Hyd
ConocoPhillips-PSim .WBH
CMG-IMEX/GEM .IMX

User Guide 418
PROSPER appends the export file with a suffix corresponding to the selected file format
as shown in the table above. Depending on the export format selected, the User will be
prompted for a file name and additional data such as table number, flow table I.D. etc.
Refer to the simulator documentation for further details.
Simulators have varying requirements for VLP sensitivity variables. If the

correct variables have not been selected for calculation, PROSPER may not be
able to correctly export the VLP file. Pay particular attention to GLR and GORs.
To model artificially lifted wells, reservoir simulators require 4 variable lift

curves. Refer to the following section for details.
2.9.4.2 VLP (Tubing) Curves - 4 Variables

To model artificially lifted wells, an additional sensitivity variable is required. This option
allows calculation of four variable sensitivities (provided the total number of sensitivity
combinations is less than 10,000) and export of lift curves for gas lifted and ESP, HSP,
etc. equipped wells. Set up, calculation and export of 4 variable tubing curves follows
the same procedures as described above (Section 10.1.6.1) for regular tubing curves.
An example of a 4 variable VLP calculation for a gas lifted well is shown on the following
screen:

419 PROSPER
A Note on Preparing Lift Curves

Because of the large number of calculations that must be performed, preparing lift
curves can be a time consuming process, so it is important to obtain good results at the
first attempt. Due to the extreme range of flowing conditions that must be covered by
the lift curve tables, problems with the computations are occasionally encountered. The
following discussion covers some of the points that should be addressed when planning
a lift curve calculation run.
Finding a VLP correlation that performs well for the entire range of rates that must
be spanned by the lift curves can be difficult. Some correlations handle slug flow (e.
g. Hagedorn Brown) but fail in the mist flow regime e.g. after injection gas
breakthrough. Care must be exercised in selecting correlations to ensure that the

User Guide 420
wells are properly represented over the most important range of flow rates to be
modelled in the simulation.
Problems can occur for extremes of water cut and GOR. e.g. if the oil production
rate is fixed, the liquid production rate becomes very high as the water cut
approaches 100%. To maintain lift in a high water cut well, a specific GLR is
required. If injection gas is expressed in terms of GOR injected, the required GOR
approaches infinity as the water cut approaches 100%. A huge range of GOR
injected is therefore required to model the well. The use of liquid rates and injection
GLRs in oil well lift curve tables is recommended to avoid such problems.
Depending on the particular simulator used, it is not possible to pass the variable
names or units between programs. Users are reminded to ensure that the sensitivity
variables and output units used in PROSPER are consistent with those expected by
the simulator. In particular, gas units (MMscf Vs Mscf), gas lift (GLR Vs Gas Lift
Injection Rate) and rates (Oil Vs Liquid) should be checked.
PVT correlations should only be used within the range of temperature and pressure
for which they were derived. Occasionally, combinations of tubing curve variables
require an excessive VLP pressure to pass the specified rate, and the PVT
correlation may fail. Occasionally, PROSPER may halt rather than continuing the
calculation with a fictitious result. The user may have to revise the range of variables
or select a different PVT correlation in such cases. Beware of chokes and
restrictions in the equipment description that may result in excessive calculated
pressure drops. If using externally generated PVT tables, they must span the entire
calculation range. Make sure that GOR is constant above bubble point, and the FVF
is decreasing.
Provided the user enters the rates by hand, it is not necessary to enter an IPR to
calculate VLP tables. PROSPER needs the IPR to find the calculation rates if an
Automatic rate method has been selected. Automatic rate selection is not available
for 4 Variable VLP calculations.
Oil well lift curves can now be calculated in terms of gas rates for specialised
applications. Make sure that the liquid rates that result from the choice of GOR,
water cut etc. does not result in impossible liquid rates. Be especially careful when
there are chokes and restrictions in the system.
A Note on preparing lift curves for ESP equipped wells

There are 2 options available for generating ESP lift curves:
Tubing Curves (standard)

Lift curves for simulators
The 'Tubing Curves (Standard)' option will prompt the user to enter the bottom hole
pressure, i.e. the first node pressure corresponds to the bottom hole pressure.
PROSPER will perform the calculations from the deepest node (i.e. bottom hole) to the

421 PROSPER
pump depth. Using the pump performance curves, Pump Head is calculated for the
given frequency, water cut etc. and therefore the Pump Discharge Pressure can be
calculated. PROSPER then determines the PVT of the oil above the pump after
accounting for possible gas separation. The pressure drop above the pump is then
calculated to find the top node arrival pressure. These calculations are performed for
each required production rate. The VLP Pressure value indicated corresponds to the
Pressure at the end point of the system; i.e. if there is no surface equipments entered,
the VLP Pressure will correspond to the wellhead pressure, if surface equipment is
entered, then VLP Pressure will correspond to the Manifold Pressure.
'Lift Curves for Simulators' require tables of rates and BHPs ordered by THP. The Lift
curves for Simulators option allows input of Top Node pressure, water cut, operating
frequency etc. PROSPER iterates to find the pressure at the deepest node (VLP) for the
given top node pressure. For this case the Top Node Pressure will correspond to the
Wellhead Pressure (if there are no surface equipments entered) or the Manifold
Pressure (If there are surface equipments entered). The VLP Pressure will correspond
to the Bottom Hole Pressure or the pressure at the last point in the downhole equipment
section.
VLP lift curves for simulators or Petroleum Experts applications (GAP and MBAL)
can be batch generated for groups of wells by PROSPER from GAP. Refer to the
GAP documentation for details.
A Note on preparing lift curves for HSP equipped wells (NEW!!!)
the turbine

User Guide 422
2.9.4.3 VLP (Tubing) - Multi Variables
PROSPER can generate lift curves for up to 10 variables as shown below:
The VLP Multi Variable should be used when modeling and optimising simultaneously
gas lifted oil field and gas lift distribution network both in GAP. This is achieved by
generating the VLPs with an extra sensitivity variable, casing pressure.
2.9.5 Choke Performance
This is a general purpose choke performance calculator. Only PVT data input is
required to calculate flow rates given the choke size and pressures, choke setting to
achieve a specified flow rate etc. To access the choke performance calculator, click C
alculation Choke Performance and the following selection screen may be displayed
(depending on the Choke Method selected):

423 PROSPER
Calculation Options
Select the required calculation option from the following:
Predict Mass Flow Rate
PROSPER determines the flow rate for specified choke opening and inlet
and outlet pressures

User Guide 424
Predict Pressure Drop

PROSPER calculates the pressure drop across a specified choke opening
for a given flow rate and inlet pressure
Predict Choke Valve Setting

PROSPER finds the choke size for a specified rate and inlet an outlet
pressures.
Choke Method
Select a choke calculation method from the following options:
Petroleum Experts
This is an in-house developed choke model based on Perkins work (SPE
20633).
HYDRO
There are 3 distinct methods for modelling specific choke equipment. Until
performance testing is completed and documentation issued, these choke
methods should not be used.
ELF
A model based on Perkins (SPE 20633) approach along with discharge
coefficients determined by the author (Stephane Rastoin of ELF Aquitaine at
TUALP). This is also the recommended method used to calculate pressure
drops down hole for SSSVs and restrictions. It should be used for the
majority of applications.
Enter the following data:

GOR This value overrides the GOR entered on the PVT data screen.
Water Cut
Inlet Pressure Pressure upstream of the choke
Inlet Temperature Upstream temperature
Outlet Pressure Downstream pressure
Outlet Temperature Downstream temperature
Choke setting Orifice size
Click Calculate, and PROSPER will calculate the liquid and mass flow rates. Similar
screens are used to enter data for the dP and Choke Setting prediction options. For
critical flow conditions, it may take some time for the calculation to converge.
If the ELF Choke model is selected, after a calculation the Choke

Performance Curve is plotted at the bottom of the screen

425 PROSPER
Selecting the choke model in PROSPER

To select the choke model to be used to model chokes, SSSVs and
Restrictions, access the Surface Equipment screen and select from the drop-
down menu Choke Method the desired model
When one of the enthalpy balance temperature models (Improved

Approximation or Enthalpy Balance) is selected, the choke calculation
will account for changes of temperature due to Joule-Thomson effect
2.9.6 Generate for GAP

This option is used to calculate well performance curves for Petroleum Experts General
Allocation Program (GAP).
PROSPER can be run from within GAP in a batch mode for generating performance
curves for groups of wells or independently of GAP by selecting this option.
PROSPER will automatically calculate solutions for gas lifted or naturally flowing wells. If
the solutions are then saved in a .OUT file, GAP can pick up the data required to
calculate performance curves at a later time. For more information, refer to the GAP
documentation.
2.9.7 Bottom Hole Pressure from Wellhead Pressure

This option allows to calculate flowing bottom hole pressure from the wellhead pressure.
This method is only available when using the Rough Approximation option.
Input data required are gas, water and oil rate information as well as wellhead
temperature and pressure.
This information can be in one of several formats (e.g. Liquid rate, WC and GOR, etc.)
and the correct format for the data can be selected at the top of the appropriate
columns. If the data type in a particular column is changed while there is data already in
that particular column, then the data will be converted to the new type.
In the case of gas lifted wells the gas lift gas rate is required and in the case of ESP
lifted wells the pump frequency must be entered.

User Guide 426
The table is quite large allowing to start off with up to 16000 rows of data which is
automatically expandable up to 32000 rows. The data can be scrolled with the scrollbar
at the right hand side of the screen.
Appropriate vertical lift and surface pipe correlations can be selected at the bottom of
the screen.
Selecting the import button allows to bring in data from an outside source. Table data
can be saved to file using the export button and plots using either time or the log of time
can also be viewed and exported using the plot feature. Within the plot screen data can
be enabled or disabled point by point or in a block manner by using the right-click
mouse button.

427 PROSPER
Data can be ordered with relation to time by using the sort button. This will also remove
any blank rows between data in the table.
2.9.7.1 References
SPE PAPER 22870
Modelling of Well bore Heat Losses in Directional Wells Under Changing Injection
Conditions
K Chu and S Thakur, Amoco Production Co.
2.9.8 Note on Enthalpy Balance Model

The Predicting Pressure and Temperature analysis option can be used to generate
temperature and pressure profiles in producing wells.
This rigorous thermodynamic model Enthalpy Balance considers heat transfer by

conduction, radiation, forced and free convection. Heat transfer coefficients are
calculated using thermodynamic data held in a User-definable database. The
temperature prediction calculations are transient, allowing sensitivities against flowing
time to be run for both wells and pipelines. This temperature model requires
considerably more input data and computation time for either Predicting Pressure Only
or the Rough or Improved Approximation temperature models. Enthalpy Balance
should be applied only when the desired result is the temperature. The additional
computational effort cannot be justified for pressure loss calculations.

User Guide 428
Both pressure and temperature losses across chokes and restrictions are accounted
for. A theoretical outline of the Enthalpy Balance model is given in Appendix B.
Temperature prediction is useful for generating temperature profiles in:
pipelines
sub sea wells
predicting temperature/pressure profiles to help predict wax/hydrate
deposits.
accounting for Joule-Thompson effects
PROSPER 's Enthalpy Balance temperature model is one of the most accurate
temperature prediction methods available.
The Enthalpy Balance (or Improved Approximation) temperature

calculations must commence from a known condition. This is usually the
reservoir pressure and temperature. As a consequence, calculating from a
downstream node (unknown temperature) to an upstream node (known
temperature) is not meaningful. For injectors, calculations commence from
the known wellhead pressure and temperature.
2.9.9 Reset Results

NEW!!!
In the calculation menu the Reset Results has the objective to erase any results
previously calculated in the model.

429 PROSPER
After accessing this option, select the calculation to reset and then select Reset: the
program will erase the desired results.
2.10 Design Menu

The Design Menu enables the User to perform various artificial lift designs.
From this menu the User can access the design modules for the following artificial lift
technologies:

User Guide 430
Gas Lift (continuous)

Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump
Progressive Cavity Pump
Coiled Tubing GasLift
Jet Pump
Sucker Rod Pump
Gas lift (intermittent)
The design menu is active only if an artificial lift method has been selected in the
main Options screen.
The design option will correspond to the artificial lift method selection in the main
Option screen.
Artificial lift design is not enabled when the Enthalpy Balance temperature
model is in use.
From the Design menu the Database containing all the information about gas lift valves,
ESP pumps, motors, cables, etc. is accessible. A dedicated section is reported at the
end of the chapter.
In the following sections each of the design options are illustrated.
2.10.1 Continuous Gas Lift Design

The gas lift design can be used to design and optimise the design of gas lifted wells.
The program will determine the spacing and size of unloading valves and calculate the
valve test rack setting pressures.
Designs can also be performed for existing wells having mandrels installed at fixed
depths.
Design performance can be evaluated using the Gas Lift QuickLook or calculating
system sensitivities.
2.10.1.1Menu Options
If gas lift was selected as a lift method in the Options menu the following additional
options will be available in the DesignGaslift menu:
New Well
Existing Mandrels
Gas Lift Adjustments
The gas lift design section of the program can be used to determine the optimum gas lift

431 PROSPER
equipment for a given well. PROSPER calculates the maximum production rate
possible, the corresponding optimum gas lift rate, the valve spacing and size to unload
the well and the test rack setting pressure for each valve for surface calibration.
Designs can also be prepared for wells having mandrels already set at fixed depths.
Before the User can proceed ahead with artificial lift design, PVT, downhole equipment
and IPR information must be input.
2.10.1.2New Well
Selecting Design Gas Lift New well from the Design menu will display the Gas Lift
Design input screen:
In this screen it is possible to enter the input data for the gas lift design task.
The input data screen is divided into several areas. The Input parameters panel is
used to enter the design operating conditions. The other panels allow the User to enter
the design options for a given application.

User Guide 432
2.10.1.2.1 Setting Up the Design Problem

Setting the artificial lift design problems is defining the various parameters in the figure
above. These are described below:
Design Rate Method

Entered By User
Use this option when designing for a given production rate and gas lift gas injection
rate or when modelling the performance of an existing installation. If Check
Conformance with IPR is selected, the program will modify the rate and the gas
injection rate, if necessary, to honour the IPR.
If a maximum production calculation has been previously done, the lift gas and
design production rates can be User Entered. The design rate can be entered
either in terms of liquid or oil production only. The design lift gas injection is entered
as the Maximum gas available.
Calculated from Maximum production
PROSPER will find the maximum possible oil production rate by determining both
the optimum gas injection rate and depth. This is achieved by calculating the oil
production for a given GLR injected and increasing the GLR until the optimum is
found.
Calculated from Maximum revenue

Using User-entered economic parameters for oil and sales gas revenue, produced
water processing and lift gas cost, the program will find the gas lift design that
maximises total revenue (oil and gas revenue less water and injection gas
processing costs). The same search procedure as for Maximum production is
carried out using the cost function in place of the oil production rate.
For both Maximum production and Maximum revenue design methods, a

maximum liquid rate is required to be input. This allows the User to honour
production constraints imposed by surface facilities or off take targets.
Input Parameters
Having set up the calculation options, enter values for the following variables on the Input
Parameters panel:
Maximum gas available

Set to the maximum gas available at normal operating pressure for
maximum rate or revenue methods.
For Entered by User designs, set to the actual injection for the design
production rate.

433 PROSPER
Maximum gas during unloading

Enter the maximum gas available at the unloading pressure for unloading
the shallowest valve.
Flowing top node pressure

If surface equipment has been entered, this is the manifold pressure
Otherwise, enter the flowing wellhead pressure.
Unloading top node pressure

Enter a lower unloading pressure if e.g. the separator is bypassed during
unloading
Otherwise leave set the same as flowing top node pressure.
Operating injection pressure

Available gas injection system pressure available at the casing head.
This is not the final operating injection pressure.
If the Safety equipment option has been selected, pressure losses along
surface pipes are computed also.
Kick off injection pressure

Leave set to normal injection system pressure unless an auxiliary source
of high pressure kicks off gas is available.
This pressure is used to space the first unloading valve. If a sufficiently
high pressure is entered, then no unloading valves will be needed.
Desired dP across valve

User selected design pressure loss across valve orifice to ensure well
and gas injection system pressure stability. Usually in the order of 100-
200 psi.
Maximum Depth of Injection

Constrains the maximum injection depth to be shallower than the
production packer.
Water cut
Design producing water cut.
Minimum Spacing
Sets the minimum spacing between valves. Use 200 - 400 ft normally.
Static gradient of load fluid

User Guide 434
Density of fluid to be balanced by casing pressure during unloading.
Minimum transfer dP
Only active when Ignoring IPR for Unloading has been selected. If
set to zero, unloading valve trims will be sized to inject sufficient gas to
lower the unloading tubing pressure to the transfer pressure at the valve
depth.
Increasing the value of Minimum transfer dP will lower the unloading GLR
injected and reduce trim sizes.
Referring to the sketch below, the transfer pressure is:

(Pmin) = Ppd - (Ppd - Pid) * % minimum transfer dP /100
Increasing the injection GLR shifts the tubing gradient during unloading closer to
the objective gradient line (i.e. to the left). The unloading valve trim is sized for
the GLR corresponding to the required transfer pressure. Values of 5 to 25%
are commonly used.

435 PROSPER
Unloading valve trim sizing depends on whether or not the IPR is used to
determine well flow rates while unloading. Existing Users should review this
section carefully.
Maximum port size

Depends on valve series selected. PROSPER will select multiple orifice
valves for high gas injection rates if the design injection cannot be passed
by one valve of Maximum port size.
Safety For Closure Of Last Unloading Valve

Extra dP to ensure that the last unloading valve before the orifice is closed
Thornhill-Craver ReRating- DeRating Percentage for Valves and for Orifice
This coefficient is used to scale down the maximum gas injection rate that
can be flowed through a valve or the orifice. As the maximum gas rate is
decreased, this means that to flow the same gas rate as the original case
(with no de-rating), larger valve or orifice should be used
Valve Type
Casing sensitive valves

o Enter the minimum casing pressure drop to close valves.
Tubing sensitive valves
o Enter the percentage difference in Pcasing - Pwh to close valves.
Proportional response valves Proportional
o PROSPER determines the closing pressure as part of the design
calculations.
Valve Settings (Casing pressure operated valves only)

For casing pressure operated valves, there are 3 options for setting valve dome
pressures:
Pvc = Gas Pressure
PROSPER in this case sets valve dome pressures to balance the casing
pressure at depth. Unloading valves will close when the casing pressure drops
below this value. A small value of Casing Pressure to Close Valves will ensure
that the unloading valves will remain shut.
This design method ensures maximum injection depth and hence maximises

User Guide 436
production rates.
All Valves Pvo = Gas Pressure

Dome pressures are set so that valves open with the design casing pressure at
depth. The casing pressure must be reduced by at least R(Pvo - Pt) to close
valves for this option. PROSPER designs using the maximum of dP to close
valves or the calculated closing pressure drop. This method reduces the
available injection pressure and will result in lower production rates.
This is the recommended design setting when designing new wells.
First Valve Pvo = Gas Pressure

The first valve dome pressure is set to open on the design casing pressure at depth.
Subsequent valves are set to close on design casing pressure. This method gives
additional safety for the opening of the first unloading valve without sacrificing
available pressure for the deeper unloading valves.
Pmin - Pmax
Enter fraction of TEF
Injection Point
Before the gas lift design is performed, the User can decide if the operating valve is a
gas lift valve or an orifice.
Dome Pressure Correction above 1200 psi

There are two equations for dome pressure temperature correction for dome pressures
above 1200 psi.
No
PROSPER will use the standard API temperature correction method for all
pressures. This method is known to be inaccurate at high pressures. The option is
provided for convenience in comparing results from hand calculations etc.
Yes
The API method is used below 1200 psi, and an improved algorithm is used
above 1200 psi. This is the default and recommended option.
Check Rate Conformance with IPR

When selected, PROSPER will re-calculate the system solution rate at each step in the
design process to ensure that the design rate can be met. This prevents for example, a
design being done for an unrealistic Enter by User rate.
For speed in comparing designs, this option can be set to No. However, the

437 PROSPER
User must be aware that the design rate may not be able to be met by the
well.
Vertical Lift Correlation

Select the most appropriate correlation for the application. Matched VLP correlations
should be used when available.
Surface Pipe Correlation

Select the most appropriate correlation for the application. Surface pipes (when
entered in surface equipment) form part of the gas lift system in PROSPER and are
accounted for when calculating unloading pressures and flowing pressure losses. This
can be important for sub-sea systems where the flow line head can be significant.
Using IPR for Unloading
Yes
This is the recommended PROSPER unloading valve trim sizing method.
Unloading valves are sized to achieve a minimum flowing gradient above the
valve assuming that the load fluid is being produced. The IPR is used to
calculate the well production rates during unloading. Minimum transfer dP (as
explained under inputs below) is ignored for this option.
No
This is the standard hand-calculation method. Unloading valve trims are sized to
achieve the GLR required to lower the tubing pressure to the transfer pressure.
The GLR is based on the full design production rate - the actual production rate
during unloading is not calculated. This results in the selection of larger valve
trims. Minimum transfer dP is used to increase the transfer pressure, thereby
reducing the unloading gas requirement and valve trim size.
Orifice Sizing On
Two options are available:
Calculated dP at Orifice
Min dP Across Orifice
2.10.1.2.2 Gas Lift Valve Selection

Once the design problem has been set, the next stage is to tell PROSPER the kind of
valves that will be picked up from database for design.
On the right-hand side of the input Gas Lift Design input screen there is a navigator
window that allows selecting the type of valves to use in the design from an internal
database.

User Guide 438
Please refer to the end of this chapter for an illustration of how to access
and edit the database for the gas lift valves
2.10.1.2.3 Performing the Design (New Well)

Once the input data has been defined and the valves type selected, click Continue to
access the Gas Lift design screen. The following example is for casing sensitive
valves:
A screen similar to that above will be displayed if design for Maximum

439 PROSPER
Rate or Maximum Revenue has been selected.
If the design rate is Entered by User, the upper (Rate calculation) part of
the screen is not displayed.
Displaying the Well Performance Curves / Finding Design Rate (New Well)
The first step is to find the design production rate.
Click Get Rate. PROSPER will calculate the Gas Lift Performance Curve
and determine the optimum Gas Lift injection rate and maximum oil
production rate.
The Get Rate process calculates oil production as a function of gas

injected.
When the calculations have finished, the results can be displayed in the form of a well
performance curve by clicking Plot. A graph similar to the following will appear:
The target design rate and GLR injected can be read off the performance curve plot.
The design rate is:
The maximum oil production shown in the Performance curve plot, provided that
the available gas injection and liquid production rate limits have not been
exceeded.
In case the maximum gas available is exceeded by the highest oil rate on the

User Guide 440
plot, the oil rate corresponding to maximum available gas is taken as design
rate.
PROSPER will design for the maximum oil production rate entered in the main
input screen, if it exceeds the rate calculated from the performance curve.
The performance curves can span several flow regimes. Discontinuities in

some flow correlations may cause occasional curve fitting problems. In such
cases, a correlation such as Hagedorn Brown may give better results.
Calculating Valve Spacing

To perform the valve spacing, click Design.
The program will then determine the depth of the operating valve and the spacing
for the unloading valves. Depending on the design settings, this will usually take
more than one pass.
On the first pass, the injection and unloading valve depths are determined
assuming no casing pressure drop to close valves.
Having determined the number of valves to use, the operating valve depth is
revised to reflect the new operating casing pressure.
The spacing procedure is repeated using the revised operating casing pressure
until the number of unloading valves and their setting depths no longer change.
When Check Rate Conformance with IPR is set to Yes, PROSPER re-
calculates the solution rate and reduces the design rate if necessary. The final
design production and Gas Lift injection rates are displayed on the design
gradient plot.
Displaying the Position of the Unloading Valves

To display the position of the unloading valves and the final design condition, click Plot.
A plot similar to the following will be displayed:

441 PROSPER
The plot shows the tubing and casing pressure gradients for the design rate plus the
position of the operating and unloading valves. The unloading fluid gradients are plotted
also. The design data box lists the Actual production and injection rates together with
the operating surface casing pressure.
Results
To display the valve details click Results and the table with the results will be displayed.

User Guide 442
Click on Calculate to calculate the Dome Pressure and the TestRack Opening Pressure
(valve setting pressure at 60C).
The valve depths, tubing pressure, unloading gas injection rate and trim sizes
are shown in the left screen panel.
The Dome pressure corresponds to the Dome Pressure at 60 deg F and not
at the valve operating temperature.
The test rack opening pressure is calculated using the relationship
Ptro = (Pd @ 60 deg F) / (1 R)
Where Ptro = Test Rack Opening Pressure

Pd @ 60 deg F = Dome Pressure at 60 deg F.
R = Ratio of Port Area to Bellow Area of Valve.
Valve types are identified as Valve for unloading valves or Orifice for the last
mandrel if the injection point is selected as orifice. No opening or dome
pressure calculations are made for the orifice.
The design parameters such as valve depth, opening and closing pressures, orifice size
etc. are displayed in the table. Use the scroll thumb below the table to scroll right to see
items e.g. R-value, not visible in the display window.

443 PROSPER
Design Sensitivity on Port Size

By selecting Change Valve it is possible to re-calculate the parameters
associated to the valve sizes.
Once a design has been completed, its performance should be checked over
the range of expected well conditions. Transfer the gas lift design and valve
setting details into Equipment Gas Lift, then use Calculation System to
compute sensitivities. Alternatively, Matching Quicklook can be used to
evaluate a design.
2.10.1.3Existing Mandrels Design

This option enables the User to design gas lifted artificial lift systems for existing
installations.
To perform the fixed mandrel depth design, click Design | Gas lift design | Existing
mandrels. The following input screen will be displayed:
This screen is similar to the Gas lift Design (New well) screen, except that the variables

User Guide 444
relating to spacing the valves have been removed.
2.10.1.3.1 Setting Up the Design Problem

Setting the artificial lift design problems is defining the various fields in the figure above
reported.
Please refer to the previous section for the description of the entry fields.
For this design type options for the choice of the first valve can be selected:
First Valve Choice

Completion Fluid to SurfaceUnloading valves will be placed assuming that
completion fluid fills up the entire well and thus must be unloaded from the entire
well.
This is the most conservative unloading requirement and is the default
option.
Completion Fluid Level Calculated PROSPER estimates the standing liquid
level from the reservoir pressure and static pressure gradient. Any mandrels that
are above this depth will be set with Dummy valves.
This approach can save valves for low pressure reservoirs. The User must
be certain that work over fluids can leak off to balance the reservoir
pressure
Minimum Squeeze PI Method (ELF)This method can be used when the well
productivity is sufficient to ensure that completion fluids can be squeezed into the
formation during unloading. An unloading tubing gradient is calculated by taking
the static reservoir pressure and increasing the injected GLR, until the gradient
arrives at the design top node pressure. Unloading valves are spaced by
comparing this tubing gradient with the available casing pressure at depth.
This method can be used when the well productivity is sufficient to ensure
that completion fluids can be squeezed into the formation during
unloading.
2.10.1.3.2 Defining the Depths of Existing Mandrels

After setting up the input for the design problems, next, click Mandrels and enter the
measured depths of the existing gas lift mandrels as in the example shown below.
445 PROSPER
Enter the depth of all mandrels in the well, including those fitted with dummy
valves.
PROSPER will select the best depths for the operating and unloading valves
from this list.
When more mandrels are available than needed for the current design,
PROSPER will automatically set dummies at the intermediate depths.
The valve type initially entered is unimportant.
PROSPER will overwrite the valve type when it performs the design.
This table is effectively a list of the potential valve depths and can be used to prepare
designs for new wells where equipment limitations determine the available mandrel
depths.
If entries are made in the Casing Pressure drop or Max. Gas Injected fields
on the mandrel depth screen shown in the figure above, these values will
overwrite the values entered on the main design screen.

User Guide 446
Leave these fields blank to design using the same values of pressure drop or
gas injection for each unloading valve.
The mandrel depths can be picked up from either Matching QuickLook or E

quipment Gas Lift using the Transfer button, or entered by hand. The usual
PROSPER editing facilities are available for manipulating the table entries.
2.10.1.3.3 Gas Lift Valve Selection

Having entered the mandrel depths, select a valve series using the navigator window on
the right, as for the Gas Lift Design (New well) case. This will define the set / type of
valves that will be used for design.
2.10.1.3.4 Performing the Design (Existing Mandrels)
Click Continue to access the gas lift design calculation screen.
If a calculated rate design method has been selected, a screen similar to the following
will be displayed:

447 PROSPER
Displaying the Well Performance Curves / Finding Design Rate (Existing)

Click Get Rate, and the program will calculate the Gas Lift Performance Curve and
determine the optimum gas injection rate and production rate for the well given the
available injection gas rate and pressure limits.
Performing the Design

To run the design, click on Design.
The design rate calculation begins by selecting a GLR Injected and a low
production rate.
A pressure traverse is calculated from the THP downwards using the gas lifted
GLR until the casing pressure equals the tubing pressure less the Desired dP
across valves.
A check is then made to find the next shallowest mandrel. The traverse is
calculated from the next shallowest injection mandrel depth down to the sand
face using the non-Gas Lifted fluid gradient.
The IPR and VLP pressures are compared.

User Guide 448
The rate is increased and the calculation repeated until an intersection with the
IPR (rate solution) is found.
The injection GLR is increased until the optimum production rate is found.
This procedure ensures that the available mandrel depths are honoured at every
calculation step.
Once the calculations have stopped, click Plot to make a plot of the production rate Vs
gas injected. It is similar to that of a new well design.
Calculating Mandrels with Valves / Displaying their Position

The design is performed for the target rate by clicking Design. Once the calculation has
finished, the design can be checked graphically by clicking the Plot button to display a
plot similar to the following:
The Design proceeds as follows:

The annulus pressure gradient plot begins at the design casing pressure and
traverses down to the first valve.
It is then shifted back as the casing pressure is lowered to close the unloading
valve. The annulus traverse is recalculated from surface with the reduced
pressure and continues down to the next valve and so on until the operating valve
depth is reached.
PROSPER will optionally check the design rate for conformance with the IPR
and reduce the design rate if necessary.
The design gradient plot shows the Actual design production and Gas Lift
injection rates together with the injection pressure at surface while injecting at the

449 PROSPER
orifice.
Calculating the Valve Test Rack Setting Pressures (Existing)

To display the valve setting calculations, click Results from the Design screen. Click Ca
lculate, and PROSPER will determine the dome pressures and test rack setting
pressure for the selected valves as in the following example:
Click Calculate to determine the Dome and the TestRack Opening pressure will be
updated for the new valve series.
To access parameters such as the transfer pressure and port size, click on the
scroll arrow at the bottom of the Input parameters panel.
To perform sensitivity calculations for the current design, the valve depths
must be transferred to Equipment Gas Lift before making calculations.
Based on flowing tubing pressures PROSPER determines the injection point
during production.
NEW!!! Design Sensitivity on Port Size

By selecting Change Valve it is possible to re-calculate the parameters
associated to the valve sizes.

User Guide 450
2.10.1.3.5 Valve Spacing
Valve spacing is not affected by the choice of unloading method, but the trim size
selection depends on whether the well IPR is used for calculating the unloading rate or
not.
The following discussion refers to casing sensitive valves.
For the design rate and GLR injected, a pressure traverse is calculated from the
top node (including the flow line, if present) downwards using the gas lifted
flowing gradient.
The injection depth is the depth at which the flowing tubing pressure equals the
casing pressure gradient less the design dP loss across the orifice or the
Maximum Injection Depth (packer depth), whichever is the shallower. This step
establishes the flowing tubing pressure gradient to be used for valve spacing.
The shallowest unloading valve is placed at the depth that balances the tubing
load fluid pressure with the casing pressure (less a 50 psi safety margin) at that
depth.
Further unloading valves are placed by traversing down between the load fluid
pressure gradient and gas lifted tubing pressure gradient (calculated for the
design gas lifted production rate) lines.
Valves are placed ever deeper until the inter-valve spacing equals the pre-set
minimum, or the maximum injection depth has been reached.
Once the first pass design is complete, PROSPER re-calculates the flowing
gradient tubing using the current operating valve depth. For casing sensitive
valves, the valve depths are re-calculated to allow for the casing pressure drop to
close valves. The process is repeated until the valve depths no longer change.
When Check Rate Conformance with IPR is set to Yes, the solution rate is checked to
ensure that it can be achieved. PROSPER reduces the design rate if necessary and
repeats the spacing exercise.
2.10.1.3.6 Designing with Tubing Sensitive Valves
Tubing sensitive valves operate with a constant casing pressure and rely on increasing
tubing pressure as the well unloads to close the unloading valve and transfer injection to
lower valves.
To prepare a design for tubing sensitive valves, the required input is the same as
for Casing Sensitive valves except that instead of entering the casing pressure
drop to close valves, the percentage Pcasing - Pwh to close valves is r

451 PROSPER
2.10.1.3.7 Spacing Procedure for Tubing Sensitive Valves
The injection point is found as for casing sensitive valves by finding the intersection of
the minimum tubing gradient line and the casing pressure gradient (less a 50 psi safety
margin).
The first unloading valve is spaced as for the casing sensitive case.
Intermediate unloading valves are spaced by traversing down using the load fluid
gradient from the transfer pressure to intersect the casing pressure gradient for the
operating injection pressure. The transfer pressure (tubing pressure at which the
unloading valve closes) is calculated using the value of % Pcasing -Pwh as follows:
The surface pressure corresponding to the specified % difference between the
operating tubing and casing pressures is calculated.
A straight line is extended from this point to intersect the tubing pressure at the
injection point. The valve transfer pressure is defined at any depth by this line.
A small value of % difference results in transfer pressures close to the flowing tubing
gradient. While this results in a design with few unloading valves, any small increase
in flowing tubing pressure may cause unloading valves to re-open.
A larger value of % Pcasing -Pwh will increase the transfer pressure further away
from the flowing tubing gradient. This provides a greater safety margin against
multi-point injection, but requires the unloading valves to be spaced more closely.
Selecting transfer pressures using only the % Pcasing - Pwh straight line can result in
shallow valves having a too conservative transfer pressure and the deeper valves may
transfer too close to the tubing gradient line. PROSPER adjusts the design transfer
pressures so that valves are spaced efficiently while at the same time ensuring a good
safety margin against multipoint injection.

User Guide 452
Having performed a design, it is recommended that the Matching Quicklook

and Design Gas Lift Diagnostic sections be used to check the design and
examine the effect of varying design and producing conditions.
2.10.1.3.8 Proportional Valves
Merla proportional valves are a hybrid of tubing- and casing- sensitive characteristics.

453 PROSPER
Some points to note about proportional valves are:

a) The dome is not charged with any gas. As such dome pressure is 0 psig.

User Guide 454
b) The closing pressure for the valve is provided by a spring which is set to apply a
certain compression force.
c) The valve stem has a tapered end which fits into the tapered end of the port.
d) As such even when the valve is in the open position, the tubing pressure will have
an influence on the opening or closing of the valve.
Advantages of a Proportional Response Valve:
a) Since there is no gas charge, the valve is unaffected by well temperature. As

such the design of these valves becomes simpler. Errors due to inconsistent
flowing temperature are also eliminated.
b) The valves proportional response to production pressure fluctuations makes it
automatically maintain tubing pressure gradient and the right gas injection rate.
In the database of PROSPER for a Proportional Valve, a number of parameters are

required. The following describes these various parameters
a) Fe: this represents the dynamic value of the Av / Ab ratio (Av = Valve Port Area

455 PROSPER
& Ab = Bellow Area), which is calculated from experimental data by solving the
valve opening / closing pressure equations. The parameter Fe corresponds to
the term R for a Casing Sensitive Valve.
b) SMALL, MEDIUM, LARGE: there are three configurations for the same valve.
For each configuration a value of Fe and the slope of K and M are defined
c) Pcf: this corresponds to the Injection Pressure i.e. the Gas pressure in the casing
annulus.
d) Pvc: this corresponds to the Spring Adjustment Pressure
e) K: this is a correction parameter that is used to quantify the maximum possible

rate that can be injected through the valve.
f) M: represents the slope of throttling line. (The throttling line represents the rate
that can be injected through the valve for reducing values of tubing pressure for a
constant Injection pressure)
Further information about these various parameters can be found in Gas Lift Manual
by Gabor Takacs. (PennWell Corp).
2.10.1.4Gas Lift Adjustments

The existing Gaslift Design sections allow the User to select and size gas lift equipment
for specified design conditions. Gaslift Adjustments provides additional calculations for
testing gas lift designs under operating conditions. Surface casing pressures when re-
starting production are presented in addition to input parameters needed for setting up
automatic well controllers.
To set up a Gaslift Adjustments calculation, enter the following items:

User Guide 456
These are the required input data:

- Downstream Pressure Constraint
Surface pressure the well must flow against
- Kick off Casing Head Pressure
Absolute maximum available casing injection pressure
- Lift Gas Network Normal Pressure
Normal operating pressure of injection gas system
- Safety Margin For Lift Gas Control
Control pressure drop across gas injection choke
- Maximum CHP Under Normal Operation
Injection pressure available downstream of control choke. Difference of
network and control pressures.
- Min CP decrease to Close Last Unloading Valve
Specified pressure drop to close deepest unloading valve
- Lift Gas Temperature
Temperature of injected gas at the casing head
- Target Liquid Production Rate
Design production rate for Gaslift adjustments calculations.
- Water Cut
Design water cut for Gaslift adjustments calculations

457 PROSPER
- Production (Total) GOR

Solution and free gas production (does not include injection gas)
- Vertical Flow Correlation
Select appropriate correlation. Matched correlations should be used
where available.
- Dome Pressure Correction (above 1200 psig)
When Yes is selected, an improved dome pressure correction is used.
The API temperature correction is always used below 1200 psi.
Once the input data entry is complete, the User has to make sure that the correspondent
valves are transferred. Select Valves and then Transfer to transfer the valve info from
Gas Lift Design or from QuickLook:
Once the gaslift equipment details are entered the flowing gradient or static gradient
can be estimated:
Flowing
Calculations are made for flowing conditions at the User-entered target production rate.
PROSPER calculates well performance curves for gas injection at each mandrel depth.
Production rates and pressures at surface and mandrel depth are determined.
Annulus volume and bottoms up times are also calculated. The flowing gradient for the
operating condition can be plotted with opening and closing pressures for each
unloading valve displayed.

User Guide 458
Static
Calculations are made for shut-in conditions. The static tubing gradient is determined
using the liquid density calculated for the producing water cut. When the reservoir
pressure cannot support a full liquid column, a gas gradient is used back to surface.

459 PROSPER
2.10.1.5Gaslift Valve Performance

The Valve Performance Clearinghouse (VPC) is a non-profit making organisation
formed by a consortium of major oil companies. Its objective is to become a repository
for the collection, analysis and distribution of gas lift valve performance data and
correlations to member companies and licensees. This information has been made
available to Petroleum Experts and a framework to utilise it is included in Prosper in
the Gaslift Valve Performance section.
The database required to implement this feature is not distributed by Petroleum

Experts and must be obtained from the VPC.
This implementation consists of two parts
Database inspection and valve performance curve calculation and display
Gaslift Design and QuickLook integration
Valve performance calculations will be used to determine the required port size or gas
rate through a given valve
2.10.1.5.1 Valve Performance Clearinghouse (VPC)
Valve Performance Clearinghouse (VPC)

The Valve Performance Clearinghouse (VPC) is a non-profit making organisation
formed by a consortium of major oil companies. Its objective to become a repository
for the collection, analysis, and distribution of gas lift valve performance data and
correlations to member companies and licensees. Tests are conducted at the
Southwest Research Institute compliant to the API 11V2 RP specification. Test data
User Guide 460
and correlations are proprietary to member companies, and are licensed to non-
members for a fee on a per-valve basis.
This information has been made available to Petroleum Experts and a framework to
utilise is included in this version of PROSPER.
The database required to implement this feature will not be distributed with PROSPER
by Petroleum Experts and must be obtained from VPC.
The Valve Performance Clearinghouse is a service offered by Decker Technology. Its

objectives are
Establish an independent source for the collection, consolidation, and distribution
of valve performance data and correlations to members.
Perform tests on gaslift valves selected by the members using the API 11V2 RP
Develop correlations using the Decker Technology proprietary method to predict
gas passage for any pressure and temperature conditions with an accuracy of
better than +/-20%.
Provide a Valve Performance Reference manual containing performance data and
correlations for all valves tested by the VPC.
Decker Technology, Inc.

2238 McCurdy Road
Stone Mountain, GA 30087
Phone: 770-496-9680
Fax: 770-496-9681
E-mail: decktech@bellsouth.net
2.10.2 Intermittent Gas Lift
Intermittent gas lift may be considered for wells at low reservoir pressure or wells with
high pressures but low productivity.
The method is transient and complex. Today, the various approaches still rely on
approximations and rules of thumb.
The following pictures show the various stages of a cycle in intermittent gas lift from the
instant the bottom valve opens:
Liquid accumulates in the tubing. This is the slug.
When the slug reaches a certain size, gas lift enters the tubing and lift the slug to the
surface.
The static liquid film against the inner diameter of the tubing falls back and the process
is repeated.

461 PROSPER
PROSPER can be used to design intermittent gas lift systems.

For the valves depth estimation two options are currently available:
- the constant surface closure method and the
- the optiflow design procedure.
Please refers to "Gas Lift Manual" by Gabor Takcs, for more details about the theory
behind both options.
This is the default artificial lift method in gas lifted fields where formation pressures to
not allow continuous flow any more.
It is also suitable for wells with relatively high formation pressure but low productivity.
Method of Operation
Lift gas is periodically injected into the well at a depth close to the perforations. This gas
is used to displace the column of liquid that accumulated while the gas lift valve was
closed. If the correct amount of gas is injected, the liquid slug of oil is lifted to the well
head and into the surface flowline. Efficient operation occurs when the slug arrives at the
surface intact, in advance of gas bubble breakthrough.
Basic Operation of 1 cycle

User Guide 462
A. Operating Valve is closed formation fluids are accumulating above it. Casing &
Tubing pressures at depth increase until desired slug length has accumulated.
B. Lift gas is injected at a high instantaneous rate, creating a large gas bubble.
C. This gas bubble lifts the slug to surface
D. After the slug enters the flow line, high pressure gas produces entrained liquid
droplets until pressure falls to separator pressure; the operating valve closes; the
standing valve re-opens and the cycle commences again.
The Intermittent cycle

Accumulation period starts as soon as the standing valve opens and allows wells
fluids to accumulate in the well adding to the slug remaining from the previous cycle of
fluid that did not reach surface
Injection-lifting period starts as soon as the gas lift valve opens and gas enters
the well and lasts until the slug has completely entered the flowline
After flow period when the slug leaves the wellhead, the well contains high
pressure gas column with entrained liquid droplets and the high velocity gas also lifts
part of the liquid film wetting the tubing inside wall thus adding to the amount of well
fluid produced. This period ends when the decreasing gas pressure allows the
standing valve to re-open and the accumulation period commences again.
During the whole of the lifting period, the slug length is reduced by liquid fallback and

463 PROSPER
gas breakthrough.
Since the lifting of liquid slugs in intermittent gas lift is a transient process accurate
analytical solutions do not exist. The approaches used require some assumptions.
Daily Production = Production per cycle * no. of cycles per day
Slug length is user-determined, but one should consider that a long slug requires a long
production time and fewer cycles per day, whereas a shorter slug length allows more
cycles per day. This relationship is not necessarily linear. In practise, it has been found
that maximum daily production is obtained when a starting slug length equal to 40-50%
of the static liquid column is used.
Liquid FallBack
This needs to be determined in order to be able to design an accurate Intermittent Gas
Lift installation. Empirical studies of liquid slug and gas bubble velocity (e.g. White et al
JPT 1963) showed that gas velocity was fairly constant whereas slug velocity varies with
the ratio of injection and production pressures but reaches an essentially constant value
very rapidly. Liquid fallback is minimised if slug velocity is maximised.
Liquid Fallback is determined by
D
FB =
Vs
1+
Vb
Bubble velocity is assumed constant and slug velocity is determined by solving
simultaneously, the flow rate through an orifice and the equation of the forces acting on a
liquid slug in motion up the tubing.

User Guide 464
Valve Spacing
In order to use normal gas lift pressure, it is usually necessary to design a valve
unloading string to allow the stepwise transfer of the injection point from the surface
down to the operating valve
Constant surface closing pressure commonly used for single-point injection

systems assumes a constant surface closing pressure for all valves in the unloading
valve string
Optiflow design procedure is suited for wells with poor information on well
potential. Assuming that the operating point as well as the production rate are unknown
this permits injection of gas at the deepest possible point at all times. This is done by
moving the operating point down the well such that the inflow is sufficient to prevent
operation of the next lower valve. Assumes 50% of the lift gas pressure at depth as the
tubing pressure at each valve depth.
2.10.3 Electrical Submersible Pump Design

The Design Electrical Submersible Pump section allows the User to design an ESP
installation.
The design is performed in two steps:

1. Determine the required pump head to achieve a specified production rate

465 PROSPER
2. Select a suitable combination of pump, motor and cable for the application.
ESP data entered in the System Electrical Submersible Pumps input menu is not
utilised by the ESP design section. The design results will overwrite this section.
In the main ESP Design screen the design parameters can be entered:
The parameters are self-explanatory, except for the four parameters:

Gas Separator Efficiency
It represents the efficiency of separation of gas in case there is
free gas and a downhole separator is installed
Motor Power Safety Margin
This factor adds a safety margin to the power strictly necessary to
lift the design rate. For example, if the safety margin is 10%, the
pump power requirement will be increased of 10%
Pump Wear Factor
This factor takes in account of the deterioration of the pump
performance. A wear factor of 0.1 will scale the original head as
per performance curve of 10%

User Guide 466
Gas DeRating Model

It allows selecting a User DeRating model. The Gas Derating
model will consider the reduction in the pump's performance when
free gas enters the pump. The Derating model represents the
relation between the quantity of free gas and the amount by which
the pump's performance reduces.
The User has the ability to import a DeRating model in the form of
a custom .dll file. This can be done by clicking on File | User
Correlation | HSP Gas Derating model. The model imported in this
section will also be applicable for ESP design.
Design procedure
Designing an ESP installation using PROSPER is divided into two phases:
1. Calculate
This is where the head and power requirement calculations are made and
2. Design
This is where, on the basis of the calculations, the equipment is selected.
The following description assumes that input of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop correlations
have been matched to field data.
2.10.3.1ESP Calculate
This section determines the head required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate.
From the main ESP Design screen select Calculate:

467 PROSPER
Clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve the
design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown in the
figure above.
PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the flowing
pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the pump
intake pressure for the design production rate.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at
the required pump discharge pressure.
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across the
pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the pump inlet.
The mass flow rate and the required head are used to determine the pump fluid
power requirement.
Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity corrections
are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no ESP viscosity
corrections will be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been built in the PVT
section, then the emulsion viscosity can be optionally used in the ESP
calculations and elsewhere. As mentioned in the PVT section, emulsion
behaviour in oilfield systems analysis is poorly understood. The emulsion PVT

User Guide 468
model provides the means to apply empirical corrections and should be used
with caution.
If an inlet gas separator is to be used, enter the separator efficiency before

carrying out the calculation. The program allows the percentage of free gas set
by the separator efficiency to be produced up the annulus, and the remainder to
be compressed through the pump. Hence, the PVT properties of the well fluids
can be different below and above the pump.
For wells where the ESP pump is landed high up in the well it is possible that
the fluid can not reach the pump intake. For such cases, PROSPER will report a
Pump Intake Pressure (PIP) of 10 psi. Therefore the user should be cautious
when the calculated PIP = 10 psi as this indicates that the fluid can not reach
the pump intake and the design can not be completed.
2.10.3.1.1 Checking Suitability of Separator Efficiency
To check that the separator efficiency chosen in the input is acceptable for the
design case, the Dunbar Criterion may be used as showed below.
Click Sensitivity to display the intake pressure and intake GLR plotted over a range of
gas separator efficiency curves.
Check that the design operating point lies above the empirical limit represented by the
Dunbar Factor line.

469 PROSPER
2.10.3.2ESP Design (Pump, Motor and Cable Selection)

Having determined the required pump duty, click on Done to go back to the ESP design
screen.
The next step is to select the pump, motor and cable capable to provide the calculated
duty.
To do so, select Design; the program will display a pump design screen similar to that
shown below:

User Guide 470
In the Select drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
capable of meeting the design requirements.
Select Pump
PROSPER presents pumps that can meet the following criteria:
Inlet rate within range

Discharge rate within range
Head developed at design well rate is near pump's maximum efficiency point
Pump O.D. < Casing I.D.
The User must select a pump from those listed.
Select Motor
Once a pump has been selected, the pump efficiency is known; the motor power
requirement can now be calculated.
Proceed to the motor drop-down box and select a motor from those listed.
PROSPER lists pumps and motors on the basis of diameter and performance
characteristics.

471 PROSPER
It is the User's responsibility to ensure that the pump selected is

coherent with the information provided by the manufacturer
It is the User's responsibility to ensure that the motor selected is

physically compatible with the pump and that the most economical
combination of operating voltage and current is chosen.
Select Cable
Once the motor power and voltage option have been determined, a suitable cable must
be selected.
PROSPER displays those cables capable of passing the required current.
2.10.3.2.1 Checking the Pump Design

Click Plot to display the design operating point on the pump performance curve as
shown below:
Normally, the first pass design will have an operating point fairly close to the
selected pump's optimum efficiency. However, as well conditions change with
time, this may not be the best design for the life of the installation
Different combinations of pump and motor can be quickly experimented with in

User Guide 472
the ESP design section until an optimum design is obtained.

A report can be generated which gives details of the pump selection and design
conditions
The robustness of the first pass design must then be checked over the range of
expected well operating conditions by running System sensitivities in the C
alculation menu
PROSPER allows sensitivities to be run on both well performance and pump
parameters such as pump setting depth and operating frequency
The ESP system design process is completed by iterating between the Calculation and
Design sections until the final design is optimised over the projected pump run life.
Viscosity corrections, where applicable, will be considered in choice of available pumps

and the number of stages required.
2.10.4 Hydraulic Pump Design

The Design Hydraulic Pump section allows the User to design a HSP installation.

(reservoir fluid + power fluid)
2. Select a suitable combination of pump and turbine for the application
HSP data entered in SystemHydraulic Submersible Pumps is not utilised by the HSP
design section and will be overwritten by the design.
In the main HSP Design screen the design parameters can be entered:

473 PROSPER
The parameters are self-explanatory, except for the three parameters:

% Power Fluid of Reservoir Fluid
This factor represents the ratio (in %) between the power fluid and
the produced reservoir fluid. A value of 100% means that the rate
of power fluid is equal to the rate of produced reservoir fluid
Pump Wear Factor
This factor takes in account of the deterioration of the pump
performance. A wear factor of 0.1 will scale the original head as
per performance curve of 10%
Gas DeRating Model
It allows selecting a User DeRating model. The Gas Derating
model will consider the reduction in the pump's performance when
free gas enters the pump. The Derating model represents the
relation between the quantity of free gas and the amount by which
the pump's performance reduces.
The User has the ability to import a DeRating model in the form of
a custom .dll file. This can be done by clicking on File | User
Correlation | HSP Gas Derating model.

User Guide 474
Design procedure
The design of an HSP installation using PROSPER is divided into two phases. One is
where the head and power requirement calculations are made and the second part is
where on basis of the calculations, the equipment is selected.
The following description assumes that input of the well details and PVT data have
2.10.4.1HSP Calculate
From the main HSP Design screen select Calculate:
figure above.
PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the flowing
pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the pump
intake pressure for the design production rate.

475 PROSPER
required pump head.
The mass flow rate and the required head are used to determine the pump fluid
power requirement.
For certain configurations the produced and power fluids can be commingled above the
pump. Hence, the PVT properties of the well fluids can be different below and above the
pump.
Emulsions
are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no HSP viscosity
corrections will be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been built in the
PVT section, then the emulsion viscosity can be optionally used in the HSP
with caution.
2.10.4.2HSP Design (Pump and Turbine Selection)

Having determined the required pump duty, click on Done to go back to the ESP design
screen.
duty.
To do so, select Design: the program will display a pump design screen similar to that
shown below:

User Guide 476
Select Pump
PROSPER presents pumps that can meet the following criteria:
Pump Speed within range

Discharge rate within range
Head developed at design well rate is near pump's maximum efficiency point
Pump and O.D. < User input maximum
The User must select a pump from those listed.
Select Turbine
Once a pump has been selected, the pump efficiency is known, so the turbine power
requirement can now be calculated.
Proceed to the turbine drop down box and select a turbine from those listed.
PROSPER lists pumps and motors on the basis of diameter and performance
characteristics.


477 PROSPER

2.10.4.2.1 Checking the Pump/Turbine Design

Click Pump and Turbine Plot to display the design operating point on the pump
performance curve as shown below:
Normally, the first pass design will have an operating point fairly close to the
selected pump's optimum efficiency. However, as well conditions change with
time, this may not be the best design for the life of the installation.
Different combinations of pump and turbine can be quickly experimented with in
the HSP design section until an optimum design is obtained.
A report can be generated which gives details of the pump selection and design
conditions.
Important Note
The robustness of the first pass design must then be checked over the range
of expected well operating conditions by running sensitivities in the System
Calculation menu.
To access the System Calculation, select the System button within the
HSP design section.

User Guide 478
This is a specialized form of the calculation that ensures that the

power generated by the turbine is equal to the power required by the
pump. This is achieved by varying the power fluid injected until this
requirement is met. The calculation is therefore somewhat slower than
the normal system calculation.
The HSP system design process is completed by iterating between the Calculation and
Design sections, until the final design is optimised over the projected pump run life.
Viscosity corrections, where applicable, will be considered in choice of available pumps

and the number of stages required.
2.10.5 Progressive Cavity Pump Design

The DesignProgressive Cavity Pump section allows the User to design a PCP
installation.

2. Select a suitable combination of pump and turbine for the application
PCP data entered in SystemHydraulic Submersible Pumps is not utilised by the PCP
design section and will be overwritten by the design.
In the main PCP Design screen the design parameters can be entered:

479 PROSPER
This is the case of PCP with Sucker Rod. If the PCP is driven by a Downhole Motor, the
data to input are similar to the ones seen in the ESP.
All the parameters are self-explanatory on the basis of the previous sections.
Design Procedure
The design of an HSP installation using PROSPER is divided into two phases. One is
where the head and power requirement calculations are made and the second part is
The following description assumes that inputs of the well details and PVT data have
2.10.5.1PCP Calculate
From the main PCP Design screen select Calculate:

User Guide 480
figure above.
PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the
flowing pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the
pump intake pressure for the design production rate.
required pump head.
Emulsions
corrections will be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been built in the
PVT section, then the emulsion viscosity can be optionally used in the HSP
with caution.

481 PROSPER
2.10.5.2PCP Design (Pump and Rod Selection)

Having determined the required pump duty, click on Done to go back to the PCP design
screen.
duty.
shown below:
In the case of motor driven PCP, motor and cable will have to be selected.
PROSPER lists pumps and motors on the basis of diameter and

performance characteristics.



User Guide 482
As seen for ESP and HSP installations, the PCP design should be checked by
performing sensitivities in System Calculation, in order to verify the design against the
expected change of conditions along the life of the well.
2.10.6 Coiled Tubing GasLift Design

The DesignCoiled Tubing GasLift section allows the User to perform a design of
gas lift using coiled tubing.
Before performing the design, data concerning the gas lift gas and the coiled tubing
equipment should be entered in the Coiled Tubing Data screen, accessible from the S
ystem menu:
Then select DesignCoiled Tubing GasLift:
The input data and the options to enter in this screen are exactly the same as for the
normal Gas Lift Design (design for a User Entered Rate, or for Maximum Production,

483 PROSPER
etc).
Please refer to the Gas Lift Design section for a detailed explanation.
To perform the Design, select Continue. This will access a screen similar to the Gas Lift
Design:
In the case of the figure above, select Get Rate to calculate the Gas Lift Performance
Curve and then Design to perform the design.
The program will determine the maximum injection depth, the rate produced and the gas
to inject.
The Plot feature allows visualising the design:

User Guide 484
2.10.7 Jet Pump Design

The Design Jet Pump section allows the User to design a Jet Pump installation.

2. Select a suitable pump for the application
Jet Pump data entered in System/Jet Pumps is not utilized by the design section and
will be overwritten by the design.
In the main Jet Pump Design screen the design parameters can be entered:

485 PROSPER
The input data are self-explanatory.

As far as the loss coefficient are concerned, these coefficients are a measure of the
energy loss due to the friction in the above quoted sections of the pump.
The coefficients are provided by the Jet Pump manufacturers.
Design Procedure
The design of a Jet Pump installation using PROSPER is divided into two phases. One
is where the head and power requirement calculations are made and the second part is
The following description assumes that inputs of the well details and PVT data have
2.10.7.1Jet Pump Calculate

From the main Jet Pump Design screen select Calculate:

User Guide 486
figure above.
PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the
flowing pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the
pump intake pressure for the design production rate.
required pump head.
According to the Surface Fluid (the Power Fluid) Injection Rate and Injection
Pressure, the program will determine R (ratio between the areas of the nozzle
and of the throat), the diameter of the throat and the diameter of the nozzle
Emulsions
corrections will be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been built in the PVT
section, then the emulsion viscosity can be optionally used in the HSP

487 PROSPER

with caution.
2.10.7.2Jet Pump Design (Pump Selection)

Having determined the required pump duty, click on Done to go back to the Jet Pump
design screen.
The next step is to select the pump suitable to provide the calculated duty.
shown below:
Select a pump from the database whose Actual performance (in green in the figure
above) is close to the Desired performance.

User Guide 488
PROSPER lists pumps on the basis of diameter and performance

characteristics.

As seen for ESP, HSP and PCP installations, the Jet Pump design should be checked
by performing sensitivities in System Calculation, in order to verify the design against
the expected change of conditions along the life of the well.
2.10.8 Sucker Rod Pump Design
2.10.8.1Background
General hints
The schematic of a conventional Sucker Rod Pump installation is sketched in the

following figure along with the downhole pump:
Working principle:
A prime motor moves the gearbox, which rotates the crank. The crank is attached to a
counterweight and is connected to the Pitman arm. The Pitman arm is then connected
to the walking beam.

489 PROSPER
The rotary movement of the crank is propagated and translated into a reciprocating
movement of the rod connected to the downhole pump.
From the figure above it is possible to see that as the crank rotates, the rod shifts the
plunger up (upstroke) and down (downstroke) in the pump barrel.
The downhole pump is composed of a barrel with a ball-and-seat valve at the bottom
(standing valve) and a plunger with another ball-and-seat valve (traveling valve).
During the downstroke the plunger is lowered in the barrel, the traveling valve is opened
and standing valve is closed; in this way the fluid is displaced in the tubing above the
plunger.
During the upstroke, the traveling valve is closed, whilst the standing valve is opened,
letting the fluid flow from the formation into the barrel. The fluid that was in the tubing in
the previous step is pushed towards the surface.
Troubleshooting the performance of the Pump
It is possible to monitor the pump performance by measuring the variation of the rod
load against the position of the rod itself by means of a dynamometer.
The resulting plot is called "dynamometer card". This plot is a very useful method to

User Guide 490
verify that the pump is working fine and to diagnose eventual problems.
The example reported below illustrates the shape of a dynamometer card for the ideal
case of pump and rod perfectly rigid, no friction, perfect pump action:
With reference to the figure above:
- Point A: the plunger is in the lowest point. This is the starting point of the upstroke
- A-B: The traveling valve closes and the standing valve opens. As this is an ideal case,
the total load of the fluid above the plunger is taken over by the sucker rod
- B-C: The plunger travels all the way to the highest point the distance between points B
and C represents the stroke length
- C-D: The traveling valve opens and the standing valve closes. This is the starting point
of the downstroke. The rod unloads
- D-A: The plunger travels back to the lowest point of the stroke A
As mentioned above, the dynamometer illustrated in the figure represents an ideal

situation. However, the examination of actual dynamometer cards allows the Engineer
to identify problems related to pump operative problems, like leaking valves, fluid
pounding, gas locking, etc.
Details about the use of dynamometers cards for pump performance diagnostics can
be found in the references reported in Appendix A.
Design

491 PROSPER
The design of a Sucker Rod Pump installation is a trial and error procedure that
consists of:
- starting from assumptions on the pump hardware (pump and rod type, depth,
size), flow conditions and design stroke rate or production rate, and then
- determining the operating parameters, like: pump displacement, peak polished
rod load, minimum polish rod load, peak torque, polished rod horsepower,
counterbalance effect (CBE) etc.
- verifying how the pump installation behaves through the dynamometer card and
torque chart
This is achieved by solving the wave equation:
2 u(x, t) 2
2 u(x, t) u(x, t)
= a - c +g
t 2 x 2 t
Solutions to this equation have been provided by Gibbs (ref. Appendix A).
The solutions to the equation above allow to determine the surface and downhole
dynamometer card and then a torque analysis can be performed to determine the
torque.
These diagnostic plots can be used to verify the working conditions of the designed
pump and sucker rod and in the case the design can be reviewed by changing
assumptions and restarting the design.
2.10.8.2Design Sucker Rod Pump

The DesignSucker Rod Pump section allows the User to perform a design of a
sucker rod pump installation.
Also, along with the design, a series of diagnostic plots (the Dynamometer card, the
Torque and Rod Speed plot) are provided, which can be used to verify the actual pump
operating regime and in the case troubleshoot the design itself.
The design consists of the following steps:
1. Enter design input parameters (PVT, pump data, design input data)
2. Perform the design
3. Perform Rod Sensitivity

User Guide 492
2.10.8.2.1 Enter Design Parameters

The input parameters consist of:
PVT Data
These are the PVT data for the fluid
Calculation Mode
This option allows to select the design mode:
- Enter Stroke Rate, calculate Production Rate
- Enter Production Rate, calculate Stroke Rate
Pumping Unit and Rod Selection

These options allow to specify the pump and the rod specifications to use for the
design
Service Factor
- Non-Corrosive
- Salt Water
- Hydrogen Sulphide
Pump Intake Pressure

493 PROSPER
Allows to select the method used to calculate the pump intake pressure:
- Entered Value
- Calculated from IPR
- Calculated from Fluid Level
Design Input
These inputs specify the design operating conditions (flowing wellhead and
bottomhole temperature, wellhead pressure, pump characteristics and efficiencies,
pump position)
2.10.8.2.2 Perform Design

After entering the input data, select Calculate to perform the design of the Sucker Rod
Pump.
The program will calculate the production rate and all the information related to rod load,
torque, stress, etc.
On the right hand side of the screen the plots related to Rod Load, Torque and Pump
velocity are reported.

User Guide 494
The Top Rod Loading and Top Rod % Of Goodman Diagram are measurements of
the stress in the top rod based upon the peak polished rod load and the cross-sectional
area of the top rod. The API RP11BR discusses the Modified Goodman Diagram
and its construction.
PROSPER is painting in red those parameters if they exceed 100% and there are
basically 2 ways of lowering those values below 100%, 1 is to increase the area of the
sucker rods, 2 is to reduce the peak load.
The Index of Torsional Effectiveness (ITE) is a measurement of the ability of the

beam pump unit type to smooth out and idealize the net crankshaft torque load (under
normal conditions handling a full pump barrel of incompressible fluid).
The ITE is ratio of the average net torque to the peak net torque expressed as
percentage.
The higher the ITE the more effective the unit geometry in converting the polished rod
load into a smoother and more ideal torsional load.
ITE Beam Pump Unit

Performance
Under 15% Very Poor
20-25% Fair
25-30% Average
30-35% Good
35-40% Very Good
2.10.8.2.3 Rod Sensitivity

This option allows to perform design sensitivities changing the rod type, in other words,
verifying the impact of different rod types on the pump performance:

495 PROSPER
The Chart can be plotted in form of bars or pie and different visualisations are available:
Production Rate by Rod Type
HorsePower Required by Rod Type
Production Rate Per HorsePower by Rod Type

User Guide 496
2.10.9 Artificial Lift Database

The Artificial Lift Database contains all the information concerning the artificial lift
equipment used in PROSPER.
This is the content of the Database:

Gas Lift Valves
ESP pumps, motors, cables
HSP pumps and turbines
PCP pumps, sucker rods, motors, cables
Jet pumps
MultiPhase pumps
In the following sections there is a description of the information stored in the Artificial
Lift Database and how to update with new data.
To access the database select DesignDatabase.

The Options tab screen collect information on the location of the database and its
version:

497 PROSPER
An initial database is distributed along with the software.
EQUIPMENT DATABASE DISCLAIMER

Every effort is made to ensure that the sample equipment databases
supplied are correct.
However, it is the Users responsibility to ensure they are both
accurate and up-to-date.
For critical design work, always refer to the equipment supplier for the
latest performance data.
To improve the quality of the Artificial Lift Database, Petroleum Experts
is more than happy to accept the contribution of Users who have
updated data
2.10.9.1Gas Lift Valve Database

To perform a Gas Lift design, PROSPER must have appropriate valve data loaded in
its database. To enter and maintain the valve data that PROSPER requires for Gas Lift
design, the Gas Lift tab button in the Database:

User Guide 498
The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets, etc.)
or create an Import file.
The last option allows to create back-ups of the database in format .GLD, which can be
recalled by PROSPER to restore the database using the Import button.
2.10.9.1.1 Adding a New Valve

To add a gas lift valve select Add. An entry screen is displayed, where the valve specs
can be entered:

499 PROSPER
the data to enter are: manufacturer, valve type, Type, Specification, Port size, R value.
The sample gas lift valve database is provided to allow the User to run
the examples. Before designing for field installation, the User must
first ensure that the database contains current and accurate valve
characteristics.
2.10.9.2ESP Database
The ESP Database contains the performance curves of pumps and motors and the
characteristics of the cables.
2.10.9.2.1 Pump Database

Select the tab screen ESP in the Database to access the ESP database:

User Guide 500
The performance curves are provided in the form of coefficients for a polynomial
equation fitted to actual performance data.
Selecting a pump and then Plot, the performance curve of the pump is plotted:

501 PROSPER
Click Variables to select between Head, Horsepower and Efficiency for plotting.
2.10.9.2.1.1 Adding a New Pump

To add a new pump select Add and enter the required information:
Next step is to enter the performance data for head and power as per manufacturers
performance curves and fit them to a polynomial. To do so, select Head Coefficients
and HP Coefficients and enter the data:

User Guide 502
Then Fit to regress and calculate the polynomial coefficients, then Done to go back to
the previous panel. The coefficients have been transferred:
The HP coefficients can be calculated in the same way.
To prevent errors, it is recommended that a plot be made and checked

against published curves whenever new data is entered or alterations
are made to existing entries.

503 PROSPER
2.10.9.2.2 Motor Database

To access the Motors section select the tab screen Motors:
Motor characteristics are entered in form of polynomials fitted to performance data.

Coefficients are required for Nameplate Amps, RPM, and Efficiency and Power factor.
Available horsepower and Power options are entered by clicking the relevant Edit
button.
As plotted, motor speed curves may exceed synchronous speed at low %

power values. This is a characteristic of the polynomial fitting technique used.
The accuracy of motor (and pump) performance curve fits is optimised in the
usable efficiency range.
An example of a motor efficiency plot is shown below:

User Guide 504
2.10.9.2.2.1 Adding a New Motor

To add a new motor select Add and enter the required info in the Motor Data:

505 PROSPER
Enter the data and fit the polynomials by selecting the buttons NamePlate AMPS,
Speed, Efficiency and Power Factor. Use Fit to determine the polynomial coefficients.
On the right hand side of the screen above (Power Options) enter the different Power,
Voltage and Current the motor is compatible with.
2.10.9.2.3 Cables Database

To access the Cables section select the tab screen Cables:
2.10.9.2.3.1 Adding a New Cable

Only a few data about the electric characteristic of the cable are required.
Select Add to add a new cable:

User Guide 506

2.10.9.3HSP Database
The HSP Database contains the performance curves of pumps and turbines.
2.10.9.3.1 Pumps Database

Select the tab screen HSP in the Database to access the HSP database:
The performance curves are provided in the form of coefficients for a polynomial
equation fitted to actual performance data.
Clicking on Plot displays the Pump performance curve:

507 PROSPER
2.10.9.3.2 Adding a New Pump

To add a new pump or a turbine, the steps to follow are exactly the same seen for ESP
pumps. Please refer to the previous section for the details.
2.10.9.3.3 Turbines Database

Select the Turbines tab button to display the Turbines Database:

User Guide 508
The performance data are provided as polynomials fitted to performance data.
2.10.9.3.4 Adding a New Turbine

To add a new pump or a turbine, select Add and enter the required data:

509 PROSPER
The Turbine performance is entered by selecting Add in the Turbine Settings area. The
steps to enter the performance data and fit them to a polynomial are the same as seen
in the ESP section. Refer to that section for details.

2.10.9.4PCP Database
The PCP Database contains data concerning the performance of pumps and the
characteristics of sucker rods, motors and cables.

Select the tab screen PCP in the Database to access the PCP database:

User Guide 510
In the database parameters concerning the pump configuration are stored.
Clicking on Plot displays the Pump performance curve:

511 PROSPER

To add a new pump select Add and enter the required data as per manufacturers
specs:

User Guide 512
2.10.9.4.2 Sucker Rods Database

Select the Sucker Rods tab button to display the correspondent database:

513 PROSPER
2.10.9.4.2.1 Adding a New Sucker Rod

To add a new sucker rod select Add and enter the required data:

User Guide 514
As far as motor and cables are concerned, please refer to the ESP section for details.

2.10.9.5Jet Pumps Database

The Jet Pumps Database contains the characteristics of the pumps.
Select the tab screen Jet in the Database to access the Jet Pump database:
515 PROSPER

specs (nozzle and throat sizes, minimum and maximum rates, etc.):

2.10.9.6MultiPhase Pumps Database

The MultiPhase Database contains the characteristics of the FRAMO Pumps.

User Guide 516

Select the tab screen MultiPhase in the Database to access the FRAMO Pumps
database:
Clicking on Plot, the performance curves of the pump are displayed:

517 PROSPER
2.10.9.6.2 Adding a New Pump

specs (nozzle and throat sizes, minimum and maximum rates, etc.):

User Guide 518

2.10.9.7Sucker Rod Pump

The Sucker Rod Pumps Database contains the characteristics of pumps and sucker
rods.
2.10.9.7.1 Pump database
Select the tab screen SRP in the Database to access the Sucker Rod Pump database:

519 PROSPER

To add a new pump select Add and enter the required information:
2.10.9.7.2 Sucker Rods Database

Select the Sucker Rods tab button to display the correspondent database:

User Guide 520
2.10.9.7.2.1 Adding a New Sucker Rod

To add a new sucker rod select Add and enter the required data:

521 PROSPER
As far as motor and cables are concerned, please refer to the ESP section for details.

2.11 Output
The Output menu is used to report, export and plot input data entered into PROSPER
and the results generated by the various calculation options in the program:
Report
This option generates reports about input data and results
Export
This option transfers input data and results to different locations (printer,
spreadsheets, screen, etc.)
Plot
This option generates plots for input data and results
These functions are available also in any of the input/output screens of the program.

User Guide 522
2.11.1 Report
The Report option is used to prepare reports and plots from a current analysis. This
section describes how to use the reporting system with the templates provided with the
system and how to customise these templates.
2.11.1.1Setting Up the Reporting System

The set up of the reporting system begins with defining the default locations where the
reports will be created. To define the directories, select File|Preferences:
In the File tab screen initialise the data relevant to the reporting system. Enter the
Location Of Report Output Files. This is the default directory where reports printed to
file are to be placed. Also enter the Location Of User-Created Reports. This is the
path to a directory where User-defined report templates are to be stored.
2.11.1.2Reports
The reporting interface gives the User complete control over how the reports are
formatted and what information is utilised to make up the report. This is facilitated by the
use of report templates, which can be edited to suit the specific requirements. It is
possible to choose to use the default report templates provided with the system or to
choose to create slightly different versions of these reports. The selected templates can
then be used to generate the actual reports, which can be sent to a variety of places

523 PROSPER
(printer, file or screen). The report templates are displayed in a hierarchy and all
templates which have been selected (by double-clicking on it) show an X in the check-
box beside the template name.
To access the Reports area, select OutputReports form the menu toolbar.
There are two modes for the editing of report templates: System and User. System
mode does not allow the User to change any template whereas User mode allows
creating new User-defined templates from scratch or based on an already existing
system report template and also allows editing an existing User-defined report
template. Selecting User mode also makes the User Reports section of the template
hierarchy visible. The User Reports hierarchy contains all report templates which have
been tagged as being a derivation of a system report template as well as any free
standing User-defined templates.

User Guide 524
The reporting main window consists of four main parts: The command segment at the
top of the dialogue containing the buttons, the report selection hierarchy, the output
device selection group and the template type selection group. The output device group
is only used when printing from selected report templates.
The available commands are:
OK Print the selected reports to the selected output device and terminate the dialogue
Cancel Terminate the dialogue
Help Bring up the on-line help window
Setup Select a printer
User Switches between System and User edit mode, This shows or hides the User Reports
section of the report hierarchy and enables or disables the Create and Edit buttons. If
in User mode this button shows the text System and vice-versa.
View View a previously saved native format file on-screen. This brings up a file selection box
for choosing the appropriate report and passes this file name to the Report Executor
Print Print the selected reports to the selected output device
Create Create a new user report (only visible in User edit mode)
Edit Edit an existing user report template or create a new template from a system template
(only visible in User edit mode)
Group Allows the grouping of report templates references and the storing of the group
information in a file for later recall. This allows batch printing of reports for any analysis
The available output types are:
Printer Sent the report to the current printer

Screen The reports are displayed on-screen in a report executor window
Native File The reports are saved as .FR files in the output reports directory
RTF File The reports are saved as .RTF files in the output reports directory
Text File The reports are saved as tab delimited text files for easy spreadsheet import
The native (.FR) file format can only be read by the reporting system whereas the RTF
format can be read by many Windows word processing applications. When printing to
file the User will be presented with the following dialogue:

525 PROSPER
The default directory will be set to the default output directory but this can be altered
using the Select Directory button. This can then be applied to all output files by using
Change All. If it is necessary to change the output directory of one of the files, this can
be achieved by using the Browse button (button that shown on the right side of the
filename box) associated with each report. The filenames can themselves be edited in
the text box, which contains them.
For any given report in the system hierarchy the User can choose to view or print a
report using either the system report template provided or a User-defined report
template based on that system report template (or at least that position in the hierarchy)
or it is possible to choose a report grouping which can be made up from a combination
of User and system reports. Choose between these options using the report template
type selection group at the bottom right of the main window. If the User report template
option for any hierarchy position is selected and there are multiple User-defined report
templates for that position, then a dialogue appears which allows selecting the desired
template.

User Guide 526
Double clicking on any of the report templates (or selecting and pressing Ok) will cause
it to become the User-defined report template for that hierarchy position for the current
reports session. The default choice is the topmost user defined report template. It is
possible to stop a User-defined report template from being associated with that
hierarchy position by selecting it and then pressing Delete. This does not actually delete
the report template (it can still be seen within the User Reports section of the hierarchy).
If a report grouping is selected, then a similar dialogue appears and the User can select
the appropriate group file. After selecting a file all the reports referenced in the group
will appear checked in the hierarchy and then it is possible to press print for all of these
reports to be sent to the selected output device.
Template Editor Commands

The template editor works on the principle of moveable fields or groups of fields where
the inputs to these fields can be any value from PROSPER. Headers and footers can be
defined, which can be shown on each page, have fields which have a value which is the
result of a calculation or even have groups of fields which are displayed only if a
condition is met.

527 PROSPER
Data fields from PROSPER are added using the F2 key, selecting the data items
required and then pressing Ok when finished. The selected data items will then appear
as fields, one by one, as the left mouse button is clicked. The fields can be roughly
positioned in this way. The User is not limited to one pass at adding data items to the
report template. More items can be added at any time in the same manner.
Once a field has been added to the report template the User can edit some of the
properties of the text which will be shown in the field and assign a group number to the
field by double clicking the left mouse button on it and the font properties can be
changed by double clicking the right mouse button on it. Other properties, such as
whether the field has a box around it, etc., can be changed through the menu options, a
full description of which are given below.

User Guide 528
The template editor commands can be selected by using the menu, toolbar or keyboard
shortcuts. Help can be obtained on any menu item by highlighting the menu item and
then pressing the F1 key or by consulting the index of help topics under the help menu.
File Menu
This menu contains commands for saving the current report template file and specifying
the report template parameters.
Save:
Use this selection to save the current report template to the current file name. If a file is
not yet specified, the form editor will prompt for a file name. If a file extension is not
provided, the editor automatically appends an .FP extension to the report file. If a file
with the same name already exists on the disk, the form editor will save the previous file
with a backup extension (.RE).
Save As:
This selection is similar to Save File. In addition, it allows saving the report template to a
new file name.

529 PROSPER
Report Parameters:
This option allows setting certain report parameters. Firstly, it allows specifying the
name of the report. The margin for the printed page can be set. It is possible to instruct
the report executor to print trial records for adjusting forms such as labels and invoices
and set the default date format for input. The date format that specified here will be
enforced for parameter input during the report execution session, and any date constant
used in expressions.
Report Filter:
This option allows entering a filter criterion for the report. Each data record will be tested
with the expression provided here. A record is selected only if this expression evaluates
to a TRUE value. For example, if the expression was sales->amount>100, then only the
records with the sales amount more than 100 will be selected.
Printer Setup:
This option allows selecting a printer from a list of installed printers and invoking a
printer specific dialogue box for the selected printer. Select the parameters from a set
of printer specific options. These options include page size, page orientation,
resolution, etc. The printer options selected here determine the width and height of the
report.
Exit:
Use this function to exit from the form editor session. If the current file is modified, a
prompt will ask to save the modifications.
Edit Menu:
This menu contains commands to edit the report objects. One or more report objects
must be selected before using this option.
Cut:
Use this option to copy the current item or all the items in the current selection to the
clipboard. The copied items are deleted from the form.
Copy:
Use this option to copy the current item or all the items in the current selection to the
clipboard.
Paste:
Use this option to paste the items from the clipboard to the current form.
Position Text:
Use this option to position the text within the item boundaries. The text can be justified
on the left, right, top, or bottom edges or it can be centred horizontally or vertically. This
option is valid for the label and field type items only.
Item Outlines:

User Guide 530
Use this option to specify the item boundaries (left, right, top, and bottom) to draw for
one or more selected items. The colour and width of the boundary lines can be
specified too.
Item Background:
Use this option to set the background colour or pattern for one or more selected items.
Centre Horizontally:
This option is used to centre horizontally one or more selected items. When more than
one item is selected, the form editor first centres the selection rectangle and then moves
the selected items such that the position of the selected items relative to the selection
rectangle does not change.
Delete Item:
Use this option to delete one or more currently selected items. If the current section is
being deleted, the program asks for confirmation before the deletion. All items within the
section are also deleted.
Fonts:
Use this function to change the font and colour for the text for one or more selected
objects. This option is valid for the field and label type objects only.
When selecting this option, the form editor shows the font and colour selection dialogue
box. The current font and colours are pre-selected in the dialogue box. Use this dialogue
box to specify the selections.
Snap to Grid:
This option allows turning on or off the invisible grid on the form. When the grid is turned
on and an item is moved, it automatically aligns to the closest grid location. This option
also allows setting the grid width.
Report Size:
The following options shrink or elongate the report in the horizontal or vertical direction
by the amount equal to the width or the height of the selection rectangle.
Expand Horizontally
Use this option to create horizontal space by moving items horizontally. For example,
consider three items, A, B, and C placed horizontally. If a new item between the items A
and B is to be inserted, it is possible to use this function to create the desired space
between these two items and place the new item in the newly created space. To move
the items B and C toward right, create a selection rectangle after the item A and select
this option. The width of the selection rectangle specifies the movement of the items B
and C toward right (noted that the selection rectangle does not need to include all items
to be moved). All items toward the right of the selection rectangle and with the vertical
placement between the vertical spaces spanned by the selection rectangle are moved.
Expand Vertically
Use this option to create additional vertical space by moving the items downward. For

531 PROSPER
example, consider three items, A, B, and C placed vertically. If a new item between
items A and B is to be inserted, it is possible to use this function to create the desired
space between these two items and place the new item in the newly created space. To
move items B and C downward, create a selection rectangle below the item A and
select this option. The height of the selection rectangle specifies the downward
movement of items B and C (noted that the selection rectangle does not need to include
all items to be moved). All items below the selection rectangle are moved.
This option also expands (vertically) the current section by the height of the selection
rectangle.
Compress Horizontally
Use this option to delete extra horizontal space by moving items horizontally. For
example, consider three items, A, B, and C placed horizontally. The User can use this
function to bring items B and C closer to the item A. To move items B and C toward left,
create a selection rectangle after the item A and select this option. The width of the
selection rectangle specifies the movement of items B and C toward left (noted that the
selection rectangle does not need to include all items to be moved). All items toward the
right of the selection rectangle and with the vertical placement between the vertical
spaces spanned by the selection rectangle are moved.
Compress Vertically
Use this option to delete vertical space by moving the items upward. For example,
consider three items, A, B, and C placed vertically. It is possible to use this function to
bring items B and C closer to the item A. To move items B and C upward, create a
selection rectangle below the item A and select this option. The height of the selection
rectangle specifies the upward movement of items B and C (noted that the selection
rectangle does not need to include all items to be moved). All items below the selection
rectangle are moved.
This option also shrinks (vertically) the current section by the height of the selection
rectangle.
Field Menu:
This menu contains options to insert, modify, delete and maintain fields.
Insert New Fields:

Data Field: This option is used to paste a new data field to the report template. This
option will display a list of data files and data fields to choose from. When selecting a
field, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the
field rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can be changed
using the Edit Current Field Option.
Calculation Field: This option is used to paste a calculation field to the report
template. This option will prompt for the name of the field, and the field expression. The
field expression can contain any number of valid operators, functions, system fields,
dialogue fields, and data fields. The field type is determined by the result of the
execution of the field.
After entering the field expression, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use

User Guide 532
the mouse to position the field rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field
attributes can be changed using the Edit Current Field Option.
System Field: This option is used to paste a system field to the report template. This
option will display a list of system fields (date, time, page, etc.) to choose from. When
selecting a field, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to
position the field rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can
be changed using the Edit Current Field Option.
Dialogue Field: This option is used to paste a dialogue field to the report template. A
dialogue field must have been created using the Edit Dialogue Field Table before using
this option. The dialogue fields are used to prompt the User for data during the report
execution session.
The option will display a list of dialogue fields to choose from. When selecting a field,
the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the field
rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can be changed using
the Edit Current Field Option.
Edit Current Field: This option is used to edit the field attributes for the current field.
This option is available only when a 'field' type object is selected.
Edit Field Expression: This option is used to edit the field expression for the current
calculation field. This option is available only when a 'calculation field' type object is
selected (see Insert Calculation Field). The option shows the existing calculation
expression and allows making any modifications.
Edit Dialogue Field Table:

Create: This option is used to create a new dialogue field. Once a dialogue field is
created, it can be inserted in the report by using the Insert Dialogue Field selection.
A dialogue field is used to prompt the User for data during report execution. For
example, it can allow the User to set the begin and end dates for the report. A dialogue
field can be used in the field expressions and can be inserted in the report template for
information purposes. A dialogue field in the report filter can be used to reject records
not meeting a specific User criterion.
Modify: This option is used to modify the User prompt, width and prompt order of a
dialogue field. The prompt order determines the order at which the dialogue fields are
presented to the User for data input.
Delete: This option is used to delete a dialogue field from the dialogue field table. The
User cannot delete a dialogue field that is being currently used in the report.
Section Menu:
This menu contains commands to insert, edit and delete report sections.
New: This option is used to create a new section. A section is identified by the section
banner and the separation line at the bottom of a section. There are three basic types of

533 PROSPER
sections. A header section displays the data that remain constant or changes only when
a sort field changes. The detail section displays the transaction record fields. A footer
section is used to display totals and summary information. ReportEase allows up to 9
header and footer sections. A higher numbered header section is allowed only when all
the lower numbered headers are already selected. Similarly, a footer section is allowed
only when the corresponding header section is already selected.
Edit Current: This option is used to modify the properties of the currently selected
section. For the 'detail' section, the User can specify the number of records to print
across the page. This option can be used to print multiple address labels across the
page.
Sort Field: This option is used to specify a sort field for a header section. A sort field is
used to sort the data records.
Break Field: This option is used to specify a break field for a header section. The
break field is used to determine a sort break. Typically, the break field would be the
same as the sort field. However the break field can be specified differently from the sort
field. A calculation expression can also be specified for a break field.
Filter: This option is used to enter a filter criterion to print a section. Normally, every
section included in the report template is printed in its appropriate sequence. However,
if the User wishes to print a section depending upon a condition, he can enter this
condition expression using this option. The expression must evaluate to a logical value
(TRUE or FALSE). During the report execution, the section will be printed only if the
expression evaluates to a TRUE value.
Line: This menu contains commands to create and edit a line object:
Create a Line: Use this option to draw a line. When selecting this option, the form
editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the rectangle and
click any mouse key. The line will be drawn within the position rectangle. The line size
can be changed using the sizing tabs.
Edit Current Line: Use this option to edit the angle, colour, and thickness of a 'line' type
object.
Label: This menu contains commands to create and edit a label object:
Create a Label: Use this option to create a new label. When selecting this option, the
form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the rectangle
and click any mouse key. The 'label' object will be created within the positioning
rectangle. By default, the form editor inserts the text 'label' in the label item. The label
text can be edited in the editing window.
Edit Current Label: A label text can be edited by simply selecting the desired label
item and clicking on the edit window.
As the User inserts or deletes the text, the length of the label text changes. Normally, the

User Guide 534
form editor will automatically adjust the item box boundaries to completely enclose the
new text. However, this automatic size adjustment ceases if the User manually resizes
the item boundary by pulling on the sizing tab. This feature can be used to enclose the
text in an item box larger than the default size.
Picture: This menu contains picture import functions:
Import Picture from Clipboard

Use this command to copy a picture bitmap from the clipboard.
When selecting this option, the form editor creates a positioning rectangle equal to the
dimensions of the picture. Use the mouse to position the picture rectangle and click any
mouse key. The picture will be placed within the position rectangle. The picture size can
be changed using the sizing tabs.
Import Picture from Disk File

Use this command to read in a picture bitmap from a disk file.
When selecting this option, the form editor creates a positioning rectangle equal to the
dimensions of the picture. Use the mouse to position the picture rectangle and click any
mouse key. The picture will be placed within the position rectangle. The picture size can
be changed using the sizing tabs.
Arrange:
This menu contains commands to align size and space a set of selected objects:
Alignment At:
Horizontal Top Edge:

Use this option to horizontally align the top edge of the selected items to the top edge of
the leftmost item in the selection.
Horizontal Bottom Edge:

Use this option to horizontally align the bottom edge of the selected items to the bottom
edge of the leftmost item in the selection.
Horizontal Centre Line:

Use this option to align the horizontal centre line (imaginary) of the selected items to the
centre line of the leftmost item in the selection.
Vertical Left Edge:

Use this option to vertically align the left edge of the selected items to the left edge of
the topmost item in the selection.
Vertical Right Edge:

Use this option to vertically align the right edge of the selected items to the right edge of
the topmost item in the selection.
Vertical Centre Line:

Use this option to align the vertical centre line (imaginary) of the selected items to the
535 PROSPER
centre line of the topmost item in the selection.
Even Spacing:
Horizontally:
Use this option to place the selected items horizontally at an equal distance from each
other. The inter-item distance is equal to the distance between the first two leftmost
items.
Vertically:
Use this option to place the selected items vertically at an equal distance from each
other. The inter-item distance is equal to the distance between the first two topmost
items.
Even Sizing:
Width:
Use this option to change the width of the selected items to the width of the topmost
item.
Height:
Use this option to change the height of the selected items to the width of the leftmost
item.
Undo Previous Arrangement Command:

Use this function to undo the previous arrangement command.
Report Executor Commands:The report executor allows viewing reports that have
been generated and saved to a native format file. It is invoked by using the View option
from the reporting main window and selecting a file from the file selection box. The file
selection box will point to the default data directory and will have the filter extension set
to the correct file type (.FR).

User Guide 536

537 PROSPER
The options available on this window are:
Jump: Go to a particular page in the document.

Print: Send the document to the defined printer.
Preview: Look at the page layout of the document.
Save: Save the document to a file (native and RTF).
Exit: Quit the current window.
2.11.2 Export
An export can be made either directly from the individual sections of the program, or
from the Output | Export menu option. This section describes how to customise exports.
2.11.2.1Export Setup
Use the main menu Output | Export option to export data from a current analysis, or from
a previously saved .OUT file. When clicking Export a series of screens leads the User
through the process of selecting the data required for the export. To include a section of
data, click the check box to the left of a particular item and, depending on the selection,
further input screens will be presented. This process ensures that only relevant sections
are exported. A sample export dialogue box is shown below:
After entering the choices, Click Done to return to the main export dialogue box. The
User must then select a destination for the export data. Clicking Print initiates
generation of the data and sends it to the selected destination. Setup accesses a
screen for selecting fonts, margins etc. as in the Plot menu (Section 12.1). The font
selections made for export data are independent of the plotting fonts.

User Guide 538
Exported data can be sent to the following locations:

Printer - the primary printer as set up under Windows.
File - Creates an ASCII data file and saves it. Clicking Print displays a dialogue
box that requests a file name and destination. Enter a suitable file name (
PROSPER automatically appends a .PRN extension) and click OK to save the
file. The Fixed Format option saves a file in a printer ready format that can be
imported into a DOS based word processor. Use the Tab Delimited format to
save a file suitable for importing directly into a spreadsheet such as EXCEL.
Clipboard - Clicking Print after selecting this option copies the exported data
onto the Windows clipboard. From the Clipboard, the User can view, edit and
paste the data directly into another Windows application. e.g. a word processing
program.
Screen - Clicking Print after selecting this option allows viewing the
exported data on the screen. Scroll through the data using the scrolling thumbs or
arrows. When finished viewing, click OK to return to the main menu.
Once a .PRN file has been saved, further copies of the exported data can be made
using a word processor from outside PROSPER. To ensure that printed exports are
correctly formatted, only non-Proportional fonts can be selected for export data. The
fonts on the export setup screen are independent of those selected on the plot setup
screen.
PROSPERs default font selection will give good results on most

printers. Choose another font if there are problems printing reports.
Calculation and Export Data LayoutScreen and hardcopy exports can be

customised to display only the required variables. For complex calculations, this can
save printing large amounts of irrelevant data and detailed reports can still be produced
when required. To use the Layout feature, firstly complete a set of calculations. The
following example is for PVT calculations.
Click the Layout button on the calculation results screen and select the variables to
display from the layout screen:

539 PROSPER
Show All and Hide All buttons are used to make changes to the entire list of variables.
Individual variables can be selected or de-selected by clicking them directly. When
clicking OK, only the selected variables will be displayed on the calculation screen.
In addition to the calculation results screens, Layout also controls the variables
displayed in Output Export (to file, clipboard, and printer).
2.11.3 Plot
A plot can be made either directly from individual parts of the program, or from the
Output | Plot menu option. This section describes how to customise plots for both the
screen and hard copy. From the Plot Output main Window select the plot to view by
highlighting it in the list of available plots and then press the Plot button or simply
double-clicking on the appropriate plot

User Guide 540
Zooming
Plots can be zoomed in simply by placing the mouse pointer (which changes to a pair of
cross hairs over the active plot area) at the corner of the region to enlarge, and then
dragging until the area of interest is enclosed by the zoom box. Release the mouse
button and the outlined area will be zoomed to fill the entire plot area.
2.11.3.1Plot Command Summary

FinishReturns to the previous menu. Use Finish to close a plot.
Scales
PROSPER normally picks appropriate scales to display the data. Use Scales to enter
custom upper and lower limits for both X- and Y- scales. To display round numbers on
the intermediate grid lines, ensure that the span of the upper and lower plot limits fits
evenly with the number of plot blocks set in the Options menu.
Replot
Re-plots the graph using the original scales. Use this option to un-zoom a plot.
Output

541 PROSPER
Selects the output options menu. Plots can be output to the Windows clipboard, a
Windows metafile or a hard copy device in colour, grey scale or monochrome formats.
Plots can then be pasted directly from the clipboard into other Windows applications
such as a word processor. Windows metafiles can be saved and read by a variety of
applications. If hard copy is selected, the following hard copy options screen will
appear:
Select the desired plot options and click Print to output the plot. Depending on the actual
hard copy device connected, the User may need to experiment with font styles and
sizes. Note that some fonts cannot be rotated, and are unsuitable as a Vertical font. If Y-
axis labels are being plotted horizontally, try a different font selection. Return to the plot
menu by clicking OK.
Colours
This option enables to customise the colour of any item on the plot. Note that laser
printers and monochrome monitors will often produce better results if colour plotting is
disabled. A sample colour customising screen is shown below:

User Guide 542
Options
The Options button enables to customise the overall appearance of the plot screen and
select font type and size etc. A sample options screen is shown below:
Some plots include a results box on the screen. If the default position of the box
interferes with the plot, it can be moved by holding down the Shift key and using the
mouse to drag it to another location. The fonts selected on the Plot options screen apply
only to plots. The export data fonts are set up on a separate screen.
Variables
Use this button to select variables for plotting. The variables available change according
to the type of calculations that have been completed and the particular plot type that has
been selected. Where applicable, extended plot variables can be selected.
T est Data

543 PROSPER
Clicking Test data displays a screen in which the User can enter up to 10 measured
data pairs. Once the test data has been entered, it can be displayed together with the
calculated data when the plot is re-drawn. If the current .OUT file is subsequently saved,
the test data will also be saved and will appear on subsequent plots.
Help
Accesses the on-line Help system. See Section 14 for more details of the Help system.
2.12 Units
This chapter describes the system of units. The built in flexibility of the units system
enables the User to select any variable and define the unit of measurement to be used.
This feature allows to modify the units system so that it corresponds to data reports
supplied by a service company or customise the units system to suit the Users own
personal preferences.
PROSPER always works internally in Field units. To facilitate data entry and output
display in any units system, PROSPER accepts data in the specified Input units and
converts it to Oilfield units for calculation. The results (in Field units) are converted back
to the specified Output unit set if necessary. By making selections from the different
categories, it is possible to work in the preferred units and save the results in the units
required by company policy.
The changes made to the units system are retained in the program memory and apply
to all files opened during the current processing session. The program allows to create
a custom units system.
2.12.1 Units Summary

To access the units system, select UnitsUnits form the menu toolbar. This will display
the Units Summary screen:

User Guide 544
The Units Summary screen is contains the list of parameters and their units options:
Unit selections
Select the units for the input and output of the variables
Validation
Used to set up the error checking limits for each selected input variable.
Click on the Details buttons to the right of each variable name in order to view the
details of each particular variable.
2.12.1.1Unit Systems
The User can change the units system form tool bar menu

545 PROSPER
The following default Units Systems are provided:

Oilfield Units
Norwegian S.I.
Canadian S.I.
German S.I.
French S.I.
Latin S.I.
Customised unit systems can be created and saved under new names. Different units
can be selected for both input and output.
2.12.1.2Changing Unit Systems for some variables

For each variable, if the mouse points to the unit and right click, the unit system can be
changed; this option is available at screen for any input variable.

User Guide 546
2.12.1.3Changing the Units

The Input and Output units for each variable on the list can be changed.
To change or customise the default Units System:

Scroll through the measurement variables list until the unit item to modify is
visible on the screen.
Select the unit category (Input and/or Output) to modify.
Select the unit field corresponding to the measurement item and click on the
arrow to its right to display the list of unit options.
Select the preferred measurement unit.
To save changes, click Save. A prompt will be displayed to enter a name for the new
Units System. This new system can now be recalled and applied to any file. Custom
unit sets can be erased by clicking the Delete button, then selecting the unwanted units
system. The ability to have separate input and output unit systems allows the User to
work with familiar units and to create reports or export data in any required unit system.
PROSPER calculates them internally in Oilfield Units. To validate unit conversion
factors, click the button located to the right of the particular variable and the multiplier
and shift used for unit conversion will be displayed.
Clicking Report Print will create a summary report of conversion factors in use.

547 PROSPER
If some particular units have been modified during the course of a PROSPER session,
the changes will be written into the .SIN file when the input data are saved. Irrespective
of the current units system settings, recalling a previously saved .SIN file will cause
PROSPER to revert to the units saved in the recalled .SIN file. To permanently impose a
new set of units on the recalled file, open a custom units file (or use one of the internal
unit sets) and then save the .SIN file. The new units settings will be used whenever the .
SIN file is loaded.
2.12.1.4Validation Limits
To reduce the possibility of entering incorrect data, PROSPER checks that input data
falls within predetermined validation limits. For most purposes, the default validation
limits are adequate. For particular applications, the User can change the validation
limits if required by entering new values directly from the units definition screen.
Find the required variable by scrolling through the list, and then enter required changes
in the low and high validation limit boxes. Enter the custom validation limits in the units
currently in use. To permanently attach the new validation limits to a custom units
system, click Save before leaving the validation screen by clicking OK.
2.12.2 Units Details

The purpose of the Units Details screen allows adjustment of the precision of data
display for both input and output to be adjusted individually for each unit type. To set
display precision, select Units Detailed. Scroll though the available units until the
required one is shown in the Current box as shown in the following example:
Input and Output units can be selected from this screen. Validation limits can be
entered for the selected units. The Options panel enables to set the number of decimal

User Guide 548
places to display for each unit type.
2.12.3 Units Reset

Use this option to quickly reset the units system back to default values. To specify what
Units defaults are please go to the Units Tab in the Preferences screen (File |
Preferences).
2.12.4 Units Save
To save a customary set of units select Save.
After that, a form appear, where the user can decide which units to save (input or output)
and enter a new name for the units system.
2.13 Wizard
This feature allows the User to set up models and perform certain tasks following a pre-
defined sequence.
The use of Wizards is of particular benefit to inexperienced Users, as it allows to easily
set up a model based on active wizard examples by advancing through the input
screens in the correct sequence and asking at any step the User for the required
information. In this way the User will familiarize with PROSPER windows as well as with
the essential steps required to set up, match and use the models.
2.13.1 Running the Wizard

A few wizard examples are available when installing PROSPER. These examples are
step-by-step guides to build typical models, like naturally flowing wells, ESP, etc.
In order to run wizard examples follow first of all select Wizard from the main menu

549 PROSPER
toolbar:
Then select the desired Wizard and click on Run to run it.
All that the User has to do is to follow the instructions that time to time are displayed and
complete the input screens with the required data.
2.13.2 Creating/Editing a Wizard

From the main Wizards window it is possible to access a series of functions that allow
the User to create his own wizard or edit an already existing one.
To modify an existing wizard select Edit. This will access the wizard script window:

User Guide 550
To create a new wizard select instead New. This will display an empty script window.
The script consists of a series of VB commands using OpenServer strings to set the
values of the input parameters, perform calculations, and retrieve results.
Please refer to the OpenServer User Guides for further details about the basic
OpenServer functions.
On the top part of the script window there is the Commands list window, which provides
immediate access to all the OpenServer variables. This window allows selecting the
desired variable and getting a copy of it, which can be pasted in the script window
below.
2.13.2.1Notes of OS strings
A class of OpenServer strings - the so-called menu commands - allow displaying each
of the input screens. The structure of these commands is in general:

551 PROSPER
DoCmd(PROSPER.MENU.<tag>)
If <tag> is for example Options, the command will display the main PROSPER options.
To display a plot, instead, the command is:
DoCmd(PROSPER.PLOT.<number>)
If <number> is 1, for example, the command will display the IPR plot.
2.13.2.2Wizard examples
As above mentioned, a few Wizards are available along with the software. These
examples lead step-by-step the User through the screens in order to build typical
models.
The example scripts can also be used by experienced Users as templates to build their
own scripts.
Recommendation
Petroleum Experts recommends to set up the models according to the worked
examples shown in the Examples Guide. This will allow the User to have a better
understanding of the physics that is behind the software and the importance of the
matching process.
2.14 Help
PROSPER has an on-line Help facility which enables the User to get information quickly
about a menu option, input field or function command. This facility enables to display
instructions for completing a particular task or input field without exiting from the current
screen. The help windows offer a list of topics which not only include definitions and
functions specific to PROSPER, but details on using some features of Windows as well.
To use the PROSPER on-line help system, the help file must be located in the same
directory as the program. If the User is new to Windows, information on using the Help
system can be made available when selecting the Help option in the PROSPER main
menu and choosing 'Using Help'. This will display a help screen from which the
information required can be selected from a list of topics.
The Help facility has function buttons located at the top of the windows, which can be
used to navigate within the help system. If a particular feature is not currently available,
the button associated with that function is dimmed. Information on specific help topics
may lead to other related topics. Some words in the Help windows are marked with a
solid underline and appear in colour (green) if the User uses a colour screen.
These words are called jump terms and can be used to move around Help more quickly.

User Guide 552
When clicking a jump term, Help will move directly to the topic associated with the
underlined word(s).
2.14.1 Finding Information in Help
2.14.1.1Use the Search feature in Help

This facility is useful for finding specific information about using the keyboard. For
example, the keys used for text selection. Type in the phrase "text selection" and search
the system for the phrase or select the topic from the list displayed.
2.14.1.2Use the Help Index

This option is useful for viewing specific sections listed in the Help index. Go to the topic
or command of interest and select the item required.
2.14.1.3Context Sensitive Help

This feature can be used while working to give information about a particular menu
option.
2.14.2 Accessing Help

To get information quickly about a specific menu option or entry field in PROSPER, the
following methods will display the help facility:
2.14.2.1Help Through the Menu
From the menu bar in PROSPER, click on Help (or ALT H) and select Index. From the
list of help topics, select the topics to see by pointing to the specific item.
2.14.2.2Getting Help Using the Mouse

Press SHIFT+F1
The pointer will change to a question mark.
Choose the menu command or option.
or
Click the Menu command or option, and holding the mouse button down press F1.

553 PROSPER
2.14.2.3Getting Help Using the Keyboard

Press the ALT key plus the first letter of the menu name, option and press F1.
2.14.2.4To Minimise Help

If using the mouse, click the minimise button in the upper-right corner of the help
window. If using the keyboard, press ALT SPACEBAR N. This procedure will close the
help window, but keep the help icon on the Windows desktop.
2.14.3 Flow Correlations
Click Help / Flow Correlations to access a detailed generalized discussion about the
history and reasons behind flow correlations and issues that relate to their use in
PROSPER.
2.14.4 Open Server
Click Help/Open Server to access the complete lists of OpenServer variables,

commands and functions.
2.14.5 Help About PROSPER
Click Help About PROSPER and the following screen will be displayed:

User Guide 554
If the User need to contact Petroleum Experts about a problem with the program, please
have the version number and creation date shown on this screen available should it be
required.
2.14.6 Web Options

From the Help menu it is possible to access to the following on-line services:
Web Home Page. This option accesses the Petroleum Experts website www.
petroleumexperts.com
Web User Area. This options accesses a dedicated area of the Petroleum Experts
website containing technical information about the IPM Suite and news about the new
developments
Technical Support. This option accesses the section of the Petroleum Experts
website on which it is possible to post technical support requests to the Petroleum
Experts Technical Support Service

555 PROSPER
2.15 Appendix
2.15.1 A - References
2.15.1.1PVT Calculations
1 Sutton, R.P. & 'Evaluation of Empirically Derived PVT Properties SPE Reservoir Engineering,
Farshad, F.F. for Gulf of Mexico,' (Used for Glaso, Lasater, (Feb. 1990), 79-86.
Standing & Vazquez-Beggs)
2 Beal, C. 'The Viscosity of Air, Water, Natural Gas, Crude Trans., AIME (1946) 165, 94-
Oil and its Associated Gases at Oil Field 98.
Temperatures and Pressures,'
3 Beggs, H.D. & 'Estimating the Viscosity of Crude Oil Systems,' JPT (Sept. 1975), 1140-1144.
Robinson, J.
R.
4 Carr, N.L., et 'Viscosity of Hydrocarbon Gases Under Pressure,' Trans., AIME (1954), 264-268.
al
5 Eilerts et al 'Phase Relations of Gas Condensate Fluids,' Monograph 10, U.S. Bureau of
Mines, Washington D.C.
(1957).
6 Brinkman, F. 'Equilibrium Ratios for Reservoir Studies', SPE (Nov. 1959), SPE reprint
H. & Sicking, series No. 15, 240-246.
J.N.
7 Katz, D. & 'Retrograde Condensation', Ind. Eng. Chem. (June, 1940)
Kurata, F. 32, No. 6, 817-827.
8 Katz, D., 'Surface Tension of Crude Oils Containing Trans., AIME (1943), 1624,
Monroe, R. & Dissolved Gases,' 285-294.
Trainer, R.
9 Lee, et al 'The Viscosity of Natural Gases' Trans., AIME (1966), 997-
1002.
1 Lohrenz et al 'Calculating Viscosities of Reservoir Fluids From JPT (Oct. 1964), 1171-1176.
0 Their Compositions'
1 Coats, K.H. 'An Equation of State Compositional Model' SPE 8284 SPE ATCE, Las
1 Vegas, Nevada, Sept. 23-26,
1979.
1 Nghiem, L.X., 'Compositional Modelling with an Equation of State' SPE 9306 SPE ATCE,
2 Fong, D.K. & Dallas, Texas, Sept. 21-24,
Aziz, K. 1980.
1 Winkler, H.W. 'Algorithm for More Accurately Predicting Nitrogen- SPE 18871 SPE POS,
3 & Eads, P.T. Charged Gas-Lift Valve Operation at High Ok lahoma City, March 13-14,
Pressures and Temperatures' 1988.
1 Peng, D.-Y. 'A New Two-Constant Equation of State' I.&E.C. Fundamentals (1976)
4 and 15, No.1, 59-64.
Robinson, D.

User Guide 556
B.
1 Bradley et al 'Effect Of Pressure On The Viscosity Of Water' Petroleum Engineering
5 Handbook . SPE 1987
1 Bukacek, 'Equilibrium Moisture Content Of Natural Gases' Research Bulletin Vol 8,
6 Richard F. Institute of Gas Technology,
Chicago USA, 1955.
1 Muhammad "PVT Correlations for Middle East Crude Oils" JPT (May 1988), 650-666
7 All Al-
Marhoun
1 E. O. "An Improved Temperature-Viscosity Correlation Journal of Petroleum Science
8 Egbogah & J. For Crude Oil Systems" and Engineering, 5, (1990),
T. Ng 197-200
2.15.1.1.1 CO2 Injection
The best approach to model CO2 Injection is to use an Equation Of State PVT Model
and set the Fluid Type as "Retrograde Condensate" and not "Dry And Wet Gas". The
reason behind this is that the "Dry And Wet Gas" models considers the fluid as a single
phase throughout the entire system and modifies the gas properties to account for the
condensate. The "Retrograde Condensate" model assumes multiphase flow modelling
allowing for gas and/or liquid phases to be present anywhere in the system (depending
on the prevailing pressure and temperature).
N.B. In CO2 Injection, depending on the conditions of pressure and temperature, it is

possible to have phase changes somewhere in the system (Gas-.Liquid->Gas)
The Gray (and Modified Gray) correlation uses its own internal PVT calculator that
overrides the Prosper-calculated pvt properties and therefore this should not be used to
model CO2 Injection.
2.15.1.1.2 PVT Separator Pressure
The dry-wet gas model in PROSPER assumes that the condensate drops out at the
separator assuming single phase (gas) in the tubing. (Besides any possible water
produced which will give two-phase flow).
The objective is to obtain the properties of the Well stream gas from the separated gas,
tank vented gas and condensate. (Please see next diagram).

557 PROSPER
The ideal way to do this is to perform a compositional analysis where the composition
of the gas separated, condensate and the gas vented are known. Then these fluids are
recombined to get the well stream composition and properties.
However most of time the compositions are unknown, and also the quantity and gas
specific gravity of the stock tank gas vented are often not measured.
In those cases, correlations can be used to calculate the gas specific gravity and the GE
(Gas equivalent) or VEQ (volume equivalent).
The VEQ or GE represents the volume of gas vented in the tank plus the volume in scf
that would be occupied by a barrel of stock-tank liquid if it were gas.
PROSPER is using a correlation that depends on the separator pressure to calculate

the GE.
The GE is added to the gas rate and used to calculate the pressure losses in the tubing
using the energy balance equation.
In fact from the diagram above we can see the separator pressure dependency, for
instance if the separator pressure is 0 psig, the tank vented gas will be zero, if the
separator pressure is higher then more gas will pass in solution with the liquid towards
the tank. So the separator pressure has an impact on GE.

User Guide 558
Other correlations of GE available in the literature that depends on the separator

pressure can be found in the following references: An Improved method for the
determination of the Reservoir gas specific gravity for retrograde gases Gold et.al.,
also the in the book The properties of Petroleum Fluids W. McCain (Chapter 7:
Properties of Wet Gases) explains and show some these correlations available.
2.15.1.2IPR Calculations
1 Dietz 'Determination of Average Reservoir Trans., AIME.(1965).

Pressure From Build Up Surveys,'
2 Fetkovich M.J. 'The Isochronal Testing of Oil Wells,' SPE 4529 SPE ATCE,
Las Vegas, Sept. 30-Oct.
3.
3 Forcheimer et al Zeits V. Dutching, (1901),
45, 1782-1786.
4 Goode P.A. & 'Inflow Performance of Horizontal SPE 21460 Reservoir
Kuchuk F.J. Wells,' Engineering (Aug. 1991) 6
, No. 3, 319-323.
5 Jones L.G., 'Use of Short Term Multiple Rate SPE 6133 SPE ATCE,
Blount, E.M. et al Flow Tests to Predict Performance New Orleans, Oct. 3-6.
of Wells Having Turbulence,'
6 Vogel J.V. 'Inflow Performance Relationships for JPT (Jan. 1968), 83-92.
Solution Gas Drive Wells,'
7 Houz, O.P., 'Infinite Conductivity Vertical Fracture SPE 12778 SPE Regional
Horne, R. & in a Reservoir with Double Porosity Meeting, Long Beach,
Ramey, H.J. Jr. Behaviour' California, April 11-13,
1984.
8 Karakas, M. & 'Semi-Analytical Productivity Models SPE 18271 SPE ATCE,
Tariq, S. for Perforated Completion' Houston, Texas, Oct. 2-5,
1988.
9 Dikken, B.J. 'Pressure Drop in Horizontal Wells Journal of Petroleum
and its Effect on Their Production Technology, November,
Performance' 1990; Trans., AIME, 289.
1 Chaperon, I. 'Theoretical Study of Coning SPE 15377 SPE ATCE,
0 Towards Horizontal and Vertical New Orleans, Oct. 5-8.
Wells in Anisotropic Formations'
1 Goode, P.A. & 'Inflow Performance of Partially Open SPE 19341 1989 SPE
1 Wilkinson, D.J. Horizontal Wells' Eastern Region Meeting,
Morgantown, WV, Oct. 24-
27. Also JPT, August

559 PROSPER
1991, pp 983-985.
1 Papazatacos, P., 'Cone Breakthrough Time for SPE 19822 SPE ATCE,
2 Herring, T.R., Horizontal Wells' San Antonio, Texas, Oct.
Martinsen, R. & 8-11.
Skjaeveland, S.
M.
1 Cinco-Ley, H., 'Transient Pressure Behaviour For a SPE 6014 SPE ATCE,
3 Samanieogo, F. Well With a Finite-Conductivity New Orleans, Louisiana,
& Dominguez, N. vertical Fracture ' Oct 3-6 1976
1 Mavor, M.J. & 'Transient Pressure Behaviour of SPE 7977 California
4 Cinco Ley, H Naturally Fractured Reservoirs' Regional Meeting SPE,
Ventura, California, April
1979
1 Wong, D., 'Application of the Pressure SPE 13056 SPE ATCE,
5 Harrington, A. & Derivative Function in th Pressure Houston, Texas, Sept. 16-
Cinco Ley, H Transient testing of Fractured Wells' 19, 1984
1 Warren, J.E. & 'The behaviour of Naturally Fractured SPE 426, SPEJ (Spet
6 Root, P.J. Reservoirs' 1963), 245-255
1 Hegre, T.T. & 'Productivity of Multifractured SPE 28845 SPE

7 Larsen, L. Horizontal Wells' European Petroleum
Conference, London, UK,
October 1994
1 Urbanczyk, C.H, 'Optimization of Well Rates under SPE Advanced
8 & Wattenbarger, Gas Coning Conditions.' Technology Series, Vol. 2,
R.A No. 2, April 1994.
1 Larsen, L. 'Productivity Evaluations of Wells in
9 Long Rectangular Drainage Areas.'
H. Cinco, F. G. 'Unsteady-State Pressure SPE 5131
Miller, H. J. Distribution Created by A
2 Ramey, Jr. Directionally Drilled Well'
0
2.15.1.3Multiphase Flow Calculations
1. Anand, et al, Predicting Thermal Conductivities of Formations from Other
Known Properties, JPT (Oct. 1980).
2. Ashford, F.E, and Pierce, P.E.: The Determination of Multiphase Pressure

Drops and Flow Capacities in Downhole Safety Valves (Storm Chokes), paper
SPE 5161 presented at the 1974 SPE Annual Fall Meeting, Houston Oct. 6-9.
3. Beggs, H.D. and Brill, J.P.: A Study of Two Phase Flow in Inclined Pipe, JPT

User Guide 560
(May 1973), 606-617.
4. Churchill-Chu, Correlating Equations for Laminar and Turbulent Free

Convection from a Horizontal Cylinder, International Journal Heat Mass
Transfer (1975) 18, 1049-1053.
5. Fancher, and Brown, G.G.: Prediction of Pressure Gradients for Multiphase

Flow in Tubing, SPE Journal (Mar. 1963), 59-64.
6. Fortunati, Two Phase Flow Through Well-head Chokes, paper SPE 3742
presented at 1972 SPE European Spring Meeting, Amsterdam, May 17-18.
7. Hagedorn, A.R. and Brown, K.E.: Experimental Study of Pressure Gradients

Occurring During Continuous Two-Phase Flow in Small-Diameter Vertical
Conduits, JPT (Apr. 1965), 475-484.
8. Mandhane et al, A Flow Pattern Map for Gas-liquid Flow in Horizontal Pipes,
International Journal Multiphase Flow, 1, 537-541.
9. Moody, Friction Factor for Pipe Flow, Trans., AIME (1944), 66, 671-675.
10. Mukherjee, H. and Brill, J.P.: Liquid Holdup Correlations for Inclined Two-
Phase Flow, JPT (May 1983), 1003-1008.
11. Oranje, Condensate Behaviour in Gas Pipeline is Predictable, Oil and Gas
Journal (July 1973), 39-43.
12. Orkiszewski, Predicting Two Phase Pressure Drop in Vertical Pipes, JPT
(June 1967), 829-833.
13. Duns, H. Jr and Ros, N.C.J.: Vertical Flow of Gas and Liquid Mixtures in
Wells, Proc., Sixth World Petroleum Congress, Frankfurt (1963) 451.
14. Tansev, E. Startzman, R.A. and Cooper, A.M.: Predicting Pressure Loss and
Heat Transfer in Geothermal Wellbores, paper SPE 5584 presented at the
1975 SPE Annual Fall Meeting, Dallas, Sept. 28-Oct. 1.
15. Gould, T.L, Tek, M.R. and Katz, D.L.: Two-Phase Flow Through Vertical,
Inclined, or Curved Pipe, JPT, August, 1974, 915-925.
2.15.1.4Temperature Calculations
1Chiu, K. 'Modeling of Wellbore Heat Losses SPE 22870 1991 SPE Annual
and in Directional Wells Under Fall Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9.

561 PROSPER
Thakur, S. Changing Injection Conditions,' pp 517 - 528.

C.
2Hasan, A.R. 'Heat Transfer During Two-Phase SPE 22866 1991 SPE Annual
and Kabir, Flow in Wellbores: Part I - Fall Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9.
C.S. Formation Temperature,' pp 469 - 478.
3Hasan, A.R. 'Heat Transfer During Two-Phase SPE 22948 1991 SPE Annual
and Kabir, Flow in Wellbores: Part II - Wellbore Fall Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9.
C.S. Fluid Temperature,' pp 695 - 708.
4Carslaw, H. 'Conduction of Heat in Solids,' Oxford Science Publications,
S. and Oxford, U.K., 1959.
Jaeger, J.C.
2.15.1.5Artificial Lift Design
1Gibbs 'Predicting the Behavior of SPE 588 SPE Rocky Mountain Regional
S.G. Sucker-Rod Pumping Meeting, May 27-28, 1963, in Denver,
Systems' Colorado, 769-788.
2Schmid 'System Analysis for Sucker- SPE 15426 SPE ATCE, October 5-8,
t Z., Rod Pumping' 1986, in New Orleans, Louisiana, 125-
Doty D. 130.
R.
3Gibbs 'Computer Diagnosis of SPE 1165 SPE Annual Fall Meeting,
S.G., Down-Hole Conditions in October 3-6, 1965, in Denver, Colorado,
Neely A. Sucker Rod Pumping Wells' 91-98.
B.
4Patton 'A Computer Technique for SPE 1986 SPE 38th California Regional
L.D. Analyzing Pumping Well Meeting, October 26-27, 1967, in Los
Performance' Angeles, California, 243-249.
5Jenning 'Design of Sucker-Rod Pump SPE 20152 Petroleum Technology in the
s J.W. Systems' Second Century, October 16-19, 1989, in
Socorro, New Mexico, 77-87.
6Gibbs 'A Review of Methods for SPE 9980, December 1982, 2931-2942.
S.G. Design and Analysis of Rod
Pumping Installations'
7Gabor 'Gas Lift Manual" Penn Well Corporation Tulsa, Oklahoma
Takacs 2005
8Gabor 'Sucker-Rod Pumping Penn Well Corporation Tulsa, Oklahoma
Takacs Manual' 2003

User Guide 562
2.15.2 B - Equations
2.15.2.1Black Oil Model for Condensate
PSEP
TSEP
ggtot TANK
g gsep g gtnk
GOR sep GOR tnk
Total GOR is the total of separator and tank GOR.

Rtot = Rsep + Rtnk
Feed gas gravity (

g gtot ) is the weighted average of separator and tank gas gravities.
(g g sep Rsep + g g tnk Rtnk )
g g tot =
Rtot
2.15.2.1.1 Mass Balance Calculations

Based on the principles of mass balance the following equations can be derived.
Known Parameters:
Produced Gas Gravity ggt

Condensate specific gravity c
The condensate to gas ratio CGR STB/SCF
Air Mol. Wt. 28.966 lb/lb.mol
Water density 62.43 lb/cu.ft
Air density @ SC 0.0764 lb/Scf

563 PROSPER
Mol.wt of condensate Mc lb/lb.mol
Basis of calculations : 1 SCF of Produced gas.

The gas gravity of the mixture g can be evaluated using the following equation
Total inlet mass calculation:
Mass of Produced gas = Vol of gas @SC x Density of gas @SC
= Vol of gas @SC x Gas gravity x Density of air @SC
Mass of Condensate = Vol of Cond @SC x Density of Cond. @SC
= Vol of Cond.@SC x sp.gravity x Density of water @SC
Thus, Total mixture mass = Mass of Produced gas + Mass of

Condensate

User Guide 564
Total inlet moles calculation:
Moles of Produced gas = Mass of gas/ Mol.Wt.of gas
= Mass of gas / Gas gravity x Mol.Wt. air
Moles of Cond. = Mass of Cond./ Mol.Wt.of Cond
Thus, total mixture moles = Moles of Produced gas + Moles of

Condensate
Thus the gas gravity of the inlet mixture is

565 PROSPER
This expression thus gives, the average gas gravity of a mixture, which has
a condensate to gas ratio of CGR STB/SCF, with the gas having a gas
gravity of ggt and the condensate having a specific gravity of c and
molecular weight of Mc.
This also can be used to work out the condensate to gas ratio of a mixture
gas if the gas gravity is known as shown in the following equation.
2.15.2.1.2 Using the mass balance results to define Condensate Model
Based on this formulation based on the separator gas gravity and the average total gas
gravity, the effective CGR vaporised in separator gas is estimated as follows
g g sep - g g tot
CGR sep =
4588 .3 g c - 132904 g g sep g c /M c
Separator liquid/gas ratio ( ) referred to separator liquid.
Also assuming that the condensate is above dew point, the initial CGR under reservoir
conditions is,
1
CGR res =
Rsep + Rtnk
Thus, the gas gravity under reservoir conditions can be found as

User Guide 566
g g tot + 4588 .3 g c CGR res

g g res =
1 + 132904 g c CGR res / M c
Thus, we can have two independent equations, which are

At Reservoir conditions:
g g t + 4588 g csc CGR res
g g res =
1 + 132904 g csc CGR res / M c
At Separator Conditions:
g g sep - g g tot
CGR sep =
4588 .3 g csc - 132904 g g sep g csc /M c
NOTE:
ggt > ggsep CGRsep negative
At and above Dew Point:

1
CGR res =
Rsep + Rtnk
The CGR at pressures lower than dew point is estimated by a second degree
polynomial as shown
2
P f
CGR = CGR + (CGR - CGR min ) -
min res P 1 - f
dewpoint
where
Pmin being the maximum liquid dropout pressure and a function of the dewpoint
pressure.
i.e.
Pmin = F (Pdewpoint )

567 PROSPER
Pdew is an input to the model.

The vaporised CGR curve as a function of pressure looks as below:
comp
f
P 1
Pdew
f is from maximum liquid dropout or mix condensate in solution.
CGR = CGR min + (CGR res - CGR min )

*
2
P
- f
Pdewpo int
1- f

2.15.2.1.3 Estimation of CGRmin
First calculate condensate mole fraction:
7.08
f = 0.15 + + 1.45 * % Condensate
TRES - 161
(From Eilerts et al)

User Guide 568
Bg
CGR min = CGR res - Lmax
561 .5 Bo
Where
Lmax is the maximum liquid dropout percentage.
Thus we need to estimate Bo and Bg to find CGRmin from the following equation
=
CGR res - Lmax B g
CGR min
561 .5 Bo
2.15.2.2Multiphase Pseudo Pressure
k P
q o = 2prh o *
m o r
k g P
q g = 2prh *
m r
g
k P
q w = 2prh w *
m
w r
Total Mass Flow Rate:
k kg k P
m r = 2prh r o o + r g + rw w
mo mg mw r

Change of Mass Flow Rate Across Annulus:
m r
ko kg k P

= 2ph r r o + rg + rw w
r r mo mg mw r

......................1

569 PROSPER
Change in Mass Flow Rate = Change in Density / Mass accumulation in Annulus

m r r
= 2prh f
r t ..............................................................2
r = So ro + S g r g + S w r w

ko kg k P
r
r
or + r + rw w = rf
r mo
g
mg mw r t
1 and 2 .....................
3
By Definition:
Equation 3 becomes:

ro rg r w P
_
P
r k o + kg + kw = rf r c
r mo mg
m w r t

To Linearise this Equation:
p
r
m( p ) = r o k o + k g g + k w r w P
0 m o mg m w

p
k k g mo k m
= o ro + r g + w o r w P
0
m o ko m g ko m w

p
k qg q
= o r o + r g + w r w P
0
mo qo qo
p
k GOR out B g WOR out Bw
= o r o + rg + r w P
0
mo Bo Bo
Combining we get:
m( p ) rf r c m o m( p )
r ko = *
r r F t
Where

User Guide 570
GOR out Bg WOR out Bw

F = ro + rg + rw
Bo Bo
2 m( p ) 1 m( p ) _
m o m( p )
2
+ = f c

r r r Bo t

So ro + S g r g + S w r w
C = c
F
For Condensates:
2 m( p ) 1 m( p ) m g m( p )
+ = f c
r 2 r r kg t
So ro + S g rg + S w r w
C=c
Fg
Bo CGR out B WGR
Fg = ro + r g + w rw
Bg Bg
2.15.2.3Temperature Models

571 PROSPER
2.15.2.3.1 Rough Approximation Temperature Model
The ambient temperature at point x is:
which implies that the rate of change of temperature with depth
The fluid temperature at point x is then found from
Where:
Ta1 = Ambient temperature at L1
T1 = Fluid temperature at entry

User Guide 572
T(x)= Fluid temperature at current location

q = Deviation angle
= Fluid mass flow rate
Cp = Specific heat capacity

U = Overall heat transfer coefficient referred to pipe inside diameter
D = Pipe inside diameter
G = Geothermal gradient
W = Product of phase mass flow rates and heat capacities Cpo +
o wCpw
+ g Cpg
2.15.2.3.1.1 Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient
This value is used to calculate heat loss in surface or downhole pipe work This should
not be confused with the thermal conductivity for a particular type of pipe. The overall
heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the pipe, annulus (in a well)
and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by forced and free
convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the value of the overall
heat transfer coefficient. Insulated buried flowlines can have heat transfer coefficients as
low as 0.1 (BTU/hr/F/ft2) whereas uninsulated, unburied flowlines can be higher than
100. Typical values for individual flowlines are :-
Buried Carbon Steel Flowlines 1.0

Unburied Carbon Steel
16.0
Flowlines
Carbon Steel Risers in Water 18.0
Carbon Steel Risers in Air 5.6
Flexible Pipe in Water 2.8
The overall heat transfer coefficient (U value) used to determine the heat exchange in
the Surface Equipment (Xmas Tree to Manifold) is entered in the Surface Equipment
section of the Equipment Data input area.
The overall heat transfer coefficient entered in the Geothermal Gradient section is the
one used to determine the heat exchange in the Downhole Equipment (Xmas Tree
downward).

573 PROSPER
The U values entered in the two sections mentioned above will be used throughout the
model when running a calculation like System, Gradient, VLP calculation, or also the
VLP matching itself.
During the VLP/IPR matching process the U value can be tuned in order to match the
observed temperature profile (using the feature Estimate U value in the VLP/IPR
matching screen).
As rule of thumb we suggest to use as starting values of U the following:
- In the case of dry gas fluid: 1-3 BTU/(hrft2F)
- In the case of retrograde condensate fluid: 5-7 BTU/(hrft2F)
- In the case of oil fluid: 8-9 BTU/(hrft2F)

The values of the heat transfer coefficient above reported are the ones that we suggest
to use as starting point during the temperature matching process, as we found out that
in many cases they are not too far from the actual values.
Please, note that the heat transfer coefficient, which accounts at the same time for the
different mechanisms of heat transfer, may have very different values, depending on
all the factors affecting the heat transfer (the packer fluid, fluid characteristics, flow
regime, type of completion, materials used, thickness of tubing and casing etc.).
Again, if a measurement of wellhead temperature is available along with the well test, it
is possible to get the correct estimation of the U value.The overall heat transfer
coefficient is referenced to the pipe inside diameter
2.15.2.3.2 Enthalpy Balance

Enthalpy Balance temperature model in PROSPER applies the general energy
equation for flowing fluid:
In terms of Enthalpy
this is written:

User Guide 574
In other terms:
If heat transfer with the surroundings (Q) is neglected, the usual pressure equation
solved in multiphase flow results. PROSPER solves the general energy equation by
considering the enthalpy balance across an incremental length of pipe. The enthalpy
term includes the effects of pressure (including Joule-Thomson effect) and phase
changes.
The algorithm commences by calculating the
enthalpy at the known pressure and
temperature of the first calculation node. i.e.
H1 at (T1,P1)
For a given pipe increment, the enthalpy (H2)

at the other end of the pipe is estimated. The
difference (H2-H1) is compared to DH.
Where
If previous calculations exist, then:
dt
P2 = P1 - GDL ; T2 = T1 - DL
dz
to give the first estimate of H2
We now deal with a piece of tubing of pipe length L,

and
P1 + P2 T1 + T2
P= ; T=
2 2

575 PROSPER
The total heat transfer coefficient is estimated for the T, P of the iteration step to
calculate the heat exchanged. Using the energy equation, we can find dh. If dh does not
equal H2-H1, the iteration continues until convergence. The Enthalpy Balance method
solves the energy equation simultaneously for both temperature and pressure. The
solution temperature at the downstream side of the pipe increment is therefore the value
of T2 when the iteration has converged.
The heat transfer coefficient is used to calculate dQ within the enthalpy balance
iterations and not the temperature.
The heat transfer coefficient is itself a function of the temperature of both the fluid and
the surroundings; therefore iteration is required to find both the heat transfer coefficient
and the enthalpy balance. The formation is a thermal sink at temperature Te. The
temperature profile near the wellbore is dependent upon producing time and the thermal
diffusivity of the formation. The heat diffusivity equation accounts for localised heating
(or cooling) of the formation by the well fluids.
For a pipe increment, the heat flow is calculated using:
Where: is the temperature difference between the fluid and the formation at
infinity.
is the effective thermal conductivity of the formation (including allowance for well
fluids in porous formations)
is the solution of the heat diffusivity equation
The exact solution of heat diffusivity equation is:
(Carslaw and Jaeger Page 336)
This integral poses numerical problems as u0 and is slow. This equation is evaluated
for very early times only.
For intermediate times, PROSPER uses a fit of the TD vs tD generated using the exact
solution. At later times a logarithmic approximation is used:

User Guide 576
Where thermal diffusivity
This formulation approximates the exact solution with less than 1% error. (From Kwan-
Chu and Subash Thakur).
is the overall heat transfer coefficient.
The overall heat transfer coefficient takes into account forced convection inside the pipe
and free convection outside the pipe plus radiation and conduction.

577 PROSPER
Heat transfer from the pipe is in three terms:
Conduction
Forced Convection
Free Convection
and Radiation
Now, let us examine the components of the overall heat loss coefficient individually:
is due to forced convection inside the pipe
Where k is the average conductivity.
= mixture Reynolds number

(depends on VLP correlation used)
i.e.
mixture Prandtl number
In the annulus, the free convection term is:
where: i.e. mixture Grashof number
and mixture density

User Guide 578
thermal expansion coefficient
The convection terms are themselves a function of temperature. Iteration is therefore

required to find the annulus temperature for the convection term and determine the
overall heat transfer coefficient
H2
H1
rti H1 P1 , T1
rto
rci
rco
rcem
The radiation term is given by:
where is the Stefan-Boltzman constant and is emissivity.
The Conduction Terms. An example is for the tubing, where:
Similar expressions are used for each casing string and each term combined to find the
total conductivity term .

579 PROSPER
2.15.2.3.2.1 Default Thermal Properties Database

The data listed below is at standard conditions. Correlations are used to estimate
thermal properties at other temperatures and pressures.
Dry Rock Properties
Specific
Cp Conductivity
Gravity
BTU/lb/
BTU/hr/ft/deg F
deg F
Sandstone 0.183 1.06 2.64
Shale 0.224 0.7 2.4
Limestone 0.202 0.54 2.71
Dolomite 0.219 1.0 2.87
Halite 0.219 2.8 2.17
Anhydrite 0.265 0.75 2.96
Gypsum 0.259 0.75 2.32
Lignite 0.3 2.0 1.5
Volcanics 0.2 1.6 2.65
Rock In Situ Fluids
Cp Conductivity
BTU/lb/deg
BTU/hr/ft/deg F
F
Water (Low
1.0 0.35
salinity)
Water (High
1.02 0.345
Salinity)
Heavy Oil 1.04 0.34
Medium Oil 0.49 0.083
Light Oil 0.5 0.0815
Gas 0.26 0.0215
The dry rock properties are modified to wet rock properties using the in-situ porosity,
permeability and rock consistency.

User Guide 580
Downhole Equipment
Conduction
Heat Transfer Emmissivity
Coefficient
BTU/ft/hr/deg F
Mild Steel Tubing 26 0.65
Plactic Coated
20 0.65
Tubing
Stainless Steel
18 0.4
(13% )
Stainless Steel
15 0.3
(15% )
Line Pipe 27 0.9
Plactic Coated Pipe 20 0.9
Flexible 0.3 0.95
Bitumen 0.6 0.95
Foam 0.02 0.8
Concrete 0.1 0.9
2.15.2.4Choke Calculation
From Bernoulli:

581 PROSPER
From Mass Conservation:
In the throat, the maximum velocity is the speed of sound. Under critical conditions, the
choke becomes independant of the downstream pressure and temperature.
Vms : 2 phase sound velocity from FORTUNATI, Vms will be much lower than the
velocity of either phase. Critical conditions are reached at much lower velocities.
For a mono phase
2.15.2.5Multi-Phase Flow Correlations
- For deviated wells, the Beggs and Brill hold up correction is used.
- To determine interfacial tension, the Parachor technique is used.
- Petroleum Experts correlation uses the Gould et al Flow Map and for the various
flow regimes we use the following:
Bubble flow: Wallis and Griffith

Slug flow: Hagedorn and Brown
Transition: Duns and Ros

User Guide 582
Annular Mist flow: Duns and Ros
2.15.3 C - Dietz Shape Factors
List of the Dietz Shape factors:

583 PROSPER

User Guide 584
2.15.4 D - File Formats
2.15.4.1Introduction
This appendix contains examples of some file formats used by PROSPER. For further
details and advice regarding interfacing PROSPER with other applications, please
contact Petroleum Experts Limited customer support.
2.15.4.2External PVT Tables
PROSPER can directly import proprietary PVT table files generated by Petroleum Experts
PVT Package. The following file format description can be followed to re-format PVT
tables obtained from other sources.
* TEST EXAMPLE OF AN OIL PVT TABLE IMPORT FILE

* (BLANK LINES AND LINES WITH AN ASTERISK (*) IN COLUMN 1
* ARE IGNORED)
*
* UNITS for the imported PVT variables must be defined in
field units
* NUMBER OF TABLES (MAX 10)

5
* DATA COLUMN IDENTIFIERS

* - CAN BE IN ANY ORDER
* - COLUMNS CAN BE MISSING
* - ANY INDIVIDUAL ITEM > 3.4e35 = missing item
*
*
* PRES - Pressure
* GOR - Gas-Oil Ratio]
* OFVF - oil Formation Volume Factor
* OVIS - oil Viscosity
* ODEN - oil Density
* OCOM - oil Compressibility
* GFVF - gas Formation Volume Factor
* GVIS - gas Viscosity
* WVIS - water Viscosity

585 PROSPER
* WCOM - water Compressibility

* ZFAC - Z Factor
* GDEN - gas density
* CGR - Reservoir CGR
*
OFVF GOR OVIS ODEN PRES
*
* TABLE IDENTIFIER RECORD
*
* N LINES TEMP BP
*
* N - Table Number
* LINES - Number of lines in the table (max 15)
* TEMP - Table Temperature
* BP - Table Bubble Point Pressure (Dew Point for
condensate)
1 3 100 1300
1.21 453 .99 46 2000
1.31 454 .98 47 2010
1.41 455 .97 49 2020
2 3 200 1310
2.21 553 .89 56 3000
2.31 554 .88 57 3010
2.41 555 .87 59 3020
3 3 300 1390
3.21 653 .79 76 4000
3.31 654 .78 77 4010
3.41 655 .77 79 4020
4 3 400 1400
4.21 753 .69 86 5000
4.31 754 .68 87 5010
4.41 755 .67 89 5020
5 3 500 1800
5.21 853 .59 96 6000
5.31 854 .58 97 6010
5.41 855 .57 99 6020
Note:
Import table units must be defined in field units. Once the data has been imported the
PROSPER units system can be used to display the values in any desired units.

User Guide 586
2.15.4.3Lift Curves
The following is an example of a flowing well lift curve in ECLIPSE format:
-- VFP TABLE for PRODUCER --

VFPPROD
1 10430 'LIQ' 'WCT' 'GOR' /
100 1000 10000 /
114.696 514.696 5014.7 /
0 0.5 0.9 /
0.8 1 5 /
0/
1 1 1 1 2002.17 1258.71 2733.66 /
1 1 2 1 1479.42 1083.09 2655.25 /
1 1 3 1 413.537 806.953 4503.13 /
1 2 1 1 3948.98 2376.35 3439.27 /
1 2 2 1 3619.42 1985.43 3270.18 /
1 2 3 1 494.134 928.339 3352.16 /
1 3 1 1 4913.94 4485.14 4672.16 /
1 3 2 1 4895.27 4343.38 4563.92 /
1 3 3 1 3925.4 2141.93 3460.48 /
2 1 1 1 3629.53 2559.11 3358.56 /
2 1 2 1 3539.7 2209.16 3216.7 /
2 1 3 1 1098.95 1408.86 4038.35 /
2 2 1 1 4817.47 3863.58 4190.39 /
2 2 2 1 4746.81 3540.81 3985.01 /
2 2 3 1 1916.92 1594.64 3434.72 /
2 3 1 1 5347.77 5166.94 5283.46 /
2 3 2 1 5337.64 5102.83 5210.6 /
2 3 3 1 5138.74 3590 4155.85 /
3 1 1 1 8202.54 8206.84 8494.42 /
3 1 2 1 8081.09 8085.64 8397.43 /
3 1 3 1 7436.73 7142.24 8450.65 /
3 2 1 1 9393.27 9014.22 9196.49 /
3 2 2 1 9308.64 8911.21 9105.01 /
3 2 3 1 8567.24 7774.64 8436.27 /
3 3 1 1 9912.37 9798.83 9952.61 /
3 3 2 1 9906.65 9776.86 9924.11 /
3 3 3 1 9813.74 9404.22 9463.37 /
Gas Lifted Well (4 Variable) Lift Curves
-- VFP TABLE for PRODUCER --

VFPPROD
1 10430 'LIQ' 'WCT' 'GOR' /
100 1000 10000 /
114.696 1014.7 /
0.5 0.9 /

587 PROSPER
0.82 5 /
0 0.2 0.5 /
1 1 1 1 4236.42 2633.35 3373.19 /
1 1 1 2 3825.95 2143.51 3274.85 /
1 1 1 3 3124.78 1852.12 3267.76 /
1 1 2 1 679.721 1006.21 3341.52 /
1 1 2 2 663.546 996.833 3405.81 /
1 1 2 3 641.284 977.228 3341.56 /
1 2 1 1 4983.68 4569.28 4613.82 /
1 2 1 2 4855.84 3445.19 4260.77 /
1 2 1 3 4234.42 2708.11 3888.35 /
1 2 2 1 4324.78 2288.63 3403.99 /
1 2 2 2 3770.29 1978.18 3361.59 /
1 2 2 3 2893.22 1811.06 3390.73 /
2 1 1 1 5416.3 4901.7 4903.34 /
2 1 1 2 5416.24 4900.79 4902.04 /
2 1 1 3 5416.15 4899.42 4900.17 /
2 1 2 1 4853.52 2622.82 3962.47 /
2 1 2 2 4853.36 2606.9 3962.25 /
2 1 2 3 4853.12 2591.41 3961.94 /
2 2 1 1 5925.14 5771.07 5819.76 /
2 2 1 2 5925.09 5770.6 5819.25 /
2 2 1 3 5925.01 5769.9 5818.5 /
2 2 2 1 5814.71 4954.63 4912.08 /
2 2 2 2 5814.64 4953.02 4911.18 /
2 2 2 3 5814.53 4950.61 4909.88 /
2.15.4.4IPR
*
* This is an example IPR input file
*
The format is pressure, rate, curve value
*
The numbers can be space, tab or comma delimited
* Up to twenty points per curve, up to five curves
*
*Blank lines or lines with an asterisk (*) in the first
* column are ignored.
*
0 5000 1000
1000 4000 1000
2000 3000 1000
3000 2000 1000
4000 1000 1000

User Guide 588
5000 0 1000
*
* Next curve
*
0 3000 2000
1000 2000 2000
2000 1000 2000
3000 0 2000
2.15.4.5ESP PUMPS
* Blank lines or lines begining with an asterisk are ignored.
* The format for the pump data is
* Line 1 Manufacturer pumpname size (ins) frequency(hz) Min. rte Max. rate No. of
Stages
* Line 2 six coefficients for head curve (ft of water)
* Line 3 six coefficients for power curve (HP)
* Curves are polynomials of the form
* Y = AO + A1*x + A2*x*2 + A3*x**3 + A4*x**4 + A5*x**5
****************************
****************************
****************************
*** CENTRILIFT PUMPS ***
****************************
****************************
****************************
CENTRILIFT DC-800 3.38 60 550 950 1

* A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
-1.695826E-14 3.474714E-11 -3.873426E-08 8.776504E-06 -7.290256E-04
2.06500E+01
3.389608E-16 -6.347699E-13 1.397720E-10 1.695927E-07 1.838891E-05
9.70000E-02
CENTRILIFT DC-1000 3.38 60 700 1300 1

0.0000000000 1.629606E-13 -3.038773E-09 -4.764406E-07 -2.538143E-03
2.05000E+01
-1.535787E-17 8.375897E-14 -1.485183E-10 4.492726E-08 1.474800E-04
8.501001E-02

589 PROSPER
2.15.4.6ESP MOTORS
*Manufacturer
Reda
* Number of motors, rpm, frequency
2 3450. 60.0
*Series OD
456 4.56
*amps
6.53822E-01 -1.34128E+00 8.86349E-01 -1.06114E-01 5.61883E-01 3.43896E-01
*
*rpm
-6.24718E+01 2.04999E+02 -3.03911E+02 1.45552E+02 -1.15803E+02
3.58291E+03 *
*efficiency
-5.57129E-01 1.60591E+00 -7.30540E-01 -1.98693E+00 2.49918E+00 1.91886E-
03 *
* power factor
-5.44220E-01 2.16557E+00 -2.81504E+00 7.11957E-01 1.04810E+00 2.49609E-
01 *
*Series OD
540 5.4
*amps
-2.16508E-01 6.79101E-01 -5.79651E-01 3.59379E-01 5.24583E-01 2.26834E-01
*
*rpm
-2.14557E+01 8.55182E+01 -1.66122E+02 9.44086E+01 -1.44510E+02
3.58175E+03 *
*efficiency
3.67150E-01 -1.64327E+00 3.01018E+00 -3.02514E+00 1.72215E+00 4.17187E-
01 *
* power factor
4.64765E-01 -2.48102E+00 5.12024E+00 -5.23541E+00 2.71560E+00 2.75835E-
01 *
*Series Type HP VOLTS AMPS

456 S 100.0 1075 51

User Guide 590
456 S 100.0 1355 46

456 S 100.0 2205 29
456 S 110.0 1190 60
456 S 120.0 1255 70
456 S 120.0 1295 59
456 S 120.0 2245 35
456 T 200.0 2710 46
456 T 220.0 2380 60
456 T 240.0 2250 70
456 T 240.0 2590 59
540 S 180.0 945 120

540 S 180.0 1945 59
540 S 200.0 1100 115
540 S 200.0 2140 54
540 S 225.0 1135 127
540 S 225.0 2235 64
540 T 450.0 2270 127
540 T 480.0 2475 122
540 T 480.0 3345 89
540 T 540.0 2835 120
540 T 600.0 3300 115
2.15.4.7ESP CABLES
* Cable Type
* Volt drop coefficient Maximum ampage
#1 Copper
0.26 115
#2 Copper
0.33 95
#4 Copper
0.53 70
#6 Copper
0.84 55
#8 Copper
1.32 50
#10 Copper
2.08 50
#12 Copper
3.32 50
#1 Aluminium
0.33 95
#2 Aluminium
0.53 70

591 PROSPER
#4 Aluminium
0.84 55
#6 Aluminium
1.32 50
#8 Aluminium
2.08 50
#10 Aluminium
3.32 50
2.15.4.8HSP PUMPS
*
* H Y D R A U L I C D R I V E D O W N H O L E P U M P S* =================
========= =============== =========
* This is a sample pump import file. Blank lines or lines begining

* with an asterisk are ignored. The format for the pump data is
* Line 1 Manufacturer pumpname size (mm) reference Speed(rpm) Min.
* operating rate Max. operating rate No. of stages Max no. of Stages Min
* Speed Max Speed
* Line 2 six coefficients for head curve (ft of water) (a0 to a5)
* Line 3 six coefficients for power curve (HP) (a0 to a5)
* This data is supplied FOR EXAMPLE PURPOSES ONLY

********** DO NOT USE FOR SYSTEM DESIGN
* Contact the pump supplier for current performance data
****************************
****************************
****************************
*** WEIR PUMPS ***
****************************
****************************
****************************
WEIR TPL115 118 11500 2000 12200 1 18 3825 11500

439.726 -0.0145605 1.7487e-7 -4.0609e-11 -1.2e-15 6.7794e-20
15.0445 0.00470131 -8.1656e-7 9.018e-11 -5.0595e-15 9.7463e-20

User Guide 592
2.15.4.9HSP TURBINES
Turbine Manufacturer
WEIR* Number of Turbines1***************** ** WEIR T30 **
****************** Turbine TypeT30* Reference Speed (rpm)
15000.0
* Maximum Speed (rpm)

15000.0
* Maximum Test Pressure (psi)

8910.00
* Maximum Working Pressure (psi)

5940.00
* Maximum Stage Pressure (psi)

370.00
* Maximum Number Of Stages

50
* Maximum Turbine Supply Flow (bbl/day)

3911.67
* Maximum Total Shaft Torque (lb.ins)

843
* Maximum Stage Torque (lb.ins)

128
* Turbine Casing OD (inches)

3.46
* Max. Velocity Over Turbine Casing (ft/sec)

25.000
* Number of Settings
4
* Setting should be an alphanumeric string with NO embedded spaces (up to 8

characters)
* Setting Efficiency Mininum Maximum Head Head Head Power

Power Power
* Rate Rate (a1) (a2) (a3) (a1) (a2) (a3)
* (percent) (bbl/day) (bbl/day)

593 PROSPER
A 52.750 1235.26 2038.18 0.000311733 -0.53145 447.209 2.2765e-

6 -0.00245738 0.551433
B 56.000 1523.49 2460.23 0.000146428 -0.163852 184.132 1.6612e-
6 -0.00126675 -0.431372
C 60.460 1873.48 3232.27 0.000116043 -0.281785 395.769
1.8284e-6 -0.0037038 2.46547
D 64.000 2367.59 3788.14 6.97987e-5 -0.150449 243.193 2.0903e-
6 -0.00670166 7.15005
2.15.5 E - Glossary
Bottom Hole Pressure measured at the producing formation. Intake node

Flowing pressure.
Pressure
A volume ratio that indicates the deviation of the actual volume from
Compressibility that which has been determined by the Ideal Gas Laws. The
Compressibility Factor is a multiplier
The temperature at which the vapour will start to condense. Dew
Dew Point point of a gas mixture is the temperature at which the highest boiling
point constituent will start to condense.
Dimensionless Dimensionless fracture conductivity is a key design parameter in
Fracture well stimulation that compares the capacity of the fracture to
Conductivity transmit fluids down the fracture and into the wellbore with the ability
(FCD) of the formation to deliver fluid into the fracture.
Any gas or gas mixture which contains no water vapour, and where
Dry Gas all of the constituents are substantially above their respective
saturated vapour pressure at the existing conditions.
Energy A substance's capacity, either latent or apparent, to exert a force

through a distance.
The sum of the internal and external energies. Enthalpy is defined
as
H = U + P*V
Enthalpy where U is the energy of a system, P the pressure, and V the
volume. At constant volume and temperature, the differential change
in enthalpy as pressure and entropy S are varied is therefore
dH = TdS + VdP
A measure of the unavailable energy in a substance. The concept of
entropy in thermodynamics is central to the second law of
thermodynamics, which deals with physical processes and whether
Entropy they occur spontaneously. Spontaneous changes occur with an
increase in entropy. Spontaneous changes tend to smooth out
differences in temperature, pressure, density, and chemical

User Guide 594
potential that may exist in a system, and entropy is thus a measure

of how far this smoothing-out process has progressed. Entropy
change is defined as a change to a more disordered state at a
molecular level. In recent years, entropy has been interpreted in
terms of the "dispersal" of energy. Entropy is an extensive state
function that accounts for the effects of irreversibility in
thermodynamic systems.
Quantitatively, entropy, symbolized by S, is defined by the
differential quantity dS = Q / T, where Q is the amount of heat
absorbed in a reversible process in which the system goes from
one state to another, and T is the absolute temperature. Entropy is
one of the factors that determines the free energy of the system.
External The energy represented by the product of pressure and volume. It
Energy may be regarded as the energy a substance possesses by virtue of
the space it occupies.
Formation Gas- Quantity of oil dissolved in 1 stock tank barrel of oil at prevailing
Oil Ratio pressure and temperature. Solution GOR. See GOR Definitions
Formation Volume occupied by 1 barrel of stock tank oil and its associated
Volume Factor solution gas at a given pressure and temperature.
(Bo)
Gas Gravity Ratio of the gas density to density of air. Equal to ratio of molecular
weight to that of air (28.97).
Geothermal Rate of increase in earth temperature with depth. One example: 1.8
Gradient degrees F per 100 feet of TVD.
When oil is brought to surface conditions it is usual for some gas to
come out of solution. The gas/oil ratio (GOR) is the ratio of the
volume of gas that comes out of solution, to the volume of oil. A
point to check is whether the volume of oil is measured before or
after the gas comes out of solution, since the oil volume will shrink
when the gas comes out. In fact gas dissolution and oil volume
shrinkage will happen at many stages during the path of the
GOR hydrocarbon stream from reservoir through the wellbore and
processing plant to export. For light oils and rich gas condensates
the ultimate GOR of export streams is strongly influenced by the
efficiency with which the processing plant strips liquids from the gas
phase. Reported GORs may be calculated from export volumes
which may not be at standard conditions.Can refer to solution GOR
or Total GOR (i.e. including free gas production). See GOR
Definitions
Heat The energy transferred because of a temperature difference. There

is no transfer of mass.
Heat Transfer Coefficient describing the total resistance to heat loss from a
Coefficient producing pipe to its surroundings. Includes heat loss by

595 PROSPER
(HTC) conduction, convection and radiation.
Holdup (Liquid holdup). Proportion of pipe area occupied by liquid. Equal

to 1.0 for single phase liquid and 0.0 for single phase gas.
A fictitious gas that obeys the equation of state PV=RT/m where V
Ideal Gas is specific volume, T is absolute temperature, R is the universal gas
constant and m id the molecular weight. Real gases deviate from
ideal behaviour at atmospheric pressures.
Inflow The relation between reservoir pressure, flowing bottom hole
Performance pressure and production rate. Can be calculated from reservoir
Relationship properties (reservoir pressure, permeability, skin) or fitting an
(IPR) empirical relation to measured pressures. See IPR Definition
Injection Gas Gas injected into a reservoir for pressure maintenance. Not to be
confused with gas lift injection.
Injectivity Index Slope of inflow performance relation for injection. Expressed as

injection volume per unit of injection pressure. (BBL/psi, Sm3/Bar).
Internal Energy The energy which a substance possesses because of the motion
and configuration of its atoms, molecules and sub atomic particles.
Isentropic A process during which there is no heat added to or removed from
Process the system.
(Adiabatic)
Isothermal A process during which there is no change in temperature.
Process
The Joule-Thomson effect, or Joule-Kelvin effect, is a process
in which the temperature of a real gas is either decreased or
increased by letting the gas expand freely at constant enthalpy
(which means that no heat is transferred to or from the gas, and no
external work is extracted). It's named after James Prescott Joule
and William Thomson, 1st Baron Kelvin who established the
effect in 1852 following earlier work by Joule on Joule expansion
in which a gas expands at constant internal energy.
The relationship between temperature, pressure and volume of a
Joule- gas is simply described by the various gas laws. When volume is
Thomson increased in an irreversible process, the gas laws do not uniquely
Coefficient determine what happens to the pressure and temperature of the
gas. Reversible adiabatic expansion, in which the gas does
positive work in the process of expansion, always causes a
decrease in temperature. However, when a real gas (as
differentiated from an ideal gas) expands freely at constant
enthalpy, the temperature may either decrease or increase,
depending on the initial temperature and pressure. For any given
pressure, a real gas has a Joule-Thomson (Kelvin) inversion
temperature, above which expansion at constant enthalpy causes

User Guide 596
the temperature to rise, and below which expansion at constant

enthalpy causes cooling. For most gases at atmospheric pressure,
the inversion temperature is fairly high (above room temperature),
and so most gases at those temperature and pressure conditions
are cooled by isenthalpic expansion.
The change of temperature with respect to a change of pressure in
a Joule-Thomson process is the Joule-Thomson (Kelvin)
coefficient
Definition of the Joule-Thom son Coefficient
The value of depends on the specific gas, as well as the

temperature and pressure of the gas before expansion. For all real
gases, it will equal zero at some point called the inversion point and
the Joule-Thomson inversion temperature is the temperature
where the coefficient changes sign (i.e., where the coefficient
equals zero).
In any gas expansion, the gas pressure decreases and thus the sign
of dP is always negative. The following table explains when the
Joule-Thomson effect cools or heats a real gas
If the gas then is since d P is d T must be so the gas
temperatur
e is
below the always
inversion positive negative cools
negative
temperature

597 PROSPER
above the always

inversion negative positive heats
negative
temperature
It should be noted that is always equal to zero for ideal gases (i.e.,
they will neither heat nor cool upon being expanded at constant
enthalpy).
Kinetic Energy The energy a substance possesses by virtue of its motion or

velocity.
Measured Depth measured along the flow path from the depth reference to a
Depth point in the well.
A reference point in the well. A calculation node is inserted
Node whenever there is a change of I.D., deviation angle or temperature
gradient.
Partial The absolute pressure exerted by a constituent portion of the
Pressure mixture.
Permeability (commonly symbolized as , or k) is a measure of the
ability of a material (typically, a rock or unconsolidated material) to
transmit fluids. It is of great importance in determining the flow
characteristics of hydrocarbons in oil and gas reservoirs. The
intrinsic permeability of any porous material is:
k = C * d2
where
k is the intrinsic permeability
C is a dimensionless constant that is related to the configuration of
the flow-paths
d is the average, or effective pore diameter
Permeability needs to be measured, either directly (using Darcy's
law) or through estimation using empirically derived formulas.
A common unit for permeability is the darcy (D), or more commonly
Permeability the millidarcy (mD) (1 darcy @10- 12m). Other units are cm and the
SI m2.
Permeability is part of the proportionality constant in Darcy's law
which relates discharge (flow rate) and fluid physical properties (e.
g. viscosity), to a pressure gradient applied to the porous media.
The proportionality constant specifically for the flow of water through
a porous media is the hydraulic conductivity; permeability is a
portion of this, and is a property of the porous media only, not the
fluid. In naturally occurring materials, it ranges over many orders of
magnitude. For a rock to be considered as an exploitable
hydrocarbon reservoir, its permeability must be greater than
approximately 100 mD (depending on the nature of the hydrocarbon
- gas reservoirs with lower permeabilities are still exploitable
because of the lower viscosity of gas with respect to oil). Rocks with

User Guide 598
permeabilities significantly lower than 100 mD can form efficient

seals. Unconsolidated sands may have permeabilities of over 5000
mD.
Phase A homogeneous body of material which differs in its intensive

properties from that of its neighboring phases. e.g. Gas, liquid.
Potential The energy a substance possesses because of its elevation above
Energy the earth or above some chosen datum plane.
Pressure Calculation of well pressure vs depth by integrating the pressure
Traverse gradient for increments of pipe.
Produced Gas/ Gas production divided by oil production. Includes gas in solution
Oil Ratio and any free gas production. Excludes lift gas returned to surface
with the produced fluids.
Productivity Measure of a well's ability to flow. Expressed in bbl/psi (Sm3/day /
Index (PI) Bar) of drawdown. Applies above the bubble point.
Pseudo-Critical The Critical Temperature is defined as the highest temperature at

Temperature which a gas can be liquefied. When calculated for a mixture it is
called the Pseudo-Critical Temperature.
The Critical Pressure of a gas is defined as the saturation
Pseudo-Critical pressure at the Critical Temperature. It is the highest vapour
Pressure pressure the liquid can exert. Critical conditions must be
determined experimentally for each gas. When calculated for a
mixture, it is called the Pseudo-Critical Pressure.
Quality Weight percent of vapour present in a two-phase mixture.
Reduced The ratio in absolute units of the actual gas pressure to the critical
Pressure pressure of the gas.
Reduced The ratio in absolute units of the actual gas temperature to the
temperature critical temperature of the gas.
Reservoir Accumulation of hydrocarbon in permeable rock.
Residual Oil Liquid remaining in a PVT cell at the completion of a differential

liberation experiment.
Retrograde Hydrocarbon existing as a gas at reservoir conditions from which
Condensate liquid drops out as the pressure drops. The liquid may evaporate
as the pressure drops further.
Saturated Oil Oil in equilibrium with its vapour at a specified temperature and
pressure.
Saturated The pressure existing at a given temperature in a closed volume
Vapour containing a liquid and a vapour from that liquid after equilibrium
conditions have been reached. It is dependent only on temperature
Pressure
and must be determined experimentally.

599 PROSPER
Saturation Pressure at which vapor and liquid are in equilibrium. For oils,
Pressure equivalent to bubble point.. For condensates, the dew point.
Decrease in volume of oil from reservoir conditions to the stock
Shrinkage tank. Shrinkage occurs as oil gives up solution gas and
temperature drops.
Shrinkage Reciprocal of Formation Volume Factor.
Factor
Solution Gas Gas dissolved in oil at elevated pressure and temperature.
Solution Gas Volume of gas dissolved in stock tank unit of oil at saturation
Oil Ratio (Rs) pressure (scf/STB, Sm3/Sm3). See GOR Definitions
Specific Gravity Ratio of fluid density to that of water at 60 degrees F. For gases,
(Liquid) ratio of gas density to that of air at standard conditions.
Ratio of the density of a given gas to the density of dry air, both
Specific Gravity measured at the same specific conditions of pressure and
(Gas) temperature. These conditions are usually 14.696 psiA and 60F, or
1 barA and 0C.
Specific Heat The rate of change in enthalpy with temperature. It may be
or Heat measured at constant pressure or at constant volume. The values
Capacity are different and are known as Cp and Cv, respectively.
Specific The volume of a given weight of gas usually expressed as cubic feet
Volume per pound, or cubic meters per kilogram (cubic centimeters per
gram).
Static Stabilised reservoir pressure if all wells were shut in and built up.
Reservoir
Pressure
STB Stock Tank Barrel.
Steady-State A state of the system in which none of the variables (such as

pressure, temperature, flow rates) varies with time.
Stock Tank Oil Oil in equilibrium with its surrounding conditions of temperature and
pressure.
Temperature The property of a substance which gauges the potential or driving

force for the flow of heat.
True Vertical Vertical displacement from reference depth to a point in a well.
Depth
Under Oil capable of dissolving additional gas at a specified temperature
Saturated Oil and pressure. i.e current pressure is above the fluid's bubble point.
Empirical inflow performance relation that accounts for reduced oil
Vogel Equation permeability when producing below bubble point due to gas
breakout.

User Guide 600
Water Cut Ratio of water production to total fluid production. (Water Rate) / (Oil
Rate + Water Rate)
Water Volume occupied at prevailing pressure and temperature by 1 stock
Formation tank unit of water.
Volume Factor
(Bw)
Water / Oil Ratio of oil production to water production (stock tank conditions)
Ratio (WOR)
Wet Gas Any gas or gas mixture in which one or more of the constituents is at
its saturated vapour pressure. The constituent at saturation
pressure may or may not be water vapour.
Work The energy transition and defined as force times distance. Work
cannot be done unless there is motion.
2.15.6 F - Importing Data from Text Files

This Section describes how to Import Data from a text file to a PROSPER model.
It is assumed that the data to be imported is saved in a text file. It is also assumed that
the data is imported for the tables in PVT section of PROSPER. The technique can
however be applied at any place where data import is required to be done.
1) After clicking on the Import tab, select the particular text file where the data is
saved on screen 2) below.

601 PROSPER
2)
3) When the import file is selected, press Continue to see the next screen (4)
shown below.
4)

User Guide 602
5) Select the particular File format in which the data is saved. The following
example is for a Comma Separated format. Press Continue to see the next
screen (7) below.
6)
7)
8) To select a particular column for a Field Name, one can directly click on the
column and this will assign that column to that field.This can also be checked by
the column number that is appended to the field name.
9) Make sure that the units for each column are correctly selected according to the
input data.
10) The procedure can be repeated for all the columns.
11)

603 PROSPER
12) By selecting continue, PROSPER will update the data in the corresponding
columns in the tables.
13)

User Guide 604

Chapter
3
Examples Guide 606
3 Examples Guide
3.1 Prosper Tutorials
This chapter contains a collection of tutorials designed to help jump-start the use of
PROSPER. The tutorials are grouped by subjects:
Basic Tutorials for naturally flowing wells,
Sand control tutorials
Tutorials on pipeline modeling and flow assurance studies.
Tutorials on special topics

00 Integrated oil well model T00_IntegratedOilWell.OUT
Basic tutorials for naturally flowing wells

01 Modelling a dry and wet gas producer T01_DryAndWetGasWell.Out
02 Modelling a naturally flowing oil well T02_SimpleOilWell.OUT
03 Modelling an oil well with black oil PVTT03_OilWellPVTMatching.OUT
matching
04 Modelling an horizontal oil well T04_HorizontalOilWell.out
05 Modelling a multilateral dry gas producer T05_MultilateralGasWell.Out
07 Modelling a slanted oil well T07_SlantedOilWell.Out

08 Modelling a gas well with connected T08_GasWellwithSurfacePipeline.
pipeline Out
09 Modelling a water injection well T09_WaterInjectionWell.OUT
10 Modelling a gas injection well T10_GasInjectionWell.OUT
11 Modelling a steam injection well T11_SteamInjectionWell.OUT
Sand Control tutorials

12 Modelling an oil well with gravel-pack T12_GravelPackedOilWell.OUT

607 PROSPER
13 Modelling a frac and pack well T13_Frac&PackedOilWell.OUT

14 T14_OilWellwithPre-
Modelling a well with pre-packed screen
PackedScreen.out
15 Modelling a well with slotted liners T15_OilWellwithslottedLiner.OUT
16 Modelling a well with wire-wrapped T16_OilWellwithWireWrappedScre
screens ens.out

17 Fully compositional retrograde T17_CompostionalCondensateWell.
condensate well Out
18 Fully compositional CO2 injection well T18_CompostionalCO2Injector.Out

19 Matching a gas well test T19_MatchingAGasWellTest.OUT
20 Matching a naturally flowing oil well test T20_MatchingAnOilWellTest.OUT
21 Matching a water injection well test T21_MatchingAWaterInjectionWellT
est.OUT
22 Matching a gas injection well test T22_MatchingAGasInjectionWellTes
t.OUT

23 Continuous Gas lift design T23_ContinuousGasLiftDesign.OUT
24 Intermittent Gas Lift Design T24_IntermittentGasLiftDesign.
OUT
25 Coiled Tubing Gas lift Design T25_CoiledTubingGasLiftDesign.
OUT
26 Design of an ESP system for an oilT26_ESPDesign.OUT
producer
27 Design of an HSP system for an oilT27_HSPDesign.OUT
producer
28 Design of a Sucker Rod Pump for an oilT28_SuckerRodPumpDesign.OUT
producer
29 Design of a PCP lift system for an oilT29_PCPDesign.OUT
producer
30 Diluent Injection tutorial T30_DiluentInjection.OUT
31 Multiphase pump in a pipe connected to a T31_MultiphasePumpOnseabed.
single well OUT
43 Design of a Jet Pump system for an oilT43_JETPUMP.OUT
producer

Examples Guide 608

32 Troubleshooting a gas lifted well T32_GasLiftQuickLook.OUT
33 Trouble-shooting an ESP-lifted well T33_ESPQuicklook.OUT
34 Trouble-shooting an HSP-lifted well T34_HSPQuicklook.OUT
35 Trouble-shooting a sucker rod lifted well No reference file
Pipeline and flow assurance study tutorials

36 General flow assurance features T36_FlowAssurance.OUT
37 Pipeline performance matching T37_PipelineMatching.OUT
38 Full enthalpy balance example T38_EnthalpyBalance.OUT
39 Improved approximation tutorial T39_ImprovedApproximation.OUT
Special topics

40 SPOT example T40_SPOT.OUT
41 Multi-layer model with dP loss between the T41_MultilayerOil.Out
zones
42 Multilateral IPR for well penetrating
different zones T42_MultiLateralInMultipleReservo
irs.OUT
44 Validation of the black oil PVT model for T44_CONDVALID.OUT
gas retrograde condensate producer
3.1.1 Tutorial 00: Integrated Oil Well Model

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T00_IntegratedOilWell.OUT
This integrated well modeling tutorial combines existing data with consistent
engineering assumptions to develop a solid well bore model using PROSPER. The
developed well bore model is then used to simulate the performance of the well under
possible future operating conditions with different GOR, water cut and reservoir
pressure. For this, sensitivity runs are performed with different GOR, water cut and
reservoir pressure. The approach can be easily extended to any other possible
sensitivity variable: tubing size, skin, permeability, thickness and so on.
3.1.1.1 Objectives
This tutorial demonstrates how to analyse the performance of an offshore oil producing
well in an integrated fashion. In the process, the following questions are addressed:
- What are the basic data required to build a PROSPER model for a naturally flowing oil

609 PROSPER
well,
- How to match a black oil PVT against black oil correlations,
- How to tune the overall heat transfer coefficient in the surroundings of a well based
upon well test data
- How to quality-check raw well test data,
- Why and how to perform a correlation comparison,
- How to perform a Verrtical Lift Perfoamnce (VLP) matching,
- How to select a VLP correlation,
- How to model a highly deviated well,
- How to calibrate the well inflow with the well test data,
- How to validate a PROSPER well model against actual well test data,
- How to match multiple well tests,
- How to use the calibrated PROSPER model to predict the future performance of a
given well bore.
3.1.1.2 Statement of the Problem
A naturally flowing highly deviated oil producing well has been drilled and tested.
Extensive fluid and well test data are available.
It is required to develop a PROSPER model that is calibrated against PVT lab data and
well test data.
Once the model is built and calibrated, it will be used for sensitivity run.
3.1.1.3 General Approach
In this tutorial, the following road map will be followed:
a. Construct a PROSPER well model with a matched and validated PVT model
b. Analyse and match the well test data against the PROSPER model to obtain a
calibrated well bore model
c. Use the calibrated well bore model to simulate the performance of the well under
changing conditions: water cut, GOR and reservoir pressure.
3.1.1.4 Available Data & Information
The data required for a well test analysis are:
- PVT data
- Reservoir Data
- Well Data: deviation survey, tubing, casing, and temperature data
- Actual production test data: stabilized phase rates, flowing temperatures and
pressures.
About PVT data
When building a PROSPER well model, there are in general two possible situations
to consider with respect to the PVT data. There can be a situation where enough
PVT data are available. The second contrasting situation arise when there is

Examples Guide 610
very little PVT data available.
If comprehensive black oil PVT data are available, then it is recommended to match
the PVT data to the black oil correlations.
The advantages of matching the black oil data to correlations are:
- The PVT matching process offers an opportunity to check the quality of the PVT
data themselves by analyzing the magnitude of the correction required to
reproduce the various PVT data: GOR, Oil FVF, Bubble point pressure and oil
viscosity.
- At the end of the PVT matching process, the most suitable black oil correlation for
the particular crude is selected and used for further calculations.
- Unlike PVT look-up tables, carefully matched black oil correlations may generally
be used for operating conditions beyond the values used for the PVT matching.
In the event no extensive PVT data or no reliable PVT data are available, the black
oil correlation may generally be used directly without any matching to start with.
The selection of the appropriate black oil correlation is a matter of engineering
judgment that is at the discretion of the project engineer. For details about the
published validity range of each black oil correlation in PROSPER, the relevant
references listed in the appendix A of this manual may be consulted.
It is strongly recommended to match the black oil correlations against lab
measurements as soon as a PVT report becomes available.
About Reservoir data
The purpose of each specific study determines the type of reservoir model to be
selected and consequently the parameters required.
In the absence of typical reservoir properties like permeability, net pay, skin and so
on, the simple Productivity Index (PI entry ) or its equivalent for gas (C & n) may
be used.
If extensive reservoir and skin parameters are available, then an alternative inflow
model that better fits the purpose of the study is to be considered.
About well equipment data
The well equipment data like deviation survey, surface equipment, down hole
equipment and geothermal gradient are generally available from well bore
schematic and temperature logs.
The overall heat transfer coefficient in the surroundings of the well bore can be either
computed with the enthalpy balance model or derived from well test data.
When the rough approximation method is being used, the following overall heat
transfer coefficients values may be considered as starting values:
For oil and water wells: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F.

611 PROSPER
For retrograde condensate wells: 5 Btu/h/ft2/F.

For gas wells: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.
It is recommended to fine-tune the overall heat transfer coefficient with well test data
as soon as well test are available.
It is recommended to keep the default average heat capacities displayed in the
program under | System | Equipment | Average Heat Capacities unaltered.
About well test data
Well test data are generally used to:

- back-calculate the overall heat transfer coefficient in the surroundings of the well
when the rough approximation temperature method is selected.
- select the multiphase correlation most suitable for the particular well model
- fine-tune the inflow performance parameters like reservoir pressure, skin,
permeability and so on.
Note that it is perfectly possible to develop a PROSPER model in the absence of well
test data. In this case, reasonable assumptions are to be made based upon the
specific operating conditions of the well and based upon existing relevant
experiences.
Generally, the use of the Petroleum Experts 2 multiphase correlation may be
considered when no well test data are available for the simple reason that the
Petroleum Experts 2 multiphase correlation has so far consistently given
reasonable results in very diverse operating conditions.
However, since there is no universal multiphase correlation, it is recommended to
verify the suitability of the selected multiphase correlation (Petroleum Experts 2)
as soon as well test data become available.
PROSPER offers a coherent and consistent VLP matching procedure that helps the
user to select the most suitable correlation for any particular well. This consistent
VLP matching procedure will be described and applied later in this tutorial in the
sub-section "Well Test Analysis: Step by Step Procedure".
3.1.1.4.1 PVT Data from the lab

The following fluid properties are available from the lab.
Surface Data
Solution GOR: 700 scf/stb

Oil Gravity: 35 API
Gas specific Gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water Salinity: 120 000 ppm
Impurities (C02, N2, H2S): None

Examples Guide 612
Down hole data
Reservoir temperature: 260 degF

Bubble Point Pressure at Reservoir 3400 psig
Temperature:
Black Oil Properties in tabular format at a reference temperature of 260 degF
Pressure in psig GOR in scf/stb Oil FVF in rb/stb Oil Viscosity in

centipoises
2000 367 1.232 0.434
2500 477 1.289 0.383
3000 597 1.352 0.337
3400 700 1.408 0.306
3500 700 1.405 0.308
4000 700 1.395 0.320
4500 700 1.386 0.331
Note that the fluid properties may originate from a thermodynamic simulation (Constant
Mass Expansion with separator correction) using a compositional fluid calibration
package like PVTp.
3.1.1.4.2 Well Equipment Data (Tubing etc)
Deviation survey
Measured Depth True Vertical Comment

in ft Depth in ft
0 0 This is the origin of the deviation survey.
1500 1500 sea floor
2516 2500
4112 4000
5845 5500
7800 7000
10135 8500
11135 9000 Top of perforation

613 PROSPER
The deviation survey is the reference for all subsequent depths inputs in the equipment
section.
Surface Equipment
This well model will not include pipelines downstream of the well head.
Down hole Equipment
Label Equipment Measured Inside Roughness in

Type Depth in ft Diameter in inches
inches
Well Head Xmas Tree 0 N/A 0.0006
Tubing Tubing 2000 3.92 0.0006
Safety Valve SSSV* N/A 3.5 0.0006
Tubing Tubing 10800 3.92 0.0006
Casing Casing 11135 6.4 0.0006
*A Sub Surface Safety Valve is treated as a restriction without length.

Note that the deepest entry of 11135 ft measured depth ( = 9000 ft TVD) in the down
hole equipment is the datum depth for the reservoir pressure when a single layer inflow
model is used in PROSPER.
Geothermal Gradient
Measured formation Static ambient Comment

depth in ft temperature
0 60 well head depth
1500 45 sea floor
11135 260 Reservoir depth
Starting value for the overall heat transfer coefficient: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F.
The default average heat capacity values will be used.

Examples Guide 614
3.1.1.4.3 Inflow Performance Data

The well penetrates the reservoir at an angle of 60 degrees. This is therefore a slanted /
deviated well.
There are other options that can be used to model deviated wells in PROSPER: Cinco-
Ley and Multilateral IPR.
In this tutorial, the Wong-Clifford model will be used for the calculation of deviation and
partial penetration skin.
Reservoir model: Darcy

Mechanical Geometrical Skin model: Enter Skin By Hand
Deviation and Partial Penetration Skin model: Wong-Clifford*
Static Reservoir Pressure at datum (11135 ft MD): 4000 psig
Static Reservoir Temperature at datum: 260 degF
Water Cut: 25%
Total GOR: 700 scf/stb
Compaction Permeability Reduction Model: No
Relative Permeability: No
Reservoir Permeability: 100 mD
Reservoir Thickness: 100 ft
Drainage area: 350 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore Radius: 0.354 ft
Mechanical skin: 0
Enable Wong-Clifford: ON
Formation Vertical Permeability Ratio: 0.1 (fraction)
Local Vertical Permeability Ratio: 0.1 (fraction)
Horizontal Distance from Well to Reservoir Edge: 2200 ft
Depth of Top Reservoir (TVD): 9000 ft
*Perforation start in measured depth: 11135 ft
*Perforation start in true vertical depth: 9000 ft
*Perforation end in measured depth: 11427
*Perforation end in true vertical depth: 9100 ft
*Using the Wong-Clifford skin model, the deviation angle of the well well bore across
the reservoir is calculated based upon the user-entered perforation intervals in

615 PROSPER
measured depth and true vertical depth.
3.1.1.4.4 Multi-Rate Well Test Data

The reported well test results are listed below:
Static Reservoir Pressure at Datum (9000 ft TVD): 4000 psig

Gauge depth: 10500 ft measured depth
Dates Comm WH WHFT Water Liquid Gauge Pressure at Gas Oil

ent FP Cut Rate gauge depth Ratio
dd/mm/ psig degF % stb/d psig scf/stb
yyyy
01/01/2 Low 1000 150 25 6100 3655 1500
000 Rate
02/01/2 Medium 800 180 25 9800 3505 500
000 Rate
03/01/2 High 500 200 25 13450 3365 475
000 Rate
3.1.1.5 Model Construction: Step by Step Procedure

Options
Launch PROSPER, select | Options | Options and make the following choices:

Examples Guide 616
Select | Done to complete this.
PVT input Data
Select | PVT | Input Data and populate the PVT entry screen as follow:
Surface Data

Oil Gravity: 35 API
Gas specific Gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Impurities (C02, N2, H2S): None

617 PROSPER
In order to enter the lab data, select | Match Data and populate the screen as shown
below:

Bubble Point Pressure at Reservoir 3400 psig
Temperature:
Black Oil Properties in tabular format @ a reference temperature of 260 degF
Pressure in psig GOR in scf/stb Oil FVF in rb/stb Oil Viscosity in

centipoises
2000 367 1.232 0.434
2500 477 1.289 0.383
3000 597 1.352 0.337
3400 700 1.408 0.306

Examples Guide 618
3500 700 1.405 0.308

4000 700 1.395 0.320
4500 700 1.386 0.331
Select | Done to return to the previous menu
PVT matching
For the PVT matching, select | Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters and this is what
can be seen:

619 PROSPER
This screen shows the values of the Match Parameters (Parameter 1= multiplier and
Parameter 2 = shift) associated with each fluid property for all the correlations.
The Standard Deviation is also displayed which represents the overall goodness of fit.
Select an appropriate correlation bearing in mind that the black oil correlations whose
parameters are adjusted the least (i.e. Parameter 1 close to 1.0 and Parameter 2 close
to 0.0) are the most suitable candidates as they represent possibly similar fluids to the
one being modelled.
The value of the Standard Deviation is also displayed. Generally, the lower the Standard
Deviation, the better the fit.
In the case at hand, the combination Glaso / Beal et al will be selected because they
require the least adjustment. For this, select | Done | Done and make sure that the black
oil correlations Glaso / Beal have been selected on the PVT- Input Data screen:

Examples Guide 620
Select | Done and save the file to secure the data inputted into the PROSPER well bore
model.
Well Equipment Data
Select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to start the well bore description with
the deviation survey:
Deviation survey
Measured Depth True Vertical Comment

in ft Depth in ft
0 0 This is the origin of the deviation survey.
1500 1500 sea floor
2516 2500

621 PROSPER
4112 4000
5845 5500
7800 7000
10135 8500
11135 9000 Top of perforation
The deviation survey is the reference for all subsequent depths inputs in the equipment
section.

Examples Guide 622
Select | Done to proceed with the surface equipment data
Surface Equipment
This well model will not include pipelines downstream of the well head.
Therefore select | Cancel to skip this screen:
Down hole Equipment
Label Equipment Measured Inside Roughness in

Type Depth in ft Diameter in inches
inches
Well Head Xmas Tree 0 N/A 0.0006
Tubing Tubing 2000 3.92 0.0006

623 PROSPER
Safety Valve SSSV* N/A 3.5 0.0006

Tubing Tubing 10800 3.92 0.0006
Casing Casing 11135 6.4 0.0006
*A Sub Surface Safety Valve is treated as restriction without length.
Simply point the cursor on the relevant cell within the column labeled "Type" underneath
the "Xmas Tree" to select the equipment type from a drop-down menu: tubing, SSSV,
Restriction or casing.
Labels are optional.
Select | Done to enter the geothermal gradient
Geothermal Gradient
Measured formation Static ambient Comment

depth in ft temperature

Examples Guide 624
0 60 well head depth

1500 45 sea floor
11135 260 Reservoir depth
Starting value for the overall heat transfer coefficient: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F.
Select | Done to continue with the data inputs.
The default average heat capacity values will be used.

625 PROSPER
Select | Done to complete the description of the well bore schematic.
Visualizing the well bore sketch
To visualize the well bore sketch, select | Summary | Draw Down Hole and the next
sketch is generated:
Select | Main and | File | Save to secures all changes made.

Inflow Performance - Model selection

Examples Guide 626
For the selection of the inflow performance model, select | System | Inflow Performance
and make the following choices:
Reservoir model: Darcy

Mechanical Geometrical Skin model: Enter Skin By Hand
Deviation and Partial Penetration Skin model: Wong-Clifford
Static Reservoir Pressure at datum (11135 ft MD): 4000 psig
Static Reservoir Temperature at datum: 260 degF
Water Cut: 25%
Select the Input Data Tab in the top right corner to continue with the reservoir data

627 PROSPER
inputs:
Reservoir Thickness: 100 ft
Drainage area: 350 acres
Well bore Radius: 0.354 ft
Select the | Mech / Geom Skin tab at the bottom of the screen to proceed with the skin
data entry:
Mechanical skin: 0
Enable Wong-Clifford: ON

Examples Guide 628
Note that the option "Enable Wong-Clifford" model needs to be ticked!
Select the next tab "Dev / PP Skin" at the bottom of the screen to enter the parameters
required to computed the deviation and partial skin using the Wong-Clifford method:
Formation Vertical Permeability Ratio: 0.1 (fraction)

Local Vertical Permeability Ratio: 0.1 (fraction)
Horizontal Distance from Well to Reservoir Edge: 2200 ft
Depth of Top Reservoir (TVD): 9000 ft
*Perforation start in measured depth: 11135 ft
*Perforation start in true vertical depth: 9000 ft
*Perforation end in measured depth: 11427
*Perforation end in true vertical depth: 9100 ft

629 PROSPER
In order to generate an Inflow curve, simply select | Calculate and the following IPR curve
is generated:

Examples Guide 630
Select | Main and save the PROSPER file.

This completes the construction of the model.
3.1.1.6 Well Test Analysis: Step by Step

In order to achieve a successful well test matching, it is important to follow a consistent
and reproducible path. In the following pages a consistent step-by-step well test
matching procedure is described and applied in order to construct a validated and
calibrated PROSPER well bore model. The procedure can be broken down into the
following steps:
- Critical review of the raw well test data

- Well test data entry in PROSPER
- Estimate the overall heat transfer coefficient in the well bore surroundings
- Perform a correlation comparison
- Select and Match VLP correlation
- Quality-check VLP matching by inspecting the matching parameters and re-performing
correlation comparison for validation
- Superimpose and match the well inflow performance relation curve.
Step 1: Critical review of the raw well test data
Well test matching is a process of reconciliation between a mathematical model (

631 PROSPER
PROSPER well bore model) and actual measurements. The reconciliation process can
only be successful if the mathematical model and the actual measurements are both
reliable.
The various sequences followed so far to construct the PROSPER model have been
specifically designed to lead to a reliable, sound PROSPER well bore model.
The main purpose of the critical review of the raw well test data is to assess the validity
of each well test data before entering them into PROSPER.
A few of the questions to be addressed in the critical data review process are:
- How reliable is each reported measurement?
- How do the test data compare with historical trends?
- How does the produced GOR compares with the PVT model?
Let us critically review the well test data to be analysed in this tutorial:
Dates Comm WHF WHF Water Liquid Gauge Gas Oil Ratio
ent P T Cut Rate Pressure at
gauge depth
dd/mm/ psig degF % stb/d psig scf/stb
yyyy
01/01/20 Low 1000 150 25 6100 3655 1500
00 Rate
02/01/20 Medium 800 180 25 9800 3505 500
00 Rate
03/01/20 High 500 200 25 13450 3365 475
00 Rate
On can notice that:

- The flow rate decreases as the well head pressure increases. This trend generally
makes sense.
- Equally, the gauge pressure increases as the flow rates decreases. This trend
generally makes sense.
- However, the reported GOR is not constant even though the reservoir is still under-
saturated. This does not make sense and needs to be taken into consideration during
the analysis.
Step 2: Well Test Data entry into PROSPER
In order to enter the well test data, select | Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR (Quality
Check).

Examples Guide 632
Afterward populate the VLP/IPR matching screen as shown below:
Step 3: Estimate the overall heat transfer coefficient
When analyzing multiple well tests, it is good practice to estimate the U-value for each

633 PROSPER
test and see if there are severe deviations or not.
For, this select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following sub-screen is
shown:
One shall keep in mind that:

- the model was built with a starting U-value of 8 Btu/h/ft2/F
- the estimated U value depends upon test mass flow rates and well head flowing
pressure. Therefore a GOR suspected to be inconsistent will affect the total mass and
consequently adversely impact the estimated U value. Therefore the estimated U-values
at this stage will not be transferred to the geothermal gradient screen as input value.
Step 4: Perform correlation comparisons
The purposes of the correlation comparison are:

- to check if the well test is valid, e. g. if the gauge pressure lies between Fancher-
Brown and Duns & Ros modifed and
- to identify which correlation best reproduces the well test results.
Correlation Comparison for the "Low Rate" test:
For this, simply select the test by clicking on the corresponding row number.

Examples Guide 634
Afterwards, select | Correlation Comparison | OK and then select the correlations Duns
and Ros Modified, Fancher-Brown, Petroleum Experts 2 and Petroleum Experts 5 for
instance:

635 PROSPER
Proceed with | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot and the following plot is shown:

Examples Guide 636
One can see that the test point is completely outside established physical boundaries.
The physical boundaries are defined by the Fancher-Brown correlation that neglects
slippage effects between the phases and consequently under-estimate the pressure
loss and the Duns and Ros Modified correlation that generally over-estimates pressure
drops in oil wells.
During the critical review of the well test data, it was suspected that the reported GOR
values were inconsistent.
Indeed, with a bubble point pressure of 3400 psig and a reservoir pressure of 4000
psig, the produced GOR must be equal to the solution GOR of 700 scf/stb.
Therefore we will go back and correct all GOR values to 700 scf/stb as show below:

637 PROSPER
After correcting the GOR, one can now re-estimate the U-value for each test. For this
simply select | Estimate U-value and the algorithm will estimate and display the U value
for each test. In the end, the average U-value is calculate and displayed:
We will select | Yes and | OK to transfer the averaged U-value for all 3 tests to the
geothermal gradient screen.
Based upon engineering judgment, one may very well not accept the averaged U-value
and use an alternative one.
Here are the correlation comparison plots obtained for each test:
Correlation Comparison for the Low Rate Test

Examples Guide 638
Correlation Comparison for the Medium Rate Test

639 PROSPER
Correlation Comparison for the High Rate Test

Examples Guide 640
It can be observed that the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation consistently reproduces

each well test with reasonable accuracy.
Step 5: Select and Match VLP correlation (s)
Because the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation consistently reproduces each well test
with reasonable accuracy, this particular correlation will be selected for further analysis.
It is possible to match multiple well tests simultaneously in PROSPER. For this, one
simply need to keep all well tests enabled and the VLP matching algorithm will attempt
to match all enabled well tests simultaneously.
In the following, a better approach is applied: match one test and verify how the match
performs against non-matched well tests.

641 PROSPER
For this, return to the VLP/IPR matching screen, select the most reliable well test. The
choice of the most reliable well test is a matter of judgment that depends upon all the
circumstances surrounding the test. In this example, it will be assumed that the well test
with the highest flow rate is the more stable for the simple reason that it is more likely to
be stable, to be in the friction dominated region of the tubing performance curve.
To perform the match, select the "High Rate" well test (here on row number 3) and then
select | Match VLP as highlighted in the screen-shot below:

Examples Guide 642
If no specific well test is selected, the VLP matching algorithm in PROSPER will match
all well tests simultaneously. A possible drawback of this approach is that possibly
invalid well tests may not be easily detected.
A generally better approach is to:

- select the most reliable well test
- match this single well test. An appropriately matched VLP correlation is selected
- verify if the remaining well tests can be reasonably reproduced with the selected VLP
correlation.
The advantages of this approach are:
- suspicious / inconsistent well test can be detected
- the selected VLP correlation is validated against historical well tests.
Now select | Match | OK

643 PROSPER
Note that the VLP correlation "Petroleum Experts 2" appears now appended with two
numbers: gravity multiplier and friction multiplier. Both numbers are equal to unity
suggesting that virtually no correction was required to match the well test.
Now select | Done to return to the previous screen.
Step 6: Quality-check VLP matching results
To benchmark the VLP matching against the two other well tests, simply enable them
and then perform correlation comparisons for each well test in turn.
For this, enable the well tests, select each well test and then select | Correlation
Comparison | Ok | Calculate | Calculate | Plot.
This is how the correlation comparison looks like for the "Low Rate Test":

Examples Guide 644
And this is how the correlation comparison looks like for the "Medium Rate Test":

645 PROSPER
In both cases, one can see that the matched correlation reproduces very well the other
well tests.
This fact validates the suitability of the correlation for use in predictive mode.
Step 7: Super-impose and match well IPR
In order to superimpose the IPR, return back to the VLP/IPR matching screen and then
select the task button VLP/IPR.

Examples Guide 646
To initiate the calculation, select | Calculate:

647 PROSPER
Please confirm the completion of the Calculation with | OK and the the screen is
populated with calculation results as shown below:

Examples Guide 648
For each well test, actual test rate and simulated (solution) test rate are calculated and
displayed in th bottom right corner of the screen.
A graphical plot is generated when the button Plot is selected:

649 PROSPER
The plot above shows for each well test, the IPR, the VLP the test point and the
simulated solution.
In the right corner of the screen, one can see the statistical comparison between
measured test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure versus simulated rates and
pressures.
The largest error is less than 2% and can be considered as acceptable.
Now one can select | Main | File | Save to update the PROSPER model.
3.1.1.7 Sensitivity Runs

It is required to predict the performance of the well under different conditions for water
cut, GOR, reservoir pressure and reservoir pressure:
Parameters: Values
Well head flowing pressure (psig): 300

Examples Guide 650
GOR (scf/stb): 700

Water Cut (%): 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60
Reservoir Pressure (psig): 4000, 3500
In order to perform the sensitivity runs, select | Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3
Variables and make the following entries:
Select | Continue and choose the relevant sensitivity variables water cut and reservoir
pressure using the drop down menu:

651 PROSPER
Select | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot and the following graphical
representation is generated:

Examples Guide 652
The results can also be represented in an alternative graphical fashion: as sensitivity

plot. For this select | Finish | Sensitivity | Variables and here select for instance liquid
rate as function of water cut:

653 PROSPER
By selecting | done, the following plot is generated:

Examples Guide 654
This plot shows the liquid rate as function of water cut for different reservoir pressures.
This completes this tutorial.
3.1.2 Tutorial 01: Modelling a dry and wet gas producer

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T01_DryAndWetGasWell.OUT
The main objectives of this example are to show:

How to set up a PROSPER model for a dry and wet gas well,
How to enter basic black oil PVT data,
How to enter the IPR data,
How to describe the down hole equipment,
How to perform a system calculation (VLP + IPR) to estimate the well flow
rate for a given WHFP,
How to generate a well performance curve,
How to generate and export lift curves to GAP / MBAL / REVEAL or any third
party software (Eclipse, VIP, etc).

655 PROSPER
3.1.2.1 Statement Of The Problem

A well is to be drilled to produce gas from a gas reservoir.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and down hole equipment description (VLP) are
provided.
It is required to:
- Estimate the initial gas rate against a well head flowing pressure of 500 psig
- Generate a well performance curve (Rate vs. well head flowing pressure)
- Generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP,
and so on)
3.1.2.2 PVT Input Data
Parameter Value
Gas gravity: 0.65 (Air =1)
Separator pressure: 250 psig
Condensate to Gas Ratio: 5 stb/MMscf
Condensate gravity: 50 API
Water salinity: 10000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
3.1.2.3 System Equipment Input Data

The system equipment input section is sub-divided into 5 sub-sections:
- deviation survey
- surface equipment
- down hole equipment
- Geothermal gradient and
- Average heat capacities
3.1.2.3.1 Deviation survey
In PROSPER, the deviation survey can have its origin anywhere: well head, sea-bed,
platform, RKB, mean sea level, seabed, and so on.
The key thing is to describe all the equipment in the well in a manner that is consistent
with respect to the origin selected.
The well head depth does not have to be the origin of the deviation survey.
Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
5000 5000

Examples Guide 656

All equipment located downstream of the well head are part of the surface equipment.
The surface equipment can include: well head chokes, risers, flow lines, fittings, and so
on.
In this example the surface equipment will not be modelled.
3.1.2.3.3 Down hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, and so on.
Equipment Measured Internal Roughness in Rate multiplier

type depth in ft diameter in inches
(down to) inches
Xmas Tree (Well0 N/A N/A N/A
Head)
Tubing 4800 2.441 0.0018 1
Casing 5000 6.1 0.0018 1
3.1.2.3.4 Static Geothermal Gradient
The geothermal gradient expresses the rate of increase in temperature per unit depth.
The geothermal gradient is independent of the well flow rate.
When using the rough approximation temperature prediction method, the geothermal
gradient is entered versus measured depth. PROSPER internally converts the
measured depth into true vertical depth. It it is the temperature gradient based upon the
true vertical depth that is used during the calculation.
Measured Depth in ft Static temperature in deg F

0 60
5000 180
The overall heat transfer coefficient is 3 btu/h/ft2/F.
Note: The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction, convection
and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal resistance in the
surroundings of the wellbore.

The default average heat capacities are to be used:
Phase Heat Capacity in btu/lb/F

Oil: 0.53

657 PROSPER
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1
3.1.2.4 Reservoir Input Data

PROSPER has around 20 different inflow models for gas wells. The IPR model
selection depends upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of the particular model
and the data available for the study.
IPR model: Petroleum Experts

Static Reservoir Pressure: 2500 psig
Reservoir Temperature: 180 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Compaction Permeability Reduction model: No
Skin model: Enter skin by hand
Permeability: 25 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness): 80 ft
Drainage Area: 240 acres
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation interval: 60 ft
Time since production: 0.1 days
Reservoir porosity: 0.2
Connate water saturation: 0.2
Non-Darcy Flow Factor: Calculated
Permeability entered: Total permeability
Mechanical skin: +5
Note: The Petroleum Experts' IPR method uses pseudo-pressure. It is transient and
accounts for relative permeability effects. Please consult the online help for more
details.
3.1.2.5 Step by Step

The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing dry gas well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 500 psig
- generate a well performance curve
Examples Guide 658
- generate well VLP for a numerical simulator

3.1.2.5.1 System Options
Here, one simply needs to launch PROSPER if not already done.
Afterwards, simply selects | Options | Options and make the following choices
Fluid: Dry and Wet Gas
Select | Done to complete this step.

3.1.2.5.2 PVT data Input
In order to enter the PVT data, simply select | PVT | Input Data and populate the screen
as shown below:

659 PROSPER
Parameter Value
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S) None

3.1.2.5.3 Saving the file
id data loss in case the computer crashes for instance.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save as ...
Afterwards, simply browse to the place where the file is to be saved.
It is suggested to save the file as *.OUT file.

Examples Guide 660
The rest is self-explanatory.

3.1.2.5.4 System Equipment Description
In order to describe the system equipment (i.e the hardware in and around the well
bore), simply select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.2.5.4.1 Deviation Survey

Here are the data:

0 0
5000 5000

661 PROSPER
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is used.
In order to proceed with this example, select | Done and the next screen labelled
Surface Equipment will follow.

Examples Guide 662
3.1.2.5.4.2 Surface Equipment

This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply needs to
select | Cancel to skip this step:
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left corner of the screen will take the
user to the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.2.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 4800 2.441 0.0018 1

663 PROSPER
Casing 5000 6.1 0.0018 1
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the static
reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description stops at the
top of the perforation. This is also true for a multiple-zone completion because the
pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
Select | Done to proceed to the next screen: the geothermal gradient.

3.1.2.5.4.4 Geothermal gradient
The data available are:

Examples Guide 664

0 60
5000 180
Select | Done to proceed to the average heat capacity screen.
3.1.2.5.4.5 Average Heat Capacities

The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example.

665 PROSPER
Note: The | Default button will reset any user-entered values.
With | Done the entry screen of the Equipment data section can be accessed:
It will next be possible to visualise a sketch of the well bore with | Summary | Draw Down
hole.
3.1.2.5.4.6 Equipment Summary

From the Equipment Data screen, select | Summary and the following table listing the
various hardware components appear:

Examples Guide 666
If one then selects | Draw Down hole, this is the sketch of the well bore that would
appear:

667 PROSPER
Select | Main to exit the screen.

Examples Guide 668
3.1.2.5.4.7 Saving the PROSPER file

Like working with any other computer program, it is good practice to save the file
frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes for instance.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to the question
"Do you want to overwrite this file?"
3.1.2.5.5 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)

For the selection of the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and
make the appropriate choices as follow:
IPR model selection

Compaction Permeability ReductionNo
model:

669 PROSPER
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner of
the screen above:
IPR data entry
Permeability: 25 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 80 ft
thickness) :
Time since production: 0.1 days

Examples Guide 670
Note: Because the Non-Darcy Flow Factor D has been set to "Calculated", PROSPER
will automatically compute the Non-Darcy Flow Factor D. Otherwise, the User needs to
enter it.
From the screen above, select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner of
the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry
Mechanical skin: +5

671 PROSPER
IPR : Generating an IPR plot
Once the IPR data input is completed, it is good practice to create an IPR plot to verify
that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the software will
create and display the following plot:

Examples Guide 672
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.2.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:

673 PROSPER
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:

Examples Guide 674
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline included in the model, the top node pressure is the well head flow pressure.
The parameters water-gas-ratio (WGR) and condensate-gas-ratio (CGR) were entered

earlier on the PVT screen and also on the IPR screen.
However, during the life of a well either of these two parameters may change. Therefore,
this screen allows one to sensitize on WGR and CGR.
When sensitizing on the WGR and /or the CGR, PROSPER will use the new sensitivity
values for the calculations. It will no longer use the WGR and CGR values entered on the
IPR or the PVT screen. The same principle applies to any other sensitivity variables.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.

675 PROSPER
Solution Node: Bottom Node

Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
Here select | Continue | Continue and | Calculate with the following results:
One can read a gas rate of 19.4 MMscf/d as solution rate in the right section of the
screen under | Solution. The corresponding BHFP reads: 2093.9 psig.
If one select | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as follow:

Examples Guide 676
Note: The "E" on the VLP curves indicates that the erosional velocity limit is exceeded
at the corresponding rates.
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to secure all
3.1.2.5.7 Well Performance Curve Generation

A well performance is a plot of flow rate versus well head pressure at a given reservoir
pressure.
Therefore, generating a well performance is simply running sensitivities on the well head
flowing pressure.
In this example, we will vary the well head flowing pressure from a reasonably low well
head pressure to the highest well head pressure to be expected: 50 psig to 2200 psig.
For this, simply select | Calculation | System (IPR + VLP) | 3 Variables | Continue and
here select the sensitivity variable "First Node Pressure":

677 PROSPER
One can manually populate the cells with the desired values or generate them
automatically with | Generate and here one need to enter the first value, the last value,
the number of values and choose the values generation algorithm:

Examples Guide 678
To complete the process, simply select | Generate and then the input cells are
populated accordingly:

679 PROSPER
On can see that on this screen up to 3 variables can be sensitized on simultaneously. It

is generally possible to sensitize on any number of parameters.
With | Continue and then | Calculate, ten (10) set of VLP and IPR are computed.
In order to see the performance curve for a well, select | Sensitivity. Now it is possible to
select variables and plot any of the parameters listed versus the first node pressure (=
well head flowing pressure).

Examples Guide 680
This is the plot of the Bottom Hole Flowing Pressure versus First Node pressure, the
first node being the well head (read the label for the Y-axis).
In order to plot the gas flow rate versus the first node pressure, select | Variables and
then | Gas Rate for the Y axis variable:

681 PROSPER
With | Done, the well performance curve appears as follow:

Examples Guide 682
This completes this section.

Select | Main to return to the main screen of PROSPER.
3.1.2.5.8 Lift Curve generation for other applications
3.1.2.5.8.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.
The most common acronyms are:

- VLP for Vertical Lift Performance
- TPD for Tubing Performance Data
- TPC for Tubing Performance Curves
- VFP for Vertical Flow Performance and so on.
For naturally flowing gas wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Gas rate
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
- Water Gas Ratio (WGR) and
- Condensate Gas Ratio (CGR).
Even though four (4) variables are used, the lift curves for gas wells are conventionally
referred to as 3-Variables VLP. The rate variable is taken for granted as one cannot
calculate pressure drop without flow rate.
The 3 variables for a naturally flowing gas well model are: WHFP, CGR & WGR.
Recommendation:
In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER since lift
curve generation is a key task that PROSPER is designed to perform. However, if a
project involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more efficient approach
would involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and optimisation tool developed by
Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same PROSPER
well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP
- GAP will use PROSPER to generate and save lift curves for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right VLP variables input depending upon the well type selected
in GAP. The variable selection for lift curves can sometimes be delicate because
different simulators use different names for the same quantity (example gas lift injection

683 PROSPER
rate versus. GLR injected).
3.1.2.5.8.2 Steps
In order to generate the VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved. Here
these variables are gas rate, WHFP, CGR and WGR.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, ..) can reasonably interpolate between
them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing are to be
avoided.
In this example, the following values will be used:

Gas Rate: from 0.1 MMscf/d to 30 MMscf/d. The performance curve generated earlier
shows that the well can produce maximum 20 MMscf/d.
WHFP: from 50 psig to 2200 psig; Those values will cover the entire response of the
well as can be seen in the performance curve generated earlier.
WGR: from 0 to 300 stb/MMscf in this example. The right choice of the WGR values
will require more knowledge about the drive mechanisms of the reservoir. For a water-
drive gas reservoir, high WGR will be expected.
CGR: for a dry and wet gas, the CGR is expected to remain constant by definition.
NOTE: The user must consider using the retrograde condensate fluid model if the CGR
is not expected to remain constant throughout. Beside the fully compositional approach,
PROSPER also have a black oil model for retrograde condensate with fully retrograde
behaviour.
In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation, select | Calculation | VLP (Tubing
Curves) | 3 Variables

Examples Guide 684
The next screen shot can be used to enter the range of rates to use:

685 PROSPER
A few notes:
On this screen, the values for top node pressure, water gas ratio and condensate gas
ratio will be overwritten through the sensitivity variables.
The user must ensure that the appropriate VLP correlation is selected. Here, the
Petroleum Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate type gives control to the user over the rates he /she think will
best describe the response of the well.
The user must also ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.

Examples Guide 686
In order to proceed, select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate the
entries as per screen-shot below:
Now one shall select | Continue to proceed.
The lift curve calculation is triggered with | Continue | Calculate.

687 PROSPER
Be patient as this might take a while!
At the end, a message will highlight that the calculation has completed.
It is always a good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.
In this example, simply select | Plot and this is what would appear:

Examples Guide 688
Note: The "T" on the curve indicate that the rate are below the minimum Turner velocity
criteria whereas the "E" indicates that the erosional velocity limit is exceeded.
One can see that the lift curves have the right shape (J -curve) and look smooth.
One can return to the previous screen with | Finish.

In order to export the lift curve, select the button "Export Lift Curve"

689 PROSPER
The following screen will appear where one has to select the format for the host
application:

Examples Guide 690
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and edited
automatically for viewing:

691 PROSPER
Select | File | Exit | Main and this step completes this exercise.
3.1.3 Tutorial 02: Modelling a naturally flowing oil well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T02_SimpleOilWell.OUT

How to set up a PROSPER model for a naturally flowing oil well
How to enter the PVT data
How to enter the IPR data
How to describe the down hole equipment
rate for a given WHFP.
How to generate a well performance curve
How to generate and export lift curves to GAP/MBAL/REVEAL or any third
party software (Eclipse, VIP and so on)

A well is to be drilled to produce oil from an oil reservoir.
provided.
Examples Guide 692
It is required to:
- Estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 250 psig
and so on.)
The basic available PVT data are:
Parameter Value
Oil Gravity: 30 API

- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment
- Down hole equipment
platform, RKB an so on.
The key thing is to describe all the equipment in the well in a manner consistent with
respect to the origin selected.
The well head depth does not have to coincide with the origin of the deviation survey.

0 0
8000 8000
on.
valves, ...

693 PROSPER

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1

measured depth into true vertical depth. It is the temperature gradient based upon the

0 70
8000 200
Here are the default average heat capacities to be used:

Oil: 0.53
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1

PROSPER has more than 20 different inflow models for oil wells. The IPR model

Examples Guide 694
IPR model: Darcy / Enter Skin by hand

Water Cut: 0%
Compaction Permeability No
Reduction model:
Reservoir Thickness (True 100 ft
stratigraphic thickness) :
Well bore radius (Drill bit 0.354 ft
radius):
Mechanical skin: +2

problem:
- Construct a PROSPER model for a producing an oil well
- Use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 250 psig
- Generate a well performance curve
- Generate well VLP for a numerical simulator
Simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.
Otherwise, select | Options | Options and make the following choices
Fluid: Oil and Water

695 PROSPER

In order to enter the PVT data, simply select |PVT|Input Data and populate the screen as
shown below:
Parameter Value
Oil Gravity: 30 API

Examples Guide 696



697 PROSPER

In order to describe the hardware in / around the well bore (this is what the system
equipment is), simply select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All

Examples Guide 698

Here are the data:

0 0
8000 8000

699 PROSPER
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to select
| Cancel to skip this step:

Examples Guide 700
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take the user to
the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
valves, and so on.

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1

701 PROSPER
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because
the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow


0 70
8000 200

Examples Guide 702


703 PROSPER
With | Done the entry screen of the Equipment data section will be accessed:
It will be next possible to visualise a sketch of the well bore.

From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary and this is what would appear:

Examples Guide 704
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that would
appear:

705 PROSPER

frequently in order to avoid data loss in case the computer crashes.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to overwriting the
file.

Examples Guide 706

make the appropriate choices as follows:
IPR model selection
IPR model: Darcy

Water Cut: 0%
model:
Relative Permeability correction: No
To proceed, select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner of the
screen above:
IPR data entry

707 PROSPER
Permeability: 150 mD
thickness) :
From the screen above, select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner
of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
Mechanical skin: +2

Examples Guide 708
Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to verify
that everything make sense. For this, select | Calculate and the software will create and
display the following plot:

709 PROSPER
changes made.
response (VLP).
curve.

Examples Guide 710

711 PROSPER
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well any of these two parameters may change. Therefore,
this screen allows to sensitize on both variables.
When sensitizing on the water cut and / or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified elsewhere.

Examples Guide 712
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
One can read an oil rate of 10 897.5 stb/d as solution rate. The corresponding BHFP
reads: 2641.36 psig.
If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:

713 PROSPER
changes made.

pressure.
Therefore, generating a well performance is simply running sensitivities on the well head
flowing pressure, from a very low well head pressure to the highest possible well
pressure that will shut-in the well.
In this example, we will vary the well head flowing pressure from 50 psig to 1200 psig.
For this, simply select | Calculation | System (IPR VLP) | 3 Variables | Continue and here
select the sensitivity variable "First Node Pressure":

Examples Guide 714
automatically with | Generate and here one need to enter the first value, the last value,
the number of values and the sequencing algorithm:

715 PROSPER
On can see that on this screen up to 3 variables can be sensitized on simultaneously. It

is generally possibly to sensitize on any number of parameters.
With | Continue | Calculate, ten (10) set of VLP and IPR are computed and can be
plotted with | Plot | System Plot:
An alternative way of presenting the results is to plot the solutions flow rate versus the

Examples Guide 716
well head flowing pressure.

For this, select | Finish | Sensitivity and this is the plot that may appear:
first node being the well head.
In order to plot the oil flow rate versus the first node pressure, one simply needs to select
| Variables and then | Oil Rate for the Y axis variable:

717 PROSPER
This is a well performance curve and completes this section.


Examples Guide 718

For naturally flowing oil wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Liquid rate
- Water Cut and
- GOR
Even though in this case, four (4) variables will change, the lift curves are referred to as
3-Variables VLP. The rate variable is taken for granted because one cannot calculate
pressure drop without flow rate.
The VLP 3 variables for a naturally flowing oil well are: WHFP, GOR & Water Cut.
Recommendation:
curves generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform. However, if a project
involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more efficient approach would
involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and optimisation tool developed by
Petroleum Experts.
- GAP will ask for the right VLP variables input depending upon the well type defined by
the user. The variable selection for VLP generation can sometime be delicate because
different simulators use different names for the same quantity (example gas lift injection
rate versus. GLR injected).

719 PROSPER
3.1.3.5.8.2 Steps
In order to generate wells' VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved. Here
these variables are liquid rate, WHFP, GOR and Water Cut.
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, and so on) can reasonably interpolate
between them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing
are to be avoided.

Liquid Rate: from 100 stb/d to 15 000 stb/d. The performance curve generated earlier
shows that the well can produce a maximum of 12 000 stb/d without artificial lift.
WHFP: from 50 psig to 1500 psig; Those values will cover the following situations:
from nearly fully open well to the full shut-in (see performance curve generated earlier).
Water cut: from 0 to 90%.
GOR: From 300 scf/stb to 15000 scf/stb.
In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation , select | Calculation | VLP (Tubing

Examples Guide 720
A few notes:
The values for top node pressure, water cut and GOR will be overwritten through the
The user must ensure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate method give control to the user to enter the rates he /she think
will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.
The user must ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.

721 PROSPER
In order to proceed, simply select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate
the entries as per screen-shot below:
Now one shall select | Continue to proceed.

Examples Guide 722
At the end, a message will highlight that the calculation has completed.
It is always a good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.
In this example, simply select | Plot and this is what would appear:

723 PROSPER
One can see that the lift curves do all have the right shape (J -curve) and look smooth.

In order to export the lift curve, simply select the button "Export Lift Curve"

Examples Guide 724
application (here Eclipse):

725 PROSPER

Examples Guide 726
Select | File | Exit | Main and this completes the exercise.
3.1.4 Tutorial 03: Modelling an oil well with black oil PVT matching
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T03_OilWellPVTMatching.OUT

How to set up a PROSPER model for an oil producing well
How to match calibrate the black oil correlations against actual PVT lab
measurements
party software (Eclipse, VIP, etc)

provided.
727 PROSPER
It is required to:
- Build a PROSPER well model for an oil producing well
- Calibrate the black oil correlations against lab data
- Use the model to estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of
250 psig
etc)
Parameter Value
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Bubble point pressure: 2500 psig at 200 degF
Further PVT data are given in tabular form below at 200 degF:
Pressure in psig Gas Oil Ratio in scf/ Oil FVF in rb/stb Oil Viscosity in
stb centipoises
1500 237 1.138 1.34
2000 324 1.178 1.15
2500 400 1.214 1.01
3000 400 1.207 1.05
4000 400 1.198 1.11

- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment
platform, RKB etc.
The key thing is to describe all the equipment in the well in a manner consistent with the
origin selected.
Examples Guide 728

0 0
8000 8000
on.
valves and so on.

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1

0 70
8000 200

729 PROSPER

Here are the default average heat capacities that will be used:

Oil: 0.53
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1

PROSPER has more than 20 different inflow models for oil wells. The IPR model

Water Cut: 0%
Compaction Permeability Reduction No
model:
thickness) :
Mechanical skin: +2

problem:
- Build a PROSPER well model for an oil producing well
- Calibrate the black oil correlations against lab data
250 psig
etc)

Examples Guide 730

Simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.
Otherwise, select | Options | Options and make the following choices:
Fluid: Oil and Water. All other settings can be left to their defaults options.

as shown below:

731 PROSPER
Parameter Value
Oil Gravity: 30 API
In order to enter the lab measurements at different pressures, select the | Match Data
button and populate the table as follow:

Examples Guide 732
Select | Done to get back to the PVT input screen
PVT regression
Now select |Regression | Match All to kick the non-linear regression algorithm. The
following screen will confirm when the regression is completed.

733 PROSPER
In order to quality-check the regression, select | OK | Parameters and this is what can be
seen:
Please consult the online help to get the details about the regression algorithm.
Ideally, Parameter 1, which is a multiplier, should be close to unity whereas the shift
(Parameter 2) is expected to be around nil.
On the basis of the results obtained here, we will proceed with the combination Glaso /
Petrosky.
For this, select | Done | Done and choose the appropriate black oil correlations as per
screen-shot below:

Examples Guide 734
Select | Done and this complete this step.

To save a file, simply select | File | Save as.

735 PROSPER


Examples Guide 736
Here are the data:

0 0
8000 8000

737 PROSPER
Select | Done and the screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
This model will not include any surface equipment.

Examples Guide 738
valves and so on.

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1

739 PROSPER
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description must stop at
the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because the


0 70
8000 200

Examples Guide 740


741 PROSPER


Examples Guide 742
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:

743 PROSPER

It is recommended to save / overwrite the file at this stage.
To save the file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to overwriting
the file.
To select the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and make the
appropriate choices as follows:
IPR model selection
IPR model: Darcy

Water Cut: 0%
model:

Examples Guide 744
the screen above:
IPR data entry

thickness) :

745 PROSPER
of the screen to enter the mechanical skin:
Mechanical skin: +2

Examples Guide 746
that everything makes sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the software will

747 PROSPER
response (VLP).
curve.
System | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:

Examples Guide 748

749 PROSPER
pressure.
However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this screen
allow the user to sensitize both.

Examples Guide 750
One can read an oil rate of 10 500 stb/d as solution rate. The corresponding BHFP
reads: 2584 psig.
follow:

751 PROSPER

pressure.
Therefore, generating a well performance simply means running sensitivities on the well
head flowing pressure, from a very low well head pressure to the highest possible well
pressure that will shut-in the well.
In this example, we will vary the well head flowing pressure from 50 psig to 1200 psig.
For this, simply select | Calculation | System (IPR VLP) | 3 Variables | Continue and here
select the sensitivity variable "First Node Pressure":

Examples Guide 752
automatically with | Generate. Afterwards, one needs to enter the first value, the last
value, the number of values and the sequencing algorithm:

753 PROSPER
One can see that on this screen up to 3 variables can be sensitized on simultaneously. It
is generally possibly to sensitize on any number of parameters.
With | Continue | Calculate, ten (10) sets of VLP and IPR are computed.
To visualise a plot of the solution rate versus first node pressure, select | Sensitivity.
first node being the well head.

Examples Guide 754
In order to plot the oil flow rate versus the first node pressure, one simply needs to select
| Variables and then | Gas Rate for the Y axis variable:

755 PROSPER
This completes this section.


For naturally flowing oil wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- liquid rate
- Water Cut and

Examples Guide 756
- GOR
Even though in this case, four (4) variables will change, the lift curves are referred to as
3-Variables VLP. The rate variable is taken for granted as one cannot calculate
pressure drop without flow rate.
The 3 VLP variables for a naturally flowing oil well are: WHFP, GOR & Water Cut.
Recommendation:
curve generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform. However, if a project
Petroleum Experts.
- GAP uses PROSPER to generate and save lift curve for any number of wells in batch-
mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right VLP variables input depending upon the well type. The
variable selection for lift curves can sometimes be delicate because different simulators
use different names for the same quantity (example gas lift injection rate versus. GLR
injected).
3.1.4.5.8.2 Steps
these variables are liquid rate, WHFP, GOR and Water Cut.
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, etc) can reasonably interpolate between
avoided.

Liquid Rate: from 100 stb/d to 15 000 stb/d. The performance curve generated earlier
shows that the well can produce a maximum of 12 000 stb/d without artificial lift.
WHFP: from 50 psig to 1500 psig; Those values will cover the following situations:
from nearly fully open well to the full shut-in (see performance curve generated earlier).
Water cut: from 0 to 100%.
GOR: From 300 scf/stb to 15000 scf/stb.

757 PROSPER

Examples Guide 758
A few notes:
The values for top node pressure, water cut and GOR will be overwritten through the
One should make sure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum
The "User Selected" rate method gives control to the user to enter the rates he /she
think will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.
One should also ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.

759 PROSPER
In order to proceed, simply select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate
the entries as per screen-shot below:
Now simply select | Continue to proceed.
The lift curve calculation is triggered with | Calculate.

Examples Guide 760
At the end, a message will confirm that the calculation has completed.
It is always a good practice to plot and visualise the lift curves before exporting them.
In this example, simply select | Plot and this is what appears:

761 PROSPER
One can see that the lift curves do all have the right shape (J -curve) and look smooth.

In order to export the lift curve, simply select the button "Export Lift Curve".

Examples Guide 762
application (here Eclipse):

763 PROSPER
Select | File | Exit | Main and this completes the exercise.
3.1.5 Tutorial 04: Modelling an horizontal oil well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T04_HorizontalOilWell.out

How to set up a PROSPER model for a horizontal oil well
How to enter basic black oil PVT data
rate for a given WHFP of 250 psig.

Examples Guide 764

party software (Eclipse, VIP, an so on)

A horizontal well is to be drilled to produce oil.
provided.
It is required to:
- Estimate the initial oil rate against a well head flowing pressure of 250 psig
- Perform sensitivity runs on the horizontal well length for 500 ft, 1000 ft, 1500 ft, 2000 ft,
2500 ft and 3000 ft.
- Sensitize simultaneously on water cut of 0 %. 10%, 20%, 30%, 40% and 50%.
Parameter Value
Oil Gravity: 30 API
stb centipoises
1500 237 1.138 1.34
2000 324 1.178 1.15
2500 400 1.214 1.01
3000 400 1.207 1.05
4000 400 1.198 1.11

- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment
765 PROSPER

platform, RKB and so on.
origin selected.

0 0
8050 8050
10050 8050
on.
valves, and so on.

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8050 8.3 0.0018 1


Examples Guide 766

0 70
8050 200
10050 200
Note:The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that captures
the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction, convection and
radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal resistance in the

Here are the default average heat capacities that will be used:

Oil: 0.53
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1

Here are the data describing the inflow performance relationship for the well:
IPR model: Horizontal Well - No Flow Boundary

Water Cut: 0%
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) 100 ft
:
Well bore radius: 0.354 ft
Horizontal Anisotropy: 1 (fraction)
Vertical anisotropy: 0.1 (fraction)
Producing length: 2000 ft
Reservoir Length: 5000 ft
Reservoir width: 5000 ft
Distance along length edge to centre of well: 2500 ft

767 PROSPER

Distance from bottom to centre of well: 50 ft
Mechanical skin: +5

problem:
- Construct a PROSPER model for a horizontal oil well
- Perform sensitivity on well producing length and water cut
Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.
Afterwards, select | Options | Options and make the following choices
Fluid: Oil and Water. All other settings can be left to their defaults values.

Examples Guide 768

as shown below:
Parameter Value
Oil Gravity: 30 API

769 PROSPER
Now select | Match Data to enter the lab data given in the table below:
Reference temperature: 200 degF
stb centipoises
1500 237 1.138 1.34
2000 324 1.178 1.15
2500 400 1.214 1.01
3000 400 1.207 1.05
4000 400 1.198 1.11
In order to enter the PVT lab data, select | Match Data and populate the screen as
follow:

Examples Guide 770
PVT regression
Afterwards, select | Done and then | Regression | Match All.
This will start the non-linear regression algorithm. The following screen will confirm when
the regression is completed.

771 PROSPER
In order to quality-check the regression, select | OK | Parameters and this is what can be
seen:
In essence the regression algorithm uses a multiplier (Parameter 1) and a shift

(Parameter 2).
Ideally, Parameter 1 should be close to unity whereas the shift (Parameter 2) is
expected to be around nil.
On the basis of the results obtained here, we will proceed with the combination Glaso /
Petrosky.
For this, select | Done | Done and choose the appropriate black oil correlations as per
screen-shot below:

Examples Guide 772
Select | Done and this completes this step.



773 PROSPER

Here are the data:

0 0
8050 8050
10050 8050

Examples Guide 774
For this, use the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen.

775 PROSPER
Make sure that the Choke Method is set to ELF (see bottom left corner of screen). The
selected choke model is used to compute pressure across surface chokes and eventual
down hole restrictions.
For validation purposes only, one should enter a temperature of surroundings of 70
degF and an overall heat transfer coefficient of 8 Btu/h/ft2/F. Note that in this example,
the temperature of surroundings and the overall heat transfer coefficient entered will not
affect the results because there is no pipeline in the model.
valves and so on.

(down to) inches

Examples Guide 776
Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8050 8.3 0.0018 1
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description will stop at
pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate inflow


777 PROSPER

0 70
8050 200

Examples Guide 778

The default average heat capacity values will be used for this example


779 PROSPER

Examples Guide 780

It is recommended to save / overwrite the file at this stage.
To save the file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to overwriting
the file.

To select the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and make the
IPR model selection
IPR model: Horizontal Well - No Flow Boundary

Water Cut: 0%
model:

781 PROSPER

To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above:
IPR data entry
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) 100 ft
:
Horizontal Anisotropy: 1 (fraction)
Vertical anisotropy: 0.1 (fraction)
Producing length: 2000 ft
Reservoir Length: 5000 ft
Reservoir width: 5000 ft

Examples Guide 782

Distance from bottom to centre of well: 50 ft
of the screen to enter the mechanical skin:
Mechanical skin: +5

783 PROSPER
that everything makes sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the software will

Examples Guide 784
changes made.
3.1.5.5.6 Sensitivity on well length and water cut
response (VLP).
curve.

785 PROSPER

Examples Guide 786
pressure.
However, during the life of a well any of these either parameter may change. Therefore,
this screen allow the user to sensitize with the GOR and water cut.

787 PROSPER
One can proceed with | Continue and then select the sensitivity variables well length
and water cut as follow:

Examples Guide 788
After entering the values for well length and water cut, select | Continue | Calculate and |
Plot | System Plot to visualise the IPR + VLP plots:
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen . This completes this exercise.
3.1.6 Tutorial 05: Modelling a multilateral Dry Gas Producer

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T05_MultilateralGasWell.Out
A multilateral well is a well that has more than one lateral going out of the bore hole and
connecting the well with the one or multiple reservoirs.
Objectives of multilaterals are either to produce a larger drainage area than a single
mono-bore or to access multiple reservoirs from a single mother bore.

How to set-up a multilateral well model in PROSPER
How to use the model to predict the gas production rate from the well against
a well head pressure of 200 psig.
Determine the contribution of each lateral.
Determine the pressure drop in each lateral.
789 PROSPER

It is intended to drill a multilateral gas well with 2 laterals draining the same gas
reservoir as shown in the screen shot below:
It is intended to build a PROSPER well model for the well.

Once the well model is constructed, it will be used to predict the flow rate when the well
head pressure is 200 psig.
Note that PROSPER can also model a configuration where each lateral penetrates
different multiple reservoirs.
The information in the next table describes the PVT properties of the fluid.
Reservoir Fluid : Dry and Wet Gas

Gas Gravity : 0.63 (sp. gravity)
Separator Pressure : 500 (psig)
Condensate To Gas Ratio 0 (STB/MMscf)
:
Condensate Gravity : 50 (API)
Water To Gas Ratio : 2 (STB/MMscf)
Water Salinity : 100000 (ppm)
Mole Percent H2S : 0 (percent)
Mole Percent C02 : 0.15 (percent)
Mole Percent N2 : 3.6 (percent)
Gas Viscosity CorrelationLee et al
:
The following lab measurements are also available:

Examples Guide 790
PVT lab data at a reference temperature of 65 degF:
Pressure Z Factor Gas viscosity Gas FVF

[psig] - [cP] [ft3/scf]
100 0.9815 0.0109 0.1271
225 0.9613 0.01109 0.0595
350 0.9412 0.01127 0.0383
475 0.9213 0.01147 0.0279
600 0.9017 0.01171 0.0218

- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment
platform, mean sea level, RKB and so on.
origin selected.
Measured True Vertical

Depth Depth
(feet) (feet)
0 0
900 900
1068 1062.3
1188 1164.1
1285 1237.7
1360 1288.8
1516 1374.1
1578 1398.4
The deviation survey here must stops at the tie-point: the node that links the tubing to the
down hole network of the laterals.
This deviation will affect the pressure drop of the commingled flow that arrives at
surface. The contribution of each lateral and its impact of pressure drop down hole will
be accounted by the multilateral IPR model.

791 PROSPER

The surface equipment can include well head chokes, risers, flow lines, fittings, and so
on.
valves, and so on.
Consistent with the deviation survey, this section will describe all equipment between
the well head and the tie-point.
Equipment Type Measured Depth in ft Tubing Internal Diameter in inches

Xmas Tree 0 N/A
Tubing 260 6
SSSV N/A 4.5
Tubing 1577 6

measured depth into true vertical depth and it is the temperature gradient based upon
the true vertical depth that is used during the calculation.
Formation measured Depth in ft Formation Temperature in degF

0 40
1578 62

Here the default average heat capacities will be used:

Oil: 0.53

Examples Guide 792
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1
3.1.6.4 Multilateral IPR Data
Available data from the Tie point to the reservoir:
Tie point data
Measured Depth 1577 (feet)

True Vertical Depth 1398.4 (feet)
For the equipment T1, i.e. the pipe between Tie Point Data to Joint 1:
Deviation survey:
Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft Azimuth in degrees

1577 1398.4 0
1650 1424.3 230.6
Equipment data:
Equipment Type Measured Depth Inside Diameter Inside Roughness

(feet) (inches) (inches)
Tubing 1650 7 0.0006
Joint data
Measured Depth: 1650 (feet)

True Vertical Depth: 1424.3 (feet)
Lateral 1 data
Lateral 1 deviation survey:
Measured Depth in ft True Vertical Depth Azimuth in degrees

in ft
1650 1424.3 230.6
1701 1437 243
1840 1449.3 264.9
1940 1450.9 269.8

793 PROSPER
Lateral 1 equipment data:
Equipment Measured Depth in ft Tubing ID in inches Tubing Roughness in

Type inches
Tubing 1900 3.5 0.0006
Lateral 1 perforation data:
Perforation Perforation Perforation Perforation Local (Mechanical) Non-Darcy

Interval (MD) Interval (MD) Interval Interval Skin Value Flow Factor
Start in ft End in ft (TVD) Start (TVD) End
in ft in ft
1650 1900 1424.3 1450.3 0 2.80E-10
Lateral 2 data
Lateral 2 deviation survey:
Measured True Vertical Azimuth in

Depth in ft Depth in ft degrees
1650 1424.3 230.6
1710 1430.1 231.3
1784 1432.7 239.2
1908 1432.2 257.6
2024 1438.5 267.1
2155 1447.9 256.6
2290 1445.8 248.1
2395 1449.8 238.8
2436 1449.9 235
2483 1449.8 231
Lateral 2 equipment data:
Tubing Tubing
Equipment Measured Inside Inside
Type Depth Diameter Roughness
(feet) (inches) (inches)
Tubing 2483 4 0.0006
Lateral 2 perforation data:

Examples Guide 794
Perforation Perforation Local Non-Darcy

Interval (MD) Interval (MD) Perforation Perforation (Mechanic Flow Factor)
Start in ft End in ft Interval Interval al) Skin
(TVD) Start (TVD) End Value
in ft in ft
1670 2483 1426.23 1449.8 0 2.80E-10
Reservoir data
Reservoir model: Petroleum Experts
PVT data:
Reservoir Pressure 557 (psig)

Reservoir Temperature 65 (deg F)
Condensate Gravity 45 (API)
Reservoir Gas Gravity 0.63 (sp. gravity)
Reservoir Water Salinity 10000 (ppm)
Water Gas Ratio 2 (STB/MMscf)
Condensate Gas Ratio 0 (STB/MMscf)
Petrophysical parameters:
Reservoir Permeability 244 (md)

Reservoir Thickness 50 (feet)
Drainage Area 500 (acres)
Reservoir Top Depth (TVD) 1400 (feet)
Reservoir Vertical Permeability 25 (md)
Reservoir Porosity 0.28 (fraction)
Connate Water Saturation 0.25 (fraction)

problem:
Set-up a multilateral well model for a dry gas producer in PROSPER

Use the model to predict the gas production rate from the well against a well head
pressure of 200 psig.
Determine the contribution of each lateral.
Determine the pressure drop in each lateral.

Select | Options | Options and make the following choices

795 PROSPER

Inflow Type: Multilateral Well

The information in the next table describes the PVT properties of the fluid.
Reservoir Fluid : Dry and Wet Gas

Gas Gravity (air=1) : 0.63
Separator Pressure in psig: 200
Condensate To Gas Ratio in stb/MMscf: 0
Condensate Gravity in API: 50
Water To Gas Ratio in stb/MMscf: 2

Examples Guide 796
Water Salinity in ppm: 100000

Mole Percent H2S in mole percent: 0
Mole Percent C02 in mole percent: 0.15
Mole Percent N2 in mole percent: 3.6
Gas Viscosity Correlation : Lee et al
The following lab measurements are also available for PVT calibration at a reference
temperature of 65 degF:
Pressure Z Factor Gas viscosity Gas FVF

[psig] - [cP] [ft3/scf]
100 0.9815 0.0109 0.1271
225 0.9613 0.01109 0.0595
350 0.9412 0.01127 0.0383
475 0.9213 0.01147 0.0279
600 0.9017 0.01171 0.0218
Select | Input Data and then enter the fluid parameters at stock tank conditions:
In order to enter the lab data, select | Match Data and populate the table with the data
provided:

797 PROSPER
Here select | Done and then | Regression | Match all and the | Parameters to see the
dialog below:
.

Examples Guide 798
For all PVT data, the parameter 1 is close to unity and the parameter 2 practically zero.
This indicates that the PVT data are of good quality and will be used for for this model.
The Lee et al Viscosity model requires the least correction and will therefore be
selected.
Note that a green message is being flashed to remind the use that the PVT data has
been matched.
Select | Done | Main to complete this.

frequently in order to avoid data loss if for example the computer crashes.


799 PROSPER

In order to describe system equipment (ie. the the hardware in and around the well

Examples Guide 800
Here are the data:
Measured True Vertical

Depth Depth
(feet) (feet)
0 0
900 900
1068 1062.3
1188 1164.1
1285 1237.7
1360 1288.8
1516 1374.1
1578 1398.4
With | Edit, one shall populate the deviation survey screen as follow:

801 PROSPER

Examples Guide 802
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left corner of the screen will take the
valves, and so on.
Equipment type Measured Depth in ft Tubing Inside Diameter in inches

Xmas Tree 0
Tubing 260 6
SSSV N/A 4.5
Tubing 1577 6

803 PROSPER

Formation Measured Depth in ft Formation in degF

0 40
1578 62

Examples Guide 804

With | Done the entry screen of the Equipment data section will be accessed.
Summary | Draw Down Hole and this is the sketch of the well bore that would appear:

805 PROSPER

Examples Guide 806

frequently in order to avoid possible data loss.
To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to the question
"Do you want to overwrite this file?"
3.1.6.5.5 Multilateral IPR Input section
Drawing the model
To access the interface where to describe the multilateral IPR, select | System I Inflow
Performance.
The IPR interface consist in a Network section where we can draw the situation of the
example using the short cut icons.
From left to right, the icons represent:

- Tie-Point: this is the depth at which the combined IPR is computed.
- Junction: this is a node from where a lateral can branch out.
- Completion: this describes the details of the perforation and
- Reservoir: contains the pertinent reservoir data like pressure, permeability, Dietz-
shape factor and so on.
Select the first short cut icon starting from left, or click on the drop down menu and
select "Add Tie-point" as shown in the next screen shot.

807 PROSPER
Click anywhere in the blank screen to add a Tie point and give it the label "Tie point".
Right clicking on the Tie point red square allows the user to change the label and delete

Examples Guide 808
the icon.
The next short cut icon (Going from left to right) is the Add Junction.
Select Add Junction and click somewhere else in the screen to add the junction, label it
"Joint".
Then select the Add Completion next to the "Add Junction" and click in the screen to
add a completion, label it "Lateral 1".
Click somewhere else in the screen to add a second completion, named it "Lateral 2".
Then select Add Reservoir from the drop down menu and click on the screen to add a
Reservoir icon.Label it "Reservoir"
One should have a schematic similar to the next screen shot.
From the drop down menu, the user may select the command "Move" and then select
any object to move it around.
The next step is to connect the different objects together, so we can select the
command "Add Link" from the drop down menu.
Then click on the Tie point and drag it to the Joint, this will create a connection between
them.

809 PROSPER
Repeat the process of linking the following items:
Joint to Lateral 1
Lateral 1 to Reservoir
Joint to Lateral 2
Lateral 2 to Reservoir
Entering the data
Tie point: Measured Depth = 1577 ft and True vertical Depth = 1398.4 ft
At this stage we need to start entering the data for the different sections.
Double click on the Tie point added icon to access the input panel.
Enter the depths of the Tie point as shown in the next snap shot.

Examples Guide 810
Click Done to exit this section and keep the changes.
Casing from Tie point to Joint
Double click on the next element called "T1" which is a piece of casing going from the
Tie point to the joint where the laterals are separated.

811 PROSPER
Select the Input Data tab to access the deviation survey input screen and the
equipment tabs:
Deviation survey tab:

Examples Guide 812
Equipment Tab:
Once the two tabs are completed click on Done.
Joint
Double click on the Joint icon.
In this section the data has been transferred automatically from the deepest point of the
previous element.
On the right hand side we can see a that the elements that need to be completed are
marked with a red x.

813 PROSPER
Click Done.
Lateral 1
Double click on lateral 1 to access the input panel of the completion element.
Enter the well-bore radius and Dietz shape factor as shown below.
Click Input Data.

Examples Guide 814
Select the Input Data tab at the top right corner of the screen to proceed.
In the Input data section there are 3 tabs to complete (Deviation, Equipment, Perforation
Details).
The 3 sections are shown below in the following screen shots:
Deviation:

815 PROSPER
Equipment:

Examples Guide 816
Perforation Details:
Click Done to exit and save the changes in this section.
Lateral 2:
Double click on the lateral 2 to start entering the information for this icon.
Enter the well-bore radius and Dietz shape factor, then click Input data to move to the
next section.

817 PROSPER
In the Input Data section there are 3 tabs to enter the data:
Lateral 2 Deviation:

Examples Guide 818
Lateral 2 Equipment:

819 PROSPER
Lateral 2 Perforations:
Click Done to exit and save the results.
Reservoir
Double click on the blue reservoir icon to enter the data for the reservoir.
Select the Petroleum Experts Reservoir model on the left hand side, enter the PVT
data for the reservoir and click on Input Data.

Examples Guide 820
In the Input Data section enter the reservoir parameters as shown in the next snapshot.
Select | Done to exit this screen.

821 PROSPER
Before proceeding, it is recommended to check the inputs by visualizing the sketch of

the multilateral network.
For this, select | Visualise | All and the following sketches appear:
| Analyse | Calculate to generate a composite IPR for both laterals:
Select Curve as calculation option.

Examples Guide 822
The calculation is triggered by selecting the "Calculate" button.
At the end of the calculation, the following IPR plot is displayed:

823 PROSPER
Note: The IPR plot obtained is referenced at the Tie point and it considers the
pressure drop across the down hole network of casings, tubings and chokes if
the finite conductivity switch is activated. In other words, the IPR curve
represents the relationship between the gas flow rate and the Tie Point
Pressure.
The IPR plot curve is calculated for 20 values of pressure with the corresponding 20
values of rate.
In this IPR plot we can see that at very high flow rates (close to the AOF) the IPR curve
goes backwards.
The reason for this behavior can be explained by the fact that at low Tie Point
Pressures, the expansion of the gas in the wellbore causes high gas velocities that, on
their turn, produce high pressure drops along the well. The higher pressure drops cause
a reduction in the production itself, therefore the "knee" in the curve.
Usually this behaviour will not affect the performance of the well as the intersection of the
VLP/IPR is rarely close to the AOF.
Click Finish in the Plot.
Click | Done | Finish and | Done to go the main section of PROSPER.

Examples Guide 824
3.1.6.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate and inspecting the detailled results
response (VLP).
curve.
System (Ipr +Vlp) | 3 Variables.

825 PROSPER
The top node pressure is the downstream pressure of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline included in this model, the top node pressure is the well head flow pressure.
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and | Calculate with the following results:
One can read a gas rate around 56 MMscf/d.
If one select | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as follow:

Examples Guide 826
Select | Finish to return to the previous screen:

827 PROSPER
Now select | Solution details | Inflow Layer details. Here the rate and pressure
distribution along each lateral is displayed:

Examples Guide 828
One can plot them with | Plot and select the variables of interest with | Variables.

829 PROSPER
With | Done, the following plot is generated:

Examples Guide 830
The plot above shows pressure and rate distribution versus depth for both laterals.
3.1.7 Tutorial 07: Modelling a slanted oil well
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T07_SlantedOilWell.Out

How to set up a PROSPER model for a slanted oil well
How to enter basic black oil PVT data

A slanted well is to be drilled to produce oil.
provided.
It is required to:
- Set-up a PROSPER well model for a slanted/ deviated oil well.
- Estimate the initial oil rate against a well head flowing pressure of 250 psig

831 PROSPER
Parameter Value
Oil Gravity: 30 API
- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment
with the origin selected.

0 0
2000 2000
5000 4500
9500 8000

on.
valves, ...

Examples Guide 832

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 9000 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 9500 8.3 0.0018 1


0 70
9500 200

Here the default average heat capacities that will be used:

Oil: 0.53
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1

833 PROSPER
IPR model: Darcy / Wong-Clifford*

Water Cut: 0%
Skin model: Enter skin by hand / Wong-
Clifford
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) : 100 ft
Dietz Shape Factor: 31.6
Formation vertical Formation Anisotropy: 0.1 (fraction)
Local Vertical anisotropy: 0.1 (fraction)
Horizontal length to reservoir edge: 2150 ft
Vertical Depth To Top Of Reservoir (starting from origin 8000 ft
of deviation survey):
Perforation interval in measured depth: 9500 ft - 9800 ft
Perforation depth in true vertical depth: 8000 ft - 8100 ft
Mechanical skin: +5
This example uses the Wong-Clifford deviation and partial penetration skin model.
Alternative models for slanted wells exist in PROSPER: the multilateral Inflow model
developed by Petroleum Experts and the Cinco-Ley model, available in combination
with the Karakas & Tariq skin model.
problem:
- Construct a PROSPER model for a slanted oil producing well

Here, select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.Then select | Options |
Options and make the following choices

Examples Guide 834

shown below:

835 PROSPER
Parameter Value
Oil Gravity: 30 API

frequently in order to avoid data loss if, for example, the computer crashes.
To save a file, select | File | Save as ...
Afterwards, browse to the place where the file is to be saved.

Examples Guide 836

In order to describe the system equipment (i.e. the hardware in and around the well
bore), select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All

Here are the data available for this exercise:

0 0
2000 2000
5000 4500
9500 8000

837 PROSPER
Examples Guide 838

valves, ...

(down to) inches
Head)

839 PROSPER
Tubing 9000 3.992 0.0018 1

Casing 9500 8.3 0.0018 1
It is recommended to use the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description must stop at


Examples Guide 840

0 70
9500 200

841 PROSPER


Summary and this appears:

Examples Guide 842

843 PROSPER

IPR model selection
IPR model: Darcy / Wong-Clifford*

Water Cut: 0%
Clifford

Examples Guide 844
above:
IPR data entry

Clifford

845 PROSPER
From the screen above, one can select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry and here one MUST enable the Wong-Clifford model!
Mechanical skin: +5

Examples Guide 846
Now select the Dev/PP Skin tab at the bottom of the screen to enter the data pertinent
to the Wong-Clifford model.
Wong-Clifford parameters for deviation and partial penetration skin

Dietz shape Factor: 31.6
Formation vertical Formation Anisotropy: 0.1 (fraction)
Local Vertical anisotropy: 0.1 (fraction)
Horizontal length to reservoir edge: 2150 ft
Vertical Depth To Top Of Reservoir (starting from origin 8000 ft
of deviation survey):
Perforation interval in measured depth: 9500 ft - 9800 ft
Perforation depth in true vertical depth: 8000 ft - 8100 ft
Mechanical skin: +5

847 PROSPER
This means that over a true vertical net distance of 100 ft, the perforated net interval
along hole is 300 ft long.

Examples Guide 848
One can see that the deviation skin counter-balances the mechanical skin. In the end, an
overall skin of less than 2 was achieved.
response (VLP).
curve.

849 PROSPER

Examples Guide 850
pressure.
allows the user to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut and /or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.

851 PROSPER
follows:

Examples Guide 852
changes made.
This completes this exercise.
3.1.8 Tutorial 08: Modelling a gas well with connected pipeline
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T08_GasWellwithSurfacePipeline.OUT

How to connect a surface pipe to a PROSPER well model
In Tutorial 1, we have build a PROSPER model for a dry and wet gas well. The
PROSPER file that corresponds to this tutorial is Tutorial_01.OUT.
It is required to:
- Connect a 5000 ft long pipeline (ID = 6 inches) to the well only model created in
tutorial 1.
- Predict the flow rate if the pressure at the manifold is 350 psig.

853 PROSPER
3.1.8.2 Input Data

In Tutorial 1, we have build a PROSPER model for a dry an wet gas well. The
PROSPER file that corresponds to this tutorial is Tutorial_01.OUT.
It is strongly suggested to work trough the tutorial 1 first in order to gain familiarity with
the software.
Users already familiar with the software can simply recall the file "Tutorial_01.OUT"
and proceed with the current tutorial.
The pipeline data are:
Equipment Length in ft TVD in ft ID in inches Roughness in

inches
Manifold N/A 0 N/A N/A
Pipeline 5000 0 6 0.0018
The surroundings of the surface pipeline are described with the following data:
Temperature of the surroundings: 60 degF

Overall Heat transfer coefficient at surface: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.
problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing an oil well with surface pipeline included.
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a manifold pressure of
350 psig
Step 1: Recall the file "Tutorial_01.OUT" and save it under a new name.
Step 2: Describe the pipeline
For this, select | System | Equipment | Surface Equipment and make the following
changes:
Equipment Length in ft TVD in ft ID in inches Roughness in

inches
Manifold N/A 0 N/A N/A
Pipeline 5000 0 6 0.0018

Examples Guide 854
Temperature of the surroundings: 60 degF

Overall Heat transfer coefficient at surface: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F
Select | Done | Done to complete this.
Step 3: Select | Calculation | System | 3 Variables and make the following entries:

855 PROSPER
Select | Continue | Continue | Calculate and this is what will be seen:

Examples Guide 856
One can read that the well would produce around 20 MMscf/d at a well head pressure of
395 psig.
In order to visualise the system plot, select | Plot | System Plot and this is the plot that is
generated:

857 PROSPER
Select | Main and this completes this exercise.
3.1.9 Tutorial 09: Modelling a water injection well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T09_WaterInjectionWell.OUT

How to set up a PROSPER model for a water injector
How to perform a system calculation (VLP + IPR) to estimate the well
injection flow rate for a given WHFP.
party software (Eclipse, VIP, and so on)

A well is to be drilled to inject water into a reservoir.
provided.

Examples Guide 858
It is required to:
- Estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 1000 psig
and so on.)
Parameter Value
Water temperature at the well head: 60 degF

- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment
The key thing is to describe all the equipment in the well in a consistent manner with
The well head depths does not have to coincide with the origin of the deviation survey.

0 0
8000 8000
on.
valves and so on.

859 PROSPER

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1

true vertical depth that is used during all the calculations.

0 70
8000 200


Oil: 0.53
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1

Examples Guide 860

PROSPER has around 20 different inflow models for injection wells. The IPR model
and the data available.

Water Cut: 100 %
Reduction model:
Well bore radius (Drill bit 0.354 ft
radius):
Mechanical skin: +2

problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a water injection well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the water injection rate with an injection
pressure of 1000 psig at the well head.

Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open, then select |
Options | Options and make the following choices
Well type: Water Injector - NOT simply Injector.

861 PROSPER

In order to enter the PVT data, select | PVT | Input Data and populate the screen as
shown below:
Parameter Value

Examples Guide 862

frequently in order to avoid data loss in case for example the computer crashes.

Afterwards, browse to the place where the file is to be saved.

The first step is to enter the injected fluid temperature of 60 degF at surface as shown in
the screen shot below.

863 PROSPER
In order to describe system equipment, select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All.

Here are the data to enter:

0 0
8000 8000

Examples Guide 864
865 PROSPER
Ensure that the ELF choke model is selected at the bottom left corner of the screen.
Now select the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen and this will take the
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, sub-surface safety
valves, and so on.

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1

Examples Guide 866
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description must
any pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate
Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).

Formation Measured Depth in ft Formation (Static) Temperature in deg

F
0 70

867 PROSPER
8000 200

Examples Guide 868

It is now possible to visualise a sketch of the well bore with | Summary | Draw Down
hole.

Summary to show the following:

869 PROSPER
If one then selects | Draw Downhole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:

Examples Guide 870

For the selection of the IPR model, select | System | Inflow Performance and make the
IPR model selection
IPR model: Darcy

(Static) Reservoir Pressure: 4000 psig
Water Cut: 100 %
Total GOR [NOT USED HERE - NEEDED 400 scf/stb
FOR VALIDATION ONLY]:
model:

871 PROSPER
above:
IPR data entry
thickness) :

Examples Guide 872
From the screen above, one can select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
Mechanical skin: +2

873 PROSPER

Examples Guide 874
Note that the concept of AOF (Absolute Open Flow potential) does not apply to an
injection well. The value displayed is simply the highest rate at which the IPR pressure
was calculated.
3.1.9.5.6 Estimation of the well injection flow rate
response (VLP).
curve.

875 PROSPER

Examples Guide 876
For an injection well, the top node pressure is the pressure upstream of the system.
Since here there is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the
well head flow pressure.
Rate Method: Automatic - Geometric
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate.

877 PROSPER
The well will inject around 10 000 stb of water per day with an an expected bottom hole
flowing pressure of 4325 psig.
Afterwards, select | Plot | System Plot to visualise the system plot:

Examples Guide 878
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen


For water injection wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Liquid rate and
Recommendation:

879 PROSPER
Petroleum Experts.
well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP.
- GAP will ask for the right input variables depending upon the well type. The input
variable selection for lift curves can sometime be delicate because different simulators
use different names for the same quantity, for example some lift tables formats require
the variable gas lift injection rate but other lift tables formats require the variable Gas
Liquid Ration injected instead.
3.1.9.5.7.2 Steps
these variables are liquid rates and WHFP.
avoided.

Liquid Rate: from 500 stb/d to 50 000 stb/d.
WHFP: from 500 psig to 5000 psig.

Examples Guide 880
The next screen shot can be used to generate the range of rates to use. Use the |
Generate button to automate the data entry:
The following rates values are generated wit | Done.

881 PROSPER
A few notes:
The values for top node pressure will be overwritten through the sensitivity variables.
One shall make sure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum
One shall ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.

Examples Guide 882
Now select | Continue to proceed.

883 PROSPER
Be patient. This might take a while!
It is always good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.
In this example, select | Plot to see the following:

Examples Guide 884
One can see that the lift curves all have the right shape and are smooth.

In order to export the lift curve,select the button "Export Lift Curve"

885 PROSPER
The following screen appears where one has to select the format for the host application
(in this case Schlumberger - Eclipse):

Examples Guide 886
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and loaded
Select | File | Exit | Main to complete the exercise.
3.1.10 Tutorial 10: Modelling a gas injection well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T10_GasInjectionWell.OUT

How to set up a PROSPER model for a gas injection well

887 PROSPER

party software (Eclipse, VIP, and so on.)
3.1.10.1Statement Of The Problem

An well is to be drilled to inject gas into a reservoir.
provided.
It is required to:
- estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 2500 psig
- generate a well performance curve (Rate vs. well head flowing pressure)
- generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP, ...)
3.1.10.2PVT Input Data

Parameter Value
Gas gravity: 0.6 (Air = 1)
Condensate Gravity: 50 API
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): 0%
Injection gas temperature at the well head: 60 degF
3.1.10.3System Equipment Input Data

- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment

Examples Guide 888
respect the origin selected.


0 0
8000 8000
on.
valves, ...

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1

0 70
8000 200
The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that captures
Note:

889 PROSPER



Oil: 0.53
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1
3.1.10.4Reservoir Input Data

PROSPER has around 20 different inflow models for gas wells. The IPR model
IPR model: Petroleum Experts / Enter

Skin by hand
Condensate Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Time since Production started: 10 days
Reservoir porosity: 25%
Connate water saturation: 20%
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D): Calculated
Permeability entered: Total Permeability
Mechanical skin: +5

Examples Guide 890
3.1.10.5Step by Step
problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing water injection well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the water injection with an injection

Otherwise, simply select |Options|Options and make the following choices
Well type: Injector

891 PROSPER

as shown below:
Parameter Value



Examples Guide 892


Here are the data:

0 0
8000 8000

893 PROSPER

Examples Guide 894
valves, ...

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1

895 PROSPER


0 70
8000 200

Examples Guide 896


897 PROSPER
hole.
Summary.
Afterwards, one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that
would appear:


Examples Guide 898
IPR model selection
IPR model: Petroleum Experts / Enter

Skin by hand
the screen above:
IPR data entry


899 PROSPER

Time since Production started: 10 days
Reservoir porosity: 25%
Connate water saturation: 20%
Permeability entered: Total Permeability
Mechanical skin: +5

Examples Guide 900

901 PROSPER
Note that the concept of AOF does not apply to an injection well. The values displayed
corresponds to the highest rate for which the IPR pressure was computed.
response (VLP).
curve.
System as per screen-shot below:

Examples Guide 902

903 PROSPER
pressure.
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate. Afterwards, select | Plot to
visualise the system plot:

Examples Guide 904
The well can inject around 70 MMscf/d.
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen. This completes this exercise.
3.1.10.5.7 Lift Curve generation for gas injectors

For water injection wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Liquid rate and
Recommendation:

905 PROSPER
Petroleum Experts.
well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP.
- GAP will ask for the right input variables depending upon the well type. The input
variable selection for lift curves can sometime be delicate because different simulators
use different names for the same quantity. For example some lift tables formats require
the variable gas lift injection rate but other lift tables formats require the variable Gas
Liquid Ration injected instead.
3.1.10.5.7.2 Steps
these variables are liquid rates and WHFP.
avoided.

Gas Rates: from 5 MMscf/d to 150 stb/d.
WHFP: from 1500 psig to 6000 psig.

Examples Guide 906
The next screen shot can be used to generate the range of rates to use. Use the |
Generate button to automate the data entry:
The following rates values are generated wit | Done.

907 PROSPER
A few notes:
The values for top node pressure will be overwritten through the sensitivity variables.
The user must make sure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum

Examples Guide 908
The user must ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.

909 PROSPER
Now select | Continue to proceed.

Examples Guide 910
Be patient. This might take a while!
It is always good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.
In this example, select | Plot to see the following:
One can see that the lift curves all have the right shape and are smooth.

In order to export the lift curve,select the button "Export Lift Curve"

911 PROSPER
The following screen appears where one has to select the format for the host application
(in this case Schlumberger - Eclipse):

Examples Guide 912
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and loaded
Select | File | Exit | Main to complete the exercise.
3.1.11 Tutorial 11: Modelling a steam injection well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T11_SteamInjectionWell.OUT
The main objectives of this example are to show how to build a PROSPER well model
for a steam injector.

An injection well is to be drilled to inject steam into an oil reservoir.
provided.
913 PROSPER
It is required to estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of
1500 psig

Parameter Value
Water salinity: 10 000 ppm
Steam temperature at the well head: 700 degF

- deviation survey
- surface equipment

0 0
2000 2000
on.
valves, ...

Examples Guide 914

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 1800 2.992 0.0006 1
Casing 2000 8.3 0.0006 1

Measured Depth True Vertical Static Heat Transfer

in ft Depth in ft Temperature in ft coefficient in btu/
h/ft2/F
0 0 70 8
2000 2000 130 8
Air temperature: 70 degF

PROSPER currently has nearly 20 different inflow models for water / steam injection
wells.
The IPR model selection depends upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of the
particular model and the data available for the study.
IPR model: PI Entry


915 PROSPER
Water Cut: 100 %

Reduction model:
Productivity Index: 100 stb/d/psi
problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing steam / water injection well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the water injection with an injection

Launch PROSPER and select | Options |Options and make the following choices
Well type: Water Injector and NOT Injector!

Model: Improved Approximation
Steam Calculation: Allow Steam Calculations

Examples Guide 916
In order to model steam, one must choose enthalpy balance or improved

approximation.

as shown below:
Parameter Value
Steam temperature at the well head: 700 degF

917 PROSPER

First select | System | Equipment and enter the steam injection temperature of 700
degF.
Now select | All | Edit and this takes to the deviation survey screen:
Examples Guide 918
Now select | Done to enter the surface equipment:

919 PROSPER
Here the only input required is the air temperature of 70 degF.
Select | Done to advance to the down hole equipment screen:

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 1800 2.992 0.0006 1
Casing 2000 8.3 0.0006 1

Examples Guide 920
Select | Done to enter the temperature data:
Measured Depth True Vertical Static Heat Transfer

in ft Depth in ft Temperature in ft coefficient in btu/
h/ft2/F
0 0 70 8
2000 2000 130 8

921 PROSPER
Finally select | Done | Done and save the file to secure the data entry.

Examples Guide 922
3.1.11.5.4 IPR Data

For the IPR data, select | System | Inflow Performance and make the following
selections / entries:
IPR model: PI Entry

Water Cut: 100 %
Reduction model:
Productivity Index: 100 stb/d/psi
Now select the Input Data tab and enter the productivity index of 100 stb/d/psi:

923 PROSPER
The following IPR curve is generated and displayed if one selects | Calculate:

Examples Guide 924
Select | Main to complete the data entry.

response (VLP).
curve.

925 PROSPER
of 1500 psig as per screen-shot below:

Examples Guide 926
Rate Method: User Selected - Generate:

927 PROSPER
First Value: 100

Number: 20
Increment: 500
Select | Generate to populate the rate cells:

Examples Guide 928
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate. Afterwards, select | Plot to
visualize the system plot:
Details of the calculations can be inspected by selecting | Finish | Sensitivity PvD |

Contine | Calculate:

929 PROSPER
The steam properties (quality, density, viscosity, enthalpy and so on) can be visualized
by scrolling this table to the right:

Examples Guide 930
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen. This completes this exercise.
3.1.12 Tutorial 12: Modelling an oil well with gravel pack
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T12_GravelPackedOilWell.OUT
3.1.12.1Pre-requisite and Statement Of The Problem

The main objective of this example is to show how to build a PROSPER model for a
gravel packed well.
This example is built on the tutorial 2. Therefore, it is recommended for the beginner to
go through the tutorial 2 first before solving this example.
3.1.12.2Gravel Pack Data

The following gravel pack parameters are available

931 PROSPER
Parameter Value
Gravel Pack Permeability: 35 000 mD
Perforation diameter: 1 inch
Shot density: 6 shots per feet
Gravel Pack length: 2 inches
Perforation Interval: 100 ft
Perforation efficiency: 50%
Beta Factor: Calculated
DP Gravel Pack Calculation Method: Multiphase
problem:
- Activate the gravel pack option in PROSPER
- Describe the gravel pack in the IPR section
- Estimate the well flow rate against a given well head flowing pressure

Open the PROSPER file created for tutorial 2 (Tutorial_02.out).
Select | Options | Options and make the following choices:
Sand Control: Gravel Pack

Examples Guide 932
Note that one can change the well completion type to "Open Hole" to model an open
hole gravel pack option.

The gravel pack affects the Inflow Performance Relation.
Therefore, select | System | Inflow Performance | Input Data | Sand Control and make the
following entries:
IPR : Sand Control Data

933 PROSPER
Parameter Value
Select the Sand Control tab for the description of the gravel pack.

Examples Guide 934
To superimpose the plots of the skins and associated dP , select |Variables | Set | Done
and the plot is up-dated as follow:

935 PROSPER
One can also visualise the numerical values behind the plots with | Results:
changes made.
response (VLP).
curve.

Examples Guide 936

937 PROSPER
pressure.
allow to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new

Examples Guide 938
Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to sand
control, the sand control skin and the velocity of the fluid at the casing (Vc).
With | Plot | System Plot, the following VLP + IPR plot is generated:

939 PROSPER
Note: The lower curve on this plot represents the pressure drop across the gravel pack
completion.
Select | Main to exit the screen. This completes this tutorial.

3.1.13 Tutorial 13: Modelling a frac and packed well
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T13_Frac&PackedOilWell.OUT

The main objective of this tutorial is to show how to build a PROSPER model for a
hydraulically fractured and gravel packed well.
3.1.13.2Frac & Pack Data

The following parameters are available
Fracture Data

Examples Guide 940
Parameter Value
Time: 1 day
Reservoir Porosity: 0.25
Fracture Height: 100 ft
Fracture Half-Length: 30 ft
Dimensionless Fracture Conductivity (FCD ): 5000
Fracture Face Skin: 0
Gravel Pack Data
Parameter Value
problem:
- Activate the gravel pack option in PROSPER
- Activate the hydraulically fractured IPR model in PROSPER
- Describe both the fracture and the gravel pack in the IPR section

Sand Control: Gravel Pack

941 PROSPER
Note that one can model an open hole completion by selecting the well completion type
"Open Hole" on this screen.

The frac-pack completions affects the Inflow Performance Relation.
following entries:
Reservoir model: Hydraulically Fractured Well

Examples Guide 942
Select | Input Data to describe the fracture:
Fracture Data
Parameter Value
Time: 1 day
Reservoir Porosity: 0.25
Fracture Height: 100 ft
Fracture Half-Length: 30 ft
Dimensionless Fracture Conductivity (FCD ): 5000

943 PROSPER
Select the tab "Mech / Geom Skin" to enter the fracture face skin
Fracture Face Skin
Parameter Value
Fracture Face Skin: 0

Examples Guide 944
Note: The fracture face skin cannot be negative!
In order to describe the pack data, select | "Sand Control" and make the following
entries:
Sand Control Data
Parameter Value

945 PROSPER
In order to generate an IPR, select | Calculate:

Examples Guide 946
Details of the inflow results can be accessed by selecting | Results:
Now, select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
response (VLP).
curve.

947 PROSPER

Examples Guide 948
pressure.
this screen allow to sensitize both.

949 PROSPER
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of any pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
control and the sand control skin.
The system plot can be generated with | Plot | System:

Examples Guide 950
Note: The lower curve on the system plot represents the pressure drop across the
gravel pack completion.
Select | Main to exit this screen. This completes this tutorial.

3.1.14 Tutorial 14: Modelling a well with Pre-Packed Screen
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T14_OilWellwithPre-PackedScreen.OUT

The main objective of this tutorial is to show how to build a PROSPER model for a well
completed with wire wrapped screen.
3.1.14.2Pre-packed Screen Data

The following parameters are available for the pre-packed screens:

951 PROSPER
Parameter Value
Screen Inner Radius: 0.3 ft
Screen Outer Radius: 0.33 ft
Screen Permeability: 50 000 mD
Slot Width: 0.02 inches
Screen Turbulence Factor: Calculated
Screen Outside Permeability: 50 000 mD
Screen Outside Turbulence factor Calculated
(Beta):
problem:
- Activate the Pre-Packed screen option in PROSPER
- Describe the Pre-Packed in the IPR section

Well Completion Type: Open Hole

Sand Control: Pre-Packed Screen

Examples Guide 952
Note that one simply need to change the well completion type to "Cased Hole" to
model an open hole completion.

The completion type "pre-packed screen" affects primarily the Inflow Performance
Relation.
changes described below:
Select | System | Inflow Performance | Input Data | Sand Control and make the following
entries:
Data for the completion type "Pre-Packed Screen"

953 PROSPER
Parameter Value
Perforation intervall: 100 ft
Screen Inner Radius: 0.3 ft
Screen Turbulence Factor: Leave Blank and Prosper calculates it
Screen Outside Permeability: 50 000 mD
Screen Outside Turbulence factor Leave Blank and Prosper calculates it
(Beta):
In order to generate an IPR plot select | Calculate and the well inflow is generated as
follow:

Examples Guide 954
Select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all changes
made.
response (VLP).
curve.

955 PROSPER

Examples Guide 956
pressure.

957 PROSPER
To visualise the IPR-VLP plot select | Plot | System Plot and the following plot is
generated:

Examples Guide 958

This step completes this exercise.
3.1.15 Tutorial 15: Modelling a well with slotted liners
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T15_OilWellwithslottedLiner.OUT

3.1.15.2Slotted Liner Data

The following liner parameters are available

959 PROSPER
Parameter Value
Liner Inner Radius: 0.3 ft
Liner Outer Radius: 0.34 ft
Slot height: 4 inches
Slot Density: 3 slots per feet
Outer Screen thickness: does not apply - 0 ft
Liner Outside Permeability: 50 000 mD
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta): does not apply - 0 ft
problem:
- Activate the slotted liner option in PROSPER
- Describe the slotted liner in the IPR section
- Generate an IPR plot
- Estimate the well flow rate against as given well head flowing pressure


Sand Control: Slotted Liner

Examples Guide 960

The completion type "slotted liner" affects primarily the Inflow Performance Relation.
Parameter Value
Production interval 100 ft
Liner Inner Radius: 0.3 ft
Liner Outer Radius: 0.34 ft
Slot height: 4 inches
Slot Density: 3 slots per feet
Outer Screen thickness: does not apply - 0 ft
Liner Outside Permeability: 50 000 mD
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta): does not apply - 0 ft

961 PROSPER
To proceed, simply select the | Calculate and the IPR is generated with rate dependent
skin due to the slotted liner included:

Examples Guide 962
response (VLP).
curve.

963 PROSPER

Examples Guide 964
pressure.
this screen allow to sensitize both.

965 PROSPER
All the sensitivity possibilities previously available remain. PROSPER also the gravel
pack parameters as sensitivity variables.

Examples Guide 966

3.1.16 Tutorial 16: Modelling a well with Wire Wrapped Screen
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T16_OilWellwithWireWrappedScreens.OUT

3.1.16.2Wire Wrapped Screen Data

The following wire wrapped parameters are available
Parameter Value
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta): Calculated

967 PROSPER
problem:
- Activate the wire wrapped screen option in PROSPER
- Describe the wire wrapped screen in the IPR section

Open the Tutorial_02.OUT file, select | Options | Options and make the following
choices

Sand Control: Wire Wrapped Screen

Examples Guide 968

The completion type "Wire-Wrapped Screen" affects primarily the Inflow Performance
Relation.
Parameter Value
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta): Calculated
Once the sand control data input have been entered, it is a good practice to create an
IPR plot to verify that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the
software will create and display the following plot:

969 PROSPER
changes made.
response (VLP).
curve.

Examples Guide 970

971 PROSPER
pressure.

Examples Guide 972
To visualize the system plot, select | Plot | System Plot and the following plot is
generated:

973 PROSPER
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen.

3.1.17 Tutorial 17: Fully compostional well model for retrograde
condenssate
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T17_CompostionalCondensateWell.OUT

How to set up a fully compositional PROSPER model for a retrograde
condensate fluid
How to import a PRP file into PROSPER

A well is to be drilled to deplete a retrograde condensate reservoir.
Compositional Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and down hole equipment

Examples Guide 974
description (VLP) are provided.
It is required to:
- Build a fully compositional PROSPER well model
2500 psig.

Here are the steps to follow:
- Obtain a lab PVT report,
- Carefully calibrate the lab data using an Equation Of State package like Petroleum
Experts' PVTp
- Generate a *.PRP file.
Please refer to the PVTp User guide for more details about the steps required to
generate a calibrated Equation Of State model for any type of hydrocarbon system.
A PRP file is the generic EOS file format recognised by all PETEX' applications and
looks like this:

975 PROSPER

- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment
origin selected.

0 0
12000 12000
on.
valves, ...

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 11800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 12000 8.3 0.0018 1


Examples Guide 976

0 70
12000 274
the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place inside and around the wellbore:
conduction, convection and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the
thermal resistance in the surroundings of the wellbore.

For this tutorial the default average heat capacities will be used:

Oil: 0.53
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1

PROSPER has more than 20 different inflow models for retrograde condensate producing
wells. The IPR model selection depends upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of the
IPR model: Petroleum Experts / Enter Skin by hand

Total GOR: 6943.98 scf/stb
model:
Rervoir Permeability: 25 mD
thickness) :

977 PROSPER

Time since production: 1 day
Reservoir Porosity: 0.25 (fraction)
Connate water saturation: 0.2 (fraction
Permeability Entered: Total Permeability
Mechanical skin: +5
problem:
- Construct a fully compositional PROSPER model for a producing retrograde
condensate well
- Use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 2500 psig.
Otherwise, simply select |Options|Options and make the following choices
Fluid: Retrograde Condensate

Method: Equation Of State

Examples Guide 978
Now select | EOS Set-up and make the following changes:
EOS model: Peng Robinson

Optimisation Mode: Medium
Optimise Repeat Calculation: Yes
Volume Shift / Full Composition: Yes
Reference Temperature: 60 degF
Reference Pressure: 0 psig
Phase detection method: Advanced
Separator Stage Separator pressure Separator temperature

(psig) (deg F)
1 500 80
2 0 60

979 PROSPER
Select | OK | Done to complete this step.

In order to enter the PVT data, simply select |PVT|Input Data | Import the *.PRP file and
this is what can be seen:

Examples Guide 980
The PRP file for this tutorial is "Tutorial_17.prp".
It is required to enter the water salinity of 80 000 ppm at the bottom of the screen.
One can generate and visualize the phase envelope with | Phase Env...| Plot and the
following phase envelope is generated:

981 PROSPER
Select | Exit | OK to return to the main PVT input screen.



Examples Guide 982

Here are the data:

0 0
12000 12000

983 PROSPER
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, select | Cancel to skip this
screen.

Examples Guide 984
This will take the user to the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
valves, ...

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 11800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 12000 8.3 0.0018 1

985 PROSPER


0 70
12000 274

Examples Guide 986


987 PROSPER


Examples Guide 988
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that would
appear:

989 PROSPER

file.
IPR model selection


Examples Guide 990

model:
above:
IPR data entry

991 PROSPER

Mechanical skin: +5

Examples Guide 992

993 PROSPER
Select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all changes
made.
response (VLP).
curve.

Examples Guide 994

995 PROSPER
pressure.

Examples Guide 996
The well can produce a gas rate of 51 MMscf/d.
To visualize the system plot, select | Plot | System Plot:

997 PROSPER

3.1.18 Tutorial 18: Fully compostional CO2 injection well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T18_CompostionalCO2Injector.OUT

How to set up a fully compositional PROSPER model for a CO2 injection
well
How to import a PRP file into PROSPER
How to perform a system calculation (VLP + IPR) to estimate the well
injection rate for a given WHFP.

A well is to be drilled to inject CO2 into a reservoir.
Compositional Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and down hole equipment
description (VLP) are provided.

Examples Guide 998
It is required to to estimate the injection rate against a well head flowing pressure of
1000 psig.
The CO2 has a temperature of 45 degF at surface.
In order to better capture the thermodynamics of the CO2, It is required to to use a fully
compositional model coupled with the improved rough approximation temperature
model.
Using the PVTp software developed by Petroleum Experts, one can generate a PRP
file to be used for this tutorial.
The PRP file to be used for this specific tutorial is "Tutorial_18.PRP"
A PRP file is the generic EOS file format recognised by all PETEX' applications.
When edited, this is how the PRP file looks:
CO2 temperature at surface: 45 degF

- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment

999 PROSPER

- Geothermal gradient data

platform or RKB.
with the origin selected.

0 0
18000 18000
on.
valves, ...

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 1200 3.992 0.0006 1
SSSV 1200 3.8 N/A 1
Tubing 17500 3.992 0.0006 1
Casing 18000 8.5 0.0006 1


Examples Guide 1000
Formation Measured Formation temperature Heat Transfer coefficient

Depth
ft degF Btu/h/ft2/F
0 50 3
1200 36 3
18000 350 3

PROSPER has more than 20 different inflow models for gas wells. The IPR model

Total GOR: 1E6 scf/stb
model:
Mechanical skin: +10

1001 PROSPER
problem:
- construct a fully compositional PROSPER model for a producing retrograde
condensate well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the CO2 injection flow rate against a WHFP
of 2500 psig

Otherwise, simply select | Options | Options and make the following choices
Fluid: Retrograde Condensate

Method: Equation Of State
Well Type: Injector
Calculation Type - Model: Improved Approximation

Examples Guide 1002
Now select | EOS Set-up and make the following changes:
EOS model: Peng Robinson

Volume Shift / Full Composition: Yes
Reference Pressure: 0 psig
Path to surface: Flash straight to stock tank
Target GOR method: Use Separator Fluids

1003 PROSPER
Select | OK | Done to complete this step.

In order to enter the PVT data, simply select |PVT|Input Data | Import the file
Tutorial_18.PRP file and this is what can be seen:

Examples Guide 1004
Enter the reservoir temperature of 350 degF at the bottom of the screen.
One can generate and visualize the phase envelope with | Phase Env...| Plot and the
following phase envelope is generated:

1005 PROSPER
One may select | Exit | OK to return to the main PVT input screen.

equipment is), simply select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All.
First step here is to enter the injected fluid temperature of 45 degF.

Here are the data:

Examples Guide 1006
0 0
18000 18000

1007 PROSPER
valves, ...

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 1200 3.992 0.0006 1
SSSV 1200 3.8 N/A 1
Tubing 17500 3.992 0.0006 1
Casing 18000 8.5 0.0006 1

Examples Guide 1008

Formation Measured Formation temperature Heat Transfer coefficient

Depth
ft degF Btu/h/ft2/F
0 50 3

1009 PROSPER
1200 36 3
18000 350 3

Examples Guide 1010
Select | Done to proceed to the equipment description screen.

Back on the equipment data screen, select | Summary to see a summary of all inputs:
Now select | Draw Down hole to see a sketch of the well bore.

1011 PROSPER

IPR model selection

Total GOR: 1E6 scf/stb
model:

Examples Guide 1012
above and make the following entries:

1013 PROSPER

Examples Guide 1014
that everything make sense.
For this, select | Calculate and the software will create and display the following plot:

1015 PROSPER
Note: The concept of absolute open flow potential does not apply to injectors. The
reported values simply corresponds to the highest rate for which an IPR pressure was
computed.
response (VLP).
curve.

Examples Guide 1016
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head (= Top Node
here) injection pressure as per screen-shot below:

1017 PROSPER
Rate Method: Automatic Geometric

Examples Guide 1018
One can read a gas rate of 81 MMscf/d.
follow:

1019 PROSPER

3.1.19 Tutorial 19: Matching a dry gas well test
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T19_MatchingAGasWellTest.OUT

How to match a PROSPER gas well model to well test data
How to use the calibrated model to perform sensitivity runs on various
variables

A PROSPER model for a dry and wet gas well was built in tutorial 1.
After some production, the well has been tested.
It is required to:
- Analyse the well test results
- Calibrate the PROSPER model to reproduce the well test results
- Use the calibrated PROSPER model to study the impact of changing reservoir
pressure change on the well performance.

Examples Guide 1020
3.1.19.2Well Test data
Parameter Value
Test date (optional): 01/01/2010
Test Comment (optional): Main Flow Test
Well Head Flowing Pressure: 1000 psig
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature: 153 degF
Gas Flow Rate: 15 MMscf/d
Measured Gauge depth: 4500 ft
Measured Gauge pressure: 1920 psig
Static Reservoir Pressure @ top 2300 psig
perforation:
problem:
- Recall the PROSPER model built in tutorial 1 (Tutorial_01.OUT)
- Review the PROSPER model
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the well test data
- Select the appropriate VLP correlation
- Superimpose the IPR curve to match the well test
- Use the model to run sensitivity on Reservoir pressure
3.1.19.3.1 Open the PROSPER file
Select | File | Open, locate and open the file "Tutorial_01.OUT" in the sample directory.

1021 PROSPER
3.1.19.3.2 Resetting any previous VLP matching

This step is optional in this case but might be relevant in other cases where an inherited
PROSPER file contains multiphase correlations that already have been calibrated.
In order to reset the calibration parameters (Parameter 1 & Parameter 2), simply select
| Matching | Correlation Parameters | Tubing and then select | Reset All.

Examples Guide 1022

3.1.19.3.3 Matching - VLP /IPR Quality Check
The general procedure in matching a well test can be broken in four (4) sequential
steps:
- First, critically review the well test results: are there in line with previous results? how
reliable are the measurements?
- Second, quality-check and calibrate the PVT. For dry gas and retrograde condensate
wells, it is generally not required to perform a PVT matching.
- Third, quality-check, select, calibrate and validate the VLP correlation against the
actual tubing response
- Fourth, find the IPR model / parameters that will reasonably reproduce the well test
results.

1023 PROSPER
After completing the first step, proceed with the well test data entry.
3.1.19.3.3.1 Well Test Data Entry

In order to enter the well test data, select | Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR (Quality-
Check) and populate the screen with the well test data given below:
Parameter Value
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature: 153 degF
Gas Flow Rate: 15 MMscf/d
perforation:
The screen is divided into 3 sections: upper, middle and bottom.
The upper section of the screen contains different buttons that can be categorized in two
groups: the data processing buttons on the left and the task buttons on the right.
The middle section contains the well test data and the bottom section of the screen
contains in written form the recommended well test matching procedure
In order to analyse a particular test, select this test point by clicking on the row number
that starts at the beginning of each test entry, left of the column " Test Point Date". The
selected test number then turns blue.

Examples Guide 1024
We will primarily use the Task buttons located on the top right corner of the screen,
from the left to the right to solve this well test matching exercise.
3.1.19.3.3.2 Estimate the U-value

In a design case, the U-value can be estimated using the full enthalpy balance model.
Alternatively, when a well test is available, one can use the well test data to back
calculate the overall heat transfer coefficient.This is what we are going to do next.
For this simply select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following message
will appear:

1025 PROSPER
The program has estimated and displayed the heat transfer coefficient on the basis of
the well test data.
After selecting | OK, a message is displayed, proposing to replace the previous U-value
in the model with this new one.
With YES, the new U-value is taken as input for the model. The previous value is in fact
overwritten.
Here we will select YES and then the U-value is then transferred:
Select | OK to continue with the next task button, the "Correlation Comparison".
3.1.19.3.3.3 Correlation Comparison
It is well known that there is no universal multiphase correlation. Therefore, whenever a
new well test is available for analysis, it is a good practice to perform a correlation
comparison.
The purposes of the correlation comparison are to:
- Identify without bias which best reproduce the well test to be analyse
- Quality check the well test results.
For instance if none of the correlation came close to the well test, it might be worth
checking the reliability of the well test data.
To proceed, select the task button "Correlation Comparison" and then | OK | and
here select a few correlations for comparison.

Examples Guide 1026
Afterwards, select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and this is what can be seen:

1027 PROSPER
One can zoom around the test point and this is what can be seen:

Examples Guide 1028
Conclusion: One can see that the test point lies between Duns and Ros modified and
the Petroleum Experts correlations.
Select | Main to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen to select the appropriate
correlation based upon the matching parameters.
3.1.19.3.3.4 VLP matching

In order to perform the VLP matching select the task button "Match VLP" and the
following screen would appear:
For the regression, select | Match and the regression routine will apply a gravity
multiplier (Parameter 1) and a friction multiplier (Parameter 2) to each selected
correlation in turn in order to match the well test.
Ideally, both parameters should equal to unity and one can see here that both multipliers
are very close indeed to unity.
For more statistical details, select | Statistics to access this screen:

1029 PROSPER
The Petroleum Experts correlation 1, 2 and 3 require the least correction.
We will proceed the analysis with Petroleum Experts 2. Therefore, reset all the matching
for all the correlations except the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation.

Examples Guide 1030
Now select | Done to return to the previous menu.

3.1.19.3.3.5 VLP / IPR matching
In order to perform the VLP/IPR matching, simply select the task button "VLP / IPR" and
then unselect all correlations except PE2 and then select | Calculate:

1031 PROSPER
PROSPER computes VLP and IPR using the well test data as input.
On the bottom right of the screen, the simulated solution rate and solution BHFP are
displayed along with the test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure.
Note that "Test BHP" is the gauge pressure corrected to the well datum depth using the
VLP correlation selected.
With | Plot, this is what can be seen:

Examples Guide 1032
One can read that the difference between measured and simulated parameters (rate
and pressure) are both below 0.5%. The magnitude of this difference between
simulated and actual data can be seen as acceptable.
It can be concluded that the well test is valid and is properly calibrated.
Should the match not be acceptable at this stage, then the error is confined to the IPR
component because PVT and VLP have already been quality-checked, calibrated and
validated.
Select | Main and save the file to secure all changes made so far.
3.1.19.3.3.6 Performing Sensitivity runs
The table below lists the parameter combinations to be evaluated:
Well head flowing pressure: 1000 psig

CGR: 5 stb/MMscf
WGR: 5 stb/MMscg
Reservoir Pressure: 1500, 2000 & 2300 psig
In order to analyse the cases described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
parameters listed above. For this, select | Calculation | System |3 Variable and make
the following choice:
1033 PROSPER
Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to it: the
first number is the gravity multiplier (parameter 1) whereas the second number
(parameter 2) is the friction multiplier.
Now select | Continue and select the remaining sensitivity variables of interest: reservoir
pressure and skin

Examples Guide 1034
Now select | Continue | Calculate | OK and then | Plot | System Plot:

1035 PROSPER
An alternative way of plotting the results is now to select | Finish | Sensitivities and here
select the variables of interest:

Examples Guide 1036
This is how the plot of the gas rate versus reservoir pressure shows:

1037 PROSPER
Select | Main to return to the main menu of PROSPER.

3.1.20 Tutorial 20: Matching a naturally flowing oil well test

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T20_MatchingAnOilWellTest.OUT

How to match a PROSPER naturally flowing oil well model to well test data
How to use the calibrated model to perform sensitivity runs on various variables:
tubing size and reservoir pressure

A PROSPER model for a naturally flowing oil well was built in tutorial 2.
After some production, the well has been tested and lab PVT data have been made
available.
It is required to:
- Calibrate the PVT model against the lab data,

Examples Guide 1038

- Use the calibrated model to study the impact of tubing size and reservoir pressure on
the well performance.
3.1.20.2PVT Lab data & Well Test data

PVT Data
Parameter Value
Oil Gravity: 30 API
stb centipoises
1500 237 1.138 1.34
2000 324 1.178 1.15
2500 400 1.214 1.01
3000 400 1.207 1.05
4000 400 1.198 1.11
Well test data
Parameter Value
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature: 158.5 degF
Water Cut: 30%
Liquid Rate: 8290 stb/d
perforation:
Produced Gas-Oil Ratio: 600 scf/stb

1039 PROSPER
problem:
- recall the PROSPER model for the naturally producing oil well (see example 2)
- Calibrate the black oil correlation against the lab PVT data and select the most
suitable correlations for this crude
- Superimpose the IPR curve
- Use the model to run sensitivity on tubing size and reservoir pressure.

This step is optional but might need consideration in cases where an inherited
PROSPER file contains multiphase correlations that already have been calibrated.
In order to reset the calibration parameters (Parameter 1 & Parameter 2), select |
Matching | Correlation Parameters | Tubing and here one select | Reset All.

Examples Guide 1040

3.1.20.3.3 PVT matching
The PVT data accounts for more than 80% of the quality of a well model. Therefore, the
PVT data need careful calibration.
For this select | PVT | Input Data and here are the original surface data in the model:
PVT Data

1041 PROSPER
Parameter Value
Oil Gravity: 30 API
In order to calibrate the black oil correlations, one needs first to enter the PVT lab data.
This is done with | Match Data and here one shall populate the screen as below:
PVT Lab Data
stb centipoises

Examples Guide 1042
1500 237 1.138 1.34

2000 324 1.178 1.15
2500 400 1.214 1.01
3000 400 1.207 1.05
4000 400 1.198 1.11
Notes:
- up to 50 tables with different temperatures can be entered here.
- It is recommended to match the PVT at least at the the bubble point pressure with the
corresponding oil formation volume factor and viscosity.
PVT matching
Select | Done to return to the PVT entry screen.
Now select | Regression | Match All and then | OK | Parameters to view the results of the
regression:

1043 PROSPER
Parameter 1 is a multiplier whereas Parameter 2 is a shift. Therefore the best

correlation is the one with a parameter 1 equal to unity and parameter 2 equal to zero.
For the oil FVF matching, Parameter 3 is the multiplier above the bubble point pressure
whereas Parameter 4 is the shift above the bubble point pressure.
Looking at the statistics above, we will select the Glaso black oil correlation for the
bubble point calculation, solution GOR and oil formation volume.
For the viscosity, the Petrosky correlation will be selected.
Select | Done and | Done again to return to the PVT entry screen where the appropriate
black correlations are selected:

Examples Guide 1044
Now select | Done and save the file to secure all the changes made.

steps:
- Second, quality-check and calibrate the PVT. For dry gas and retrograde condensate
wells, it is generally not required to perform any PVT matching.
results.

1045 PROSPER

In order to enter the well test data, simply select | Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR
(Quality-Check) and populate the screen as below:
groups: the data processing button on the left and the task buttons
contains in written form a well test matching procedure that has been successfully tested
over and over again. This is the recommended well test matching procedure.
One can enter up 1000 well tests in this screen.

After entering the well test data, one needs to select the test of interest for the analysis.
To select a test, click on the row number that starts at the beginning of each test entry,
left of the column " Test Point Date". The selected test number then turns blue.
Well test data
Parameter Value
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature: 158.5 degF
Water Cut: 30%
perforation:
Produced Gas-Oil Ratio: 600 scf/stb

Examples Guide 1046
Notes:
- The approach to follow is documented at the bottom of the screen under"Matching
Procedure".
- For oil wells, always set the GOR free to 0 scf/stb and simply enter the total produced
GOR in the Gas Oil Ratio column. PROSPER will use the PVT model to work out how
much gas is free and how much gas is dissolved in the liquid phase at any P & T
conditions.
- We will use the Task buttons located on the top right corner of the screen, from the
left to the right to solve this well test matching exercise.

Because a well test is available, we will use the well test data to back calculate the
overall heat transfer coefficient.This is what we are going to do next.
will appear:

1047 PROSPER
the well test data selected.
Under the assumption that the well test data are valid, select | OK and a message will
appear, proposing to replace the previous U-value in the model with this new one.
overwritten.
comparison.
- identify without bias which best reproduce the well test to be analyse
- quality check the well test results. For instance if none of the correlation came close to

Examples Guide 1048
the well test, it might be worth checking the reliability of the well test data themselves.
In most cases with oil wells, the Fancher-Brown correlation and the Duns & Ros
modified multiphase correlation define the operating envelope of a tubing. Therefore,
those 2 correlations will be selected along with a few generally reliable correlations like
Petroleum Experts 2.
Afterwards, select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and this is what can be seen:

1049 PROSPER
Conclusion: One can see that the test point lies outside of the solution envelope. This
can happen for various reasons and it is the engineer's task to find out exactly what are
the possible reasons behind this behaviour.
In this particular case, we shall recall that the bubble pint pressure of the fluid at
reservoir temperature is 2500 psig.
The reservoir pressure is currently 3800 psig. This means that the oil is still under-
saturated at reservoir conditions. Therefore the produced GOR must be equal to initial
solution GOR of 400 scf/stb.
Let us return with | Finish | done and correct the GOR to 400 scf/stb:

Examples Guide 1050
Changing (i.e. correcting) the produced GOR will change the mass flow rate in the
tubing and consequently change the heat loss in the surroundings of the well. Therefore,
the U-value need to re-estimated and updated with | Estimate U Value | OK | Yes | OK.
Now select | Correlation Comparison | OK | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot, this is how

the gradient now looks like:

1051 PROSPER
Now one can clearly see that the test point has moved inside the solution envelope:
between Fancher-Brown on the left and Duns & Ros on the right.
We can also see that the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation is very close to the test point.
On the basis of this observation, we will select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation
moving forward.
Select | Main to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen to fine-tune the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation against the well test data. The emphasis here is fine-tune because
a heavy correction is not desired.
Now select | Match VLP and select only the correlation of interest to proceed.
Select | Match to trigger the non-linear regression that applies a gravity and a friction
correction coefficient to the selected multiphase correlation.
The parameter 1 is the gravity term multiplier whereas the parameter 2 is the friction
term multiplier. Ideally, both should equal to unity and one can see here that both
multipliers are very close indeed to unity.

Examples Guide 1052
We can see in this example that both parameters are very close to unity: this means that
the well test is consistent with model and that the selected multiphase correlation is
suitable for this particular well.
then | Calculate:

1053 PROSPER

Examples Guide 1054
One can read that the difference between measured and simulated rate is only 0.2%,
and for this case it can be considered that the rate difference between the measured
and calculated rate is negligible.
For most cases, the difference between the measured and calculated rate can be quite
different. For those cases it will be necessary to change the IPR data i.e., reservoir
pressure, permeability, skin, etc., until a suitable match has been achieved.
To further illustrate the IPR tuning workflow, we shall consider the above match to be
invalid, hence a decision will be made regarding the IPR data.
Let us summarize:
A well model is the combination of PVT, VLP and IPR.
The PVT has been calibrated, The VLP also have been calibrated. Hence any error will
be confined to the IPR.
There are multiple IPR variables that can help conclude the exercise: reservoir pressure,
permeability, skin, ....
In the following, we will assume that the estimation of the reservoir pressure was not
reliable.
Hence, we will find the reservoir pressure required to match the well test. This can be
done manually in iterative fashion or automatically.
We will adjust the reservoir pressure automatically. For this, select | Finish | Done to get
back to the well test data entry screen.
Now select the task button "Adjust IPR" and the following screen will appear:

1055 PROSPER
Now select the well test of interest by checking "Test 1 on 01/01/2010 (Main Flow Test)"
in the first column.

Examples Guide 1056
Afterwards, select the button | Adjust Pres to access a new screen:
Now select | OK and a search algorithm will compute the reservoir pressure that will
match the well test:

1057 PROSPER
One can read an adjusted reservoir pressure of 3726.56 psig.
Now we will select | Done and then replace the static reservoir pressure on the test row:

Examples Guide 1058
Now with the task button "VLP / IPR", and then | Calculate and | Plot this is how the
match now looks like:
Clearly, we have achieve some improvements.

Note: Changing the reservoir pressure to match a well test is not a general
recommendation. The purpose of this example is to illustrate the use of this option. It is
the engineer's task to decide which parameter needs to be altered to match an well test
depending upon the specifics of the well test at hand.
Select | Main and save the file to secure all changes made.
The table below contains the cases to be evaluated:

water cut: 30%
GOR: 400 scf/stb
Reservoir pressure: 3000, 3500, 3800, 4000 & 4500 psig
Tubing ID: 2.441, 2.992, 3.992, 4.5 & 4.9 inches
In order to analyse the cases described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
1059 PROSPER
Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to it:
1.00 and 0.97 The first number (1.00) is the gravity multiplier whereas the second
number (0.97) is the friction multiplier.
pressure and tubing ID

Examples Guide 1060
One shall proceed with | Continue and a selection screen is displayed, which allows to
define the section of the well the diameter changes applies to:

1061 PROSPER
Please select | Continue and | Calculate | OK and then | Plot | System Plot:
An alternative way of plotting the results is now to select | Finish | Sensitivities and here
select the variables of interest:

Examples Guide 1062
This is how the plot of the oil rate versus tubing internal diameter at various reservoir
pressure looks like:
Note that one can change the scale with |Scale.

1063 PROSPER
3.1.21 Tutorial 21: Matching a water injection well test

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T21_MatchingAWaterInjectionWellTest.OUT

How to match a PROSPER naturally flowing oil well model to well test data
variables

A PROSPER model for a gas injection well was built in tutorial 10.
The injection well has been tested with surface pressure, injection rate and down hole
pressure measurement.
It is required to:
- Recall the Tutorial_10.out PROSPER file
- Use the calibrated model to predict the injection rate when the reservoir pressure
drops to 3000 psig and the well head pressure is 3500 psig and a reservoir
temperature of 80 degF.
3.1.21.2Well Test data

PVT Data
For water injection well, the only PVT parameter required is simply the water salinity.
PROSPER will then use correlation to compute the required fluid properties at different
conditions.
Well test data

Examples Guide 1064
Parameter Value
Down hole Injection Temperature: 80 degF
Water Cut: 100%
Water Injection Rate: 11000 stb/d
perforation:
Gas-Oil Ratio [ Not Used]: 0 scf/stb
GOR Free [ Not used]: 0 scf/stb
problem:
- Recall the PROSPER model for the water injection well created in Tutorial 9 (
Tutorial_09.out)
- Use the model to run sensitivity injection pressure.
Select | File | Open, locate and open the file "Tutorial_09.out" in the sample directory.

This step is optional but might be required when an inherited PROSPER file contains
multiphase correlations that already have been calibrated.
In order to reset the calibration parameters (Parameter 1 & Parameter 2), select |
Matching | Correlation Parameters | Tubing and then select | Reset All

1065 PROSPER

For water, PVT matching is not required. It is sufficient to input the water salinity and
PROSPER will use a correlation to compute the water properties as function of
temperature.
It is also possible to account for the effect of pressure on the water viscosity. For this, it
is needed to activate this feature under | Options | Options where one needs to select:
Water Viscosity: Pressure Corrected Correlation.

Examples Guide 1066
If comprehensive PVT properties for the injected water are available, then one can enter
the data in the tables section of the PVT screen and PROSPER will use them. Caution
is in order when using tables: the tables must cover all possible expected operation
conditions of pressure and temperature!
Now select | Done and save the file to secure all the changes made so far.

steps:
- Second, quality-check and calibrate the PVT. For water injection wells, it is not
required to perform any PVT matching.

1067 PROSPER
results.
Well test data
Parameter Value
Water Cut: 100%
Water Injection Rate: 11000 stb/d
perforation:
Gas-Oil Ratio [ Not Used]: 0 scf/stb
GOR Free [ Not used]: 0 scf/stb
contains in written form a well test matching procedure that has been successfully tested
over and over again. This is the recommended well test matching procedure.
When one intends to analyse a particular test, one needs to select this test point by
clicking on the row number that starts at the beginning of each test entry, left of the
column " Test Point Date". The selected test number then turns blue.

Examples Guide 1068
Notes:
- The approach to follow is documented at the bottom of the screen under"Matching
Procedure".
- This is an injection well with 100% water cut. Therefore, the parameters Gas Oil Ratio
and GOR free are totally irrelevant.
- We will primarily use the Task buttons located on the top right corner of the screen,
from the left to the right to solve this well test matching exercise.

will appear:

1069 PROSPER
Under the assumption that the well test data are valid, select | OK and a message is
displayed, proposing to replace the previous U-value in the model with this new one.
overwritten.
comparison.
- quality check the well test results themselves. For instance if none of the correlation
came close to the well test, it might be worth checking the reliability of the well test data
themselves.

Examples Guide 1070
This is single phase system where all correlations are expected to yield the same
results. Therefore, any major deviation between simulated pressure and measured
pressure would be due either to the model inputs or the test data and possibly a
combination of both: model inputs and well test data.
Now select | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot:

1071 PROSPER
As expected, all correlations give simular results.

We will select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation moving forward.
In order to fine-tune the VLP, simply select the task button "Match VLP" and the
following screen appear:

Examples Guide 1072
Select | All to select and then | All again to deselect all correlations.
Now, having identified earlier the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation, we can can simply
select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation only and then click on | Match.

1073 PROSPER

then | Calculate:

Examples Guide 1074
One can read that the difference between measured and simulated rate is large. The
question then arises: what is the source of this difference?
Let us summarize:
The water PVT has been entered, The VLP also have been sensibly calibrated. Hence
any error will be confined to the IPR.
There are multiple IPR variables that can help conclude the exercise: reservoir pressure,
permeability, skin, and so on.
In the following, we will assume that the skin has changed.
Hence, we will adjust the skin to match the well test. This can be done manually in
iterative fashion of automatically.
For this select | Finish | IPR | Input Data | Mech / Geom Skin and raise the skin to 15!

1075 PROSPER
There may be a need to expand the validation range for skin values to 1000 for
instance.
In any case, once the skin of 15.5 has been successfully entered, select | Done | Done |
Done and | Calculate again to recompute the VLP and IPR.
This is how the plot now looks like:

Examples Guide 1076
The plot clearly shows that an acceptable match is achieved by multiplying the skin by a
factor of more than 7. We have increased the skin from 2 to 15.5.
A transient well test will be required to prove the uniqueness of this approach.
Water injection physics
When injecting cold water in a generally hotter reservoir, a few phenomena take place:
- inside the reservoir, the temperature is lower in the vicinity of the injection point.
- the lower temperature affects the water formation volume factor and the water viscosity
and hence the water mobility.
- the change in water mobility will impact the water injectivity.
- the lower temperature will also affect the stress around the injection point and may lead
to thermal fracturing.
- the chemical composition of the injection water may not be compatible with the
reservoir water.
All this can lead to thermo-fracturing, scale deposition, viscous fingering, souring, and
so on.
These phenomena are best studied with REVEAL, the specialized reservoir simulator
developed by Petroleum Experts.
The table below contains the case to be evaluated:

1077 PROSPER

Reservoir pressure: 3000 psig
In order to analyse the case described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to it:
1.00 and 0.97 The first number (1.00) is the gravity multiplier whereas the second
number (0.97) is the friction multiplier.
pressure and tubing ID

Examples Guide 1078
Please select | Continue and | Calculate | Ok and this is what will be seen:

1079 PROSPER
A water injection rate around 8700 stb per day is predicted.
Now by selecting | Plot | System Plot, the system plot is displayed:

Examples Guide 1080
Select | Main and save the file.

3.1.22 Tutorial 22: Matching a gas injection well test

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T22_MatchingAGasInjectionWellTest.OUT

How to match a PROSPER gas injection well model to well test data
variables

A PROSPER model for a gas injection well was built in tutorial 10.
The injection well has been tested with surface pressure, injection rate and down hole
pressure measurement.
It is required to:

1081 PROSPER
- Recall the Tutorial_10.out PROSPER file

- Use the calibrated model to predict the injection rate when the reservoir pressure
drops to 3000 psig and the well head pressure is 3500 psig and a reservoir
temperature of 80 degF.
3.1.22.2PVT Lab data & Well Test data

Parameter Value
Injection gas temperature at the well head: 60 degF
Well test data
Parameter Value
Well Head Injection Pressure: 2500 psig
Water To Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Gas Injection Rate: 35.3 MMscf/d
perforation:
problem:
- Recall the PROSPER model built in tutorial 10
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the injection well test data
- Use the model to run sensitivity injection pressures.

Examples Guide 1082


This step is optional but might be required when an inherited PROSPER file contain
matched multiphase correlations that need to be reset.
In order to reset the VLP calibration parameters (Parameter 1 & Parameter 2), select |
Matching | Correlation Parameters | Tubing.
Afterwards, select | Reset All

1083 PROSPER

For dry and wet gas, PVT matching is generally not required. The matching feature
does exists though in PROSPER.
The basic PVT data entered below are sufficient.
Parameter Value
Now select | Done and save the file to secure all the changes made so far.

steps:
- Second, quality-check and calibrate the PVT. For water injection wells, it is not
required to perform any PVT matching.

Examples Guide 1084

results.
Well test data
Parameter Value
Well Head Injection Pressure: 2500 psig
Water To Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Gas Injection Rate: 35.3 MMscf/d
perforation:
To analyse a particular test, one needs to select this test point by clicking on the row
number that starts at the beginning of each test entry, left of the column " Test Point
Date". The selected test number then turns blue.

1085 PROSPER
Note: The approach to follow is documented at the bottom of the screen

under"Matching Procedure".

will appear:

Examples Guide 1086
Under the assumption that the well test data are valid, select | OK and a message is
displayed proposing to replace the previous U-value in the model with this new one.
overwritten.
comparison.
- quality check the well test results themselves. For instance if none of the correlation
came close to the well test, it might be worth checking the reliability of the well test data
themselves.
This is single phase system where all correlations are expected to yield the same
results. Therefore, any major deviation between simulated pressure and measured
pressure would be due either to the model inputs or the test data and possibly a
combination of both: model inputs and well test data.

1087 PROSPER
Now select | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot:

Examples Guide 1088
All correlations expectedly give identical results.

One can also see that they all match reasonably well the test point.
We will select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation moving forward.
In order to fine-tune the VLP, simply select the task button "Match VLP" and the
following screen appear:

1089 PROSPER
Select | All to select and then | All again to deselect all correlations.
Now, having identified earlier the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation, we can can simply
select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation only and then click on | Match.

Examples Guide 1090
then | Calculate:

1091 PROSPER
One can read that the difference between measured and simulated rate is less than 1%
and can be considered acceptable.
If the error was larger, then the question would have been: what would be at that stage
the source of a large difference?
Let us summarize:
This is dry gas. Black oil correlations work fine for dry gase.
The VLP correlations have been sensibly calibrated. Hence any error would be confined
to the IPR.
There are multiple IPR variables that could then help conclude the exercise: reservoir
pressure, permeability, skin, and so on.
The key lesson here is: the sequential approach in analyzing the PVT first, then the VLP
and finally the IPR enables the user to confine possible inconsistencies in the model /
data to a particular component: PVT, VLP or IPR.
The table below contains the cases to be evaluated:


Examples Guide 1092
In order to analyse the case described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to i.
pressure and temperature.

1093 PROSPER
Please select | Continue and | Calculate | Ok | Plot | System plot and the following plot
shows:

Examples Guide 1094
The well would inject around 92 MMscf/d.
Select | Main to exit this screen.

3.1.23 Tutorial 23: Continuous Gas Lift Design

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T23_ContinuousGasLiftDesign.OUT
This example is based upon tutorial 20. For beginners, it is recommended to work
through tutorial 20 before starting with this one.
The main objectives of this example are to:
Modify the Tutorial_20.out PROSPER file created in tutorial 20.
Find the maximum production rate achievable using gas lift.
Determine the optimum lift gas injection rate and depth.
Design the operating and unloading valves.
This example demonstrates how to:

Setup the gas lift design parameters.
Calculate the design production and gas injection rates.
Space out the valves.
Determine the valve trim sizes and dome pressures.

1095 PROSPER
Calculate production sensitivities using the gaslift design.
The design assumes that the reservoir pressure will drop to 3000 psig and that the
water cut will rise to 80%.
This example will guide the user through opening the existing Tutorial_20.out file,
changing the calculation options and reservoir conditions, performing the design and
finally saving the file under a new name.
3.1.23.1Statement of the Problem

In tutorial 2, a PROSPER well model was built for a naturally flowing oil.
In tutorial 3, the model was updated with PVT calibration.
In tutorial 20, the well model was matched against actual well test data.
This tutorial 23 is built on tutorial 20.

The well has now been in production for some time. Reservoir pressure has declined,
water cut has increased and well deliverability has reduced.
To improve well productivity, the well will be converted to a gas lifted well.
3.1.23.2Input Data For Continuous GL design
For a gas lift design, the following inputs are required:
- PVT data,
- IPR data,
- Well equipment data
- Gas lift design parameters
3.1.23.2.1 PVT Data
In this tutorial, the file Tutorial_20 will be used that already contains a matched PVT.
3.1.23.2.2 Reservoir Data for GL design
In this tutorial, the file Tutorial_20 will be used that already contains all the IPR
description required.
For the gas lift design tutorial, the following conditions apply.
Reservoir Pressure: 3000 psig
Water Cut: 80 %
All previous inputs remain unchanged.
3.1.23.2.3 Equipment Data
In this tutorial, the file Tutorial_20 will be used that already contains all the equipment
3.1.23.2.4 Gas Lift design parameters
Gas lift gas PVT:

Examples Guide 1096
Variable Value
Gas lift gas gravity: 0.8
H2S mole percent: 0
CO2 mole percent: 0
N2 mole percent: 0
Gas lift design conditions:
Design rate method: Calculated from maximum production

Maximum liquid rate: 30 000 stb/d
Maximum gas available: 10 MMscf/d
Maximum gas available during 10 MMscf/d
unloading:
Flowing top node pressure: 200 psig
Unload top node pressure: 200 psig
Operating Injection pressure: 1500 psig
Kick-off injection pressure: 1500 psig
Desired dP across valve: 50 psig
Maximum Depth of Gas Lift 7500 ft
Injection:
Design water cut: 80%
Minimum valve spacing: 250 ft
Static gradient of kill fluid: 0.46 psi/ft
Minimum transfer dP: 25 %
Maximum Port size: set by valves series selection
Safety for closure of last 0 psi
unloading valve:
Total GOR: 400
De-rating Percentage for 100%
valves:
Valve type: Casing sensitive
Minimum CHP decrease/valve: 50 psi
Valve setting: All valves Pvo = Gas Pressure
Injection point: Injection point is an orifice
Dome Pressure correction Yes
above 1200 psig:

1097 PROSPER
Check Rate conformance with Yes

IPR:
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2
Surface pipe correlation: Beggs and Brill
Use IPR For Unloading: Yes
Orifice sizing on: Calculated dP @ orifice
De-Rating Percentage for 100%
orifice:
Valve series selection: Camco - R20 / Normal
3.1.23.3Step by step procedure

The following step-by-step procedure will help to:
- Recall an existing PROSPER file
- Update the IPR input data
- Describe the gas lift gas PVT
- Design a continuous gas lift system
- Use the model to perform sensitivity on gas lift gas injection rate.
3.1.23.3.1 Defining the options
To start with, open the PROSPER sample file Tutorial_20.out.
Afterwards, select | Options | Options and make the following changes:
Artificial Lift Method: Gas Lift (Continuous)

Artificial Lift Type: No Friction Loss In Annulus

Examples Guide 1098

3.1.23.3.2 Description of the gas lift PVT
In order to describe the gas lift gas, select | System | Gas Lift Data and populate the
screen as below:
Variable Value
H2S mole percent: 0
CO2 mole percent: 0
N2 mole percent: 0

1099 PROSPER
At this stage, the following changes can be made:
GLR injected: 0 scf/stb (default)

Gas lift Method: Valve Depths Specified

3.1.23.3.3 Description of the IPR
Only two changes are required here: the reservoir pressure and the water valid for the
gas lift design.
Water Cut: 80 %
Select | system | Inflow Performance and make the following changes:

Examples Guide 1100
As a quick-check, select | Calculate to generate an IPR like this:

1101 PROSPER
Select | Main to get back to the main screen of PROSPER.
3.1.23.3.4 Description of the Gas Lift Design Conditions

Here are the gas lift design parameters:
Design rate method: Calculated from maximum production

Maximum liquid rate: 30 000 stb/d
unloading:
Injection:
Minimum valve spacing: 250 ft

Examples Guide 1102

Minimum transfer dP: 25 %
Maximum Port size: set by valves series selection
Safety for closure of last 0 psi
unloading valve:
Total GOR: 400
De-rating Percentage for 100%
valves:
Valve type: Casing sensitive
Minimum CHP decrease/valve: 50 psi
Valve setting: All valves Pvo = Gas Pressure
Injection point: Injection point is an orifice
Dome Pressure correction Yes
above 1200 psig:
IPR:
De-Rating Percentage for 100%
orifice:
Valve series selection: Camco - R20 / Normal
To start the gas lift design, select | Design | Gas lift | New Well and populate the screen
as shown below:

1103 PROSPER
In order to proceed, select | Continue | Get Rate and the following plot is generated with |
OK | Plot:

Examples Guide 1104
This performance curve is used by the gas lift design algorithm to define the oil rate the
design will aim to produce.
3.1.23.3.5 Performing the gas lift design

In order to perform the GL design, exit the well performance curve plot (Oil Rate versus
Gas Injected) with | Finish and the select | Design:

1105 PROSPER
After a while, the design is completed and the results can be visualized with the | Plot
tab in the lower half of the screen:

Examples Guide 1106
P min represents the minimum pressure drop that could be achieved at a defined depth during
unloading (when injecting at that defined depth).
In other words, as gas lift is carried out and the pressure drop decreases, an optimal gas rate is
achieved before too much is injected allowing the pressure drop to increase due to the friction.
The P min point represents the minimum pressure achieved at the defined valve depth as the
optimal gas rate has been reached.
P max represents the maximum pressure drop that could be achieved at a defined depth during
unloading, it is the momentary maximum pressure value at the valve as it closes and the one
below opens.
For more details about the design, select | Finish | Results | Calculate:

1107 PROSPER
3.1.23.3.6 Transferring the valve depths

Once a design is satisfactory, one needs to transfer the design results. For this, select |
System | Gas Lift Data | Transfer | From Gas Lift Design | OK | Done and the valve
depths are transferred across:

Examples Guide 1108
For further calculations, it will be assumed that a fixed depth of injection applies.
Therefore, the "Fixed Depth of Injection" gas lift method will be selected and the orifice
depth entered as bellow:
Afterwards, select | Done and save the file to secure all changes. This completes the
gas lift design.
3.1.23.3.7 System Calculation for a gas-lifted well
Next, sensitivity calculations on gas lift injection rate will be performed with the well
model created.
For this, select | Calculations | System (Vlp + Ipr) | 3 Variables and make the following
changes:

1109 PROSPER
First node Pressure: 250 psig

Water Cut: 80%
Total GOR: 400 scf/stb.
Select | Continue | Reset All and then choose the variable gas lift gas injection rate.
Populate the entry cells with the following values:

Examples Guide 1110
Gas Lift Gas Injection Rate: 0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 5, 7 & 10 MMscf/d.
With | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot, the following shows:

1111 PROSPER
It can be very useful to plot the oil rate versus the gas lift gas injection rate. For this,
select | Finish | Sensitivity | Variables | Oil Rate Done:

Examples Guide 1112

3.1.24 Tutorial 24: Intermittent Gas Lift design
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T24_IntermittentGasLiftDesign.OUT
3.1.24.1Introduction to intermittent Gas Lift
Intermittent gas lift is a type of artificial lift that is used in low productivity well. Gas is
injected on a cyclic basis to enable the liquid to build up in the well bore.
The pictures below show the various stages of a cycle in intermittent gas lift from the
instant the bottom valve opens:
Liquid accumulates in the tubing. This is the slug.
When the slug reaches a certain size, gas lift enters the tubing and lift the slug to the
surface.
The static liquid film against the inner diameter of the tubing falls back and the process
is repeated.
PROSPER can be used to design intermittent gas lift systems.

1113 PROSPER
3.1.24.2Statement of the problem

Intermittent gas lift is to be designed for a low productivity well with the following
parameter
PVT Data

Oil Gravity: 28 API
Gas Gravity: 0.6
Water Salinity: 100000 ppm
Gas impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): 0%
Bubble point pressure at 170 degF 1650 psig
Oil FVF at 170 degF and 1650 psig: 1.098 rb/stb
Oil Viscosity: 2.5 cp
IPR data
Reservoir model: PI entry

Water Cut: 80%
Compaction permeability reduction model: No
Relative permeability: No
Productivity Index 1 stb/d/psi
Down hole equipment data
Deviation survey
Measured depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
7500 7500
Equipment Measured Inside Outside Roughness in

Examples Guide 1114
type Depth in ft Diameter in diameter in inches

inches inches
Xmas 0 N/A N/A N/A
Tubing 7400 1.703 2.375 0.0006
Casing 7500 6.1 6.5 0.0006
Geothermal gradient
Measured depth in ft Static Formation Temperature

0 0
7500 170
Overall Heat Transfer coefficient: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F
Intermittent gas lift data
Surface Injection Pressure: 1500 psig

Injection depth: 7000 ft
Gas lift gas gravity: 0.6 (Air = 1)
Valve Port Size: 32/64 inches
Water Cut: 80%
Liquid level in the tubing: 4500 ft

The step by step procedure can be divided into two segments:
- Setting up of the PROSPER model and
- Performing the design of the gas lift system
3.1.24.3.1 Setting up the PROSPER model
The procedure of setting up the PROSPER model is identical to the one described in
tutorial 1.
System options

1115 PROSPER
From the main Prosper screen, select | Options | Options and make the following
changes:
Artificial lift - Method: Gas Lift (Intermittent)

Artificial lift - Type: Gas lift
PVT data
Select | PVT | Input Data and enter the fluid stock tank properties as shown below:

Examples Guide 1116

Oil Gravity: 28 API
Gas Gravity: 0.6
Gas impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): 0%
In order to enter the match data, select | Match data and enter the fluid properties at
down hole conditions as shown below:
Bubble point pressure at 170 degF 1650 psig

Oil FVF at 170 degF and 1650 psig: 1.098 rb/stb
Oil Viscosity: 2.5 cp

1117 PROSPER
In order to match the PVT correlation to the down hole PVT data, select | Done |
Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters:

Examples Guide 1118
Ideally, Parameter 1, which is a multiplier, should be close to unity whereas the shift
(Parameter 2) is expected to be around nil.
Given the results of the regression, the Glaso correlation will be used for bubble point,
solution GOR and oil FVF whereas the Beal et all correlation will be selected for the oil
viscosity.
Select | Done | Done and this is how the PVT data entry screen looks like:

1119 PROSPER
Note: a flashing message should indicate that the PVT have been matched. It should be
ensured that the Glaso along with the Beal et al correlations have been selected on this
screen.
Select | Done to complete the fluid PVT data entry.
Equipment Data Entry
From the main PROSPER screen select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to
start the equipment data entry with the deviation survey:
Measured depth in ft True Vertical Depth in ft

0 0
7500 7500

Examples Guide 1120
Select | Done | Cancel to enter the down hole equipment described below:
Equipment Measured Inside Outside Roughness in

type Depth in ft Diameter in diameter in inches

1121 PROSPER
inches inches
Xmas 0 N/A N/A N/A
Tubing 7400 1.703 2.375 0.0006
Casing 7500 6.1 6.5 0.0006
Select | Done to proceed with the entry of the geothermal gradient and the overall heat
transfer coefficient:
Geothermal gradient
Measured depth in ft Static Formation Temperature

0 70
7500 170
Overall Heat Transfer coefficient: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F

Examples Guide 1122
Select | Done | Done | Done to complete the description of the equipment.
In order to describe the well inflow, select | system | Inflow Performance Relationship
and make the following entries:
IPR data
Reservoir model: PI entry

Water Cut: 80%

1123 PROSPER

Compaction permeability reduction model: No
Relative permeability: No
Productivity Index 1 stb/d/psi
To enter the well productivity index,select | Input Data in the the top right corner of the
screen:

Examples Guide 1124
Now select | Calculate and an IPR curve is generated as shown below:

1125 PROSPER
Select | Main to return to the PROSPER main screen.
3.1.24.3.2 Design of the intermittent gas lift

In order to perform an intermittent gas lift design, select | Design | Intermittent Gas lift
design and populate the input screen as shown:
Intermittent gas lift data

Injection depth: 7000 ft
Valve Port Size: 32/64 inches
Water Cut: 80%
Liquid level in the tubing: 4500 ft

Examples Guide 1126
For the design of the unloading valves, 2 options are currently available in PROSPER:
- the constant surface closing pressure method and
- the optiflow flow design procedure.
To use either valve design option, simply select | Valves and make the relevant choice.
3.1.24.3.3 Constant Surface Closing Pressure design
When a well is not producing, then fluid accumulates inside the well bore.
For a gas lifted well, the tubing - annulus space through which gas lift is injected into the
tubing can be filled with liquid that covers the the injection valve. Therefore, in order to
kick-start the well, there is need to empty the annulus at least until the injection orifice /
valve is uncovered. This is process of unloading requires the installation valves.
One design method is the "constant surface closing pressure" design method. As the
name suggests, the unloading valves are set in such a way that they all close at the
1127 PROSPER
same user-defined constant casing head pressure which is generally between 100 and
200 psi below the available surface injection pressure.
In order to design the unloading valves, select | Design | Intermittent Gas Lift Design |
Valves | Constant Surface Closing Pressure
Now enter the design parameters as done below:
Surface injection pressure (during 1500 psig

unloading):
Unloading gradient: 0.45 psi/ft
Spacing factor: 0.2 psi/ft

Examples Guide 1128
Well head pressure: 50 psig

Surface closing pressure: 1300 psig (generally 100 - 200 psi lower than
injection pressure
Maximum Injection depth: 7000 ft
The spacing factor corresponds to the minimum pressure gradient inside the tubing. It
depends upon flow rate and tubing size and generally varies between 0.04 psi/ft and 0.2
psi/ft.
The valves depths are calculated and displayed along with the spacing pressure, the
closing and the injection pressure.

1129 PROSPER
3.1.24.3.4 OptiFlow Gas Lift Valve Design method

Another design method for the spacing of the unloading valves for an intermittent gas lift
system is the optiflow method.
According to the author (Handbook of Gas Lift by Axelson, US industries Inc., 1959 -
Intermittent Opti-Flow Section) the method is suitable for wells with little or no
information about the well potential.
In order to design the unloading valves with the optiflow method, select | Design |
Intermittent Gas Lift Design | Valves | Optiflow Design Procedure.
Now populate the design screen with the data provided:
Surface injection pressure (during 1500 psig

unloading):
Unloading gradient: 0.45 psi/ft
Static BHFP: 1800 psig
Well head pressure: 50 psig
Maximum Injection depth: 7000 ft
Once the input data have been entered, select | Calculate and the static liquid level is

Examples Guide 1130
calculated.
The method assumes a DP of 100 psi to open the valve.
The valves spacing lines are computed for 30% and 90% of the surface opening
pressure above the static liquid level.
Below the static liquid level, the spacing lines are drawn for 55 and 85% of the surface
opening pressure.
With | Plot, the following graph is displayed:
Select | Done | Done | Done to complete th
3.1.25 Tutorial 25: Coiled Tubing Gas Lift Design

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T25_CoiledTubingGasLiftDesign.OUT
This example builds upon tutorial 20. For beginners, it is recommended to work through
tutorial 20 before starting with this one.
Modify the Tutorial_20.out PROSPER file created in tutorial 20.
Find the maximum production rate achievable using gas lift.
Determine the optimum lift gas injection rate and depth.
Design the operating and unloading valves.

1131 PROSPER

Setup the gas lift design parameters.
Calculate the design production and gas injection rates.
Space out the valves.
Determine the valve trim sizes and dome pressures.
Calculate production sensitivities using the gaslift design.
water cut will rise to 80%.
This example will guide the user through opening the existing Tutorial_20.out file,
changing the calculation options and reservoir conditions, performing the design and
finally saving the file under a new name.


To improve well productivity, the well will be converted to a gas lifted well with coiled
tubing.
3.1.25.2Input Data For Continuous GL design with Coiled Tubing
- PVT data,
- Reservoir data,
- Lift gas PVT and the coiled tubing Gas lift design parameters
3.1.25.2.1 PVT Data
In this tutorial, the file from Tutorial 20 will be used that already contains a matched PVT
model.
3.1.25.2.2 Reservoir Data for GL design
In this tutorial, the file from Tutorial 20 will be used that already contains all the IPR
Water Cut: 80 %

Examples Guide 1132

In this tutorial, the file from Tutorial 20 will be used that already contains all the
equipment description required.
3.1.25.2.4 Coiled Tubing Gas Lift design parameters
Gas lift gas PVT:
Variable Value
H2S mole percent: 0
CO2 mole percent: 0
N2 mole percent: 0
Gas lift design conditions:

unloading:
Injection:
Design Rate Method: Calculated From Max Production
Maximum Liquid Rate: 30000 stb/d
IPR:

1133 PROSPER

- Describe the gas lift gas PVT
- Design a continuous gas lift system
- Use the model to perform sensitivity on gas lift gas injection rate.
Artificial Lift Method: Coiled Tubing Gas Lift

Artificial Lift Type: No Friction Loss In Annulus

Examples Guide 1134
3.1.25.3.2 Gas lift PVT and CT Data

In order to describe the gas lift gas, select | System | Coiled Tubing Data and populate
the screen as below:
Gas lift PVT
Variable Value
H2S mole percent: 0
CO2 mole percent: 0
N2 mole percent: 0
Coiled Tubing Data
Variable Value
Coiled Tubing Inside Diameter: 0.8 inches
Coiled tubing thickness: 0.2 inches
Coiled tubing inside roughness: 0.0006 inches
Coiled Tubing Outside 0.0006 inches
Roughness:
Note that in the event a coiled tubing gas lift has already been designed, then one will

1135 PROSPER
simply populate this screen and then proceed with the system calculations.

gas lift design.
Water Cut: 80 %

Examples Guide 1136
3.1.25.3.4 Description of the CT Gas Lift Design Conditions

Here are the CT gas lift design parameters:

unloading:
Injection:
Design Rate Method: Calculated From Max Production

1137 PROSPER
Maximum Liquid Rate: 30000 stb/d

IPR:
To start the coiled tubing (CT) gas lift design, select | Design | Coiled Tubing Gas lift
and populate the screen as shown below:
In order to proceed, select | Continue | Get Rate |OK | Plot:

Examples Guide 1138
This performance curve is used by the gas lift design algorithm to define the oil rate the
design will aim to produce.
3.1.25.3.5 Performing the CT gas lift design

In order to perform the coiled tubing (CT) Gas Lift design, exit the well performance
curve plot (Oil Rate versus Gas Injected) with | Finish and the select | Design:
After a while, the design is completed and the results can be visualized with the | Plot
tab in the lower half of the screen:

1139 PROSPER
Note that the bottom section of the screen displays the results of the design. The results
can be transferred to the

Examples Guide 1140
3.1.25.3.6 Fixing the CT injection depth

Once a design is satisfactory, one needs to transfer the design results. For this, select |
System | Coiled Tubing Gas Lift Data
and populate the screen as follow:

1141 PROSPER
Afterwards, select | Done and save the file to secure all changes. This completes the
gas lift design.
3.1.25.3.7 System Calculation for a CT gas-lifted well
Next, sensitivity calculations on gas lift injection rate will be performed with the well
model created.
changes:

Examples Guide 1142

Water Cut: 80%
Select | Continue | Reset All and then choose the variable gas lift gas injection rate.
Populate the entry cells with the following values:

1143 PROSPER
Gas Lift Gas Injection Rate: 0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 5, 7 & 10 MMscf/d.

Examples Guide 1144
It can be very useful to plot the oil rate versus the gas lift gas injection rate. For this,
select | Finish | Sensitivity | Variables | Oil Rate Done:

1145 PROSPER

3.1.26 Tutorial 26: ESP Design
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T26_ESPDesign.OUT
This example is based upon tutorial 20. For beginners, it is recommended to work
through tutorial 20 before starting with this one.
Modify the the PROSPER file created in tutorial 20.
Find the the ESP system required to produce a given flow rate.

Design an ESP system
Calculate sensitivities on pump frequency.
water cut have risen to 80%.
This example will guide the user through opening the existing PROSPER file from
tutorial 20, which name starts with T20_xxx.OUT and changing the calculation options
and reservoir conditions, performing the design and finally saving the file under a new
name.


To improve well productivity, the well will be converted to an ESP-lifted well.
3.1.26.2Input Data For ESP design
For a ESP design, the following inputs are required:
- PVT data,
- IPR data,
- ESP design parameters
3.1.26.2.1 PVT Data

Examples Guide 1146
3.1.26.2.2 Reservoir Data for ESP design

Water Cut: 80 %
Since the ESP has to fit inside of the casing, additional details are required for the
down hole equipment description.
These details are:
Tubing Outer Diameter: 4.5 inches throughout.

Casing Internal Diameter: 8.3 inches throughout
3.1.26.2.4 ESP design parameters
ESP design conditions:
Pump Depth (Measured): 7000 ft

Operating Frequency: 60 Hertz
Maximum Pump Outer 6 inches
Diameter:
Length of cable: 7000 ft
Gas separator efficiency: 0%
Design liquid rate: 12 000 stb/d
Water Cut: 80%
Top Node Pressure: 250 psig
Motor Power Safety Margin: 0%
Pump Wear Factor: 0%
Gas de-Rating model: None

1147 PROSPER

- Complete the down hole description
- Design an ESP lift system
- Use the model to perform sensitivity on pump frequency.
Artificial Lift Method: Electrical Submersible Pump

Examples Guide 1148
3.1.26.3.2 Description of the well down hole equipment

Since the ESP has to fit inside of the casing, additional details are required for the
These details are:

Roughness: 0.0018 inches throughout
Select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | Downhole to complete the down hole
description as shown below:
Select | Main to complete this step.

gas lift design.

1149 PROSPER

Water Cut: 80 %

Examples Guide 1150
3.1.26.3.4 Description of the ESP Design Conditions

Here are the ESP lift design parameters:

Operating Frequency: 60 Hertz
Maximum Pump Outer 6 inches
Diameter:
Water Cut: 80%
Motor Power Safety Margin: 0%

1151 PROSPER

To start the ESP design, select | Design | Electrical Submersible Pump and populate
the screen as shown below:
At design stage, it is recommended to start with not gas separation, assess the need
for gas separation using the the Dunbar Plot before making a decision.
3.1.26.3.5 Performing the ESP design
In order to perform the ESP design, select | Calculate | Calculate | OK:

Examples Guide 1152
The screen above summarizes all the parameters required to choose a pump system.
In order to assess the need for down hole gas separation, select | Sensitivity to visualize
the Dunbar plot:

1153 PROSPER
The Dunbar plot is an empirical relation that can be interpreted as follow: if the test point
is above the red curve, then down holw gas separation is not required. Otherwise, down
hole gas separation is recommended.
In this example, down hole separation is not needed.
Select | Finish | Done to return to the ESP design screen.
Now select | Design and select the Pump, the motor and the cable as below:

Examples Guide 1154
In order to see the pump performance curve, select | Plot

1155 PROSPER
3.1.26.3.6 System Calculation for an ESP-lifted well

Next, sensitivity calculations on pump frequency will be performed with the well model
created.
changes:

Examples Guide 1156

Water Cut: 80%
Select | Continue | Reset All and then choose the variable operating frequency. Populate
the entry cells with the following values:

1157 PROSPER
Operating frequencies: 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70 Hz.

Examples Guide 1158
The following aspects need to be considered when interpreting the VLP/ IPR plot for an
ESP-lifted well.
At the reference depth, the IPR is computed.

At the pump depth, the Pump Intake Pressure is computed
At the discharge of the pump, PROSPER compute the pump discharge pressure at the
pump depth.
The VLP is computed between the top node pressure and the discharge of the pump.
Therefore, the solution rate is the intersection between pump discharge pressure and
VLP.
All plots can be visualized | Variables. Now select the pertinent curves as done below:

1159 PROSPER
Select | Done and the following plot shows:

Examples Guide 1160
It can be very useful to plot the oil rate versus the pump operating frequency. For this, select |
Finish | Sensitivity | Variables | Oil Rate Done:

1161 PROSPER
Finally, it is always recommended to compare the pump operating conditions with the
pump performance curve.
For this, select | Finish | Solution Details | Pump Plot and this is what shows:
This example shows the pump operates inside the recommended envelope for all
conditions considered.

3.1.26.3.7 Notes on system plot (VLP+IPR) for ESP-lifted wells
When an ESP is present in the well, the nodal analysis is carried out at the bottom of the
well rather than the bottom hole:
Naturally flowing production well:

For a naturally flowing well, the solution node is placed at the bottom hole which results
in the VLP accounting for the pressure drop from the wellhead to the bottomhole.

Examples Guide 1162
ESP lifted production well:

In the case of an ESP-lifted well, the solution node is placed at the top of the ESP.
This means that the VLP accounts for the pressure drop from the wellhead to the top of
the ESP.
The IPR includes the pressure drop across the reservoir.
The pump intake pressure (PIP) includes the pressure drop across the reservoir plus
the pressure drop in the well up to the pump inlet. This is effectively the well inflow
corrected to the inlet of the pump.
The pump discharge pressure (PDP) includes the pressure drop across the reservoir
plus the pressure drop in the well up to the pump inlet and the pressure gain across the

1163 PROSPER
ESP.This is effectively the well inflow corrected to the discharge of the pump.
Ultimately, the solution rate is the intersection between the VLP and the PDP.

Examples Guide 1164
The resulting IPR is the obtained in the following way:
These plots then combine as seen by the light blue dashed line to give the resulting IPR
within which the ESP effects are felt.
To access the same plot within PROSPER, after running the system calculation, select:
PLOT | SYSTEM PLOT | VARIABLES, the pump intake and discharge pressure can
then be selected and displayed as shown below:

1165 PROSPER
3.1.27 Tutorial 27: Design of an Hydraulic Downhole Pump for an oil

well
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T27_HSPDesign.OUT
The objectives of this example are to:

Select a suitable combination of pump and turbine.

Use existing PVT and VLP data as the basis of a new analysis
Calculate pump intake and outlet pressures
Design an HSP system
Evaluate pump operating point sensitivities


To improve well productivity, the well will be converted to an HSP-lifted well.
The hydraulic submersible pump (HSP) is a type of pump to consider for highly viscous
fluids or high GOR at pump suction conditions.
The program will be used to select an HSP and turbine from the artificial lift database

Examples Guide 1166
that fits the design criteria.
3.1.27.2Input Data For HSP design

- Produced Fluid PVT data and Power fluid PVT data
- IPR data,
- HSP design parameters
3.1.27.2.1 Produced Fluid & Power Fluid PVT Data
For the power fluid, the following inputs apply:
HSP Power Fluid Properties:
Power Fluid: Water

Power Fluid Salinity: 10 000 ppm
3.1.27.2.2 Reservoir Data for HSP design

For the HSP design tutorial, the following IPR conditions apply.

Water Cut: 80 %

Since the HSP has to fit inside of the casing, additional details are required for the
These details are:

3.1.27.2.4 HSP design parameters
HSP design conditions:

Pump maximal Allowable OD: 8 inches

1167 PROSPER
Turbine maximal Allowable OD: 8 inches

Design liquid rate: 7000 ft
Pump speed: 6000 rpm
Percent Power Fluid Of 50 %
Reservoir Fluid:

- Complete the down hole description
- Design an ESP lift system
- Use the model to perform sensitivity on pump frequency.
Artificial Lift Method: Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump

Artificial Lift Type: Commingled Annular Supply

Examples Guide 1168

3.1.27.3.2 Produced Fluid & Power Fluid PVT Data
For the power fluid, the following inputs apply:
HSP Power Fluid Properties:
Power Fluid: Water

Power Fluid Salinity: 10 000 ppm
Select | PVT | Input Data and make the following entries for the power fluid:

1169 PROSPER

3.1.27.3.3 Description of the well down hole equipment
Since the pump has to fit inside of the casing, additional details are required for the
These details are:

Roughness: 0.0018 inches throughout
Select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | Downhole to complete the down hole
description as shown below:

Examples Guide 1170

gas lift design.
Water Cut: 80 %

1171 PROSPER

Examples Guide 1172
3.1.27.3.5 HSP Design

Here are the HSP lift design parameters:

Pump maximal Allowable OD: 8 inches
Turbine maximal Allowable OD: 8 inches
Water Cut of Produced Fluid: 80%
Pump speed: 6000 rpm
Percent Power Fluid Of 50 %
Reservoir Fluid:

1173 PROSPER
To enter the design parameters, select | Design | Hydraulic Pump and populate the entry
cells as below:
Select | Calculate | Calculate to compute the operating conditions of the pump:

Examples Guide 1174
Now select | Done | Design and here select first the pump and then the turbine:

1175 PROSPER
One can display the pump plot with | Pump Plot.
select | Finish to return to the previous screen.

Equally, one can display the turbine plot with | Turbine Plot:

Examples Guide 1176
Select | Done.
From the design screen, one can perform directly a system calculation (Vlp + Ipr) to
verify the actual pump performance.
For this select | System | Continue | Reset All | Continue | Calculate:

1177 PROSPER
3.1.28 Tutorial 28: Sucker Rod Pump Design

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T28_SuckerRodPumpDesign.OUT
The objectives of this example are to:

Create a new PROSPER file.
Set the artificial lift options to Sucker Rod Pump.
Enter the relevant PVT, downhole equipment and IPR data.
Complete the SRP design and select a suitable pump and rod string
combination.
Evaluate the pump performance using the system calculation sensitivities.

Examples Guide 1178

Given PVT data, Reservoir data, SRP design parameters and well completion data, it
is required to:
- Design a sucker rod pump (SRP) for a low rate oil well with a target liquid rate of 200
stb/d.
- Predict the well performance under changing operating conditions
3.1.28.2Input Data for SRP-Design
For a SRP- design, the following data sets are needed:
- PVT data,
- Reservoir data
- SRP- design parameters
3.1.28.2.1 Fluid Properties

Oil Gravity: 25 API
Specific gas gravity: 0.68 (Air =1)
Pb at 130 degF: 1300 psig
Bo @ Pb and 130 degF: 1.06 rb/sb
0 @ Pb and 130 degF: 8.87 cp

0 0
3500 3500

The surface pipes are not included in this tutorial.
3.1.28.2.2.3 Downhole Equipment
Equipme Measure Tubing Tubing Tubin Tubing Casin Casing

nt Type d Depth ID Inside g OD Inside g ID Inside

1179 PROSPER
Roughne Roughnes Roughnes

ss s s
ft inches inches inches inches inches inches
Xmas 0 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Tubing 3500 2.441 0.0012 2.625 0.0012 6.3 0.0012
3.1.28.2.2.4 Geothermal Gradient
Measured Depth in ft Static Ambient Temperature

0 60
3500 130
Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F

The default average heat capacity values will be used for this tutorial.
3.1.28.2.3 Inflow Performance Relation
Inflow Performance Data
Reservoir model: PI Entry

Water Cut: 80 %
Compaction Permeability model: NO
Relative Permeability: NO
Productivity Index: 0.25 stb/d/psi
3.1.28.2.4 SRP-Design parameters
Anchored Tubing: Yes

Pump depth: 3500 ft
Pump Diameter: 1.75 inches
Surface stroke length: 48 inches

Examples Guide 1180
Pump Speed: 12 strokes / minutes

Rode Selection - Rod type: Steel Rods
Rod Number: ROD99/04
Gas Anchor Method: Entered
Gas Anchor Efficiency: 0.8 (fraction)
Type: Poor Boy
Annulus Area: 1.5 in2
Further deign parameters are:
Calculation mode: Enter Production Rate, Estimate Stroke

Rate
Pumping Unit Selection: LUFKIN C-320-305-100 LC044
Rod Grad: D
Service Factor: Non-corrosive
Pump Intake Pressure Method: Entered
Mid Perforation Depth: 3500 ft
Design Input - Unit type: Conventional Clockwise
Design Input - Anchored tubing: Yes
Design Input - MidPoint Perforation 3500 ft
depth:
Design Input - Pump Depth: 3500 ft
Design Input - Pump Volumetric 80%
Efficiency:
Design Input - Unit Efficiency: 75%
Design Input - Pump Diameter: 1.75-in
Design Input - Surface Stroke length: 48 "
Design Input - Bottom Hole Temperature: 130 degF
Design Input - Well Head Temperature: 90 degF
Design Input - Well Head Pressure: 100 psig
3.1.28.3Step by step SRP design

The step-by-step will take the reader through all necessary stages required to:
- Build a PROSPER well model,
- Design a Sucker Rod Pump for the well

1181 PROSPER
- Use the well model to predict the well performance under changing operating
conditions.
3.1.28.3.1 Options
Select | File | New to open a new PROSPER file.
Artificial Lift Method: Sucker Rod Pump
Select | Done to complete this task.

3.1.28.3.2 PVT Data: Input & Matching
Select | PVT | Input Data and populate the screen as below:

Examples Guide 1182
Oil Gravity: 25 API

In order to enter the fluid properties at non-standard conditions, select | Match Data and
populate the screen as follow:

Pb at 130 degF: 1300 psig
Bo @ Pb and 130 degF: 1.06 rb/sb
0 @ Pb and 130 degF: 8.87 cp

1183 PROSPER
Select | Done | Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters to inspect the statistics of the
non-linear regression:

Examples Guide 1184
Parameter 1 is a multiplier and is ideally equal to unity.

Parameter 2 is a shift and is ideally equal to nil.
On the basis of the regression results, the Glaso correlation and Beal et al black oil
correlation will be selected for this tutorial.
Select | Done | Done and ensure that Glaso and Beal et have been effectively selected
as black oil correlations:

1185 PROSPER
3.1.28.3.3 System Equipment

Select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to enter the deviation survey

0 0
3500 3500

Examples Guide 1186
Select | Done to proceed to the surface equipment screen:

1187 PROSPER
On the surface equipment equipment screen, make sure that the the recommended
ELF choke model is selected.
For validation only, enter:
Temperature of Surroundings: 60 degF

Overall Heat Transfer Coefficicnet: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F.
Select | Done to proceed to the Downhole Equipment description screen:

ss s s
Tubing 3500 2.441 0.0012 2.625 0.0012 6.3 0.0012

Examples Guide 1188
Select | Done to continue to the Geothermal Gradient input screen:

0 60
3500 130

1189 PROSPER
Select | Done and accept the default average heat capacities with | Default | Done.
Now select | Done to complete this step.
3.1.28.3.4 SRP Data

Select | Sucker Rod Pumps and make the following choices to start with:
Anchored Tubing: Yes

Pump depth: 3500 ft
Pump Diameter: 1.75 inches

Examples Guide 1190
Surface stroke length: 48 inches

Pump Speed: 12 strokes / minutes
Rode Selection - Rod type: Steel Rods
Gas Anchor Method: Entered
Gas Anchor Efficiency: 0.8 (fraction)
Type: Cup Type
Annulus Area: 1.5 in2

1191 PROSPER
Each input made here can be altered later during the design process if judged
necessary.
Note: A gas anchor is a bottom hole gas separator.
Select | System | Inflow Performance and populate the screen as follow:
Reservoir model: PI Entry

Water Cut: 80 %
Compaction Permeability model: NO
Relative Permeability: NO

Examples Guide 1192
Select | Input Data and enter the productivity index of 0.25 stb/d/psi:

1193 PROSPER
Select | Calculate afterwards to generate an IPR:

Examples Guide 1194
Select | Finish to return to the previous screen.

Since the target rate is 200 stb/d, one can estimate the bottom hole flowing pressure
required for this target rate with | Sensitivity | Rate Method "User Selected" and enter
200 stb/d as rate.

1195 PROSPER
Now select | Continue | Continue | Calculate and the IPR pressure required to produce
200 stb/d is calculated and displayed. It is 651.5 psig.

Examples Guide 1196

3.1.28.3.6 SRP Design
Select | Design | Sucker Rod Pump and enter the following design parameters:
Calculation mode: Enter Production Rate, Estimate Stroke

Rate
Target Production Rate: 200 stb/d
Pumping Unit Selection: LUFKIN C-320-305-100 LC044
Rod Grad: D
Service Factor: Non-corrosive
Pump Intake Pressure Method: Entered - 651.5 psig
Mid Perforation Depth: 3500 ft
Design Input - Unit type: Conventional Clockwise

1197 PROSPER
Design Input - Anchored tubing: Yes

Design Input - MidPoint Perforation 3500 ft
depth:
Design Input - Pump Depth: 3500 ft
Design Input - Pump Volumetric 80%
Efficiency:
Design Input - Unit Efficiency: 75%
Design Input - Pump Diameter: 1.75-in
Design Input - Surface Stroke length: 48-in
Design Input - Bottom Hole Temperature: 130 degF
Design Input - Well Head Temperature: 90 degF
Design Input - Well Head Pressure: 100 psig
Select | Design | Sucker Rod Pump and enter the design data:

Examples Guide 1198
One the data have been properly entered, select | Calculate to complete the design.
It is possible to run sensitivity on the rod with | Rod Sensitivity | Calculate and the
following screen shows:
Select | Done | Done to complete the SRP design.

1199 PROSPER
3.1.28.4Running sensitivities with a SRP-lifted well model

In order to run sensitivity on the pump speed, select | Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3
Variables and make the following entries:

Water Cut: 80%
Select | Continue and then select the variable "Pumping speed" with the following
values: 12, 14, 16, 18 & 20 strokes/minute

Examples Guide 1200
Proceed with | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot:

1201 PROSPER
One can see how the predicted flow rate increases with the pumping speed.
This completes this tutorial. Select | Main to exit the screen.

3.1.29 Tutorial 29: Progressive Cavity Pump (PCP) Design
File: ~/samples/T29_PCPDesign.OUT
In this example we will perform a design of a PCP (Progressive cavity pump) in an oil
well.
The objectives of this example are:
In this example it will be demonstrated how to enter PCP pump data in the database
section
To perform a Design of a PCP to increase the oil production.
To perform a Calculation System using a PCP lift system.
It is intended to design a PCP for an oil well.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and well equipment data (VLP) are available.
Pump and sucker rod data were obtained from the PCP vendor as well.
It is required to:
- Add the particular PCP pump into the PROSPER database

Examples Guide 1202
- Add the sucker rod into the PROSPER database

- Build a PROSPER model for the oil well
- Design a PCP for the well
- Use the PCP-lifted well model for sensitivity calculations.
3.1.29.2Adding a PCP to the pump database
The following pump characteristics were obtained from the pump supplier:
Manufacturer : Tutorial29
Pump Series : 4"
Pump Model : 400TP1350
Pump Size : 4.72 inches
Maximum Head : 4430 ft
Reference Speed : 500 rpm
Reference Rate : 2534 stb/d
Pump Volume : 34 in3
Pump Length : 28.5433 ft
Stator Pitch : 15.2756 inches
Specific Rotor OD : 1.49606 inches
Rotor Elements : 1
Below are the parameters that describe the performance curve of this specific pump:
Hydraulic Head in ft Actual Flow Rate Speed in rpm Shaft power in hp

in bbl/d
4430 2152 500 110
3000 2342 500 83
1500 2456 500 50
In order to add a PCP to the PROSPER database, select | Design | Database | PCP |
Pumps | Add and enter the pump data as done below:

1203 PROSPER
Select | Plot to generate the pump performance curve:

Examples Guide 1204
Select | Main to conclude this task.

3.1.29.3Adding a Sucker Rod to the database
The following rod data were obtained from the pump supplier:
Rod Manufacturer : Tutorial29

Rod Name : Rod 1
Rod Inside Diameter : 1 (inches)
Rod Outside Diameter : 1.5 (inches)
Rod Linear Density : 16 (lb/ft)
Young's Modulus : 30602964 (psi)
Thermal Expansion : 7.78E-06 (1/deg F)
Select | Design | DataBase | Sucker Rods | Add and populate the screen as below:

1205 PROSPER
Should an invalid error message appears for the Young modulus value, then select |
Done | Cancel | Cancel | Units | Units and then extend the maximum value allowed for the
Young modulus to 15E10 psi:
Afterwards, select | Main | DataBase | Sucker Rods | Add and complete the addition of

Examples Guide 1206
the rod to the database as done below:
Select | Main to complete this task.

3.1.29.4Input Data for PCP-Design
For a SRP- design, the following data sets are needed:
- PVT data,
- Reservoir data
- SRP- design parameters
3.1.29.4.1 Fluid Properties

Oil Gravity: 13 API
CO2, N2, H2S content 0%
Pb, Rs & Bo Correlation: Glaso

Oil Viscosity Correlation: Beal et al
3.1.29.4.2 Well Equipment Data

1207 PROSPER
0 0
4000 4000
The surface pipes are not included in this tutorial.

ss s s
Tubing 4000 2.89 0.0012 3.5 0.0012 8.3 0.0012
3.1.29.4.2.4 Geothermal Gradient

0 60
4000 160

3.1.29.4.3 Inflow Performance Relation
Reservoir Model PI Entry

Reservoir Pressure 1900 psig
Reservoir Temperature 160 degF
Water Cut 80 %
Total GOR 100

Examples Guide 1208
3.1.29.4.4 PCP-Design parameters
Pump depth: 3500 ft

Maximum OD: 7 inches
Design Rate: 2500 stb/d
Water cut: 80%
Total Rod length: 3500 ft
Pipe Correlation: Beggs and Brill
Tubing Correlation: Petroleum Experts 3 - suitable for viscous oils
3.1.29.5.1 PROSPER Well model set-up

Model options
From the main menu click Options | Options and make the following changes:
Artificial lift method: Progressive Cavity Pump

Artificial lift type: Sucker Rod Drive

1209 PROSPER
Select | Done | PVT Input Data to enter the fluid properties:
PVT Data
Solution GOR: 100scf/stb

Oil Gravity: 13 API

Examples Guide 1210
Select | Done to complete the PVT data entry section.
From the main menu select System | Equipment | All | Edit for the equipment data entry:
Equipment Data - Deviation survey

0 0
4000 4000

1211 PROSPER
Surface Equipment

Examples Guide 1212
Choke Method: ELF

Temperature of surroundings: 60 degF
Overall Heat Transfer: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F
Select | Done to proceed to the down hole equipment screen:
Downhole Equipment

ss s s
Tubing 4000 2.89 0.0012 3.5 0.0012 8.3 0.0012

1213 PROSPER
Select | Done to continue with the geothermal gradient:
Geothermal gradient

0 60
4000 160

Examples Guide 1214
Select | Done to continue with the | Average heat capacities:
Average heat capacities

1215 PROSPER
Select | Done | Done to complete the equipment data entry.
From the main PROSPER screen, select | System | Inflow Performance and make the
following entries:

Water Cut 80 %
Total GOR 100
Select Input Data to enter the well productivity index of 2.5 stb/d/psi:

Examples Guide 1216
In order to visualise the inflow curve, select | Calculate:

1217 PROSPER
Select | Main to complete the model set-up.

3.1.29.5.2 PCP Design procedure
In order to start the PCP design, select | Design | Progressive Cavity Pump and then
Pump depth: 3500 ft

Maximum OD: 7 inches
Design Rate: 2500 stb/d
Water cut: 80%
Total Rod length: 3500 ft
Pipe Correlation: Beggs and Brill
Tubing Correlation: Petroleum Experts 3 - suitable for viscous oils

Examples Guide 1218
Afterwards, select | Calculate | Calculate to trigger the key pump design performance:

1219 PROSPER
The next step is to select | Done | Design and then select the pump and the rod as done
below:
Select | Done | Done and this completes the PCP design
3.1.29.5.3 PCP sensitivity calculation

In the following, we will sensitize on pump speed: 100, 200, 300, 400 and 500 rpm:
For this, select | Calculation | System (Ipr+Vlp) | 3 Variables and make the following
changes:

Water Cut: 80%
Surface Equipment Correlation: Beggs and Brill

Examples Guide 1220
Select | Continue | Select the variable "Pump speed" and enter the sensitivity values as
done below:

1221 PROSPER
Now proceed with | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot | Variables to select
the variables of interest:

Examples Guide 1222
Select | Done afterwards to see the system plot:

1223 PROSPER
Select | Finish to return to the previous menu where the numerical values of the system
calculation are displayed:

Examples Guide 1224
Note that one can scroll through the various sensitivity variables and the screen is
update automatically.
Select | Main and this completes this tutorial.
3.1.30 Tutorial 30: Modelling Diluent Injection into an oil well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T30_DiluentInjection.OUT
In this example we will install diluent injection at the bottom of the production tubing
string.
The objectives of this example are:
Create a new PROSPER file and set up the file options.

Perform a system calculation to investigate diluent injection on well performance.
The purpose of this tutorial is to show how to quantify the impact of diluent injection rate
on well production rate.
The following steps will be carried out during this tutorial:

1225 PROSPER
Create a PROSPER model

Perform a System Calculation with the following boundary conditions:
Well Head Flowing pressure: 75 psig

Water Cut: 95%
3.1.30.2Input Data
To model diluent injection in an oil well using PROSPER, the following data sets are
needed:
- Produced Fluid and diluent PVT data,
- Reservoir data
- Diluent injection depth and diluent injection rate
3.1.30.2.1 Produced Fluid & Diluent PVT
The properties of both produced fluid and diluent fluid are required.
Produced Fluid PVT:

Oil Gravity: 25 API
Diluent Fluid PVT:
Specific gravity of diluent fluid: 10 API

Diluent FVF at 185 degF and 2250 psig: 1 rb/stb
Diluent viscosity at 185 degF and 2250 psig: 0.3 cp

Examples Guide 1226
It should be noted that when available, a full description of the diluent fluid PVT at
different pressure and temperature can be entered as look-up table in PROSPER.
3.1.30.2.2 Well Equipment Data
Deviation Survey

0 0
8000 8000
Surface Equipment
NONE
Downhole Equipment

ss s s
Tubing 8000 1.995 0.0006 2.375 0.0006 6 0.0006
Geothermal gradient

0 45
8000 185

1227 PROSPER

Water Cut 90 %
Total GOR 1500 scf/stb
3.1.30.2.4 Diluent Injection Data
Measured Diluent Injection 6000 ft, 6500 ft, 7000 ft, 7500 ft & 7800 ft
depth:
Diluent Injection rate: 10 values from 0 stb/d with 50 stb/d increment
3.1.30.3.1 PROSPER Well model set-up

Model options
Artificial lift method: Diluent Injection

Artificial lift type: Annular Injection - Tubing Production

Examples Guide 1228
PVT Data
The properties of both produced fluid and diluent fluid are required.
Produced Fluid PVT:

Oil Gravity: 25 API

1229 PROSPER

To enter the diluent properties, select | Properties in the bottom right corner of the
screen
Diluent Fluid PVT:
Specific gravity of diluent fluid: 10 API

Diluent FVF at Pres and Tres: 1 rb/stb
Diluent viscosity at Pres and Tres: 0.3 cp

Examples Guide 1230
Because the the diluent lookup PVT contains a single point in a single table, the
program will use the same FVF and viscosity throughout.
If more points are entered, the algorithm will interpolate to find the viscosity and
formation volume factor of the diluent as function of pressure and temperature.
Select | Main to complete the data entry in the PVT section.
From the main menu select System | Equipment | All | Edit for the equipment data entry:
Equipment Data - Deviation survey

0 0
8000 8000

1231 PROSPER
Surface Equipment

Examples Guide 1232
Choke Method: ELF

Temperature of surroundings: 60 degF
Overall Heat Transfer: 8 Btu/h/ft2/F
Select | Done to proceed to the down hole equipment screen:
Downhole Equipment

ss s s
Tubing 8000 1.995 0.0006 2.375 0.0006 6 0.0006

1233 PROSPER
Select | Done to continue with the geothermal gradient:
Geothermal gradient

0 45
8000 185

Examples Guide 1234

1235 PROSPER
From the main PROSPER screen, select | System | Inflow Performance and make the
following entries:

Water Cut 90 %
Total GOR 1500 scf/stb
Select Input Data to enter the well productivity index of 2.7 stb/d/psi:

Examples Guide 1236
In order to visualize the inflow curve, select | Calculate:

1237 PROSPER
Select | Main to return to the main PROSPER screen.
Diluent injection data
Select | System | Diluent Injection and populate the screen as done below:
Measured Diluent Injection 6000 ft

depth:
Here a constant diluent injection of nil stb/d will be entered. This constant injection rate

Examples Guide 1238
will be overwritten when sensitizing in the variable diluent injection rate during any
subsequent calculation.
Likewise, the dilluent injection depth is a sensitivity variable during the system
calculations.
Select | Done to complete the model set-up.

3.1.30.4Calculating Sensitivites
To run system calculations, select Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) 3-Variable :
Well Head Flowing pressure: 75 psig

Water Cut: 95%

1239 PROSPER
Select | Continue, choose the sensitivity variables and enter the following data:
Measured Diluent Injection 6000 ft, 6500 ft, 7000 ft, 7500 ft & 7800 ft
depth:

Examples Guide 1240
Select | Continue | Calculate | OK and then use the thumb buttons to review the
tabular results:
Select | Plot | System Plot to see the graphical solution (to zoom in on the plot, left
click and drag a box over the solution area):

1241 PROSPER
An alternative representation of the results would consist in displaying the flow rate as
function of diluent injection rate. For this, select | System | Sensitivity | Variables amd
make the following selections:

Examples Guide 1242
Select | Done and the following graphical representation is displayed:
Two main conclusions can be drawn from the sensitivity plot:

- the deeper the injection depth, the higher the flow rate.
- for each injection depth, there is an optimum diluent inject rate, which is the maximum
on each curve.
Select | Main.
3.1.31 Tutorial 31: Modelling Multiphase Pump with PROSPER
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T31_MultiphasePumpOnSeabed.OUT
Multi-phase pumps enable non-processed well stream fluids to be boosted, providing a

benefit to improving well performance. Multi-phase pump application also benefits
deep water installations.

water cut has increased, free gas is being produced and well deliverability has reduced.

1243 PROSPER
To improve well productivity, the a multiphase pump will be installed at the well head to
booster the production.
3.1.31.2Model Set Up
From the main menu click Options | Options and select the following options:
Artificial Lift Method: Multiphase Pump

Type: Framo Pumps
From the main menu select System | Inflow Performance and make the following
changes to the IPR data:

Water Cut 50 Percent
GOR: 1000 scf/stb

Examples Guide 1244
Introducing multiphase booster pump and riser
From the main menu select System | Equipment and click on All | Edit and complete
the following sections:
The deviation survey will not be changed. Select Done to move to the surface
equipment section
Enter just 50 ft of pipe between the pump and the pump followed by 1000 ft of riser
with an internal diameter of 6 inches.

1245 PROSPER
Ambient temperature: 50 degF

Select | Plot to visualize the topography of the piping system:

Examples Guide 1246
Select Finish | Main to revert to the main PROSPER screen.
Select | Finish | Done and ensure that the well head is at 1000 ft as done below:

1247 PROSPER
Equally, the geothermal gradient needs to include a point at the well head depth of 1000
ft:

Examples Guide 1248
Select | Main to return to the PROSPER main screen.
Afterwards, select System | MultiPhase Pumps and enter the following data:

1249 PROSPER
Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.
3.1.31.3Calculating Sensitivies
To run sensitivities on the selected pump for e.g. different reservoir pressures, water
cuts, etc., the System (Ipr + Vlp) 3-Variable calculation will be used that can be
selected via the Calculation menu option.
Enter the following data:

Water Cut: 50%
Total GOR: 1000
Rate Method: User Selected
Rate generation method: Linear Spacing
First value: 1000 stb/d
Last value: 20 000 stb/d
Number 20

Examples Guide 1250
This is how the screen looks like once the rates have been generated or populated by hand:

1251 PROSPER
Click Continue and enter the following sensitivity data:
Click Continue | Calculate.

Examples Guide 1252
Using the thumb buttons on the tabular results screen, one can observe that as the
power available increases the the flow rate increases. This is better demonstrated with
the | Sensitivity button and by selecting liquid rate under | Variables:

1253 PROSPER
multi-phase pump.
Different pumps can be evaluated by returning to the main PROSPER screen and
selecting System | MultiPhase Pumps then selecting a different pump from the
Current Pump drop-down dialogue box and re-running the system calculation to
evaluate well performance and multi-phase pump selection.
3.1.32 Tutorial 32: Trouble-shooting a gas lifted well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T32_GasLiftQuickLook.OUT
The main objectives of this example are to show how to analyse a well test for a gas-
lifted oil well.

The gas lifted well model constructed in tutorial 23 has been in production for some
time.
It is required to:

- Find out the most likely point of injection

Examples Guide 1254
3.1.32.2Input Data
The response of a gas lifted well depends upon:
- Fluid response (PVT),
- Reservoir response (IPR),
- Tubing response and
- Valve response.
The valve response depends upon valve characteristics and casing head pressure.
Changing operational circumstances can cause an unloading valve to open. When an
unloading valve opens, the lift gas will take the path of least resistance and enter into the
tubing at shallower depth. This will in turn reduce the efficiency of the gas lift.
For this reason, a different approach is suggested to analyse artificially lifted systems in
general, and gas lifted wells in particular. This approach is called the "Quicklook
technique" in PROSPER.
The purpose of the quicklook technique is to isolate the various components affecting
the well response, PVT, IPR, VLP and valve response so that individual and cross-
analysis can be conducted.
For this, independent pressure gradients are computed in opposite directions. In case
the test is fully consistent it should be possible to predict the well head flowing pressure
starting from the reservoir pressure and vice-versa. If the gradient from the well head to
the sandface is different from the the gradient from the sandface to the well head, then
the model is inconsistent with the test data. A rigorous and coherent analysis needs to
be performed to come up with the most logical and probable explanation for such
inconsistency.
3.1.32.2.1 PROSPER well model
This tutorial is built upon tutorial 23.
For the beginner, it is recommended to review tutorial 23 before continuing with this
one.
3.1.32.2.2 Well test results for Quicklook
A recent well test was conducted with the following results:
Flowing Well Head Pressure: 350 psig

Flowing Well Head Temperature: 171 degF
Gross Liquid Rate: 8530 stb/d
Water Cut: 80%
Measured Total Gas Rate ( produced + 5.7 MMscf/d
injected lift gas):
Estimated Gas lift injection rate: 4 MMscf/d
Measured Casing Head Pressure: 1460 psig
Gas Lift injection - orifice size: 32/64 inches

1255 PROSPER
Gas Lift injection - measured orifice depth: 6161 ft

3.1.32.2.3 Gas Lift Valves Data
Beside the well test data, detailed gas lift valve data are required to perform a
quicklook.
The information needed is listed below:
Valve Type Measured Depth in ft Port Size in R value Dome Pressure

/64 inches in psig
Casing 2975 22 0.038 1228
Sensitive
Casing 4835 22 0.147 1195
Sensitive
Casing 5885 22 0.26 1178
Sensitive
3.1.32.3Step by Step Procedure

Opening the PROSPER file
Open the PROSPER file "Tutorial_23.out"
Review the PROSPER file
It is recommended to perform the PROSPER model review in the following order:
- PVT data / PVT matching parameters

- IPR data
- VLP matching parameters
- Valve parameters: depth, size
Enter the well test data
From the main screen of PROSPER, select | Matching | Quicklook and populate the
screen with the well test data:
Flowing Well Head Pressure: 350 psig

Flowing Well Head Temperature: 171 degF
Gross Liquid Rate: 8530 stb/d
Water Cut: 80%
Measured Total Gas Rate ( produced + 5.7 MMscf/d
injected lift gas):

Examples Guide 1256
Gas injection rate: 4 MMscf/d

Measured Casing Head Pressure: 1460 psig
Gas Lift injection - orifice size: 32/64 inches
Gas Lift injection - measured orifice depth: 6161 ft
Vertical Flow Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2

Dome Pressure Correction (above 1200 psig): Yes
From this screen, select | Valve to enter the valve parameters if they are not already
present:
Enter the gas lift valve data
Valve Type Measured Depth in ft Port Size in R value Dome Pressure

/64 inches in psig
Casing 2975 22 0.038 1228
Sensitive

1257 PROSPER
Casing 4835 22 0.147 1195

Sensitive
Casing 5885 22 0.26 1178
Sensitive
Select | Done to exit this screen.
If down hole measurements (static and flowing) are available, they can be entered under
the | Down hole Tab:

Examples Guide 1258
In this example, the static reservoir pressure was estimated to be 3500 psig at the time
the flow test was conducted.
Generate a Quicklook plot
In order to generate a quicklook plot, select | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot

and here is what shows:

1259 PROSPER
Analyzing the results of the quicklook plot
It can be seen that the gradients do not overlay. This means that the model does not
behave in a manner consistent with the well test. This means that either the model is
faulty or the well test data are incorrect or possibly model and well test are both wrong.
Since multiple parameter combinations can lead to an inconsistency between model
and well test data, there is no unique solution and no unique approach to reconcile well
test with model.Which ever approach is taken needs to be coherent to be credible.
The following method generally leads to a sensible solution if the well test data are
reliable along with the multiphase correlation selected:
a) Compare the calculated GOR with the PVT model
Under the results section in the bottom right box, the quicklook has computed a free
GOR of 596.48 scf/stb based upon the user enter total gas rate and the lift gas injection
rate.
The reservoir has a bubble point pressure of 2500 psig and the current static reservoir
pressure is estimated at 3500 psig. This means that the reservoir is still highly under-
saturated and hence no free gas can exist within the reservoir.
The theoretical produced associated gas rate can be computed from the solution GOR,
the water cut and the liquid rate to be 0.682 MMscf/d.
The gas injection rate can then be computed by subtracting the associated gas from the
total gas rate and this is how the inputs would then look like:

Examples Guide 1260
The gas injection rate is then 5.0176 MMscf/d. This is valid only under the assumption
that the liquid rate and the water cut are correct.
This is what the quicklook plot shows once the total gas production is reconciled with
the PVT:

1261 PROSPER
One can now read that the free GOR is o scf/stb and the solution GOR 400 scf/stb as
one would expect.
b) Find the deepest valve through which gas lift injection is possible by iteration
Using the casing pressure, the gas gradient in the annulus is computed. This the curve
labeled "Casing Measured".
Using the flowing well head pressure, the flowing gradient in the tubing is computed,
This is the curve labeled "Tubing Measured".
At a gas lift injection point, the annulus pressure should be equal to the sum of tubing
pressure and pressure drop across the valve.
In the plot above, an injection depth of 6161 ft was assumed. At the assumed injection
depth, it can be seen that the pressure gradient in the annulus is lower that the tubing
pressure gradient. This is the reason why the message "INJECTION NOT POSSIBLE"
is displayed.
It can also be seen On the plot, it reads "injection not possible" at the assumed injection
depth because the measured casing pressure
One needs to check if it is possible to inject at the next shallower valve, that is at a
measured depth of 5885 ft:

Examples Guide 1262
This is how the quicklook plot now looks like:

1263 PROSPER
One can see that the message "Injection is not possible" has disappeared. This
suggests that the valve at a depth of 5885 ft is likely open.
c) Matching the casing head pressure by iterating on the orifice size
One can see that the theoretical casing head pressure does not match the measured
casing head pressure. To match the measured casing head pressure, one can iterate
on the orifice size. In this example, an equivalent orifice size of 54/64 inch does the job:

Examples Guide 1264
This is how the quick look plot now looks like:

1265 PROSPER
d) Find the IPR parameter (reservoir pressure, permeability, skin, and so on) that
can be modified to reasonably predict the well head flowing pressure starting
from the reservoir pressure.
Now any unknown is confined to the IPR section. In this specific case, two possible
solutions can be explored: change the well productivity index or the reservoir pressure.
In this case, the reservoir pressure will be used as tuning parameter.
In reality, the user will have to judge which parameter is suitable to be used as tuning
parameter.
From the quicklook plot, select | Done | Done | Down Hole and then enter a reservoir
pressure of 3660 psig at 8000 ft measured depth:

Examples Guide 1266
Afterwards, select | Done | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot and this is how the quicklook
plot now looks like:

1267 PROSPER
One can clearly see that a match is achieved. The engineer will need to confirm the
findings with additional information.
3.1.33 Tutorial 33: Trouble-shooting an ESP-lifted well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T33_ESPQuicklook.OUT
The main objectives of this example is to show how to analyse the performance of well
that is fitted with an electrical submersible pump.

The ESP-lifted well designed in tutorial 26 has been producing for a while. The well has
been tested and the results recorded.
It is required to:
- analyse the test results,
- compare the actual well performance with the PROSPER well model,
- reconcile both well test and simulation results and
- predict the performance of the well if the pump operating frequency is increased to 70
Hertz.

Examples Guide 1268
3.1.33.2Well Test Data

The following well test data have been recorded
Parameter Value
Tubing Head Pressure: 250 psig
Well Head Flowing Temperature: 174 dgeF
Water Cut: 90%
Static Reservoir Pressure: Unknown - estimated to be less than 4000
psig
Produced GOR: 250 scf/stb
Measured Pump depth: 7000 ft
Operating frequency during test: 55 Hertz
Gas separation 0% - no separator installed
Number of stages 49
Pump wear factor: 0
Gauge pressure at pump inlet: 2170 psig
Gauge pressure at pump discharge: 3300 psig
Current used: optional
Surface voltage: optional
Power at surface: optional
3.1.33.3Strategy
The overall strategy to analyse the performance of an ESP-lifted well can be broken
down in three phases:
Phase 1: Build a PROSPER model if this is not already done

Phase 2: Collect and critically analyse the well test data
Phase 3: Reconcile well test data with model
Phase 4: Use model to run scenarios, to optimize well performance.
3.1.33.3.1 Phase 1: Build a PROSPER model
For this tutorial, a PROSPER model has already been built. It is the PROSPER file
"Tutorial_26.out".
We will load the PROSPER file "Tutorial_26.out" and save it as "Tutorial_33.out".
3.1.33.3.2 Phase 2: Collect and analyse well test data
Here are the well test data reported:

1269 PROSPER
Parameter Value
Water cut: 90%
Static Reservoir Pressure: Unkown - estimated to be less than 4000
psig
Number of stages 49
Pump wear factor: 0
Given the fact that the bubble point pressure is 2500 psig and the reservoir pressure is
estimated to be above 2500 psig, then the produced GOR must be equal to the solution
GOR of 400 scf/stb.
Therefore, for the analysis the following test data set will be used:
Parameter Value
psig
Number of stages 49
Pump wear factor: 0

Examples Guide 1270
3.1.33.3.3 Phase 3: Analyse and match test to well model

Preliminary considerations
For a naturally flowing well, the well response is the combination of:
- Reservoir response (IPR) and
- Tubing response (VLP correlation).
In the case of an artificially lifted well, a fourth component is added to the mix: the
response of the artificial lift system, here the Electrical Submersible Pump.
Precisely because of this fourth component that complicates the analysis, a different
technique is proposed in PROSPER to trouble-shoot artificially lifted wells: the
Quicklook technique.
In order to use the Quicklook technique, a preferred multiphase correlation needs to be
selected. If the well test was conducted with down hole pressure measurements, then
the multiphase flow correlation selection can be made using the current well test data.
If on the other hand no down hole pressure measurements are available then one should
select a a multiphase correlation like Petroleum Experts 2 that was found to be
generally reliable in the past for the Quicklook analysis.
Procedure to analyse the well test
From the main screen of PROSPER, select | Matching | Quicklook and enter the well
test data:

1271 PROSPER
Parameter Value
Water Cut: 90%
psig
Number of stages 49
Pump wear factor: 0
Gauge pressure at pump inlet (7000 ft): 2170 psig
Gauge pressure at pump discharge (7000 3300 psig
ft):

Examples Guide 1272
Now select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and the following pressure traverses are
displayed:

1273 PROSPER
In the quicklook pressure traverses are calculated from top to bottom and vice-versa. If
the assumptions regarding well and ESP conditions (e.g. pump frequency, wear factor,
water cuts, wellhead pressure, IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated traverses will
overlay. In addition, an energy balance is performed across the electrical system
allowing surface voltage and power to be calculated and compared to measured data.
In the plot above, a few key points need to inspected: pump duty, multiphase correlation
and inflow performance relationship.
Test Analysis
The pump duty is the difference between the discharge pressure and the inlet pressure
of the pump. In the plot above, one can see that the top down traverse matches the
pump inlet pressure and the pump outlet pressure indicating that:
- the selected multiphase correlation remains valid for the analysis

- the theoretical and measured pump duty are identical, indicating that the pump is
performing according to the published pump performance curve.
- however, the bottom-up pressure traverse does not match the top-down pressure
traverse. Specifically, the predicted WHFP is higher than the measured one. This
indicates that either the reservoir pressure is either too high or the productivity index is
too high.
In this particular case, it was suspected that the reservoir pressure of 4000 psig was
overestimated.

Examples Guide 1274
Therefore, one can iterate on the reservoir pressure to match the well test. In this
particular case, entering a Static Bottom Hole Pressure (Pr)in the QuickLook well test
data section of 3800 psig does the job:
NOTE: It will be necessary to update the reservoir pressure value in the IPR section.
3.1.33.3.4 Phase 4: Use model to run what-if scenarios

In order to run sensitivity of pump operating frequency, select | Calculation | System (VL+IPR)
| 3 Variables:

1275 PROSPER
Now select | Continue | and select the pump operating and reservoir pressure as
sensitivity variable:

Examples Guide 1276
Frequency: 55 & 70 Hertz

Pressure: 3800 psig
Now proceed with | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot and the following plot is
shown:

1277 PROSPER
This example shows that the well can produce up to 13370 stb/d if the frequency is
increased to 70 Hertz.
In order to see the pump plot, select | OK | Solution Details | Pump Plot
Below is what the pump plot shows. It indicates at 70 Hz, the pump would still be operating
within its recommended operating envelope:

Examples Guide 1278
3.1.34 Tutorial 34: Trouble-shooting an HSP-lifted well

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T34_HSPQuicklook.OUT
The main objectives of this example is to show how to analyse the performance of well
that is fitted with an hydrauic submersible pump.

A HSP-lifted well has been producing for a while. The well has been tested and the
results recorded.
It is required to:
- analyse the test results,
- compare the actual well performance with the PROSPER well model,
- reconcile both well test and simulation results
3.1.34.2Well Test Data

The following well test data have been recorded:

1279 PROSPER
Parameter Value
Water Cut: 90%
psig
Operating speed during test: 5965 rpm
Power Fluid Rate: 6340 stb/d
Number of pump stages 35
Pump wear factor: 0
Number of turbine stages: 54
Pump Clyde Union TP145A
Turbine Clyde Union T-60 (TEST) - A
3.1.34.3Strategy
The overall strategy to analyse the performance of an HSP-lifted well can be broken
down in three phases:
Phase 1: Build a PROSPER model if this is not already done

Phase 2: Collect and critically analyse the well test data
Phase 3: Reconcile well test data with model
3.1.34.3.1 Phase 1: Build a PROSPER model

For this tutorial, a PROSPER model has already been built. It is the PROSPER file
"T34_HSPQUICKLOOK_START.out".
Load the PROSPER file "T34_HSPQUICKLOOK_START.out".
3.1.34.3.2 Phase 2: Collect and analyse well test data
Here are the well test data reported:

Examples Guide 1280
Parameter Value
Water Cut: 90%
psig
Operating speed during test: 5965 rpm
Power Fluid Rate: 6340 stb/d
Number of pump stages 35
Pump wear factor: 0
Number of turbine stages: 54
Pump Clyde Union TP145A
Turbine Clyde Union T-60 (TEST) - A
Given the fact that the bubble point pressure is 2500 psig and the reservoir pressure is
estimated to be above 2500 psig, then the produced GOR must be equal to the solution
GOR of 400 scf/stb.
3.1.34.3.3 Phase 3: Analyse and match test to well model
Preliminary considerations
For a naturally flowing well, the well response is the combination of:
- Reservoir response (IPR) and
- Tubing response (VLP correlation).
In the case of an artificially lifted well, a fourth component is added to the mix: the
response of the artificial lift system, here the Hydraulic Down Hole Pump.
Precisely because of this fourth component that complicates the analysis, a different
technique is proposed in PROSPER to trouble-shoot artificially lifted wells: the
Quicklook technique.
In order to use the Quicklook technique, a preferred multiphase correlation needs to be
selected. If the well test was conducted with down hole pressure measurements, then
the multiphase flow correlation selection can be made using the current well test data.
If on the other hand no down hole pressure measurements are available then one should
select a a multiphase correlation like Petroleum Experts 2 that was found to be
generally reliable in the past for the Quicklook analysis.
Procedure to analyse the well test
From the main screen of PROSPER, select | Matching | Quicklook and enter the well
test data.

1281 PROSPER
Note that the produced GOR was corrected to be consistent with fluid PVT and
estimated reservoir pressure. Therefore, the initial GOR of 400 scf/stb is to be used.
Now select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and the following pressure traverses are
displayed:

Examples Guide 1282
In the Quicklook pressure traverses are calculated from top to bottom and vice-versa. If
the assumptions regarding well and HSP conditions (e.g. pump frequency, wear factor,
number of stages, water cuts, wellhead pressure, IPR etc.) are correct, the two
calculated pressure traverses will overlay
Test Analysis
For the analysis of an HSP lifted well, one shall simultaneously inspect pump
performance, multiphase correlation and inflow performance relationship.
The pump performance can be evaluated by comparing the theoretical pressure gain
across the pump with the actual / recorded pressure gain across the very same pump.
Such a comparison is easily performed if there are down hole gauges at the inlet and
the outlet of the pump. In this example, downhole pressure gauges are available.
By inspecting the downward gradient (green curve), which is based purely on test data,
it is possible to see that the outlet gauge pressure measurement is closely matched -
this because the multiphase flow correlation was previously mQtched to lab data.
However, looking the dP given by the pump is higher than the difference between the
measured inlet and outlet pressure, which may indicate that the manufacturer's
performance has to be corrected to reproduce the actual pump dP.

1283 PROSPER
This can be achieved by modifying the pump wear factor in the Quicklook input data.
After a few iterations (change the wear factor, then run the Quicklook calculation and
check the plot), one can find a wear factor of 0.05 to match the pump dP
repeating the Quicklook calculation, it is possible to verify that the measured

Examples Guide 1284
(downward, green curve) pump dP is now matching:
With respect to the upward gradient, which is based on the model IPR, this can be
corrected to match the experimental pressures by adjusting any of the parameters of the
IPR.
In particular, it was suspected that the reservoir pressure have dropped since
production start and is expected to be less than 3000 psig. Therefore, one can iterate
on the reservoir pressure to see if the well test can be matched with a reasonable static
reservoir pressure valid at the time of the well test. For this, we will reduce the reservoir
pressure to 2910 psig:

1285 PROSPER
Now select | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot and this is how the quicklook plot looks like
the one below:

Examples Guide 1286
One can see that a perfect match was achieved between top down and bottom-up
pressure traverse.
It essential to keep in mind that multiple solutions do exist. In this case, one can match
the well test by altering the skin or permeability for instance. The right parameter to alter
in order to match the well test is in the end a matter of engineering judgment to be made
by the engineer on the basis of his knowledge of the well and the relevant operating
circumstances.
At last, by looking at the plot results table (HSP Quicklook results), it is possible to verify
that the calculated pump speed (which is the one required to have the highest overall
efficiency), is 5964 rpm, close to the test data (5965 rpm). This result confirms that the
results obtained are correct.
Save the file as "T34_HSPQUICKLOOK.Out".

1287 PROSPER
3.1.35 Tutorial 35: Trouble-shooting a SRP-lifted well

There is no specific PROSPER file associated with this tutorial.
The tool widely used to analyse the performance of wells equipped with sucker-rod
pumps is the dynamometer card, often referred to as card. It represents rod load versus
rod displacement. The card has a "normal shape". The deviation from this normal shape
can reveal potential pumping problems.
In the pictures below:

Fo is the differential load on the plunger
MPT is the maximum plunger travel and
EPT, the effective plunger travel
A few typical shapes are presented below for an anchored tubing:
Anchored Tubing Description Unanchored Tubing

This is the idealised shape
of the dynamometer card
for a nnormally functioning
pump. Pump is full of liquid
without gas.
Leaking travelling valve or

excessive plunger slippage
Leaking standing valve

Examples Guide 1288
Severe fluid pound, well is

being pump off.
Gas interference is causing

loss of effective pump travel
Pump is taping at the

bottom of stroke in the case
of anchored tubing. In the
case of unanchored tubing,
pump is tapping on top of
strokes.
These shapes are just basic as in the reality different effects may overlap. Experience
and knowledge of the specific operating conditions will be required to make a
successful diagnostic.
3.1.36 Tutorial 36: Flow assurance calculations

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T36_FlowAssurance.OUT
The main objectives of this tutorial is to show how to set up a PROSPER model for flow
assurance studies.
Even though this tutorial is based upon a retrograde condensate fluid, a similar
approach can be used for any other fluid type: oil or gas.

1289 PROSPER

A well is to be drilled to produce retrograde condensate.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR), surface and down hole equipment description
(VLP) are provided.
It is required to:
- estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 1500 psig
- rigorously model the temperature distribution along the flow path to investigate
potential hydrates formation
- inspect flow regimes and slug characteristics along the flow path.
3.1.36.2Input Data
PVT Data
A comprehensive lab report was made available and the experimental

lab results were calibrated using PVTp, the compositional fluid
characterization package developed by Petroleum Experts.
The output of the calibration is a *.PRP (Tutorial_36.prp) file that can be
imported directly into any Petroleum Experts' application.
*
* Petroleum Experts - PRP
Export File
*
*
*Export
File
Signatur
e
*#Petex
PRP
*Export
File
Version
*#1
3
*
* !!!!!! FILE DETAILS!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!
!!!!!!
!!
* FILE NAME: C:\IPM
Files\Tutorial_36.prp
* Exported: Wed Sept 02

Examples Guide 1290
*
10:07:52 2009
* !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
*
*
* Equation Type 0 - Peng
Robinson 1 - SRK
0
*
*
*
* Number of Components Number of Lumped
Components - Set to 0 if No Lumping Present
*
16 0
*
*
* Mole Critical Critic Acce Molec Specif Critic Volu Boilin Parac Omeg Omeg Costa Cost Compo
al ntric ular ic al me g hor aA aB ld ald nent
* Perc Temper Press Facto Weigh Gravit Volu Shift Point Volu Accen Fact Nam
ent ature ure r t y me me tric e
*
* perc degree F psig lb/lb. Gravit l/kg. degre F l/kg.
ent s mole y mole es mole
* ------ --------- ------- ------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ---------
------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
- - - - - - - - - - - ---
0.31 - 477.3 0.039 28.01 1.026 89.80 -0.154 - 60.4 0.45720.0777 0 0.039 N2
233.104 26 013 320.3 4 96
5
2.33 87.692 1058. 0.239 44.01 1.101 93.89 - - 78 0.45720.0777 0 0.239 CO2
26 989 0.100 109.2 4 96
2 1
68.73 - 658.3 0.011 16.04 0.415 99.20 - - 70 0.45720.0777 0 0.011 C1
116.518 81 017 0.167 258.7 4 96
17 9
12.37 89.798 693.6 0.099 30.1 0.546 148.2 0.069 - 115 0.45720.0777 0 0.099 C2
51 999 273 127.3 4 96
9
5.01 206.006 602.6 0.153 44.1 0.585 203.0 - - 155 0.45720.0777 0 0.153 C3
83 002 0.131 43.69 4 96
83
1.3 274.694 514.3 0.183 58.1 0.6 263.0 - 10.85 181.5 0.45720.0777 0 0.183 IC4

1291 PROSPER
*
6 001 0.712 4 96
72
1.41 305.294 535.9 0.199 58.1 0.6 254.9 - 31.19 200 0.45720.0777 0 0.199 NC4
63 997 0.570 4 96
98
0.6 369.806 468.3 0.227 72.2 0.621 305.9 - 82.13 225 0.45720.0777 0 0.227 IC5
62 998 0.697 4 96
47
0.8 385.592 474.8 0.251 72.2 0.63 304.0 - 96.89 245 0.45720.0777 0 0.251 NC5
28 002 0.480 4 96
56
0.96 454.1 425.0 0.299 86.2 0.664 370.0 - 155.7 282.5 0.45720.0777 0 0.299 C6
08 002 0.233 5 4 96
54
1.032583.705 360.7 0.307 118.20 0.790 486.9 - 261.8 360.8 0.45720.0777 0 0.307 C7::C9
76 72 32 5 52 167 0.185 52 25 4 96 32
16
1.449594.655 353.6 0.369 142.31 0.816 578.1 - 337.9 421.4 0.45720.0777 0 0.369 C10::
95 64 64 7 84 783 0.080 95 4 96 64 C11
13
1.208604.783 349.9 0.436 168.37 0.841 679.2 - 415.2 481.9 0.45720.0777 0 0.436 C12::
79 71 39 1 45 414 0.029 45 94 4 96 39 C13
5
0.649783.408 346.3 0.487 191.10 0.856 759.3 0.000 470.6 531.4 0.45720.0777 0 0.487 C14::
47 7 68 2 84 324 218 58 06 4 96 68 C14
0.944899.659 334.0 0.541 214.67 0.870 845.3 0.030 525.4 579.9 0.45720.0777 0 0.541 C15::
22 34 38 7 44 294 246 5 08 4 96 38 C16
0.894977.545 300.5 0.622 255.81 0.888 976.7 0.050 603.2 659.7 0.45720.0777 0 0.622 C17::
82 77 1 7 34 938 498 66 78 4 96 1 C20
*
* Binary Interaction
Coefficients
*
* Only non-sero BICs are
exported and imported
* WARNING : the number of non-sero BICs in
IPM is currently6 limited to 450
* Any values over this
limit will be lost
*
* Number of non-sero BICs to be
written or read
*

Examples Guide 1292
*
* Only first half of array is exported - values
wil lbe copied to second half
*
15 2 0.05
*
* Volume shift
flag
*
1
*
* Separators T,
P
*
2 1
80 200
60 0
*
* Refe Temperature
renc
e
*
255
*
*# End
of
file
Equipment Data
Deviation Survey

0 0
12000 12000
Surface Equipment

1293 PROSPER
Equipme Length in True Pipe Pipe Roughne

nt type ft Vertical Outside Inside ss in
Depth in Diameter diameter inches
ft in inches in inches
Platform / N/A 0 N/A N/A N/A
Top node
Riser 2000 2000 10.75 10.5 0.0006
Tie Back 5000 1500 6.625 6.375 0.0006
Down hole Equipment
Equipmen Measured Tubing ID Tubing OD Tubing Inside

t Type Depth in ft in inches in inches Roughness in
inches
Xmas Tree 1500 N/A N/A N/A
St. Steel 11500 3.826 4.5 0.0006
(25%)
Temperature Data

Humidity: 70%
Air velocity:0.1 ft/s
Formation temperature Gradient
Formation measured depth in ft Sea temperature in degF

0 60
1500 45
2000 40
12000 255
Sea temperature gradient

Examples Guide 1294
Mean sea level with respect to origin: 0 ft

Seabed with respect to origin: 2000 ft
TVD from mean sea Sea temperature in Sea velocity in ft/s

level in ft degF
0 60 0.1
1500 45 0.1
2000 40 0.1
Drilling Hole Casing Casing Specifi Top Casing Mud

Depth Diamet Shoe Outsid c Cemen Top Densit
in ft er in Depth e Casing t Depth Depth y in lb/
inches in ft Diamet weight in ft in ft gal
er in in lb/ft
inches
10000 12 10000 10 60 1500 1500 12
12000 9 12000 7 40 1500 1500 12
Model Convection in Mud: No

Completion Fluid Liquid Type: Brine
Completion Fluid Density: 10 lb/gal
Completion Fluid Gas Type: Produced Gas
Packer Depth: 11 500 ft
Mid Production Depth: 12 000 ft
Annulus level: 1500 ft
Lithology
Format Bottom Shalin Porosit Perme Rock In-situ Salinity

ion depth ess in y in ability consist Fluid in ppm
type in ft fractio fractio in mD ency
1295 PROSPER
n n
Fixed 11900 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Value
Sandst 12000 0.1 0.25 50 consoli Gas 100000
one dated

IPR Data

model:
Permeability: 50 mD
thickness):
Time since production: 1 days
Mechanical skin: +5
Note: The Petroleum Experts' IPR method uses pseudo-pressure. It is

Examples Guide 1296
transient and accounts for relative permeability effects. Please consult

the online help for more details.

Options
Launch PROSPER, select | Options | Options and make the following choices:
Fluid description - Type: Retrograde Condensate

Fluid description - Method: Equation Of State
Hydrates: Enable Warning
Calculation type - Model: Enthalpy Balance

1297 PROSPER
Select | EOS setup and make the following changes
EOS Model: Peng Robinson

Full Composition: Yes
Allow Lumping: No
Reference pressure: 0 psig
Phase detection Method: Advanced
Path to surface - Separator Calc Use Separator Train
Method:
First stage: 200 psig and 80 degF
Second stage: 0 psig and 60 degF
Target GOR method: Use Separator fluids

Examples Guide 1298
Select | OK | Done to complete this.
PVT
In order to enter the PVT data, select | PVT | Input Data and then select | Import ... PRP

1299 PROSPER
to download the PRP file "Tutorial_36.prp" located in the PROSPER samples directory.
The following message would appear:
Select | OK | Accept changes to complete the PRP file import:
Enter the water salinity of 100000 ppm.
Hydrate curve generation
From the PVT screen, a hydrate curve can be generated and stored within the
PROSPER file. During the calculations, PROSPER will flag if the operating conditions
(Pressure and Temperature) are in hydrate formation region or not.
To generate and store the hydrate curve, select | Hydrates | Generate Hydrates
Pressure Values

Examples Guide 1300
Afterwards, select | OK and enter the temperature range from 40 degF to 100 degF in
10 steps.
Select | Calculate | OK | Plot and the hydrate curve can be visualized:

1301 PROSPER
Select | Finish | Done | Done to complete the PVT data import and the hydrate curve
generation.
Equipment Data
In order to enter the equipment data, select | System | Equipment | All | Edit and enter
the deviation survey as shown below:
Deviation Survey

0 0
12000 12000

Examples Guide 1302
Select | Done to proceed with the surface equipment data entry:
Surface Equipment
Label Equipm Length True Pipe Pipe Inside Roughne

ent type in ft Vertical Outside diameter in ss in
Depth in ft Diameter in inches inches
inches

1303 PROSPER
Platform Manifold N/A 0 N/A N/A N/A

Riser Line 2000 2000 10.75 10.5 0.0006
Pipe
Tie Back Line 5000 1500 6.625 6.375 0.0006
Pipe
Note that pipes may be buried and / or insulated.
Select | Done to proceed with the down hole equipment
Down hole Equipment
Equipment Measured Tubing ID in Tubing OD in Tubing Inside

Type Depth in ft inches inches Roughness in
inches
St. Steel 11500 3.826 4.5 0.0006

Examples Guide 1304
(25%)
Equally tubing may be insulated with concrete, foam, bitumen or any other user-defined
material.
Select | Done to enter the temperature data
Temperature Data

Humidity: 70%
Air velocity: 0.1 ft/s
Formation measured depth in ft Sea temperature in degF

0 60

1305 PROSPER
1500 45
2000 40
12000 255

TVD from mean sea level in ft Sea temperature in Sea velocity in ft/s
degF
0 60 0.1
1500 45 0.1
2000 40 0.1

Examples Guide 1306
Select | Done to enter the drilling and completion data
Drilling Depth Hole Diameter in Casin Casin Speci Top Casin Mud
in ft inches g g fic Ceme g Top Densi
Shoe Outsi Casin nt Depth ty in
Depth de g Depth in ft lb/gal
in ft Diam weigh in ft
eter in t in lb/
inche ft

1307 PROSPER
s
10000 12 10000 10 60 1500 1500 12
12000 8.5 12000 7 40 1500 1500 12
Model Convection in Mud: No

Completion Fluid Liquid Type: Brine
Completion Fluid Density: 10 lb/gal
Completion Fluid Gas Type: Produced Gas
Mid Production Depth: 12 000 ft
Select | Done to enter lithology
Lithology
Formatio Bottom Shalines Porosity Permeab Rock In-situ Salinity

Examples Guide 1308
n type depth in s in in ility in consiste Fluid in ppm

ft fraction fraction mD ncy
Fixed 11900 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Value
Sandston 12000 0.1 0.25 50 consolida Gas 100000
e ted

Select | Done | Done to return to the equipment data entry screen.
It is possible to visualize the well bore schematic with | Summary | Draw Down hole:

1309 PROSPER
Select | Main and save the file to secure all the parameters entered so far in the model.
In order to describe the well inflow performance relationship, select | System | Inflow
relationship and make the following choices


Examples Guide 1310
Now select | Input Data and enter the reservoir parameters as done below:
Permeability: 50 mD
Mechanical skin: +5

1311 PROSPER
To enter the mechanical skin, select | Mech / Geom Skin and enter 5 as done below:

Examples Guide 1312
At this stage, it is good practice to generate and display the IPR. This is achieved by
selecting the | Calculate button:

1313 PROSPER
Select | Main and save the file to secure the data entries.
System calculation
This is a full enthalpy balance model with 16 components Peng-Robinson Equation of

State model. Therefore, it will be computationally intensive.
In order to perform the system calculation, select | Calculation | System | 3 Variables and
make the following choices:

Total GOR: 7940.38
Time since Production started: 1 day
Surface Equipment Correlation: Beggs and Brill
Solution Node: Bottom node
Rate Method: Automatic Linear

Examples Guide 1314
Left Hand Intersection: Disallow
Select | Continue | Continue and Calculate and be patient as the model is

computationally intensive.One shall keep in mind the various effects that make the
model computationally intensive:
- The fluid description is compositional. Therefore loads of flash calculations are
required.
- The enthalpy balance solves simultaneously for pressure and temperature as opposed
to the rough approximation where both temperature and pressure are calculate
separately.
- The enthalpy balance always starts from known conditions (reservoir) and iterates to
match the user-entered well head flowing pressure. Multiple iterations might be needed
for each rate to achieve convergence.
All the above explain why advanced thermal calculations with fully compositional fluid
description take longer to run.
For this example, at the end of the calculation, the following results are displayed:
1315 PROSPER
The well would produce around 57 MMscf/d of gas and 7250 stb/d of oil..
The hydrate flag (H) shows for each flow rate. This means that hydrate mitigation should
be considered.
Below, 12 MMscf/d, the well would fall below the Turner stability criteria. This is shown
with the the "T".
Above 100 MMscf/d, erosional velocity is exceeded in the well.
In order to visualise what is happening inside the tubing, the tie back and the riser, one
selects | Sensitivity PvD | Continue | Calculate and here all the calculation details are
displayed.
Taitel- Duckler Flow Regime

Examples Guide 1316
By selecting the node 60 for instance, the Taitel-Dukler flow regime map is displayed
with the severe slugging line :

1317 PROSPER
In this case, the operating point is beyond the severe slugging line.
From the above Sensitivity PvD results screen, scrolling the bar at the bottom to the
right, one can see the columns for hydrates, velocities pigging and slug parameters, etc.
Select | Done to return to the Sensitivity - Pressure Vs depth screen.
Select | Main to return to the main Prosper screen.
.
3.1.37 Tutorial 37: Pipeline Only Modelling & matching
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T37_PipelineMatching.OUT

How to set up a PROSPER model for a pipeline or riser only system
without a well connect to it
How to describe the pipeline equipment
How to match a flow test through a pipeline
How to use the calibrated model to predict the pipe performance under

Examples Guide 1318
changing conditions
A 5000 ft ft long pipe carries fluid (uphill) over an elevation of 250 ft.
The pipe was subject to a flow test.
It is required to:
- Build a pipeline only PROSPER model
- Select the most suitable multiphase correlation for this pipe
- Match the correlation to the test results
- Use the calibrated model to predict the pipe performance under changing operating
conditions
3.1.37.2Input Data
For a pipeline only model, the following inputs are required:
- Fluid PVT (black oil or compositional)
- Pipe description (simple: rough approximation / advanced: enthalpy balance or
improved approximation)
3.1.37.2.1 Fluid PVT data
Parameter Value
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Bubble point pressure (Pb): 2500 psig at 200 degF
Oil FVF at Pb and 200 degF: 1.214 rb/stb
Oil viscosity at Pb and 200 degF: 1.01 cp
3.1.37.2.2 Pipeline Data

The pipeline data are given below:

1319 PROSPER
Parameter Value
Pipeline Length: 5000 ft
Pipeline Internal Diameter: 6 inches
Pipe Inside Roughness: 0.0006 inches
Temperature Of Surroundings: 50 degF
Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient: 1.5 Btu/h/ft2/F
Total pipe hight above origin (inlet depth): -250 ft
Fluid Inlet temperature: 100 degF
3.1.37.2.3 Flow test results

Here are the results from the flow test:
Pipe Flow Test data

Examples Guide 1320
Parameter Value
Match Point Comment (optional): Flow test from 01/01/2010
Pipe Outlet Pressure: 250 psig
Pipe Outlet Temperature: 90 degF
water Cut: 50%
Gross liquid rate: 25000 stb/d
Pipe Inlet Pressure: 500 psig
Gas Oil Ratio: 400 scf/stb
GOR free: 0 scf/stb
Pipe inlet Temperature: 100 degF
3.1.37.3.1 PROSPER Model Setup

Model options
Calculation type: Pipeline Only

1321 PROSPER
PVT Data
The fluid properties are to be entered and matched as follow:
Fluid PVT:
Parameter Value
Oil Gravity: 30 API

Examples Guide 1322
To enter the fluid properties at non-standard conditions, select | Match Data and
Parameter Value
Bubble point pressure (Pb): 2500 psig at 200 degF
Oil FVF at Pb and 200 degF: 1.214 rb/stb
Oil viscosity at Pb and 200 degF: 1.01 cp

1323 PROSPER
Select | Done | Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters to inspect the statistical results
of the PVT matching.

Examples Guide 1324
Parameter 1 is a multiplier whereas Parameter 2 is a shift. Therefore the best

correlation is the one with a parameter 1 equal to unity and parameter 2 equal to zero.
For the oil FVF matching, Parameter 4 is the multiplier above the bubble point pressure
whereas Parameter 4 is the shift above the bubble point pressure.
Looking at the statistics above, we will select the Glaso black oil correlation for the
bubble point calculation, solution GOR and oil formation volume.
For the viscosity, the Beal et al correlation will be selected.
For this select |Done |Done and verify that the Glasa and the Beal correlation have
effectively been chosen:

1325 PROSPER
Select | Main to complete the data entry in the PVT section.
Equipment Data - Fluid inlet temperature
From the main menu select System | Equipment and then enter the fluid inlet
temperature of 100 degF:

Examples Guide 1326
Next select | All | Edit for the equipment data entry:
Equipment Data - Surface Equipment
Choke Method: ELF

Coordinate system: Height, Distance From Origin
Note: The change in coordinate system is optional. Any other coordinate is fine
as long as it captures properly pipe topography: pipe length and elevation.
Parameter Value
Pipeline Length: 5000 ft
Pipeline Internal Diameter: 6 inches
Pipe Inside Roughness: 0.0006 inches
Temperature Of Surroundings: 50 degF
Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient: 1.5 Btu/h/ft2/F
Total pipe height above origin (inlet depth): -250 ft
Fluid Inlet temperature: 100 degF

1327 PROSPER
A few notes:
- If the coordinate system Height, Distance From Origin is selected, then the first
equipment type changes from manifold to Xmas-tree.
- Elevation is the opposite of depth. This is why the sign of the height changes is
the coordinate system changes to TVD and Length:

Examples Guide 1328
The results are not affected by the coordinate system selected.
Select | Done | Done to complete the pipe only PROSPER model.

1329 PROSPER
3.1.37.3.2 Pipe Performance Matching

In order to match the pipe performance, select | Matching | Matching | Pipeline and enter
the flow test data as done below:
Pipe Flow Test data
Parameter Value
Match Point Comment (optional): Flow test from 01/01/2010
Pipe Outlet Pressure: 250 psig
Pipe Outlet Temperature: 90 degF
Water Cut: 50%
Gross liquid rate: 25000 stb/d
Pipe Inlet Pressure: 500 psig
Gas Oil Ratio: 400 scf/stb
GOR free: 0 scf/stb
Pipe inlet Temperature: 100 degF
The procedure to follow is very similar to tubing performance matching. The 4 steps to
be taken are:
- U value calibration
- Correlation comparison
- Multiphase Flow Correlation matching.
- Multiphase Flow Correlation selection.

Examples Guide 1330
U value Calibration - optional
From the flow test, the inlet and outlet temperature are known along with the mass flow
rate. Therefore, there is an opportunity to check how the predicted outlet temperature
compares with the reported outlet temperature.
For this, select | Correlation Comparison | OK | Select any VLP correlation ( Fancher
Brown/ Beggs and Brill / OLGAS 2P & PE4:
Now continue with | Calculate | Calculate | OK and then inspect the computed outlet
temperature:

1331 PROSPER
One can read in the 5th column a computed arrival temperature of round 98 degF, which
is 8 degF higher that the measured outlet temperature.
In order to match this, the U-value needs to be increased to in iterative fashion.
For this select | Main | Done | System | Equipment | Surface Equipment and then change
the overall heat transfer coefficient to 8.05 Btu/h/ft2/F as done below:

Examples Guide 1332
Now select | Main | Matching | Matching | Pipeline.

Afterwards, select | Correlation Comparison | OK | Calculate | Calculate | OK and a
much better match of the arrival temperature have been achieved:

1333 PROSPER
Correlation comparison
Afterwards, select | Plot to visualize the pressure gradient in the pipe:

Examples Guide 1334
One can see that PE4, PE5 and OLGAS 2P are the closest to the measured upstream
pressure.
Select | Main to get back to the "Surface Pipe Matching" screen.

1335 PROSPER
Multiphase Flow Correlation Matching
For the pipe match, select | Match | Match | Statistics to inspect the statistical results of
the non-linear regression:

Examples Guide 1336
Multiphase Flow Correlation selection
The statistics show that PE4, PE5 and OLGAS 2P have very similar performances.
Since PE5 requires slightly less correction than PE4 and OLGAS 2P, the PE5
correlation will be selected for further calculations.
3.1.37.3.3 Sensitivity runs

Next, we will perform sensitivity on the following parameters:

1337 PROSPER
Outlet Pressure: 250 psig

Water Cut: 50%
Total GOR: 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1400 & 1600 psig
Liquid Rate: 15 000 stb/d
To perform the sensitivity runs, select | Calculation | Gradient (Traverse) and make the
appropriate changes as shown below:
Select | Continue and then choose the variable Gas Oil Ration from the drop-down
menu:

Examples Guide 1338
Select | Continue and select the OLGAS 2P multiphase correlation:

1339 PROSPER
Now select | Calculate | OK | Plot | Variables and start with the simplest plot:

Examples Guide 1340
The following plot shows:

1341 PROSPER
Note that more specialized parameters can be selected and plotted with | Variables |
Extended:
This is how for example the erosional velocity profile looks like in the pipe:

Examples Guide 1342
Select | Main and this completes this tutorial.
3.1.38 Tutorial 38: Full enthalpy balance tutorial

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T38_EnthalpyBalance.OUT

How to set up a PROSPER model for a naturally flowing oil well
party software (Eclipse, VIP, ...)

A well is to be drilled to produce retrograde condensate from a depth of 15000 ft.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and a detailed down hole equipment description

1343 PROSPER
(VLP) are provided.
It is required to :
- Build a PROSPER well model
- Use the model to estimate the flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 2500
psig using the full enthalpy balance model.
3.1.38.2Input Data
3.1.38.2.1 PVT Data

Parameter Value
Separator Pressure: 1500 psig
Separator temperature: 100 degF
Separator GOR: 9000 scf/stb
Separator gas gravity: 0.65 (air =1)
Stock Tank GOR: 1000 scf/stb
Stock Tank gas gravity: 0.85 (air =1)
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): None
Dewpoint at reservoir temperature: 6000 psig
The enthalpy balance model is an advanced thermodynamic model that rigorously
accounts for all heat transfer mechanisms taking place in and around the well bore.
Therefore, it requires a detailed description of well and completion.
This is vertical well.

0 0
15000 15000
In this tutorial, the surface equipment will not be modeled.

Examples Guide 1344
Equipment Type Measured Tubing ID Tubing OD Tubing Inside

Depth Roughness
ft inches inches inches
St. Steel (13%) 1000 4 5.5 0.0006
SSSV 1000 3.5 N/A N/A
St. Steel (13%) 15000 4 5.5 0.0006
3.1.38.2.2.4 Temperature Data

Humidity: 70%
Air velocity:5 ft/s
Formation Measured Depth Static Formation Temperature in deg F

in ft:
0 50
500 40
15000 300

TVD from mean sea level Sea temperature in degF Sea velocity in ft/s
in ft
0 50 3
300 40 3
3.1.38.2.2.5 Drilling and Completion Data

The drilling and completion data are give below:

1345 PROSPER
Drilling Hole Casing Casing Specific Top Casing Mud

Depth in Diameter Shoe Outside Casing Cement Top Density
ft in Depth in Diameter weight Depth in Depth in in lb/gal
inches ft in in lb/ft ft ft
inches
700 36 700 30 93 200 0 10
3000 26 3000 20 65 200 0 10
10000 17 10000 13 72 5000 0 10
13000 12 13000 10 67 10000 0 12
15000 9 15000 7 43 12000 0 12
Completion Fluid Density: 8.5 lb/gal

Completion Fluid Gas Type: Air
Mid Production Depth: 14900 ft
3.1.38.2.2.6 Lithology

Shale 14800 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
e ted
3.1.38.2.2.7 Databases for thermal properties

The default databases will be used in this tutorial without any modifications.
PROSPER has around 20 different inflow models for retrograde condensate wells. The
IPR model selection depends upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of the

Total GOR: 9 000 scf/stb

Examples Guide 1346

Permeability: 15 mD
Mechanical skin: +5
details.
3.1.38.3Step by Step procedure

Launch PROSPER and select | File | New to start this tutorial.
Model options
From the main menu click |Options | Options and make the following changes:
Fluid Description - Fluid: Retrograde Condensate

Calculation Type - Predict: Pressure and Temperature (offshore)
Calculation Type - Model: Enthalpy Balance

1347 PROSPER
Note: In this example, the black oil model for retrograde condensate will be used. The
user has the option of using a compositional fluid description method as well.
PVT Data
From the main menu select | PVT | Input Data and make the following entries:

Examples Guide 1348
Parameter Value
Select | Done to exit the PVT data entry screen.
Deviation Survey
Select | System | Equipment | All | Edit to enter the deviation survey:

1349 PROSPER

0 0
15000 15000
Select | Done to proceed to the surface equipment description screen:
Surface Equipment

Examples Guide 1350
Select | Cancel to skip this screen and continue to the downhole equipment description:
Downhhole Equipment

Depth Roughness
St. Steel (13%) 1000 4 5.5 0.0006
SSSV 1000 3.5 N/A N/A
St. Steel (13%) 15000 4 5.5 0.0006

1351 PROSPER
Select | Done to proceed with the temperature data
Temperature Data
Humidity: 70%
Air velocity:5 ft/s
Temperature Data - Formation temperature Gradient
Formation Measured Depth Static Formation Temperature in deg F

in ft:
0 50
500 40
15000 300

Temperature Data - Sea temperature gradient

Examples Guide 1352
TVD from mean sea level Sea temperature in degF Sea velocity in ft/s
in ft
0 50 3
300 40 3
Select | Done to proceed to the drilling and completion data
Drilling and Completion Data

1353 PROSPER
Drilling Hole Casing Casing Specific Top Casing Mud

Depth in Diameter Shoe Outside Casing Cement Top Density
ft in Depth in Diameter weight Depth in Depth in in lb/gal
inches ft in in lb/ft ft ft
inches
700 36 700 30 93 200 0 10
3000 26 3000 20 65 200 0 10
10000 17 10000 13 72 5000 0 10
13000 12 13000 10 67 10000 0 12
15000 9 15000 7 43 12000 0 12
Mud Convection: No
Completion Fluid Type: Brine
Completion Fluid Density: 8.5 lb/gal
Completion Fluid Gas Type: Air
Mid Production Depth: 14900 ft

Examples Guide 1354
Select | Done to proceed to the lithology data
Lithology

Shale 14800 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
e ted

1355 PROSPER
Select | Done to proceed to the databases for thermal properties.
Database for thermal properties

Examples Guide 1356
Select | Reset | Done | Done to complete this section
From the main screen, select | System | Inflow Performance and make the following
entries:
Reservoir Data - IPR model selection


1357 PROSPER
Select | Input Data to continue the IPR data input:
Permeability: 15 mD

Examples Guide 1358
Select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner of the screen for the skin
entry:
Mechanical skin: +5

1359 PROSPER
At this stage, it is good practice to generate an IPR curve w ith | Calculate:

Examples Guide 1360
Select | Main to complete the set-up of the PROSPER model.

3.1.38.3.2 System Calculation
To run a system calculation, select Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables and
make the following entries:

Time Since Production Started: 1 day

1361 PROSPER
Select | Continue | Continue | Calculate | OK and the results are displayed as follow:

Examples Guide 1362
With | Plot | System Plot, the are displayed as follow:

1363 PROSPER
This concludes this tutorial.

3.1.39 Tutorial 39: Improved Approximation

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T39_ImprovedApproximation.OUT
The main objectives is to show how to set-up the improved approximation, an advanced
thermal model.

A well is to be drilled to produce retrograde condensate from a depth of 15000 ft.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and a detailed down hole equipment description
(VLP) are provided.
It is required to :
- Build a PROSPER well model
- Use the model to estimate the flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 2500
psig using the Improved Approximation model.

Examples Guide 1364
3.1.39.2Input Data
3.1.39.2.1 PVT Data

Parameter Value
The Improved Approximation temperature model is an advanced thermodynamic
model that rigorously accounts for all heat transfer mechanisms taking place in and
around the well bore like the enthalpy balance model.
The only difference between enthalpy balance and improved approximation is the way
the overall heat transfer coefficient is found: in the former, overall heat transfer
coefficient is computed by the model whereas it is user-entered in the latter.

This is vertical well.

0 0
15000 15000
In this tutorial, the surface equipment will not be modeled.

Depth Roughness

1365 PROSPER

Tubing 1000 4 5.5 0.0006
SSSV 1000 3.5 N/A N/A
Tubing 14800 4 5.5 0.0006
3.1.39.2.2.4 Temperature Data
Formation Measured Static Formation Heat Transfer Coefficient

Depth in ft: Temperature in deg F
0 50 2
500 40 2.5
3000 80 2.5
10000 210 3.8
14000 280 4.8
15000 300 5

PROSPER has around 20 different inflow models for retrograde condensate wells. The
IPR model selection depends upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of the

Permeability: 15 mD

Examples Guide 1366
Mechanical skin: +5
details.
3.1.39.3Step by Step procedure

Launch PROSPER and select | File | New to start this tutorial.
Model options
From the main menu click |Options | Options and make the following changes:
Fluid Description - Fluid: Retrograde Condensate

Calculation Type - Model: Improved Approximation

1367 PROSPER
Note: In this example, the black oil model for retrograde condensate will be used. The
user has the option of using a compositional fluid description method as well.
PVT Data
From the main menu select | PVT | Input Data and make the following entries:

Examples Guide 1368
Parameter Value
Select | Done to exit the PVT data entry screen.
Deviation Survey
Select | System | Equipment | All | Edit to enter the deviation survey:

1369 PROSPER

0 0
15000 15000
Select | Done to proceed to the surface equipment description screen:
Surface Equipment

Examples Guide 1370
Select | Cancel to skip this screen and continue to the downhole equipment description:
Downhole Equipment

Depth Roughness
Tubing 1000 4 5.5 0.0006
SSSV 1000 3.5 N/A N/A
Tubing 14800 4 5.5 0.0006

1371 PROSPER
Select | Done to proceed with the temperature data
Formation Temperature Gradient
Formation Measured Static Formation Heat Transfer Coefficient

Depth in ft Temperature in degF
0 50 2
500 40 2.5
3000 80 2.5
10000 210 3.8
14000 280 4.8
15000 300 5

Examples Guide 1372
From the main screen, select | System | Inflow Performance and make the following

1373 PROSPER
entries:
Reservoir Data - IPR model selection

Select | Input Data to continue the IPR data input:
Permeability: 15 mD

Examples Guide 1374

Select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner of the screen for the skin
entry:
Mechanical skin: +5

1375 PROSPER
At this stage, it is good practice to generate an IPR curve w ith | Calculate:

Examples Guide 1376
Select | Main to complete the set-up of the PROSPER model.

3.1.39.3.2 System Calculation
To run a system calculation, select Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables and
make the following entries:

Time Since Production Started: 1 day

1377 PROSPER
Select | Continue | Continue | Calculate | OK and the results are displayed as follow:

Examples Guide 1378
With | Plot | System Plot, the are displayed as follow:

1379 PROSPER
This concludes this tutorial.

3.1.40 Tutorial 40: SPOT tutorial

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T40_SPOT.OUT
The main objectives of this tutorial is to show how to use the SPOT inflow model within
PROSPER.

provided.
Using SPOT (Shell Perforation Optimisation Tool), it is requested to estimate the initial
IPR and the initial flow rate against a WHFP of 300 psig.

Examples Guide 1380

Parameter Value
Oil Gravity: 30 API

- deviation survey
- surface equipment
platform, RKB and so on ...
with respect to the origin selected.

0 0
8000 8000
on.
3.1.40.3.3 Down Hole Equipment
valves, ...
Equipment Measured Internal Roughness inRate multiplier

1381 PROSPER

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1


0 70
8000 200

Phase Heat Capacity in Btu/lb/F

Oil: 0.53
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1

PROSPER has around 20 different inflow models. The IPR model selection depends
upon the purpose of the study, the suitability of the particular model and the data
available for the study.
Examples Guide 1382
IPR model: SPOT

Water Cut: Calculated based upon relative permeability and user-
entered water saturation
Spot options and input data
Lp Correlation Type: Conventional

Calculate Non-Darcy skin: No
Activity: New Well
Well type: Vertical
Inflow Equation: Fetkovich
Log Data Input: None available
Perforating Method: Single Run
Invasion Method: No Invasion
Sanding Model: None
Crushed Zone Model: Entered
Lower Completion type: Cased and Perforated
Pressure Transform: apply to gas wells only
Use down hole standoff: No
Enter Gun per layer: No
Use SPOT IPR extensions: Yes
Crushed Zone Permeability 0.1
Factor:
Crushed Zone Thickness: 1.2 inches
Spot options - Deviation survey
Measured depth in ft True Vertical depth if ft

8000 8000
8250 8250

1383 PROSPER
Spot options - Layers Data & Gun system

Drainage Radius: 2000 ft
Perforation Efficiency: 1 (fraction)
Top Measured Depth of pay: 8000 ft
Bottom Measured depth of pay: 8200 ft
Layer Pressure: 3600 psig
Under Balance Pressure: 100 psi
Overburden Pressure Gradient: 1 psi/ft
Water saturation: 0.3 (fraction)
Bottom hole (reservoir) Temperature: 200 degF
Kv/Kh: 0.1 (fraction)
Downhole (reservoir) Rock type: Sandstone
Gun System: 2007 Predator XPLS by Baker with 6 spf
and 60 degrees phasing
Spot options - Completion
Completion type: Casing

Outer Diameter: 8.5 inches
Casing weight: 9 lb/ft
Material: J-55
Top Measured Depth: 8000 ft
Bottom Measured Depth: 8200 ft
Drift Diameter*: 8 inches
Holdup Depth*: 8250 ft
Notes: The drift diameter is the inside diameter (ID) that the pipe manufacturer
guarantees per specifications. Note that the nominal inside diameter is not the same as
the drift diameter but is always slightly larger. The drift diameter is used by the well
planner to determine what size tools or casing strings can later be run through the
casing, whereas the nominal inside diameter is used for fluid volume calculations such

Examples Guide 1384
as mud circulating times and cement slurry.

The holdup depth is the depth at which a tool of a specific size can no longer pass
through the well bore.
problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing oil well using SPOT for the IPR
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 300 psig
- compare the performance of the well with different gun systems
- inspect the calculation results at log scale

Otherwise, simply select |Options | Options and make the following choices

Predict: Pressure and Temperature (on land)

1385 PROSPER

shown below:
Parameter Value
Oil Gravity: 30 API

Examples Guide 1386

3.1.40.5.3 Saving the PROSPER file



1387 PROSPER

Here are the deviation survey data for this vertical well:

0 0
8000 8000

Examples Guide 1388
Select | Done and the next screen labeled Surface Equipment will follow.
1389 PROSPER
valves, ...

(down to) inches
Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8000 8.3 0.0018 1

Examples Guide 1390


0 70
8000 200

1391 PROSPER


Examples Guide 1392
hole.

From the Equipment Data screen, one can see a summary of the well bore description
with | Summary:

1393 PROSPER
If one then selects | Draw Down hole a sketch of the well bore is drawn:

Examples Guide 1394

file.
make the appropriate choices as follows:
IPR model: SPOT

Water Cut: Calculated based upon relative permeability and user-
entered water saturation

1395 PROSPER
Select | Input Data and start the the SPOT IPR data entry with the left tab "SPOT
OPTIONS"
Spot options and input data
Lp Correlation Type: Conventional

Calculate Non-Darcy skin: No
Activity: New Well
Well type: Vertical
Inflow Equation: Fetkovich
Log Data Input: None available
Perforating Method: Single Run
Invasion Method: No Invasion
Sanding Model: None
Crushed Zone Model: Entered
Lower Completion type: Cased and Perforated

Examples Guide 1396
Pressure Transform: apply to gas wells only

Use down hole standoff: No
Enter Gun per layer: No
Use SPOT IPR extensions: Yes
Crushed Zone Permeability 0.1
Factor:
Crushed Zone Thickness: 1.2 inches
Select the deviation Survey tab at the bottom left corner of the Options screen to enter
the well trajectory across the reservoir:
Spot options - Deviation survey
Measured depth in ft True Vertical depth if ft

8000 8000

1397 PROSPER
8250 8250
Select | Done to complete the data entry for this screen.
To move forward, select the tab "Layers" to describe the reservoir and select the gun
system:
Spot options - Layers Data & Gun system

Examples Guide 1398

Drainage Radius: 2000 ft
Perforation Efficiency: 1 (fraction)
Top Measured Depth of pay: 8000 ft
Bottom Measured depth of pay: 8200 ft
Layer Pressure: 3600 psig
Under Balance Pressure: 100 psi
Overburden Pressure Gradient: 1 psi/ft
Water saturation: 0.3 (fraction)
Bottom hole (reservoir) Temperature: 200 degF
Kv/Kh: 0.1 (fraction)
Downhole (reservoir) Rock type: Sandstone
Gun System: 2007 Predator Baker with 6 spf and 60
degrees phasing

1399 PROSPER
For the Relative Permeability data entry,select | Edit and populate the table according to
the inputs below:
Relative Permeabilities:
Phase Residual End point in Corey Exponent

Saturation in fraction
fraction
Oil 0.25 0.8 3
Water 0.25 0.8 3

Examples Guide 1400
Select | OK to exit the relative permeability input screen.
For the selection of the gun system, select the button " Select Gun" and the following
screen pops up, initially empty:

1401 PROSPER
To move forward, select the "Select Gun From Database" button and the database is
displayed:

Examples Guide 1402
Note that the data base has been filtered on Vendor: here Baker for illustration only.
Now one can select the gun of choice, which is the 2" 2007 Predator

1403 PROSPER
Afterwards, one select | Done and | Done again to transfer the gun data into SPOT.
To move forward, select the tab "LOG DATA" and enter the data required to generate
the log-scale IPR parameters:
Spot options - Log Data Generation
Uniaxial Compressive Strength: 8000 psig

Horizontal Permeability: 200 mD
Porosity: 0.25
Top Reservoir Measured Depth: 8000 ft
Bottom Reservoir Measured Depth: 8200 ft
Log Depth Increment: 0.5 ft

Examples Guide 1404
Select | Generate and the log scale data are generated as shown below:

1405 PROSPER
The last section to describe is the completion section. To access this section, select the
sheet "Completion" at the bottom of the screen:
Spot options - Completion
Completion type: Casing

Outer Diameter: 8.5 inches
Casing weight: 9 lb/ft
Material: J-55
Top Measured Depth: 8000 ft
Bottom Measured Depth: 8200 ft
Drift Diameter*: 8 inches
Holdup Depth*: 8250 ft
Notes: The drift diameter is the inside diameter (ID) that the pipe manufacturer
guarantees per specifications. Note that the nominal inside diameter is not the same as
the drift diameter but is always slightly larger. The drift diameter is used by the well
planner to determine what size tools or casing strings can later be run through the
casing, whereas the nominal inside diameter is used for fluid volume calculations such
as mud circulating times and cement slurry.
The holdup depth is the depth at which a tool of a specific size can no longer pass
through the well bore.

Examples Guide 1406
One may need to scroll the bar at the bottom of the screen to the right to enter the drift:

1407 PROSPER
IPR Generation
In order the generate an IPR, select | Calculate and the following plot is generated:

Examples Guide 1408

response (VLP).
curve.

1409 PROSPER

Examples Guide 1410
pressure.

1411 PROSPER
One can read an oil rate of 5280 stb/d as solution rate. The corresponding BHFP reads:
2346 psig.
follow:

Examples Guide 1412
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to update the
file.
3.1.40.5.7 Comparison of different Gun Systems

One very useful feature of the SPOT module is the ability to sensitize on gun systems.
The sensitization can be performed from the IPR screen directly (| System | Inflow
Perform | Sensitivity) or from the system calculation.
In order to sensitize on gun systems from the system calculation, select | Calculation |
System | 3 Variables and make the following changes:

1413 PROSPER
Top node pressure: 300 psig

Note: Water cut is not a sensitivity variable because SPOT uses relative permeability to
compute the producing water cut.
Select | Continue and select "SPOT Perforating Gun" as sensitivity variable:

Examples Guide 1414
Select | Add | Select Gun From Database and add the gun systems of choice:

1415 PROSPER
For this tutorial, 2 guns systems were selected randomly:

- 2007 Predator XP LS from Baker and
- 2818 Predator XP
One can now proceed with | Continue | Calculate | Plot | System Plot to generate the
following system plot:

Examples Guide 1416

3.1.40.5.8 Inspection of SPOT results at log- scale
SPOT allow the calculation and visualization of the Inflow results at log scale.
The log scale results are accessible from the IPR screen as well as the system
calculation screen.
Detailed SPOT results from the IPR screen:
In order to access and plot the detailed log-scale results from SPOT, select | System |
Inflow Performance | Sensitivity:

1417 PROSPER
For this example, flowing BHP of 3000 psig will be used.
To proceed, select | Continue | Continue | Calculate | OK | Sensitivity Detail and this

would lead to the following screen:

Examples Guide 1418
Select | Log Results | Plot and select Qocum for the x axis for instance:

1419 PROSPER
By selecting | Done, the following plot is generated:

Examples Guide 1420
Select | Done and any other variable can be added to the plot.
Any number of variables with the same unit can be selected and plotted together as
demonstrated in the plot below:

1421 PROSPER
Detailed SPOT from the system calculation screen:
The same level of details is available from the system calculation screen.

Examples Guide 1422
From the system calculation screen, select | Solution Details

1423 PROSPER
Now select | Inflow Details | Log Results | Plot

Examples Guide 1424
From this screen, any variable can be selected and plotted:

1425 PROSPER
If the Qw cum (cumulative water production) is selected for instance a plot similar to the
one below can be inspected:

Examples Guide 1426
Select | Done | Done | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen.
3.1.41 Tutorial 41: Multi-Zones Completion using multilayer IPR

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T41_MultilayerGas.Out
The main objectives of this tutorial is to show how to model commingled production from
multiple zones using the multi-layer IPR model in PROSPER.
A single gas well penetrates 2 reservoirs at different depths. The reservoirs are
separated by 1000 ft vertical distance.
Given the significant distance between the zones, the pressure drop between the zones
need to be accounted for.
It is required to set-up a PROSPER model for the well to answer the following questions:
- what is the commingled flow rate to be expected at a well head flowing pressure of
1500 psig?
- what is the contribution from each zone?
- Is there any cross-flow between the reservoirs?

1427 PROSPER
3.1.41.2Input Data
Fluid PVT
Parameter Upper Zone Lower Zone

Gas Gravity (Air =1): 0.6 0.7
Separator pressure (psig): 250 250
Condensate Gas Ratio 3 10
(stb/MMscf):
Condensate Gravity (API): 50 45
Water to Gas Ratio (stb/ 5 10
MMscf):
Gas Impurities (H2S, CO2 & 0 0
N2):
Reservoir Data

Layer IPR model: Petroleum Experts Petroleum Experts
True vertical depth (ft): 10000 11000
Reservoir pressure (psig): 3500 3600
Layer flowing radius (ft): 0.254 0.254
Layer roughness (inches): 0.001 0.001
Layer permeability (mD): 15 20
Layer Drainage Area 300 300
(acres):
Layer Dietz shape factor 31.6 31.6
(no dimension):
Layer wellbore radius (ft): 0.354 0.354
Perforation interval (ft): 50 30
Time since production 1000 1000
(days):
Layer porosity (fraction): 0.25 0.25
Layer connate water 0.3 0.3
saturation (fraction):

Examples Guide 1428
Mechanical skin (no 5 5

dimension):
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (1/ Calculated Calculated
Mscf/d)
Deviation Survey

0 0
10000 10000
Note: the well will be divided into inflow and outflow. The outflow covers the section
above the the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the
pressure drop between them. Therefore, it is sufficient to describe the well just down to
the shallowest reservoir depth when using the multi-layer IPR model.
Downhole Equipment
Equipment Measured Tubing ID in Tubing Inside Roughness

Type Depth in ft inches in inches
Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A
Tubing 9500 4.67 0.0006
Casing 10000 6.1 0.0006
Geothermal gradient
Formation Measured Depth in ft Formation Temperature in degF

0 60
10000 230
Overall heat transfer coefficient: 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.

1429 PROSPER
3.1.41.3Modelling Strategy
For well producing from multiples zones, there are currently 3 Inflow models available in
PROSPER:
a) the MultiLayer Reservoir model
b) the MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore and
c) the Multilateral Inflow model.
The MultiLayer Reservoir model is the simplest one. It does not account for pressure
drop between the zones. Therefore it can only be considered for cases where the
vertical distance between the zones is negligible. It can model a well penetrating up to
50 different zones.
The "MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore" Reservoir model is the improved version of the
MultiLayer Reservoir model, It accounts for pressure drop between the layers and offers
a wider range of inflow models for each zone. It can model a well penetrating up to 49
different zones.
The Multilateral Inflow model is the most advanced inflow model in PROSPER. It can
model wells of any shape penetrating any number of layers. Flow can be annular, tubular
or both. Well can have a single or multiple branches. Pressure drop and interaction
between branches are accounted for. The multilateral model can be used to model
"smart" wells with down hole control devices.
Within the IPM suite, the multiphase network simulation tool GAP can also be used to
model multiple zones completions. Using GAP, one can directly take advantage of the
optimiser in GAP and the direct connection to a reservoir mode (MBAL, decline curve
or numerical simulator) for time-dependent performance prediction.
For this tutorial, the MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore will be used.

We will first build a PROSPER model and then use the model to answer the following
engineering questions:
1500 psig?

Launch PROSPER and select | Options | Options>
Afterwards make the following changes:
System options
Fluid Description - Fluid: Dry and Wet Gas

Examples Guide 1430
Select Done to complete the selection of the options.
Fluid PVT
Select PVT | Input Data and enter the fluid PVT as done below:

(stb/MMscf):
MMscf):
Water Salinity (ppm) 100000 10000

1431 PROSPER

N2):
Note that at this stage, the PVT of the first zone was entered for initialisation purposes.
The fluid properties for each zone will be entered separately later in the inflow section.
Select | Done to complete this section.
System Equipment - Deviation Survey
From the main screen, select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to enter the
down hole equipment:

0 0
10000 10000

Examples Guide 1432
pressure drop between them. Therefore, it is sufficient to describe the well just down to

1433 PROSPER
the shallowest reservoir depth when using the multi-layer IPR model.
Downhole Equipment
Select | Done | Cancel to enter the down hole equipment data:

Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A
Tubing 9500 4.67 0.0006
Casing 10000 6.1 0.0006
Geothermal gradient
Select | Done | Cancel to enter the geothermal gradient:

Examples Guide 1434

0 60
10000 230
Select | Done | Done | Summary | Daw Down hole to check the well bore schematic
generated with the data entered:

1435 PROSPER
Reservoir Data
In order to enter the Inflow performance data select | System Inflow Performance and
make the following changes:
Reservoir Model: MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore


Examples Guide 1436
To proceed with the inflow description select | Input Data and make the following entries
/ selections:

(acres):
(no dimension):

1437 PROSPER

(days):
dimension):
Mscf/d)
A few notes about the description of the multilayer IPR model:
- Given the large number of inputs, it is good practice to frequently use the "Validate
button" in order to check the data missing to complete the model description.
- The top (MD = 10000 ft / TVD = 10000 ft) describes the solution node of the well
model. It divides the wellbore in inflow and outflow and should correspond to the
deepest entry in the down hole equipment. This is the depth at which the inflow and the
outflow equations are solved to yield the solution rate.

Examples Guide 1438
- The static layer pressure for each zone is entered at the bottom of the zone. In the case
of the upper layer, the pressure of 3500 psig corresponds to the static reservoir
pressure at 10050 ft, NOT 10000 ft.
- The layer flowing radius and the the layer roughness are used to compute the pressure
loss between the zones whereas the well bore radius is used to compute the inflow
performance relation for the layer itself.
- The "Blank" layer type means that there is no influx or no perforation from the layer into
the well bore.
At this stage, it is good practice to generate an IPR with | Calculate and be patient as
this is a more complex algorithm that the single zone Inflow models:
Please select | Main and save the file to secure all changes.
In order to answer the engineering questions asked at the beginning of this tutorial, one
needs to solve simultaneously the inflow and outflow equations.
For this, select | Calculation | System (Ipr+Vlp) |3 Variables:

1439 PROSPER
Now enter the top node pressure of 1500 psig:

Examples Guide 1440
Afterwards, select | Continue | Continue | Calculate and be patient as this may take a
few minutes:

1441 PROSPER
The solution details can be accessed by selecting the button " Solution Details".
Afterwards, select | Inflow Layer Details

Examples Guide 1442
And this is the content of the inflow layer details screen:

1443 PROSPER
Conclusion:
One can read that:

the well would produce 33.5 MMscf/d of gas, a water-to-gas ratio of 7.2 stb/MMscf and
a CGR of 6 stb/MMscf.
The upper zone contributes to round 57% of the total production. Consequently, the
bottom zone makes up the remaining 43%.
There is no negative rate from any layer. Therefore there is no cross flow under the

Examples Guide 1444
current conditions.
This completes this example.
3.1.42 Tutorial 42: Multi-Zones Completion using multilateral IPR

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T42_MultiLateralInMultipleReservoirs.OUT
multiple zones.
A single gas well penetrates 2 reservoirs at different depths. The reservoirs are
separated by 1000 ft vertical distance.
It is required to set-up a PROSPER model for the well to answer the following questions:
- what is the commingled flow rate of the well at flowing well head pressure of 1500
psig?
3.1.42.2Input Data
Fluid PVT

(stb/MMscf):
MMscf):
N2):
Reservoir Data

Reservoir Temperature 230 240

1445 PROSPER
(degF):
(acres):
Vertical Permeability (mD): 1.5 2
(no dimension):
Reservoir Thickness (ft): 50 30
(days):
dimension):
Mscf/d)
Deviation Survey

0 0
10000 10000
above the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the pressure
drop between them. Therefore, it is sufficient to describe the well just down to the top of
the shallowest reservoir in the deviation survey when using the multi-layer IPR model.
Downhole Equipment

Examples Guide 1446

Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A
Tubing 9500 4.67 0.0006
Casing 10000 6.1 0.0006
Geothermal gradient

0 60
10000 230
3.1.42.3Modelling Strategy
For a well producing from multiples zones, there are currently 3 Inflow models available
in PROSPER:
a) the MultiLayer Reservoir model
b) the MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore and
c) the Multilateral Inflow model.
The MultiLayer Reservoir model is the simplest one. It does not account for pressure
drop between the zones. Therefore it can only be considered for cases where the
vertical distance between the zones is negligible. It can model a well penetrating up to
50 different zones.
The "MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore" Reservoir model is the improved version of the
MultiLayer Reservoir model, It accounts for pressure drop between the layers and offers
a wider range of inflow models for each zone. It can model a well penetrating up to 49
different zones.
The Multilateral Inflow model is the most advanced inflow model in PROSPER. It can
model wells of any shape penetrating any number of layers. Flow can be annular, tubular
or both. Well can have a single or multiple branches. Pressure drop and interaction
between branches are accounted for. The multilateral model can be used to model
"smart" wells with down hole control devices.
Within the IPM suite, the multiphase network simulation tool GAP can also be used to
model multiple zones completions. Using GAP, one can directly take advantage of the
optimiser in GAP and the direct connection to a reservoir model (MBAL, decline curve

1447 PROSPER
or numerical simulator) is available for time-dependent performance prediction.
For this tutorial, the Multilateral Inflow model will be used.

We will first build a PROSPER model and then use the model to answer the following
engineering questions:
1500 psig?

System options
Fluid Description - Fluid: Dry and Wet Gas

Reservoir - Inflow Type: MultiLateral Well

Examples Guide 1448
Fluid PVT
Select PVT | Input Data and enter the fluid PVT as done below:
Parameter Upper Zone

Gas Gravity (Air =1): 0.6
Separator pressure (psig): 250
Condensate Gas Ratio (stb/MMscf): 3
Condensate Gravity (API): 50
Water to Gas Ratio (stb/MMscf): 5
Water Salinity (ppm) 100000
Gas Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): 0

1449 PROSPER
Note that at this stage, the PVT of one of the zones (here first zone) was entered to
initialise the model. The fluid properties for each zone will be entered separately later in
the inflow section.
System Equipment - Deviation Survey
From the main screen, select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to enter the
down hole equipment:

0 0
10000 10000

Examples Guide 1450
pressure drop between them. This entry applies to the outflow. Therefore, it is sufficient

1451 PROSPER
here to describe the well just down to the shallowest reservoir depth when using the
multilateral IPR model.
Downhole Equipment
Select | Done | Cancel to enter the down hole equipment data:

Xmas Tree 0 N/A N/A
Tubing 9500 4.67 0.0006
Casing 10000 6.1 0.0006
Geothermal gradient
Select | Done | Cancel to enter the geothermal gradient:

Examples Guide 1452

0 60
10000 230
Select | Done | Done | Summary | Daw Down hole to check the well bore schematic
generated with the data entered:

1453 PROSPER
Select | Main and save the file to secure the entries.
Multilateral Inflow Model
Drawing the model
To access the interface where to describe the multilateral IPR, select | System I Inflow
Performance.
The multilateral IPR interface consists in a Network section where we can draw the
situation of the example using the short cut icons.
From left to right, the icons represent:

- Tie-Point: this is the depth at which the combined IPR is computed.
- Junction: this is a node from where a lateral can branch out.
- Completion: this describes the details of the perforation and
- Reservoir: contains the pertinent reservoir data like pressure, permeability, Dietz-
shape factor and so on.
Select the first short cut icon starting from left, or click on the drop down menu and
select "Add Tie-point" as shown in the next screen shot.

Examples Guide 1454
Click anywhere in the blank screen to add a Tie point and give it the label "TiePoint".
This correspond to a depth of 10000ft.
The tie-point is the point at which the combined Inflow will be computed.

1455 PROSPER
Right clicking on the red square representing the item "TiePoint" allows the user to
change its label or delete it.
The next short cut icon (Going from left to right) is the Add Junction.
Select Add Junction and click somewhere else in the screen to add the junction, label it
"Junction".

Examples Guide 1456
Then select the Add Completion next to the "Add Junction" and click in the screen to
add a completion, label it "Upper Completion".
For the second zone, add a second completion and label it "Lower Completion".
Then select Add Reservoir from the drop down menu and click on the screen to add a
Reservoir icon.Label it "Upper Zone"
Then select Add Reservoir again from the drop down menu and click on the screen to
add a Reservoir icon.Label it "Lower Zone"
One would have an schematic similar to the next screen shot:

1457 PROSPER
Now select | Add link and connect the equipment from the tie-point to the reservoirs as
done be low
TiePoint Description

Examples Guide 1458
In order to describe the tiepoint, double-click on the item TiePoint and make the
following entries:
One may use the navigator on the right hand side to describe the other components of
the multilateral.
Tubing "T1" Description
After linking the tie-point to the junction, a tubing "T1" is created. In this example, this will
be a zero dimension tubing. For this, double click on the tubing "T1" and make the
following changes:
Tubing "T1" - Select Model

1459 PROSPER
Tubing "T1" - Input Data / Deviation Survey
Measured Depth True Vertical Depth Azimuth

10000 10000 0
10000 10000 0

Examples Guide 1460
Select the tab "Equipment" at the bottom of the screen to describe the down hole
equipment pertaining to this item.
Tubing "T1" - Input Data / Equipment
Tubing Type Measured Depth Casing Inside Casing inside

Diameter roughness
- ft inches inches
Casing 10000 6.1 0.0006

1461 PROSPER
Select | Done and then double-click on the junction to describe it as shown below:
Junction Description
Here the data are passed directly from the previous node. Select | Done and then

Examples Guide 1462
double-click on the "Upper Completion" to describe it.
Completion "Upper Completion" - Select Model
Horizontal Flow Model - irrelevant in this Dukler Flanningan

example:
Vertical Flow mdel: Petroleum Experts 2
Choke model: ELF
Flow Type: Tubing Flow
Use Threshold Angle: No
Angle Greater Than (From Vertical): 45 degrees
WellBore Radius: 0.354 ft
Note that it is possible to model annular flow as well. For this, simply select Annular Flow
as flow type.
Completion "Upper Completion" - Deviation
Measured Depth True Vertical Depth Azimuth

1463 PROSPER
10000 10000 0
10050 10050 0
Now select the Equipment tab at the bottom of the screen to continue the description of
this item.
Completion "Upper Completion" - Input Data / Equipment

Diameter roughness
- ft inches inches
Casing 10050 6.1 0.001

Examples Guide 1464
Note that a higher roughness is used the perforation interval.
Select the "Perforation details" tab at the bottom of the screen to continue the
description of this item.
Perforatio Perforatio Perforatio Perforatio Skin Non- Local

n Interval n Interval n Interval n Interval Model Darcy Skin
MD start MD end TVD start TVD end Choice Entry
(ft) (ft) (ft) (ft) Method
10000 10050 10000 10050 By Hand By Hand 5

1465 PROSPER
Note that the "Non-Darcy Entry method" was set to "Calculate". Therefore, the "
Calculate" button needs to be selected for further data entry that would allow the
calculation of the Non-Darcy Flow Factor.
Production Interval: 50 ft
Select | Done and proceed with the description of the lower completion.
Double-click on the "Lower Completion" and make the following changes:
Completion "Lower Completion" - Select Model

Examples Guide 1466
Horizontal Flow Model - irrelevant in this Dukler Flanningan

example:
Vertical Flow mdel: Petroleum Experts 2
Choke model: ELF
Flow Type: Tubing Flow
Use Threshold Angle: No
Angle Greater Than (From Vertical): 45 degrees
Select | Input Data in the top right corner of the screen to proceed with the deviation
survey:
Measured Depth True vertical Depth Azimuth

11030 11030 0

1467 PROSPER
Select the tab "Equipment" to proceed:
Completion "Upper Completion" - Input Data / Equipment

Diameter roughness
- ft inches inches
Casing 11000 6.1 0.0006
Casing 11030 6.1 0.001

Examples Guide 1468
Select the "Perforation details" tab at the bottom of the screen to continue the
description of this item.
Note that a different roughness was used for the perforation interval.
Perforatio Perforatio Perforatio Perforatio Skin Non- Local

n Interval n Interval n Interval n Interval Model Darcy Skin
MD start MD end TVD start TVD end Choice Entry
(ft) (ft) (ft) (ft) Method
11000 11030 11000 11030 By Hand By Hand 5

1469 PROSPER
Select the | Calculate button to enter the reservoir permeability:

Examples Guide 1470
Select | Done and continue the model set-up with the description of the upper zone.
For this, double-click on the item "Upper Zone" and make the following entries:
Reservoir "Upper Zone" - Select model

Layer IPR model: Petroleum Experts
Reservoir Temperature (degF): 230
Reservoir pressure (psig): 3500
Gas Gravity: 0.6
Water salinity (ppm): 100 000
Water Gas Ratio (stb/MMscf): 5
Reservoir "Upper Zone" - Input Data
Reservoir Permeability (mD): 15

Reservoir Thickness (ft): 50
Drainage Area (acres): 300

1471 PROSPER
Reservoir top depth (ft): 10000

Vertical Permeability (mD): 1.5
Reservoir Porosity (fraction): 0.25
Connate Water Saturation (fraction): 0.3
Select | Done and continue the model set-up with the description of the lower zone.
For this, double-click on the item "Lower Zone" and make the following entries:

Layer IPR model: Petroleum Experts
Reservoir Temperature (degF): 240
Reservoir pressure (psig): 3600
Gas Gravity: 0.7
Water salinity (ppm): 100 000
Water Gas Ratio (stb/MMscf): 10

Examples Guide 1472
Select Input Data to proceed:
Reservoir "Lower Zone" - Input Data
Reservoir Permeability (mD): 20

Reservoir Thickness (ft): 30
Drainage Area (acres): 300
Reservoir top depth (ft): 11000
Vertical Permeability (mD): 2
Reservoir Porosity (fraction): 0.25
Connate Water Saturation (fraction): 0.3

1473 PROSPER
Select | Done and then | Visualise | Front to check the schematic of the down hole
network:

Examples Guide 1474
Generating the composite IPR
Select Analyse | Calculate
Afterwards, make the following selections:

1475 PROSPER
Afterwards, select | Calculate and be patient as this might take a few seconds:
The following inflow curves are generated:

Examples Guide 1476
Select | Main | Done | Finish to perform the system calculation.
For this select | Calculation | System (Vlp+Ipr) | 3 Variables:
Select | Continue | Continue | Calculate and here are the solution details:

1477 PROSPER
The details of the solution point can be accessed with | Solution Details | Inflow Layer
Details:

Examples Guide 1478
Results:
- The well produces 38 Mmscf/d.
- The upper zone produce a little roughly 22 MMscf/d whereas the lower zone produce
16 MMscf/d.
- There is no cross-flow under the current conditions.
3.1.43 Tutorial 43: Jet Pump Design

File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T43_JetPump.OUT
multiple zones.

1479 PROSPER
3.1.43.1Statement Of the Problem

It is intended to install a jet pump in a low productivity well.
3.1.43.2Input Data
Fluid PVT
Parameter Value
Oil Gravity: 20 API
Gas gravity (Air =1): 0.7
Down hole PVT data
Parameter Value
Bubble point pressure at reservoir 820 psig
temperature:
Gas Oil Ratio at bubble point pressure: 100 scf/stb
Oil FVF at bubble point pressure: 1.08 rb/stb
Oil Viscosity at bubble point pressure: 11.1 cp
Reservoir Data
Parameter Value
Reservoir IPR model: PI entry
Average Reservoir Pressure: 1800 psig
Reservoir Temperature : 150 degF
Water Cut: 20%
Total Produced GOR: 100 scf/stb
Productivity Index (liquid): 0.5 stb/d/psi
Deviation Survey

Examples Guide 1480

0 0
4100 4100
Note: the deepest entry in the down hole equipment represents the datum depth for the
well. This is the depth at which the average reservoir pressure refers to.
Down hole Equipment
Equipment Measured Inner Outer Diameter Roughnesses in

Type Depth in ft Diameter in in inches inches
inches
Tubing 4000 2.441 2.875 0.0006
Casing 4100 6.36 N/A 0.0006
Geothermal gradient

0 60
4100 150
Jet Pump Design Parameters
Parameter Value
Well Flow type: Tubing Injection - Annular Production
Pump measured depth: 4000 ft
Maximum Pump Outer Diameter: 6 inches
Design Liquid Rate: 500 stb/d
Water Cut: 20%
Well Head Pressure ( = Top Node 100 psig
Pressure):

1481 PROSPER

Nozzle Loss Coefficient: 0.15
Suction Loss Coefficient: 0
Throat Loss Coefficient: 0
Diffuser Loss Coefficient: 0
Tubing Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2
3.1.43.3Jet Pump Design Strategy
The strategy to design a jet pump can be broken down in 2 phases:
- phase 1: build the PROSPER model and validate it against well test data if possible
- phase 2: design the jet pump
- phase 3: run sensitivity to predict the performance of the pump under expected
conditions.
3.1.43.4Step by Step Procedure to design a jet pump
System options
Fluid Description - Fluid: Oil and Water

Method: Black Oil
Artificial Lift Method: Jet Pump
Artificial Lift Type: Tubing Injection - Annular
Production

Examples Guide 1482

Afterwards, select | PVT | Input Data and make the following changes:
Fluid PVT
Parameter Value
Oil Gravity: 20 API
Gas gravity (Air =1): 0.7
Power Fluid: Water

1483 PROSPER
For the PVT matching, select | Match Data and enter the relevant data as shown below:
Down hole PVT data
Parameter Value
Bubble point pressure at reservoir 820 psig
temperature:
Gas Oil Ratio at bubble point pressure: 100 scf/stb
Oil FVF at bubble point pressure: 1.08 rb/stb
Oil Viscosity at bubble point pressure: 11.1 cp

Examples Guide 1484
For the regression, select | Done | Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters

1485 PROSPER
After reviewing the results of the regression, the combination Lasater / Petrosky will be
used for this crude.
For this, select | Done | Done and then select | Lasater & Petrosky as calibrated black
oil correlations:

Examples Guide 1486
For the description of the deviation survey, select | System | Equipment | All | Edit and
enter the deviation survey as shown below:
Deviation Survey

0 0
4100 4100
Note: the deepest entry in the down hole equipment represents the datum depth for the
well. This is the depth at which the average reservoir pressure refers to.

1487 PROSPER
Select | Done to proceed with the description of the surface equipment. Once on the
surface equipment screen, select | Cancel to skip this particular screen:

Examples Guide 1488
Select | Done to proceed with the description of the down hole equipment
Down hole Equipment
Equipment Measured Inner Outer Diameter Roughnesses in

Type Depth in ft Diameter in in inches inches
inches
Tubing 4000 2.441 2.875 0.0006
Casing 4100 6.36 N/A 0.0006

1489 PROSPER
Select | Done to proceed with the geothermal gradient and the overall heat transfer
coefficient ( 8 Btu/h/ft2/F according to the input data provided)
Geothermal gradient

0 60
4100 150

Examples Guide 1490
Select | Done | Done to complete the description of the well bore.
Select | Done to return to the main screen of PROSPER.
Jet Pump Design
The following data will be entered in the jet pump design section:
Parameter Value
Well Flow type: Tubing Injection - Annular Production
Pump measured depth: 4000 ft
Maximum Pump Outer Diameter: 6 inches
Design Liquid Rate: 500 stb/d
Water Cut: 20%
Well Head Pressure ( = Top Node 100 psig
Pressure):
Surface Injection Rate: 1000 stb/d
Nozzle Loss Coefficient: 0.15
Suction Loss Coefficient: 0
Throat Loss Coefficient: 0
Diffuser Loss Coefficient: 0
Tubing Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2

1491 PROSPER
To access the jet pump design section, from the main menu select: Design | Jet Pump,
and enter the design data:
Select Calculate | Calculate | Done | Design to complete the design calculations and
to enter the jet pump design section where different pumps can be selected from the
artificial lift database to match to the actual design criteria:

Examples Guide 1492
A sensitivity on jet pump injection pressure will now be done on well performance using
the System 3-variables calculation:

1493 PROSPER
Enter the following sensitivity data:

Examples Guide 1494
Select Continue | Calculate to perform the system sensitivity calculation and | Plot | to
graphically view the results:

1495 PROSPER
For the given nozzle and sensitivity parameters, PROSPER will identify if pump cavitation
will be an issue. In the above plot, one can observe that the higher injection pressures
cause pump cavitation issues that are identified by the 'C' character on the pump
discharge pressure curve.
Select Main to return to the main screen of PROSPER.
3.1.44 Tutorial 44: Black oil Condensate Model Validation in PROSPER

Condensate black oil models in PROSPER should never be matched using the
previously described matching method for oils. This is because the black oil model for
condensate in PROSPER uses a mathematical model and matching could throw the
model out of bounds.
Black oil modeling is a technique that works back from values of density and GOR
measured at known surface conditions to predict properties at other points in the
system and the technique is fast and accurate when applicable. The black oil

Examples Guide 1496
condensate model is preferential to use as the computational time is significantly faster

than using an EOS PVT approach. The matched EOS can be used to validate the
black oil condensate model.
The use of Volume Shift as an EOS match parameter will inevitably cause mass
balance errors in the EOS if used for multiple temperature and pressures (like a
pressure gradient calculation) and will adversely impact the results in PROSPER.
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T44_CONVALID.out

How to use a gradient calculation to compare pressure loss using different
PVT methods
How to compare a PROSPER matched EOS gradient traverse calculation
result to validate using the black oil gas condensate model
Begin by opening the above PROSPER file and from the main menu select PVT | Input
Data to access the PVT section or double click in the PVT window section of the main
PROSPER interface.
A matched EOS can be passed to PROSPER via the ImportPRP button, from PVTP
for example.
PROSPER will use the EOS data to generate condensate black oil model data.

1497 PROSPER
Select Generate to activate the EOS Calculation Range dialogue:
The temperature corresponds to the reservoir temperature and the pressure values
range from initial reservoir to depleted reservoir conditions.
Select Calculate | Calculate to generate the black oil properties:
The saturation pressure shown in the figure above is the dew point pressure for
the fluid which is required for the black oil model.
Select OK | OK | Properties to generate the black oil fluid properties from the EOS

Examples Guide 1498
flashed through the separator stages down to standard conditions. At this point we
have all the properties to build a black oil fluid model:
Prior to using the black oil condensate model is it important to see how the PVT using
the EOS model impacts pressure losses in the tubing. A gradient calculation will be
done so solution points can be used from the EOS gradient calculation to review the
applicability of the black oil model pressure loss predictions.
From the main PROSPER menu select Calculation | Gradient Traverse and input the
values as shown below.
No sensitivity variables will be used in the calculation and the Petroleum Experts 4
mechanistic model will be used.
Select Continue | Continue | Calculate
Record a fewcalculated measured depth vs. pressure values from the gradient traverse
calculated tabular data:

1499 PROSPER
Enter them in the gradient traverse plot Test Data section (figure below) found on the
gradient plot main menu bar

Examples Guide 1500
The gradient traverse plot will now look like the following:

1501 PROSPER
From the Options menu select the black oil fluid model options then enter the previously
calculated black oil data in the PVT section.
Repeat the gradient calculation and plot the data to see if the EOS test points are still
valid using the gas condensate black oil model:

Examples Guide 1502
Zooming in to investigate the off-set gradient point shows that the error is approximately
20 psig (0.5 % difference) indicating that for this case the black-oil condensate model is
valid with the EOS gradient predictions.

PROSPER Complete PDF

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

PROSPER Complete PDF

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Petroleum Experts

Petroleum Experts Ltd. All rights reserved.

Petroleum Experts Limited

Tel : (44 131) 474 7030

1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited

Chapter 1 Technical Overview 2

Chapter 2 User Guide 39

January, 2010 PROSPER Manual

Black Oil - Oil and

Deviation Survey......................................................................................................................................... 154

January, 2010 PROSPER Manual

SPOT: Model inputs ...................................................................................................................................

January, 2010 PROSPER Manual

VLP Correlation .........................................................................................................................................

Valve Spacing ......................................................................................................................................... 450

January, 2010 PROSPER Manual

Pumps Database......................................................................................................................................... 516

Chapter 3 Examples Guide 606

January, 2010 PROSPER Manual

PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 658

January, 2010 PROSPER Manual

Tutorial 05: Modelling

January, 2010 PROSPER Manual

Lift Curve generation ................................................................................................................................... 910

January, 2010 PROSPER Manual

VLP matching................................................................................................................................... 1028

Description of the .........................................................................................................................................

January, 2010 PROSPER Manual

Description of the .........................................................................................................................................

January, 2010 PROSPER Manual

Tutorial 39: ..........................................................................................................................................................

Tutorial 44: ..........................................................................................................................................................

January, 2010 PROSPER Manual

Fluid modelling (PVT)

Inflow (IPR) and sand control options

Well bore and pipeline hydraulics (VLP)

Artificial lift options

Flow assurance and advanced thermal options

1.1 Fluid modelling options

PROSPER offers black oil models for:

For all types of fluids, the user can:

1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited

within the hydrates formation region.

PROSPER Manual January, 2010

1.2 Inflows and Sand Control options

straight open or cased hole

Various skin models are currently available:

The following sand control options are available in PROSPER:

Further inflow-related models available in PROSPER are:

1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited

Gas coning with matching

PROSPER Manual January, 2010

1.3 Well bore and Pipeline hydraulics

1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited

1.4 Artificial lift systems

PROSPER Manual January, 2010

1.5 Flow assurance

1.5.1 Advanced Thermal Models

1.5.2 General Flow Assurance Features

1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited

1.6 What's New

Improved CO2 modeling

PVT Modeling Condensed Water Vapour with Retrograde Condensate